-------
vvEPA
United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of Air Quality
Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park NC 27711
EPA-450'4-87-OC">
May 1987
Air
Ambient Monitoring
Guidelines for
Prevention of
Significant
Deterioration (PSD)
RADIAN LIBRARY
RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK. NC
-------
^ MCES FOR SECTION 3.4
-------
PI. if, App. A 40 CFR Ch. I (7-l-«« Edition)
SCHEDULE O 6—PERMANENT WAIVER FROM INTERIM CONTROLS TEST -Continued
Environmental Protection Agency
Bee.
• Ctn«nl Mhag* v«tu« . .
7 NX PIMM vtt*
Lro
17
II
18*4 1 IMS
xxxx I xxxx
xxxx 1 xxxx
IMO
xxxx
xxxx
IM7
xxxx
xxxx
IDM
xxxx
xxxx
IM>
xxxx
xxxx
IMO
xxxx
xxxx
Taw
SCHEDULE D. 7— HORIZON VALUE OF CASH FLOWS
ISmMM ktonMuton)
A OtfnaManlnm human >Hu«
1 N*t cMh Raw pfo|»cbon« .
I D«pi»cl«>on lu nvingt
• DipiMMIan tnt imaw*
•on
Uvaknri l*> I*M
rutntnal
1 D*»»d*»on4M nt c»iti
Nortnd doM «riuM
IMO df**r vttJM
Av«raga
4 Horizon toctor
9 D«»*oMartkM harilon nki*
B D*f»*aMlon !•» Mvtog* o*« •<•
huiiofi (xriod:
1 Ow«c«kon «nd •mxtuton
2 ItogM ta» nu
3 Tan Mvtng*
4 Otooounl facial
9 PlMinl valu* ol Ua Mvinge
t ToW prMOTl v»k» ol lu u«
«9«
C Horizon VtkM
lm»
01
02
01
M
05
0(
07
0*
M
10
II
II
13
14
It
1*
Finritortcul
i*n
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
IWO
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
Horizon y««*
IWI
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
IM2
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
IM3
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
IW4
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
IMS
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
ToW
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
PART St— AMMENT AW QUALITY
SURVEILLANCE
A— O*Mf*l PravUtom
Bee.
68 1 Definition*.
612 PurpoK.
681 Applicability
lu*)p»rt a— M*nH»rinf Criteria
6810 Quality assurance.
68 1 1 Monitoring methods
68.12 Siting ol liutrumenU or Instrument
probe*.
68.11 Operating schedule.
68 .14 Special purpose monitors.
luhpvrt C— «•!• •"«) l««« Ak Mmlteriiifl
StatUni (SLAMS)
58.20 Air quality surveillance: Plan con-
tent
68 21 8I.AMS network design.
Sec.
68.22 SLAMS methodology.
68.21 Monitoring network completion.
68.24 I Reserved I
68.26 System modification.
68.26 Annual SLAMS summary report.
68.27 Compliance date for air quality daU
reporting.
68.28 Regional Office SLAMS data acquisi-
tion.
•I AU ftUnlterinfl Stalkm
(NAMS)
6810 NAMS network establishment.
68.11 NAMS network description.
68.12 NAMS approval.
88.11 NAMS methodology.
68.14 NAMS network completion.
68.16 NAMS data submlttal.
68.16 System modification.
lufepwt I—Air Quality Inrf.x l«zMwtlni|
S8.40 Index reporting.
68.60 Federal monitoring.
68.61 Monitoring other pollutants.
ArrENDix A—QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIRE
MENTS FOR STATE AND LOCAL AIR MONI-
TORING STATIONS (SLAMS)
ArrENDix B—QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIRE
HEHTS TOR PREVENTION or SIUNIFICANT
DETERIORATION (PSD) AIR MONITORING
ArrENDix C—AMRIENT AIR QUALITY Mom
TORINO METHODOUMY
ArrENDix D—NETWORK DESIGN FOR STATE
AND LOCAL AIR MONITORINO STATIONS
(SLAMS) AND NATIONAL Aia MONITORING
STATIONS (NAMS)
ArrENDix E-PRORE SITING CRITERIA FOR
AmiENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING
ArrENDix P—ANNUAL SLAMS AIR QUALITY
INFORMATION
ArrENDix O—UNIFORM AIR QUALITY INDEX
AND DAILY RETORTING
AUTHORITY: Sea. 110. 101(a>. 111. and 118
of the Clean Air Act (42 U.8.C. T410.
18010). 1811.10t»).
SOURCE 44 PR 276TI. May 10. 107*. unless
otherwise noted.
Swbport A—Oonorol Provlttaw
• M.I Definitions.
Aa used In this part, all terms not de-
fined herein have the meanlnt given
them In the Act:
(a) "Act" means the Clean Air Act as
amended (42 U.8.C. 7401. et seq.).
(b) "SLAMS" means State or Local
Air Monitoring Statlon(s). The
SLAMS make up the ambient air qual-
ity monitoring network which Is re-
quired by I 68.20 to be provided for In
the State's Implementation plan. This
definition places no restrictions on the
use of the physical structure or facili-
ty housing the SLAMS. Any combina-
tion of SLAMS and any other moni-
tors (Special Purpose. NAMS. PSD)
may occupy the same facility or struc-
ture without affecting the respective
definitions of those monitoring sta-
tion.
(c) "NAMS" means National Air
Monitoring Statlon(s). Collectively the
NAMS are a subset of the SLAMS am-
bient air quality monitoring network.
(d) "PSD station" means any station
operated for the purpose of establish-
ing the effect on air quality of the
emissions from a proposed source for
purposes of prevention of significant
55«.l
deterioration as required by | 51.24(n)
of Part SI of this chapter.
(e) "SO," means sulfur dioxide.
(f> "NO," means nitrogen dioxide.
(g) "CO" means carbon monoxide.
(It) "O," menns ozone.
(I) "Plan" means an Implementation
plan, approved or promulgated pursu-
ant to section 110 of the Clean Air Act.
(j) "Administrator" means the Ad-
ministrator of the Environmental Pro-
tection Agency (EPA) or his or her au-
thorized representative.
(k> "Regional Administrator" means
the Administrator of one of the ten
EPA Regional Offices or his or her au-
thorized representative.
(I) "State agency" means the air pol-
lution control agency primarily re-
sponsible for development and Imple-
mentation of a plan under the Act.
"Local agency" means any local
government agency, other than the
State agency, which Is charged with
the responsibility for carrying out a
portion of the plan.
(n) "Indian Reservation" means any
Federally recognized reservation es-
tablished by treaty, agreement, execu-
tive order, or act of Congress.
(o) "Indian Governing Body" means
the governing body of any tribe, band.
or group of Indians subject to the Ju-
risdiction of the United States and rec-
ognized by the United States as pos-
sessing power of self-government.
(p) "Storage and Retrieval of Airo-
metrlc Data (SAROAD) system" Is a
computerized system which stores and
reports Information relating to ambi-
ent air quality.
(q) "SAROAD site Identification
form" Is one of the several forms In
the SAROAD system. It Is the form
which provides a complete description
of the site (and Its surroundings) of an
ambient air quality monitoring sta-
tion.
(r) "Traceable" means that a local
standard has been compared and certi-
fied, either directly or via not more
than one intermediate standard, to a
primary standard such as a National
Bureau of Standards Standard Refer-
ence Material (NBS 8RM) or a
USEPA/NBS approved Certified Ref-
erence Material (CRM).
(s) "Urban area population" means
the population defined In the most
128
129
-------
Pi. Si, App. D
II.).) A bilef sUtemenl of belief con
cemlnt the extent to which the modlflca-
tlon will or may affect the performance
characterlstlcs of the method; and
i.t.S.t Such further Information as may
be necessary to explain and support the
statements required by sections 3.1.3.3 and
1111
114 Within 75 days after recelvlnt a re-
quest for approval under this sectloh (3.1)
and such further Information as he may re-
quest for purposes of his decision, the Ad-
ministrator will approve or disapprove the
modification In question by letter to the
person or agency requeuing auch approval.
lit A temporary modification that will
or might alter the performance characteris-
tics of a reference, equivalent, or alternative
method may be made without prior approv-
al under this section (3.1) If the method Is
not functioning or Is malfunctioning, pro-
vided that parts necessary for repair In ac-
cordance with the applicable operation
manual cannot be obtained within 45 days.
Unless such temporary modification Is later
approved under section 3.1.4. the temporari-
ly modified method shall be repaired In ac-
cordance with the applicable operation
manual as quickly as practicable but In no
event later than 4 months after the tempo-
rary modification was made, unless an ex-
tension of time Is granted by the Adminis-
trator. Unless and until the temporary
modification Is approved, air quality data
obtained with the method as temporarily
modified must be clearly Identified as such
when submitted In accordance with I 50.31
or I 51.35 of this chapter and must be ac-
companied by a report containing the Infor-
mation specified In section 3.1.3. A request
that the Administrator approve a tempo-
rary modification may be submitted In ac-
cordance with sections 381 through 3.0.4.
In such cases the request will be considered
as If a request for prior approval had been
made.
10 National Air Monitoring Station*
(NAMS)
1.1 Methods used In those SLAMS which
are also designated as NAMS to measure
BO., CO. NO., or O, must be automated ref-
erence or equivalent methods (continuous
analyzers).
40 Partlculatr Matter Episode Monitor-
lit «r
4 I For short term measurements of
PM.. during air pollution episodes (see
151.153 of this chapter) the measurement
mrtliod must be:
4.1 1 Kllher the "Slangcred PM,."
method or the "I'M,. Sampling Over Short
Sampling Times" method, both of which are
tuued on the reference method for PM,. and
aie described In rrli-rcncr I or
412 Any other method for measuring
I'M .
40 CFR Ch. I (7-l-M fdi«,B) ' |B¥|ronmonlol Protection Agoncy
4.1.3.1 Which has a measurement ran(e
or ranges appropriate to accurately measure
air pollution episode concentration of PM,.
4.1.3.3 Which has a sample period appro-'
priate for short-term PM» measurement*
and
4.1.3.) For which a quantitative relation
ship to a reference or equivalent method for
PM,. has been established at the use site.
Procedures for establishing a quantitative
site-specific relationship are contained In
reference I.
4.3 Quality Assurance. PM,. methods
other than the reference method are not
covered under the quality assessment re-
quirements of Appendix A. Therefore.
States must develop and Implement their
own quality assessment procedures for
those methods allowed under this section 4
Thau «.•!»" •
ence method.
5.0 Rc/ertncet
l.l Pelton. D.J. Guideline for Partlculate
Episode Monitoring Methods. OEOMET
Technologies. Inc.. Rockvllle, MD. Prepared
for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
Research Triangle Park, NC. EPA Contract
No. 01-03 3684. EPA 450/4 83-005. Febru-
ary 1983.
144 FR 37571. May 10. 1»7», as amended at
44 FR 37118. June 30. 1970: 44 FR 15070.
Nov. 0, 1979; 61 FR 9597. Mar. 19. 1981; 63
FR 34741. 34743. July 1. 19871
ArrcNDix D—NETWORK DESIGN POM
STATC AND LOCAL AIR MONITORING
STATIONS (SLAMS) AND NATIONAL
All. MONITORING STATIONS (NAM8)
I. SLAMS Monitoring Objectives and
Spatial Scales
3. SLAMS Network Design Procedures
3.1 Background Information for Estab-
lishing SLAMS
3.3 (Reserved)
3.) Sulfur Dioxide (SO.) Design Criteria
for SLAMS
3.4 Carbon Monoxide (CO) Design Crite-
ria for SLAMS
3.5 Ozone (O.) Design Criteria for
SLAMS
3.1 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO.) Design Crite-
ria for 81.AMS
37 Lead (Pb) Design Criteria for SLAMS
38 PM,. Design Criteria for SLAMS
3. Network Design for National Air Moni-
toring Stations (NAMS)
31 I Reserved I
33 Sulfur Dioxide (SO.) Design Criteria
for NAMS
33 Carbon Monoxide (CO) De.slgn Crlle
rla for NAMS
34 Ozone (O.) Design Criteria for NAMS
3.6 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO,) Design Crite-
ria for NAMS
3.8 Lead (Pb) Design Criteria for NAMS
3.7 PM,. Design Criteria for NAMS
.4. Summary
5. References
I. SLAMS Monitoring Objectives and
Spatial Scalei
The purpose of this appendix Is to de-
scribe monitoring objectives and general cri-
teria to be applied In establishing the State
and Local Air Monitoring Stations (SLAMS)
networks and for choosing general locations
for new monitoring stations. It also de-
scribes criteria tor determining the number
and location of National Air Monitoring
Stations (NAMS). These criteria will also be
used by EPA In evaluating the adequacy of
8LAMS/NAM8 networks.
The network of stations which comprise
SLAMS should be designed to meet a mini-
mum of four basic monitoring objectives.
These basic monitoring objectives are: (I)
To determine highest concentrations ex-
pected to occur In the area covered by the
network; (3) to determine representative
concentrations In areas ol high population
density: (3) to determine the Impact on am-
bient pollution levels of significant sources
or source categories; and (4) to determine
general background concentration levels.
To a large extent, the existing State Im-
plementation Plan (SIP) monitoring net-
works have been designed with these four
objectives In mind. Thus, they can serve as
the logical starling point for establishing
the SLAMS network. This will, however, re-
quire a careful review of each existing SIP
ambient network to determine the principal
objectives of each station and the extent to
which the location criteria presented herein
are being met. It should be noted that this
appendix contains no criteria for determin-
ing the total number of stations In SLAMS
networks, except that a minimum number
Of lead SLAMS Is prescribed. The optimum
size of a particular SLAMS network Involves
trade offs among data needs and available
resources which EPA believes can best be re-
solved during the network design process.
This appendix focuses on the relationship
between monitoring objectives and the geo-
graphical location of monitoring stations.
Included are a rationale and set of general
criteria for Identifying candidate station lo-
cations In terms of physical characteristics
which most closely match a specific moni-
toring objective. The criteria for more spe-
cifically siting the monitoring station In-
cluding sparing from roadways and vertical
and horizontal probe placement, are de-
scribed In Appendix E of this part.
To clarify the nature of the link between
general monitoring objectives and the phys-
ical location ol a particular monitoring sta
PI. 51, App. D
lion, the concept of spatial scale of repre-
sentativeness of a monitoring station Is de-
fined. The goal In siting stations Is to cor-
rectly match the spatial scale represented
by the sample of monitored air with the
spatial scale most appropriate for the moni-
toring objective of the station.
Thus, spatial scale of representativeness Is
described In terms of the physical dimen-
sions of the air parcel nearest to a monitor-
ing station throughout which actual pollut-
ant concentrations are reasonably similar.
The scale of representativeness of most In-
terest for the monitoring objectives defined
above are as follows:
•fleroica/e-defines the concentrations In
air volumes associated with area dimensions
ranging from several meters up to about 100
meters.
Middle Scale-defines the concentration
typical of areas up to several city blocks In
size with dimensions ranging Irom about 100
meters to 0.5 kilometer.
Neighborhood Scale—defines concentra-
tions within some extended area of the city
that has relatively uniform land use with di-
mensions In the 0.5 to 4.0 kilometers range.
Urban Scale-defines the overall, cltywlde
conditions with dimensions on the order of
4 to SO kilometers. This scale would usually
require more than one site for definition.
Regional Scale—defines usually a rural
area of reasonably homogeneous geography
and extends from tens to hundreds of kilo-
meters.
National and Global Scalet-these meas-
urement scales represent concentrations
characterizing the nation and the globe as a
whole.
Proper siting of a monitoring station re-
quires precise specification of the monitor-
Ing objective which usually Include* a de-
sired spatial scale of representativeness. For
example, consider the case where the objec-
tive Is to determine maximum CO concen-
trations In areas where pedestrians may rea-
sonably be exposed. Such areas would most
likely be located within major street can-
yons ol large urban areas and near traffic
corridors. Stations located In these areas are
most likely to have a mlcroscale of repre-
sentativeness since CO concentrations typi-
cally peak nearest roadways and decrease
rapidly as the monitor Is moved from the
roadway. In this example, physical location
was determined by consideration ol CO
emission patterns, pedestrian activity, and
physical characteristics affecting pollutant
dispersion. Thus, spatial scale of representa-
tiveness was not used In the selection proc-
ess but was a result of station location.
In some cases, the physical location of a
station Is determined from Joint consider
atlon of both the basic monitoring objective.
and a desired spatial scale of representative-
ness. For example. 1.6 determine CO conrrn
158
159
-------
PI. 51, App. D
(ration* which are typical over a reuonab'ly
broad geographic area having relatively
high CO concentrations, a neighborhood
wale itallon l» more appropriate. Such a
•latlon would likely be located In a reslden
Hal or commercial area having a high over-
all CO emission density but not In the Im
mediate vicinity of any single roadway. Note
that In this example, the desired scale of
representativeness was an Important factor
In determining the physical location of the
monitoring station.
In either case, classification of the (tatlon
by Us Intended objective and spatial scale of
representativeness Is necessary and will aid
In Interpretation of the monitoring data.
Table 1 Illustrates the relationship be-
tween the four basic monitoring objective!
and the scales of representativeness that are
generally most appropriate for that objec-
tive.
TABIE I RELATIONSHIP AMONG MoniioniNQ
OBJECTIVES AND SCALE OF HtifiESEMtA-
riVENESS
40 CFR Ch. I (7-1-M edl||0n) environmental Protection Agency
Monrtonng <*)|Klm
An»0f»i«t.l vl
MICIO. Ira***. ncighbortiood
IMXIW bmm urtim)
N*gMra>>ioo4 urtwn
Micro. rnddta. nmghtxwhood
Poputeuon
Some* wnpacl
GwwM/baeliground
Subsequent sections of this appendix de-
scribe In greater detail the most appropriate
scales of representativeness and general
monitoring locations for each pollutant.
2 SLAMS Ntlmork Deitfn Procedure!
The preceding section of this appendix
has stressed the Importance of defining the
objectives for monitoring a particular pol-
lutant. Since monitoring data are collected
to "represent" the conditions In a section or
•ubreglon of a geographical area, the previ-
ous section Included a discussion of the
scale of representativeness of a monitoring
station The use of this physical basis for lo-
cating stations allows for an objective ap-
proach to network design.
The discussion nf scales In Sections 1.2-1.6
does not Include all til the possible scales for
each pollutant. Thr scales vlilrh are dis-
cussed are those whirl) arc Iclt to be most
pertinent for SI.AMS network design.
In older to cvnlualr a monitoring network
and lo determine thr adequacy ol particular
monitoring stations. It Is necessary to exam-
ine each pollutant monitoring station Indl
vldually by slating Its monitoring objective
• nil determining Ms spatial scale of repre-
sentativeness This will do more than Insure
Kioipallhlllly among stations ol the same
lyl'i- It will also |iiovl>lr a I'hyslral basis lor
Mic ln airport station In the vicinity
of the prospective siting area will adequate-
ly reflect conditions over the area of Inter-
eat, at least for annual and seasonal averag-
ing tunes. In developing dala In complex
meteorological and terrain situations, diffu-
sion meteorologists should be consulted.
NWS atatlona can usually provide moat of
the relevant weather Information In support
of network design activities anywhere In the
country. Such Information Includes Joint
frequency distribution* of winds and atmos-
pheric stability (stability-wind rose*).
The geographical material I* used to de-
termine the distribution of natural feature*.
such aa forests, river*, lake*, and manmade
feature*. Useful sources of such Information
may Include road and topographical map*,
aerial photographs, and even satellite pho-
tograph*. This Information may Include the
terrain and land use setting of the prospec-
tive monitor siting area, the proximity of
larger water bodies, the distribution of pol-
lutant sources In the area, the location of
NWS airport stations from which weather
data may be obtained, etc. Land use and
topographical characteristic* of specific
area* of Interest can be determined from
US. Geological Survey (U8O8I map* and
land use map*. Detailed Information on
urban physiography (building/street dimen-
sions, etc.) can be obtained by visual obser-
vations, aerial photography, and also sur-
veys to supplement the Informallon avail-
able from those sources. Such Information
could be used In determining Ihe location of
local pollutant sources In and around the
prospective station locations
2.1 (Reserved!
1.1 Sulfur Dioxide (SO.) Design Criteria
for SLAMS
The spatial scale* for SO. 81 .AMS moni-
toring are the middle, neighborhood, urban.
and regional scales. Because of Ihe nature
of BO. distributions over urban areas, the
middle scale la (he most likely scale to be
represented by a single measurement In an
urban area, bul only If Ihe undue effect*
from local sources (minor or major point
sources) can be eliminated. Neighborhood
scales would be those most likely to he rep-
resented by single measurements In snbnr
ban areas where thr concentration uraHl
Pt. SI, App. O
enl* are lea* steep. Urban scales would rep-
resent area* where the concentration* are
uniform over a larger geographical area. Re-
gional scale measurements would be associ-
ated with rural areas.
Middle Scale-Some data use* associated
with middle scale measurements for SO. In-
clude assessing the effect* of control strate
gles lo reduce urban concentrations (espe
clally for the 3-hour and 24 hour averaging
time*) and monitoring air pollution epl-
sodes.
JVetoftfNtrikood Scafe-Thl* scale applies In
areas where the SO. concentration gradient
to relatively flat (mainly suburban area* sur-
rounding the urban center) or In large sec
lion* of small cities and town*. In general.
Ihese area* are quite homogeneous In term*
of SO, emission rates and population densi-
ty. Thus, neighborhood Kale measurements
may be associated with baseline concentra-
tion* In area* of projected growth and In
studies of population responses to exposure
to SO.. AUo concentration maxima associat-
ed with air pollution episodes may be uni-
formly distributed over areas of neighbor-
hood scale, and measurements taken within
such an area would represent neighborhood.
and to a limited extent, middle scale concen-
tration*.
Urbmn Scale-Dala from Ihls scale could
be used for Ihe assessmenl of air quality
trend* and the effect of control strategies
on urban scale air quality.
Jteptonaf Scofe—Thece measurements
would be applicable to large homogeneous
area*, particularly those which are sparsely
populated. Such measurement* could pro-
vide Information on background air quality
and Interregional pollutant transport.
After the spatial scale haa been selected to
meet the monitoring objective* for each sta-
tion location, the procedure* found In refer-
ence 2 should be used to evaluate the ade-
quacy of each existing SO, atatlon and mint
be used to relocate an existing atatlon or to
locate any new SLAMS slallons. The bock-
ground material for Ihese procedure*
should consist of emission Inventories, mete-
orological data, wind roses, and map* for
population and topographical character!*
Iks of spec!Ik area* of Inleresl. Isoplelh
map* of SO, air quality a* generated by dif-
fusion models • are useful for Ihe general de
termination of a prospective area within
which the station Is eventually placed.
2.4 Carbon Monoxide (CO) Design Crlle-
rla for SLAMS
Micro, middle, and neighborhood scale
measurement* are necessary station claaslfl-
callons for SLAMS since most people are ex-
posed to CO concentrations In these Kales.
Carbon monoxide maxima occur primarily
In areas near major roadways and Intersec-
lions with high (raffle density and poor at
ntosphcrlc ventilation. As these maxima can
100
161
-------
ft. 58. App. D
be predicted by emblem sir quality model-
Int. » large (Ued network of CO monitors Is
not required. Long-term CO monltorlni
should be confined to a limited number ol
micro and neighborhood scale stations In
Urge metropolitan areas to measure maxi-
mum pollution levels and to determine the
effectiveness of control strategies.
MUrotcale Measurements on this scale
would represent distributions within street
canyons, over sidewalks, and near major
roadways. The measurements at a particu-
lar location In a street canyon would be typ-
ical of one high concentration area which
can be shown to be a representation of
many more areas throughout the street
canyon or other similar locations In a city.
This to a scale of measurement that would
provide valuable Information for devising
and evaluating "hot spot" control measures.
Middle Scale- This category covers dimen-
sions from 100 meters to 05 kilometer. In
certain cases discussed below. II may apply
to regions that have a total length of sever-
al kilometers. In many cases of Interest.
sources and land use may be reasonably ho-
mogeneous for long distances along a street.
but very Inhomogeneous normal to the
street. This Is the case with strip develop-
ment and freeway corridors Included In
this category are measurements to charac-
terize the CO concentrations along the
urban features just enumerated. When a lo-
cation Is chosen to represent conditions In a
block of street development, then the char-
acteristic dimensions ol this scale are tens
of meters by hundreds of meters. If an at-
tempt Is made to characterize street side
conditions throughout the downtown area
or along an extended stretch ol freeway, the
dimensions may be lens of meters by kilo-
meter.
The middle scale would also Include the
parking lots and Ireder streets associated
with Indirect sources which sltract signifi-
cant numbers of pollutant emitters, particu-
larly aulos. Shopping centers, stadia, and
office buildings are examples of Indirect
sources
Neighborhood Scale Measurements In
this category would represent conditions
throughout some rrs-soniibly homogeneous
urban subreglons. with dimensions of a few
kilometers and generally more regularly
shaped than the middle .scale Homogeneity
refers to CO concentration, but It probably
also applies to Innd use In some cases, a lo
cation carefully rhoscn lo provide neighbor
hood scale data, mlxht represent not only
the Immediate neighborhood, but also
neighborhoods of the same type In other
purl* ol tiie city These kinds ol stations
would provide Information relating to
health effects because they would represent
conditions In areas where people live and
work Neighborhood scale data would pro
vlitc valwuhle Information lor developing.
40 CFR Ch. I (7-1-88 Edition)
testing, and revising concepts and models
that describe the larger scale concentration
pattern*, especially those models relying on
spatially smoothed emission fields for
Input*. These types of measurements could
also be used for Intemelghborhood compaii.
son* within or between cities.
After the spatial scale has been deter-
mined to meet the monitoring objectives for
each location, the location selection proce-
dures, as shown In reference 3 should be
used to evaluate the adequacy of each exist-
ing CO station and must be used to relocate
an existing station or to locate any new
SLAMS stations. The background material
necessary tor these procedures may Include
the average dally traffic on all streets In the
area, wind roses for different hours of the
day. and maps showing one way streets
street widths, and building heights. If the
station Is to typify the area with the highest
concentrations, the streets with the greatest
dally traffic should be Identified. If some
street* are one-way, those streets that have
the greatest traffic during the afternoon
and evening hours should be selected as ten-
tative locations, because the periods of high
traffic volume are usually of greatest dura-
tion through the evening hours. However.
the strength of the morning Inversion has
to be considered along with the traffic
volume and pattern when seeking areas
with the highest concentrations. Traffic
counters near the stations will provide valu-
able data for Interpreting the observed CO
Concentrations.
Monitor* should not be placed In the vi-
cinity of possible anomalous source areas.
Examples of such areas Include toll gates on
turnpikes, metered freeway ramps, and
drawbridge approaches. Additional Informa-
tion on network design may be found In ref-
erence 1.
2.6 Ozone (O.) Design Criteria for
SLAMS
Ozone Is not directly emitted Into the at-
mosphere but results from complex photo-
chemical reactions Involving organic com-
pounds, oxides of nitrogen, and solar radi-
ation.
The relationships between primary emis-
sions (precursors) and secondary pollutants
(Oil tend lo produce large separations spa-
tially and temporally between the major
sources and the areas of high oxldsnt pollu-
tion. This suggests that the meteorological
transport process and the relationships be-
tween sources and sinks need lo be consld
ered In the development of the network
design criteria and placement of monitoring
stations, especially In measuring peak con-
centration levels.
The principal spatial scales for SLAMS
purposes based on the monitoring objectives
are neighborhood, urban, regional, and lo a
lesser extent, middle scale. Since ozone re
Environmental Protection Agency
quires appreciable formation time, the
mixing of reactants and product* occur*
over large volume* of air. and thl* reduces
the Importance of monitoring small scale
spatial variability.
Middle Scale-Measurement In this scale
would represent condition* close to sources
of NO. such as roads where It would be ex-
pected that suppression of O. concentra-
tion* would occur. Tree* also may have a
strong scavenging effect on O. and may lend
to suppress O. concentrations In Ihelr Imme-
diate vicinity. Measurement* at these sta-
tion* would represent conditions over rela-
tively small portions of the urban area.
Neighborhood Scale-Measurement* In
this category represent conditions through-
out come reasonably homogeneous urban
subreglon. with dimensions of a few kilome-
ter*. Homogeneity refers to pollutant con-
centration*. Neighborhood scale data will
provide valuable Information for developing.
testing, and revising concepts and models
that describe urban/region*! concentration
pattern*. They will be >• I to the under-
standing and definition of processes that
take periods of hours to occur and hence In-
volve considerable mixing and transport.
Under atagnatlon conditions, a station locat-
ed In the neighborhood scale may also expe-
rience peak concentration levels within the
urban areas.
Urban Scale—Measurement In this scale
will be used to estimate concentration* over
large portions of an urban area with dimen-
sion* of several kilometer* to 50 or more kil-
ometer*. Such measurement* will be used
for determining trends, and designing area-
wide control strategies. The urban scale sta-
tions would also be used lo measure high
concentrations downwind of the area having
the hlghesl precursor emissions.
Regional Scale—This scale of measure-
ment will be used to typify concentrations
over large portions of a metropolitan area
and even larger areas with dimensions of as
much a* hundreds of kilometers. Such
measurements will be useful for assessing
the ozone that Is transported Into an urban
area. Data from such stations may be useful
In accounting for Ihe ozone that cannot be
reduced by control strategies In that urban
area.
The location selection procedure contin-
ues after the spatial scale Is selected based
on the monitoring objectives. The appropri-
ate network design procedures as found In
reference 4, should be used lo evaluate the
adequacy of each existing O, monitor and
must be used to relocate an existing station
or to locate any new O, SLAMS stations.
The first step In the siting procedure would
be to collect the necessary background ma-
terial, which may consist of maps, emission
Inventories for nomnelhane hydrocarbons
and oxides of nitrogen (NO,), climatologies!
PI. 58, App. 0
data, and existing air quality data for ozone.
nonmelhane hydrocarbons, and NO./NO.
For locating a neighborhood scale station
to measure typical city concentrations, a
reasonably homogeneous geographical area
near the center of the region should be se
lecled which Is also removed from the Influ-
ence of major NO, sources. For an urban
scale station to measure the high concentra-
tion areas, the emission Inventories should
be used lo define the extent of the area of
Important nonmethane hydrocarbon* and
NO, emissions. The most frequent wind
speed and direction for periods of Important
photochemical activity should be deter-
mined. Then the prospective monitoring
area should be selected In a direction from
the city thai Is most frequently downwind
during periods of photochemical activity.
The distance from the station to the upwind
edge of the city should be about equal lo
Ihe distance traveled by air moving for S to
7 hours at wind speeds prevailing during pe-
riods of photochemical activity. Prospective
areas for locating O, monitors should
alwaya be outside Ihe area of major NO,.
In locating a neighborhood scale station
which Is to measure high concentrations.
the same procedures used for the urban
scale are followed excepl that the station
should be located closer to the areas border-
ing on the center city or slightly further
downwind In an area of high density popula-
tion.
For regional scale background monitoring
stations, the most frequent wind associated
with Important photochemical activity
should be determined. The prospective mon-
itoring area should be upwind for the most
frequent direction and outside the area of
city Influence.
Since ozone levels decrease significantly In
the colder parts of the year In many areas.
ozone Is required to be monitored at NAMS
and SLAMS monitoring sites only during
the "ozone season" as designated In the
8AROAD files on a State by Stale basis and
described below:
OZONE MONITORING SEASON BY STATE
Stala
Alabama
Alaska
Ariiona
Arfcansat
CaMornia
Colorado
Comecfccul
fMaoara
Oiskicl ol Columbia
Flomla
Gaofgia
Hawaii
Maho
Moon
069"* monBi
March
Ap.il
January
March
January
March
Apr.
April
April
January
Match
January
Apr*
Apm
End ftiontti
NtMmba.
Oclobat
Dacambar
tlu»aii4jai
Oaten ajar
SantomMr
October
Oclobaf
October
f)eca«i
-------
n. 5i,
OZONE MONIIORINO SEASON BY STATE—
Continued
SUM
Men*
low* .
Kaneaa
Kentucky
lotttana
MwyUnK
MatiactiueeHa
Mchlpan
MrxmoU
Montana
N«t»l»H
Nevada
North Cacokns
Not* DekciU
Onto
Oklahoma
Oiegon. . .
Puerto Rico .
Rhode Man!
SoutlCsiotns
South Oatote
Ion
Utah
VfcgintS
Weel V.ojr-e
WrKxmarn
Wyoming
American Samoa
Guam
Won Wanda
Apr*
Ap,*
January
Apr*
Apr!
Apr*
Apr*
Apr*
Match
Apr*
June
Apr*
Jarvery
Apr*
Ap.*
January
Apr*
Apr*
Marcn
Apr*
Apr*
January
June
Apr*
January
Hay
Apr*
Apr*
Apr*
Apr*
Apr*
Apr*
January
January
End morrlh
Oclobei
October
October
October
December
October
October
Oclobei
October
October
October
September
October
December
October
October
December
October
October
September
October
November
October
October
December
October
October
September
Octber
December
September
Urlobai
Oclobei
October
October
October
ivtoher
Iwembei
Decemdei
Additional discussion on I he procedure* for
•Itlnc ozone stations may be found In refer
ence 4.
It Nllrogen Dioxide (NO,I Design Crite-
ria for S1.AMR
The typical spalltil scales o( representa-
tiveness associated with nllrourn dioxide
monitoring based on monitoring objectives
are middle, nrlfttibortmod. and urban Since
nitrogen dioxlrtc Is primarily formed In the
almosplierr from Hie oxidation o( NO. large
volumes of air and mUmr. limes usually
reduce the Importance nl monitoring on
small scale spatial vnrlnbltlly especially for
long averaging limes However, there may
be some situations where NO. measure
mcnls would be made on the middle scale
for both long and short term avrrniies
Middle Scale Measurements on I hl.s srale
would cover dimensions from about 100
mrters lo 05 kilometer These measure-
ments would characlcrl/e the public expo
sure lo NO. In l>o|»ulnl«'il im-d.-, Al'.o monl
40 CFR Cti. I (7-l-M Mm.,,)
U>n that are located closer to roadways
than the minimum distances specified In
Table 3 of Appendix B of this part, would be
represented by measurements on this scale
Ntighborhood and Urban Sralei -Th»
same considerations aa discussed In Section
2.5 for O. would also apply lo NO,.
After the spatial scale Is selected based on
the monitoring objectives, then the siting
procedures a* found In reference 4 should
be used to evaluate the adequacy of each en
Is ting NO, station and muni be used to relo
cale an existing station or to locale any new
NO, SLAMS slallons. The siting procedures
begin with collecting the background mate
rial. This background Infoimallon may In-
clude the characteristics of the area and IU
sources under study, cllmatologlcal data to
determine where concentration maxima are
most likely lo be found, and any existing
monitoring data for NO,.
For neighborhood or urban scales, the em
phasli In site selection will be In finding
those area* where long-term average* are
expected to be the highest. Nevertheless. It
should be expected that the maximum NO,
concentrations will occur In approximately
the *ame locations as the maximum total
oxide* of nitrogen concentrations. The best
course would be to locate the station some
what further downwind beyond the expect-
ed point of maximum total oxides of nitro-
gen to allow more time for the formation of
NO,. The dilution of the emissions further
downwind from the source should be consid-
ered along with the need for reaction lime
for NO. formation In locating stations to
measure peak concentration. It dispersion la
favorable, maximum concentrations may
occur closer to the emission sources than
the location* predicted from oxidation of
NO lo NO. alone. This will occur downwind
of source* baaed on winter wind direction or
In area* where there are high ozone concen-
Irallon* and high density NO, emission*
*uch as on the fringe of the central business
district or further downwind. The distance
and direction downwind would be based on
ozone season wind patterns
Once the ma|or emissions areas and wind
pallern* are known, areas of potential max!
mum NO, level* can be determined. Nllro
gen dioxide concentrations are likely to de-
cline rather rapidly outside the urban area.
Therefore, the best location for measuring
NO. concentrations will be In neighbor-
hoods near the edge of the city.
27 Lead The most
Important spatial scales lo effectively char
actrrlze Hie emissions from both mobile and
slnllniisry sources arc the micro, mldille.
Environmental Protection Agency
and neighborhood scales. For purpose* of
establishing monitoring station* to repre-
sent large homogeneous area* other than
the above scales of representativeness.
urban or regional scale stations would also
be needed.
JHicro«cafe-Thls scale would typify drew
•uch a* downtown atreet canyon* and traffic
corridor* where the general public would be
exposed to maximum concentration* from
mobile sources. Because of the very steep
ambient Pb gradients resulting from Pb
emissions from mobile sources. i7> the di-
mension* of the mlcroacale for Pb generally
would not extend beyond IS meter* from
the roadway. Emission* from stationary
source* such a* primary and secondary lead
smellers, and primary copper smeller* may
under fumigation conditions likewise result
In high ground level concentration* M the
mkroccale. In the latter case, the mlcroacale
would represent an area Impacted by the
plume with dimension* extending up to ap-
proximately loo meter*. Data collected at
mlcroscale itatlon* provide Information for
evaluating and developing "hot-spot" con-
trol measures.
Middle Scdie-ThI* scale generally repre-
sent* lead air quality level* In area* up to
several city blocks In stee with dimension*
on the order of approximately 100 meter* to
BOO meter*. However, the dimension* for
middle acale roadway type station* would
probably be on the order of BO-ISO meter*
because of the exponential decrease In lead
concentration with Increasing distance*
from roadway*. The middle scale may for
example. Include schools and playground*
In center city area* which are close to major
roadway*. Pb monitor* In such area* are de-
sirable because of the higher sensitivity of
children to exposures to Pb concentration*.
<7> EmUalon* from point sources frequently
Impact on area* at which (Ingle site* may be
located to measure concentration* repre-
sentlng middle spatial scales.
Neighborhood Scale-The neighborhood
acale would characterise air quality condi-
tions throughout some relatively uniform
land use areas with dimensions In the O.B to
4.0 kilometer range. Stations of thta acale
would provide monitoring data In areas rep-
resenting conditions where children live and
play. Monitoring In inch areas I* Important
since this segment of the population I* more
susceptible lo the effects of lead.
t/roan Scale-Such stations would be used
to present ambient Pb concentration* over
an entire metropolitan area with dimensions
In the 4 lo 50 kilometer range. An urban
scale elation would be useful for asseaslng
trend* In city wide air quality and the etfec-
llveneas of larger scale air pollution control
strategies.
Regional Seofe -Measurements from these
stations would clmrnrlcrlze sir quality levels
over sreu Imvlng itlmcnslons nl 50 to him
ft. M, Ap*. 0
dred* of kilometer*. This large scale of rep-
resentativeness would be most applicable to
•paraely populated areas and could provide
Information on background air quality and
Interregional pollutant transport.
Monitoring data for ambient Pb levels are
required In major urbanized areas, particu-
larly where Pb level* have been shown or
are expected to be of significant concern
such location* are to be expected In urban
areas having high population densities and
accompanying high traffic densities. The
total number and type of stations for
SLAMS are not prescribed but must be de-
termined on a case-by-case basis. As a mini-
mum there must be two stations In any ur-
banised area which has a population eiceed-
Ing SOO.OOO. Also, as a minimum, there must
be two stations In any area where lead con-
centrations currently exceed or have ex-
ceeded 1.B pg/rn'quarterly arithmetic mean
measured since January I. IVM. For those
areas leas than 600.000 population where
the lead concentrations nave exceeded l.B
pg/ra* quarterly arithmetic mean, the Re-
gional Administrator may waive the require-
ment for establishing SLAMS provided the
State can demonstrate that measured lead
concentrations have not exceeded the
NAAQ8 for the eight quarters preceding
the lead monitoring plan submlnlon re-
quired by I M.M. For locations where moni-
tor* are not being operated at the time of
the Pb monitoring plan submission, data
•howlng attainment during the final eight
quarters of operation will generally provide
the basis for the waiver. The EPA Regional
Administrator may specify more than two
monitoring stations If It Is found that two
stations are Insufficient to adequately deter-
mine It the Pb standard Is being attained
and maintained. The Regional Administra-
tor may also specify that stallons be located
In areas outside the boundaries of the ur-
banised areas.
Concerning the previously discussed re-
quired minimum of two station*, one of the
itatlon* must be a category (at type itatlon
and the second a category station. Both
of these categoric* of station* are defined In
section 1. For areas where the predominant
lead level* come from automotive source*.
the category tal station must be a mlcros-
cale or middle scale station located near a
major roadway I > 30.000 average dally traf-
fic, (ADT)l In order to measure maximum
Pb concentrations from mobile sources. In
sreas where there are no roadways exceed
Ing 30.000 ADT. the station should be locat-
ed near the roadway with the largest traffic
volume. Studies (7. 8) Indicate that lead
levels decrease exponentially with distance
from roadways. Thus, the higher concentt»
lions are close lo the roadway and stallons
located In such areas because of the sleep
concentration •ts.ri'lenls. sre most n«t«-r»
164
165
-------
ft. M, App. D
found to represent the mlcroscale and
middle scale dimension. For areas where
predominant lead level* come (torn point
sources, the category la) station generally
represent* the mlcroscale or middle scale
Impact of the point source. However. In a
few cases, sufficient mixing may occur
during transport of the emissions from the
source to the ground so that the category
(a) station represents a neighborhood scale.
The required category ib) station must be a
neighborhood scale station since the mlcros-
cale and middle scale station would not rep-
resent the air quality over large geographi-
cal areas and frequently may not be located
In highly populated areas. It Is recognized
that In certain areas, a middle scale station
may be located at schools or playgrounds
near major roadways. However. In most
canes, they are not located In such areas and
since children (7) are the segment of the
population most susceptible to the effects of
lead and are more likely to live and play In
the residential section of the urban area.
the category (b) station should be located In
residential areas having a combination of
high population and traffic density. In the
case where lead levels come primarily from
point sources, the category (b) station gen-
erally represents a neighborhood scale
Impact of the point source.
To locate monitoring stations. It will be
necessary to obtain background Information
such as stationary and mobile source emis-
sions Inventories, morning and evening traf-
fic patterns, climatologies! summaries, and
local geographical characteristics. Such In-
formation should be used to Identify areas
that are most suitable to the particular
monitoring objective and spatial scale of
representativeness desired. Reference 9 pro-
vides additional guidance on locating sites
to meet specific urban area monitoring ob-
jectives and must be used In locating new
stations or evaluating the adequacy of exist-
ing stations.
After locating each Pb station, and. to the
extent practicable, taking. Into consideration
the collective Impart of all Pb sources and
surrounding physical characteristics of the
siting area, a spatial scale of representative-
ness must be assigned to eat li station.
Guidance on locating monllorlng'stations
In the vicinity of stationary lead sources Is
given In reference 10 This reference pro-
vides assistance In designing a network to
meet the monitoring objective of determin-
ing the Impact of point sources on ambient
Pb levels.
3 8 PM,. Dfiian Criteria for SLAMS
As with other pollutants measured In the
HI.AMS network, the first step In designing
the PM,. network Is to collect the necessary
background Information. Various stud-
ies" " " '• " " have documented the major
source categories nl participate matter and
their contribution to ambient levels In varl
40 CFR Ch. I (7-1-M
ous locations throughout the country Be
cause the source* for PM,. are similar in
those for TSP. the procedure* for collecting
the necessary background Information for
PM,. are also similar. Sources of back
ground Information would be regional and
traffic map* and aerial photograph* show
Ing topography, settlement*, major Indu*.
trie* and highway*. These map* and photo
graph* would be used to Identify area* of
the type that are of concern to the particu-
lar monitoring objective. After potentially
suitable monitoring areas for PMM have
been Identified on a map. modeling may be
used to provide an eatlmate of PM,. concen-
trations throughout the area of Interest
After completing the first step, existing
TSP SLAMS or other partlculale matter
stations should be evaluated to determine
their potential aa candidate* for SLAMS
designation. Stations meeting one or more
of the four basic monitoring objective* de-
scribed In section I of this Appendix must
be classified Into one of the five scale* of
representativeness (micro, middle, neighbor-
hood, urban and regional) If the stations are
to become SLAMS. In citing and classifying
PM,. stations, the procedures In reference
IT should be used.
If existing TSP samplers meet the quality
assurance requirement* of Appendix A. the
PM» siting requirements of Appendix E,
and are located In areas of suspected maxi-
mum concentration* are described In section
3 of Appendix D. and If the TSP level* are
below the ambient PM,. standards. TSP
sampler* may continue to be used as substi-
tutes for PMU SLAMS samplers under the
provisions of Section 3.3 of Appendix C.
The most Important spatial scales to effec-
tively characterize the emissions of PM,.
from both mobile and stationary sources are
the micro, middle and neighborhood scales
For purpose* of establishing monitoring sta-
tions to represent Urge homogenous areas
other than the above scales of representa-
tiveness, urban or regional scale stations
would also be needed.
Mlcroicale-Ttilt scale would typify areas
such as downtown street canyons and traffic
corridors where the general public would be
exposed to maximum concentrations from
mobile sources. Because of the very steep
ambient PM,. gradient* resulting from
mobile sources, the dimensions of the ml-
croscale for PM» generally would not
extend beyond IS meters from the roadway.
but could continue the length of the road-
way which could be several kilometers. Ml-
croscale PM,. sites should be located near
Inhabited buildings or locations where the
general public can be expected to be ex-
posed to the concentration measured. Emis-
sions from stationary sources such as pri-
mary and secondary smelters, power plants.
and other large Industrial processes may.
1
invtrvnmwntol Protection Agency
under certain plume conditions, likewise
result In high ground level concentration*
at the mlcroscale. In the latter case, the ml-
croscale would represent an area Impacted
by the plume with dimensions extending up
to approximately 100 meter*. Date collected
at mlcroacale stations provide Information
for evaluating and developing "hoUpot"
control measure*.
Middle Scale—Much of the measurement
of short-term public exposure to PM» I* on
this Male. People moving through down-
town areas, or living near major roadway*.
encounter particle* that would be adequate-
ly characterized by measurement* of this
spatial *cale. Thus, measurement* of thl*
type would be appropriate for the evalua-
tion of possible short-term public health ef-
fect* of partlculate matter pollution. Thl*
scale al*o Include* the characteristic concen-
tration* for other area* with dimensions of
a few hundred meter* such a* the parking
lot and feeder streets associated with shop-
ping center*, itedla. and office building*. In
the case of PM», unpaved or seldom swept
parking lot* associated with these aource*
could be an Important source In addition to
the vehicular emissions themselves.
Neighborhood Scale-Measurement* In
thl* category would represent condition*
throughout some reasonably homogeneous
urban aubreglon with dimension* of a few
kilometer* and of generally more regular
shape than the middle scale. Homogeneity
refer* to the PMM concentrations, aa well aa
the land use and land surface characteris-
tic*. In some cases, a location carefully
chosen to provide neighborhood acale date
would represent not only the Immediate
neighborhood but also neighborhood* of the
same type In other part* of the city. Sta-
tions of thl* kind provide good Information
about trends and compliance with standards
because they often represent conditions In
area* where people commonly live and work
for periods comparable to those specified In
the NAAQS. This category also Includes In-
dustrial and commercial neighborhood*, a*
well a* residential.
Neighborhood scale date could provide
valuable Information for developing, testing.
and revising models that describe the larger-
scale concentration patterns, especially
those model* relying on spatially smoothed
emission fields for Inputs. The neighbor-
hood scale measurements could also be used
for neighborhood comparisons within or be-
tween cities. This Is the most likely scale of
measurement* to meet the needs of plan-
ner*.
Urban Scale—This class-of measurement
would be made to characterize the PM,. con-
centration over an entire metropolitan area.
Such measurements would be useful for as-
sessing trends In city-wide air quality, and
hence, the effectiveness of large scale air
pollution control strategies.
ft. Si, App. D
Regional Scofe-These measurement*
would characterize condition* over area*
with dimension* of a* much aa hundred* of
kilometer*. A* noted earlier, using repre-
sentative condition* for an area Implies
some degree of homogeneity In that area.
For this reason, regional scale measure-
ment* would be moat applicable to sparsely
populated area* with reasonably uniform
ground cover. Date characteristic* of this
acale would provide Information about
larger acale processes of PM» emissions,
losses and transport.
I. Network Oeilon for National Air Monl-
torlng Station* i HAMS)
The NAM8 must be stations (elected from
the SLAMS network with emphasl* given to
urban and multlsource area*. Area* to be
monitored must be selected baaed on urban-
ised population and pollutant concentration
level*. Generally, a larger number of NAM8
are needed In more polluted urban and
multlsource areas. The network design crite-
ria discussed below reflect these concept*.
However, It should be emphasized that devi-
ation* from the NAM8 network design crite-
ria may be necessary In a few cases. Thus.
these design criteria are not a act of rigid
rule* but rather a guide for achieving a
proper distribution of monitoring site* on a
national scale.
The primary objective for NAMS to to
monitor In the area* where the pollutant
concentration and the population exposure
are expected to be the highest consistent
with the averaging time of the NAAQS. Ac-
cordingly, the NAMS fall Into two catego-
ric*:
Category (a): Station* located In area of
expected maximum concentration* (general-
ly mlcroscale for CO. mlcroscale or middle
scale for Pb and PM,., neighborhood scale
for SO,, and NO,, and urban scale for O>.
Category : Stations which combine
poor air quality with a high population den-
sity but not necessarily located In an area of
expected maximum concentration* (neigh-
borhood scale, except urban scale for NO,I.
Category (b) monitors would generally be
representative of larger spatial scales than
category (al monitors.
For each urban area where NAMS are re-
quired, both categories of monitoring sta-
tions must be established. In the case of
TSP and SO, If only one NAMS I* needed.
then category (a) must be used. The analy-
sis and Interpretation of data from NAMS
should consider the distinction between
these types of stations as appropriate.
The concept of NAMS Is designed to pro-
vide data for national policy analyses/
trends and for reporting to the public on
major metropolitan areas. It Is not the
Intent to monitor In every area where the
NAAQS are violated bn the other hand.
166
Ifl7
-------
PI. Si. App. D
the data from 81.AM8 should be used prl
marlly for nonattalnmcnl decisions/ analy
•es In specific geographical area*. Since (he
NAMS are stations from Ihr SI.AMS net-
work, station locatlni procedures for NAMS
are part or the SI.AMS network design proc
CM.
3.1 IReservedl
3.1 Sulfur Dioxide (SO.) Design Criteria
for NAMS
It la desirable to have a greater number of
NAMS In the more polluted and densely
populated urban and mulilsource areas. The
data In Table 3 show the approximate
number of permanent stations needed In
urban areas to characterize the national and
regional SO, air quality trends and geo-
graphical patterns. These criteria require
that the number of NAMS In areas where
urban populations exceed 1.000.000 and con
centratlons also exceed the primary NAAQS
may range from 6 to 10 and that In areas
where the 8O> problem Is minor, only one or
two (or no) monitors are required For those
cases where more than one station Is re-
quired for an urban area, Ihrrr should be at
least one station for category (a) and cate-
gory stations Is
determined on a case by case basis. The
actual number and location nf the NAMS
must be determined by EPA Regional Of-
fices and the Slate agency, subject to the
approval of EPA Headquarters (OANR).
TABIE 3—SO, National Air Monitoring Slalion
Criteria
f Appronmcte numbw of tlabon. pe« •*«•) •
PnpUMon
>ioooooc
sooooaio
t.ooo.ooc
2M.OOOM
MO 000
luo.ooo to
KwZlfc
• 10
4 S
14
I ?
4 S
1 *
I ?
0 I
24
I t
0-1
o
• S«l«clion erf urtMn Mvftt mmt Arto*) nun** of .latent
DM Ma «* b. |t»nlV rfrlrtmnrd b, [PA >nd •>• SUM
•gancy
Mftgh cortcwHrahon eacpwfc*^ fcvH ol lh« pnmanr
Mftgh
NAAOS
• M.tfcuw concanfcahmi eKrectftng 6O paiceni o* *>• tow*
04 f* prwnanr of tOOX o( lrw» tm.onriary MAAOS
' I ow concert, alion M>4* HIAII 60 fN^cfnl of (he tev«l ol
IT* P-OTMY 01 IOOX ol the vrnmlacy NAAOS
The estimated number of SO, NAMS
which would be required nationwide ranges
from approximately 200 (o 300. This
number of NAMS SO, monitors Is sufficient
for national trend purposes due to the low
background SOi levels, and the fart that air
quality Is very sensitive to .HO, emission
changes. The actual number of stations In
40 CFR Ch. I (7-l-M Edition)
any specific area depends on local factors
such as meteorology, topography, urban and
regional air quality gradients, and the po
lentlal for significant air quality Improve
menu or degradation. The greatest density
of stations should be where urban popula
lions are large and where pollution levels
are high. Fewer NAMS are necessary In the
western Stales since concentrations are
seldom above the NAAQS In their urban
areas. Exceptions to this are In the areas
where an expected shortage of clean fuels
Indicates that ambient air quality may be
degraded by Increased SO, emissions. In
such cases, a minimum number nf NAMS Is
required to pro- We EPA with a proper na
tlonal perspective on significant changes In
air quality.
(Jke T8P. the worst air quality In an
urban area I* to be used as the basis for de
lermlnlng the required number of SO,
NAMS (see Table 3). This Includes SO. air
quality levels within populated purls of ur-
banised areas, that are affected by one or
two point sources of SO, If the Impact of
the sourcets) extends over a reasonably
broad geographic scale (neighborhood or
larger). Maximum SO, air quality levels In
remote unpopulated areas should be ex-
cluded as a basis for selecting NAMS regard
less of the sources affecting the concentra-
tion levels. Such remote areas are more ap-
propriately monitored by 8I.AM8 or 8PM
networks and/or characterized by diffusion
model calculations as necessary.
3.3 Carbon Monoxide (CO) Design Crlte
rla for NAMS
Information Is needed on ambient CO
levels In major urbanized areas where CO
levels have been shown or Inferred to be a
significant concern. At the national level,
EPA will not routinely require data from as
many stations as are required for TSP, and
perhaps, SO,, since CO trend stations are
principally needed to assess the overall air
quality progress resulting from the emission
controls required by the Federal motor vehi-
cle control program (FMVCP).
Although State and local air programs
may require extensive monitoring to docu-
ment and measure the local Impacts of CO
emissions and emission controls, an ade-
quate national perspective Is possible with
as few as Iwo stations per major urban area.
The two categories for which CO NAMS
would be required are: (a) Peak concentra
lion areas such as are found around major
traffic arteries and near heavily traveled
streets In downtown areas (micro scale); and
(b) neighborhoods where concentration ex
posiires are significant (middle scale, neigh-
borhood scale).
The peak concentration station (micro
scale) Is usually found near heavily traveled
downtown streets (street canyons), but
could be found along major arlerlnl.s (rorrl
fnvlrwitmwntal rVwIwctton Agoncy
don), either near Intersections or at low ele-
vations which are Influenced by downslope
drainage patterns under low Inversion con-
ditions. The peak concentration station
should be located so that It la representative
of several similar source configurations In
the urban area, where the general popula-
tion haa access. Thus. It should reflect one
of many potential peak situations which
occur throughout the urban area. It Is rec-
ognised that this doea not measure air qual-
ity which represents large geographical
area*. Thus, a second type of station on the
neighborhood scale la necessary to provide
data representative of the high concentra-
tion levels which exist over large geographi-
cal areaa.
The category (b) (middle scale or neigh-
borhood scale) should be located In areaa
with a stable, high population density, pro-
jected continuity of neighborhood charac-
ter, and high traffic density. The stations
should be located where no major xonlng
changes, new highways, or new shopping
centers are being considered. The station
should be where • significant CO pollution
problem exists, but not be unduly Influ-
enced by any one line source. Rather. M
should be more representative of the overall
effect of the source* In a significant portion
of the urban area.
Because CO la generally associated with
heavy traffic and population clusters, an ur-
banised area with a population greater than
100.000 to the principal critertlon for Identi-
fying the urban areaa for which pairs of
NAMS for this pollutant will be required.
The criterion to baaed on Judgment that sta-
tions In urban areaa with greater than
•00.000 population would provide sufficient
data for national analysis and national re-
porting to Congress and the public. Also. H
haa generally been shown that major CO
problems are found In areaa greater than
MO.OOO population.
1.4 Osone (O.) Design Criteria for NAM8
The criterion for selecting locations for
osone NAMS Is any urbanised area having a
population of more than MO.OOO. This popu-
lation cut off la used since the sources of hy-
drocarbons are both mobile and stationary
and are more diverse. Also, because of local
and national control strateglea and the com-
plex chemical process of ozone formation
and transport, more sampling stations than
for CO are needed on a national scale to
better understand the ozone problem. This
selection criterion Is based entirely on popu-
lation and will Include those relatively
highly populated areas where most of the
oxldant precursors originate.
Each urban area will generally require
only two ozone NAMS. One station would be
representative of maximum ozone concen-
trations (category (a), urban scale) under
the wind transport conditions as dlscumed
In section >.B. The exarl 'oral Ion should bsl
. M,
ance local factor* affecting transport and
buildup of peak O, levels with the need to
represent population exposure. The second
station (category (b). neighborhood scale).
should be representative of high density
population areas on the fringe* of the cen-
tral business district along the predominant
summer/fall daytime wind direction. This
latter station should measure peak O. levels
under light and variable or stagnant wind
condition*. Two oxone NAMS station* will
be sufficient In most urban area* since spa-
tial gradients for ozone generally are not a*
•harp as for other criteria pollutant*.
3.1 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO.) Criteria for
NAMS. Nitrogen dioxide NAMS will be re-
quired In those area* of the country which
have • population greater than 1.000.000.
These area* will have two NO. NAMS. It I*
fell that stations In these major metropoli-
tan area* would provide sufficient date for a
national analysis of the data, and also be-
cause NO. problem* occur In area* of great-
er than 1.000.000 population.
Within urban area* requiring NAMS. two
permanent monitor* are sufficient. The first
station (category (a), middle scale or neigh-
borhood scale) would be to measure the
photochemical production of NO. and would
beat be located In that part of the urban
area where the emission density of NO. to
the highest. The second station (category
(b) urban scale), would be to measure the
NO. produced from the reaction of NO with
O. and should be downwind of the area of
peak NO. emission areaa.
3.0 Lead IPb) Design Criteria for NAMS.
In order to achieve the national monitoring
objective. Iwo of the SLAMS located In ur-
bantaed areaa with population* greater than
•00.000 will be designated aa NAMS. One of
the stations must be a mlcroacale or middle
scale category (a) station, located adjacent
to a major roadway (>30.000 ADT) or near
the roadway with the large*! traffic volume
If the volume I* lew than 30.000 ADT. A ml
croseale location la preferred, but a middle
wale la also acceptable If a suitable mtcros-
cale location cannot be found.
The second station must be • neighbor-
hood scale category (b) station located In a
highly populated residential section of the
urbanized area where traffic density to high.
preferably O30.OOO ADT) or near the road-
way with the largest traffic volume If the
volume to less than 30.000 ADT.
In certain urbanized areas greater than
•00.000 population, point sources may have
a significant Impact on air quality lead
levels In populated areas. To measure the
Impact of such sources, other monitors In
the SLAMS network would normally be
used.
3.7 /•*»„. Datfn. Criteria far HAMS
Table 41 Indicates the approximate number
of permanent, .station* required tn ("ban
168
169
-------
ft. 91, App. 0
areas to characterize national and regional
PM,, air quality trends and geographical
pattern*. The number of stations In areu
where urban populations exceed 1.000.000
must be In the ranee from 2 to 10 stations.
while In low population urban areas, no
more than two stations are required. A
IT nge of monitoring stations Is specified In
Table 4 because sources of pollutants and
local control efforts can vary from one part
of the country to another and therefore.
some flexibility Is allowed In selecting the
actual number of stations In any one locale.
It I* recognized that no I'M,, samplers will
be designated as PM,. reference or equiva-
lent methods until, at the earliest, approxi-
mately six months after promulgation of
PM» NAAQS and the reference and equiva-
lent method requirements. Even though
non-designated PM,. samplers will have
been commercially available, and a small
number of samplers will have been In use by
EPA. other agencies, and Industry, there
will not be enough ambient PM,. data to de-
termine ambient PM,. levels for all areas of
the country. Accordingly. EPA has provided
guidance "on converting ambient IP,, data
to ambient PM,. data. Ambient IP,, data are
data from high volume samplers utilizing
quarts filters or dlcholomous samplers, both
with Inlets designed to collect particles
nominally It urn and below. Also Included
In I he guidance are procedures for calculat-
ing from ambient T8P data the probability
that an area will be nonatlalnment lor PM,.
For determining the appropriate number of
NAMS per area, the converted IP,, data or
the probabilities of PM,. nonattalnmenl are
used In Table 4. unless ambient PM,. data
are available. If only one monitor Is re-
quired In an urbanized area. It must be a
category (a) type. Since emissions associated
with the operation of motor vehicles con-
tribute to urban area participate matter
levels, consideration of the Impact of these
sources must be Included In the design of
the NAMS network, particularly In urban
areas greater than 500.000 population. In
certain urban areas partlculite emissions
from motor vehicle dlesel exhaust currently
40 CFR Ch. I (7-1-18 Edition)
Is or Is expected to be a significant source of
PM» ambient levels. If an evaluation of the
sources of PM,. as described In section 2.8
Indicates that the maximum concentration
area Is predominantly Influenced by road-
way emissions, then the category (a) station
should be located adjacent to a major road
and should be a mlcroscale or middle scale.
A mlcroscale Is preferable but a middle scale
Is also acceptable If a suitable mlcroscale lo-
cation cannot be found. However. If the pre-
dominant Influence In the suspected maxi-
mum concentration area Is expected to be
Industrial emissions, and/or combustion
products (from other than an Isolated single
source), the category station should be a
middle scale or neighborhood scale. A
middle scale exposure Is preferable to a
neighborhood scale In representing the
maximum concentration Impact from multi-
ple sources, other than vehicular, but a
neighborhood scale Is acceptable, especially
In large residential areas that burn oil.
wood, and/or coal for space heating.
For thooe cases where more than one sta-
tion Is required for an urban area, there
should be at least one station lor category
(a) and one station for category (b) neigh-
borhood scale objectives as discussed In Sec-
tion 3. Where three or more stations are re-
quired, the mix of category (a) and (b) sta-
tions Is to be determined on a case-by-case
basis. The actual number ol NAMS and
their locations must be determined by EPA
Regional Offices and the State .agencies.
subject to the approval of the Administrator
as required by 151.32. The Administrator's
approval Is necessary to Insure that Individ-
ual stations conform to the NAMS selection
criteria and that the network as a whole Is
sufficient In terms of number and location
for purposes of national analyses. As re-
quired under the provisions of section 2.2 of
Appendix C. all PM- NAMS that were pre
vlously designated as T8P NAMS must con-
currently collect ambient TSP and PM,.
data for a one-year period beginning when
each NAMS PM,. sampler Is put Into oper-
ation.
CnvfrwiiMntol Pr»tc*HMi Agency
Pt. M, App. 0
TABIE «—PM,. NATIONAL AIR MONITORING STATION CRITERIA
I Afipfoi*n«t« NumtMf ol Stefcont pM AIM! •
Papt4il»
Low onm«i>»llun stow or* *m* tar wNdt AircJonl PM. or omMom •>„ dM. convortort to PM. thev
------ IMO »on SO porcom ol HO PM. NAAQS; or t» prebsbSfr ol PM. m*Utnm*». eoHnllolod torn TSP oMt.
* IOM fun JO Mreont
•Procodmobroriln
ol non.IMraii.nl tor PM. fan obMrvoo' TSP iMo or. provktod to rakmra IS
Irom *>„ smblM ok moowromonl. or lor ..Ulrtng *w protoMHy
Then may akw be some situation*. a* dis-
cussed later In Appendix E, where addition-
al scales may be allowed for NAMS pur
4. Summary
Table 6 shows by pollutant, all of the spa-
tial scale* that are applicable for SLAMS
and the required spatial Kale* for NAMS.
TABLE 5—SUMMARY OF SPATML SCALES FOR SLAMS AND REQUIRED SCALES FOR
NAMS
•too ....
MtMt
Un>*n
80.
"
CO
•>
0.
"
;sW. tor t
NO.
ILAMS
Pk
tf
t*
*•
PM.
-------
fl. M, App. E
ronmrnUI Criteria and AaarKunenl Office
Research Triangle Park. NC December
14 WaUon. JO., el al. Analysis of Inhala
bit and Fine Parllrulale M«ltrr Measure
menU. Prepared lor U.8. Envlionmental
Protection Agency. Research Triangle Park
NC. EPA 450/4 II 035 December 1981
IS. Record. FA. and 1. A Burl Evaluation
on Contribution or Wind Blown Dust from
the Desert levels of Paniculate Matter In
Desert Communities. C1CA Technology Dlvl
•Ion, Bedford. MA. Prepared lor U.S. Envl
ronmental Protection Agency. Research Trl
angle Park. NC. EPA-450/2 80 078 August
1180.
I*. Goldstein. E,A. and Paly M. The Diesel
Problem In New York City. Project on the
Urban Environment. Natural Resources De-
fense Council. Inc.. New York. NY April
1(86.
17. Keen. R.C. and HE Rector. Optimum
Network Design and Site Exposure Criteria
for Participate Matter. OEOMET Technol-
ogies. Inc.. Rockvllle. MD. Prepared for U.S.
Environmental Prelection Agency, Re-
search Triangle Park. NC. EPA Contract
No 08 02 3584. EPA 4SO/4 87 009 May
1987.
18. Pace. T.. el al. Procedures for Estimat-
ing Probability of Nonatlalnment of a PM»
Data. US. Environmental Protection
Agency. Research Triangle Park. NC EPA-
460/4-80 017. December 1988.
144 PR 27571. May 10. 1*79; 44 PR 72592.
Dec. 14. 1979, as amended at 48 Fit 44181.
8"pt. 3. 1081; SI FR »5»7. Mar. IB. 1088; 52
FR 24742-23744. July I. 1987; 52 FR 27288.
July 20. 10871
ArrENDix E—PROBE SITING CRITERIA
roM AMBIENT Am QUALITY MONITORINO
I Introduction
1 IHeaervedl
1 Sulfur Dioxide (SO.)
31 Horizontal and Vrrtlral Probe Place-
ment
1 2 Spacing from Obstructions
.1 J Spacing from trees and older consid-
ers! Ions
4 Carbon Monoxldr «T»>
4 I Horizontal ami Vertical Probe Place-
ment
4 2 Spacing from Obstructions
4 3 Spacing from Ro*n Afwncy
M,
I.I HortoonUI and Vertical Probe Place-
ment As with T8P monitoring, the moat de-
sirable height for an SO. monitor Inlet
probe la near the breathing height. Various
factors enumerated before may require that
the Inlet probe be elevated. Therefore, the
Inlet probe must be located I to II meters
above ground level. If the Inlet probe la lo-
cated on the aide of a building, then It
should be located on the windward side of
tha building relative to the prevailing
winter wind direction. The Inlet probe must
also be located more than I meter vertically
or horiaontally away from any supporting
structure and also away from dirty, dusty
area*.
l.a Spacing from Obstruction*. No fur-
nace or Incineration flue*, or other minor
source* of SO. should be nearby. The sepa-
ration dlsUnee la dependent on In* height
of the flue*, type of waste or fuel burned,
and the quality of the fuel (aulfur content).
If the Inlet probe la located on • roof or
other structure. It mint be at least I meter
from walls, parapet*, penthouse*, etc.
The Inlet probe must be located away
from obstacle* and buildings. The distant*
between the obstacle* and the Inlet prob*
mutt be at least twice the height that the
obstacle protrude* above the Inlet probe.
Sampling station* that at* tooled closer to
obstacle* than Into criterion allow* should
not be elanlfled a* a neighborhood scale.
since the measurement* from such a station
would closely represent middle scale sta-
tions. Therefore, station* not meeting the
criterion should be classified a* middle
scale. Airflow must atao be unrestricted m
an are of at least 270' around the Inlet
probe, and the predominant wind direction
for the season of greatest pollutant concen-
tration potential must be Included m the
270' arc. If the probe I* located on the aide
of a building. IMV clearance to required. Ad-
ditional Information on SO. probe siting cri-
teria may be found In reference II.
3.1 Spacing from tree* and other consid-
eration*. Tree* can provide surfaces for SO,
adsorption and act a* an obstruction to
normal wind How pattern*. To minimise the
possible effect* of tree* on the measured
SO, level*, the (ampler should be placed at
least 20 meter* from the drip line of tree*.
However. In situation* where trees could be
classified a* an obstruction. I.e.. the distance
between the tree and the sampler to less
than twice the height that the I reels) pro-
trudes above the sampler, the sampler must
be placed at least 10 meter* from the drip
line of the obstructing tree)*).
4. Carton *fonojrf
-------
c/ERA
United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of Air Quality
Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park NC 27711
EPA-450/4-87-007
May 1987
Air
Ambient Monitoring
Guidelines for
Prevention of
Significant
Deterioration (PSD)
RADIAN LIBRARY
RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, NC
-------
REFERENCES FOR SECTION 3.5
-------
&ER&
UMted States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of Air Quality
Planning and Standards
Researcn Triangle Park NC 27711
EPA.450/4-87-QQ7
May 1987
Air
Ambient Monitoring
Guidelines for
Prevention of
Significant
(PSD)
RADSAN LIBRARY
RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, MC
-------
ft. S/, App A 40 CFR Ch. I (7-l-M Edition)
SiMtcnnt OC--PERMANENT WAIVER FROM INTERIM CONTROLS TEST—Continued
ISmtfMi ktartMcttonl
t Can* Mt.n» y»lu»
r MM prmnl nfc*
Uw
„
K
IM4
XXXX
KXXX
IMS
XXXX
xxxx
IM*
xxxx
xxxx
IM/
XXXX
xxxx
IMS
xxxx
xxxx
IMI
xxxx
xxxx
IMO
xxxx
xxxx
Tout
SCHEDULE O.7—HORIZON VALUE Of CASH FLOWS
ISmWU. MMMMukml
A (XfnvoMavfrn honran vilu*
2 OxneMon Un Mvino>
k Margin*) tut CM*
e Tu Mvtngi
M n* cash
k MM tfnto
S t>«»ii »•!•«<«» k»» Iranian nki*
S Otyjrfrlun lu MMno* (Mr t»
horiion pviod.
2
4
ft PlMonl v«Ju« ol law Mvtagl
• ToW I»MII< nlu* ol ton wv
C Hortron VHu*
Un.
01
02
09
04
OS
M
or
M
0*
10
II
12
13
14
l»
IS
Find kncM
rM»l
I*N
XXXX
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
KXXX
IMO
KXXX
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
KXXX
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
Ifmlion yvm
Ittl
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
XXXX
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
IM2
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
KXXX
KXXX
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
XKXX
IM)
xxx«
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
IM4
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
XKXX
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
IMS
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
ToW
KXXX
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
KXXX
PART Si—AMMfNT AIR QUALITY
SURVflUANCf
Bee.
if I Definition!.
Ill Purpose.
18.1 Applicability
II 10 Quality assurance
II 11 Monitoring methods.
11.11 Siting ol Instruments or Instrument
probe*.
II II Operating schedule.
11.14 Special purpose monitors.
Su»p«rt C— *l«rt» •n* tocol Air M.ntUrfcig
Sl.lUni (SLAMS)
SB 2O Air quality surveillance: Plan con
tent.
51 21 SLAMS network design.
Bee.
Mil SLAMS methodology.
M.ll Monitoring network completion.
M.14 (Reserved)
MM System modification
M.M Annual SLAMS summary report.
11.17 Compliance date lor air quality data
reporting.
II M Regional Office SLAMS data acqulsl
lion.
•bfMCtl
«»•** Stan.
(HAMS)
NAM8network establishment.
M.ll NAM8 network description.
M.ll NAMS approval.
11.11 NAMS methodology.
II14 NAMS network completion.
IIII NAMS data submlttal.
51.11 System modification.
lukfMf* l-Alc QwriHy InJ.M l*««rM>i«j
M.40 Index reporting.
128
f nvlronmainlal Preloctlen Agency
Sec.
M.M Federal monitoring.
M.ll Monitoring other pollutants.
ArraKDix A -QUALITY ASSUHANCC RBQUI»-
S»NTI ropj STATI AHO LOCAL AIR Mom-
Toamo 8T»Tiont (SLAMS)
ArrBfBix B— QUALITT ASIUIUIIC* RMUmr
MDrrs ro* PicvEHTioH or SiomncANT
DamioaATiOH (PSD) Am MoniTORIiia
ArmrBix C— AMiinrr AIR QUALITY Mom-
tORIHO MrTHODOLOOY
ArmiDim D Nrrwoaa DCSIQH roa STATS
AMD LOCAL AIR MOHITORIHO STATIOHR
(SLAMS) AH» NATIONAL AIR MOMITORIIM
STATIONS (NAMS)
ArrniDix E-Pnosi SITIHO CRITERIA roR
AMRIDIT AIR QUALITY MOMITORIHO
ArrEHDix F— AHHUAL SLAMS AIR QUALITY
IlirORMATIOII
Arrn»ix O— UmroRsi AIR QUALITY Imcx
Am DAILY RaroRTina
ADTMORITT: Bees. 110. 10l(s). 111. and 11*
of the Clean Air Act (41 VS.C. 1410.
7«OI(a). 7111. 7III>.
Sound 44 FR 17171. May 10. I Ml. unlew
otherwise noted.
A— Own-' -•-'
IM.I
As used In this part, all terms not de-
fined herein have the meaning given
them In the Act:
(a) "Act" means the Clean Air Act as
amended (42 U.8.C. 7401. et seq.).
(b) "SLAMS" means State or Local
Air Monitoring Statlon(s). The
SLAMS make up the ambient air qual-
ity monitoring network which Is re-
quired by I 58.20 to be provided for In
the State's Implementation plan. This
definition places no restrictions on the
use of the physical structure or facili-
ty housing the SLAMS. Any combina-
tion of SLAMS and any other moni-
tors (Special Purpose. NAMS. PSD)
may occupy the same facility or struc-
ture without affecting the respective
definitions of those monitoring sta-
tion.
(c) "NAMS" means National Air
Monitoring Statlon(s). Collectively the
NAMS are a subset of the SLAMS am-
bient air quality monitoring network.
(d) "PSD station" means any station
operated for the purpose of establish-
ing the effect on air quality of the
emissions from a proposed source for
purposes of prevention of significant
deterioration as required by I 51.24(n)
of Part 61 of this chapter.
(e) "SO," means sullur dioxide.
((> "NO," means nitrogen dioxide.
(g) "CO" means carbon monoxide.
(h) "O." RICMIS ozone.
(I) "Plan" means an Implementation
plan, approved or promulgated pursu-
ant to section 110 ol the Clean Air Act.
(J) "Administrator" means the Ad-
ministrator of the Environmental Pro-
tection Agency (EPA) or his or her au-
thorized representative.
(k) "Regional Administrator" means
the Administrator of one of the ten
EPA Regional Offices or his or her au-
thorized representative.
(I) "State agency" means the air pol-
lution control agency primarily re-
sponsible for development and Imple-
mentation of a plan under the Act.
"Local agency" means any local
government agency, other than the
State agency, which Is charged with
the responsibility for carrying out a
portion of the plan.
(n) "Indian Reservation" means any
Federally recognized reservation es-
tablished by treaty, agreement, execu-
tive order, or act of Congress.
(o) "Indian Governing Body" means
the governing body of any tribe, band.
or group of Indians subject to the Ju-
risdiction of the United States and rec-
ognized by the United States as pos-
sessing power of self-government.
(p) "Storage and Retrieval of A->ro-
metrlc Data (8AROAD) system" Is a
computerized system which stores and
reports Information relating to ambi-
ent air quality.
-------
n. 5i.
ronmental Criteria and Assessment Office.
Resr-srrh Triangle Park. NC. December
IBM
14 Watson. JO. ti al. Analysis ol Intuit
bit and Fine Paniculate Mailer Measure-
ments. Prepared lor US Environmental
Protection Agency. Research Triangle Park.
NC. EPA 450/4 II 035 December I»BI.
16. Record. P.A. and LA Bacl. Evaluation
on Contribution ol Wind Blown Dust Irom
the Desert Levels ol Partlculate Matter In
Desert Communities. OCA Technology Divi-
sion. Bedlord. MA. Prepared lor U.S. Envl
ronmenlal Protection Agency, Research Trl
angle Park. NC EPA 450/2 to 018 August
1980.
I*. Goldstein. E A and Paly M. The Diesel
Problem In New York City. Project on the
Urban Environment. Natural Resources De
lens* Council. Inc.. New York. NY. April
1985
17. Koch. R.C. and HE. Rector. Optimum
Network Design and Site Exposure Criteria
lor Partlculale Matter. OEOMET Technol-
ogies. Inc.. Rockvllle. MD Prepared lor U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency. Re-
search Triangle Park. NC. EPA Contract
No. 6« 02 3514. EPA 450/4 81 00*. May
1*87.
II. Pace. T . et al Procedures lor Estimat-
ing Probability ol Nonatlalnmcnl ol a I'M,.
Data. US Environmental Protection
Agency. Research Tilangle Park. NC. EPA
450/4 8« Oil. December 1088
144 FR 27671. May IV. 1919. 44 FH 725*2.
Dec. 14. ma. as amended at 48 PR 44188,
Sept 3 I»8I; &l FR »S«7. Mar l». l»8«, 52
FR 24742-23744. July I. 1981. 52 PR 27288.
July 20. 18871
ArrcNDix E- PROBE SITING CRITERIA
roH AMBIENT Am QUALITY MONITORING
I. Introduction
1 I Reserved)
1 Sullur DIoMlde (SO.)
1.1 Horizontal and Vertical Probe Place-
menl
3 3 Spacing from Obstructions
33 Sparing Irom trees and other consld
eratlnnc.
4 Carbon Monoxide (CO)
41 Horizontal and Vertical Probe Place-
ment
42 Spacing Irom Obstructions
4.3 Spacing Irom Roads
4.4 Spacing Irom trees and other consid-
erations.
5 Ozone n and the sampler to less
than twice the height that the treeisl pro
trades above the sampler, the sampler must
be placed al least 10 meters from the drip
line of the obstructing lree(s)
4. Carbon Monoxide*CO»
4.1 Horizontal and Verlkal Probe Place-
ment. Because ol the Importance of measur-
ing population exposure to CO concentra-
tions, air should be sampled at average
breathing heights However, practical lac-
PI. 5t, App. E
ton require that the Inlet probe be higher.
The required height ol the Inlet probe for
CO monitoring Is therefore 1± Vk meter for a
mlcroscale site, which to a compromise be-
tween representative breathing height and
prevention of vandalism. The recommended
I meter range of heights Is also a compro-
mise to some extent. For consistency and
comparability. It would be desirable to have
all InleU al exactly the same height, but
practical considerations often prevent this.
Borne reasonable range musl be specified
and 1 meter provides adequate leeway to
meet most requirements.
For the middle and neighborhood scale
stations, the vertical concentration gradi-
ents are not as great as for the mlcroscale
station. This to because the diffusion from
roads to greater and the concentrations
would represent larger areas than for the
mlcroscale. Therefore, the required height
of the Inlet probe to 3 to 15 meters for
middle and neighborhood scale stations.
The Inlet probe must be located more than
1 meter In the vertical or horizontal direc-
tion from any supporting structure.
4.1 Spacing from Obstructions. Airflow
must also be unrestricted in an arc of at
least 170* around the Inlet probe, and the
predominant wind direction for the season
of greatest pollutant concentration poten-
tial must be Included In the 270' arc. If the
probe to located on the side of a building,
180' clearance to required.
4.3 Spacing from Roads. Street canyon
and traffic corridor stations tmlcroscale) are
Intended to provide a measurement of the
Influence of the Immediate source on the
pollution exposure of the population. In
order to provide some reasonable consisten-
cy and comparability In the air quality data
from auch stations, a minimum distance of 1
meters and a maximum distance of 10
meters from the edge of the nearest traffic
lane must be maintained for these CO moni-
tor Inlet probes. This should give consisten-
cy to the data, yet still allow flexibility of
finding suitable locations.
Street canyon/corridor (mlcroacalel Inlet
probes must be located at least 10 meters
from an Intersection and preferably at a
mldblock location. Mldblock locations are
preferable to Intersection locations because
Intersections represent a much smaller por-
tion of downtown space than do the streets
between them. Pedestrian exposure to prob-
ably also greater In street canyon/corridors
than al Intersections. Also, the practical dif-
ficulty of positioning sampling Inlets to leas
al mldblock locations than at the Intersec-
tion. However, the llnal siting of the moni-
tor must meet Ihe objectives and Intent of
Appendix D. Sections 2.4. 3. 3.3 and Appen-
dix E. Section 4.
In determining the minimum separation
between a neighborhood scale monitoring
172
173
-------
PI. 543. App. i
station and a specific line source, the pre
aiimpllon Is made that measurement]
should not be unduly Influenced by any one
roadway. Compulations were made lo drier
nilne Ihr separation distances, and table I
provides the required minimum* separation
dlstajire between roadways ami neighbor
hood scale stations Sampling Millions that
are located closer to roads than this crlle
rlon allows should not be classified as a
neighborhood scale, since the measurements
Irom such a station would closely represent
the middle scale Therefore, stations not
meeting this criterion should lit' classified as
middle scale. Additional Infoimnllon on CO
probe tiling may be found in rrfrirnce 12
TABLE (—MINIMUM SIPAHAIION DISTANCE BE
i witN NEKHWOHIKXXI SCAIE CO STAIIONS
AND ROADWAYS (EoGt of NLAHEST IRAMIC
lANE)
Rowtaly •v0«BOj» *scd on reealcula
lions using the methodology In reference II
and validated using mure recent ambient
data collected tear a major roadway. 8am
pllng stations Ihal are located closer to
loads than this criterion allows sttould not
be classified as neighbor hood or urban scale.
since the measurements from such stations
would moie closely represent the middle
scale. Accordingly, such stations should be
classified as middle scale Additional Infor
nation on ozone probe slllng criteria may
be found In reference 13.
TABLE 2—MINIMUM SEPARATION DISTANCE BE-
TWEEN NEIGHBORHOOD AND URBAN SCAIE
OZONE STATIONS AND ROADWAYS (Eoot or
NEAREST TRAFFIC LANE)
SI Vertical and Horizontal Probe Place
men! The Inlet probe lor nzone monitors
should be an close as possible lo the breath-
ing zone. The complicating factors discussed
previously, however, require that the probe
be elevated The height ol live Inlet ptobe
must bo located .1 lo 15 meters above ground
level The probe must also lie located more
than I meter vertically or Imiiznnlally away
from any support IIIK slim lure
52 Si>ann« liiim <>l>sl tin lions The
pioltr must be Iticalfil H»av from obstacles
HIM! liuiltliiiKs SIM It Ilial Ilir ilislanrr be
.10.000
IS.OOO I «•
MOOO | M
40.000
ro.ooo
. no.ooo
MBvaHon
•Mane*
to rt«pol»l«J t»Md on Mike So*
54 Spacing Irom trees and otlter consld
erallons Trees can provide surfaces for O,
adsorption and/or reactions and obstruct
normal wind How patterns To minimize Ihe
possible effect of trees on measured Oi
levels, the probe should be placed at leasl 20
melers Irom the drip line ol trees. Since the
scavenging effect of trees Is greater for
ozone than for Ihe other criteria pollutants.
strong consideration of this effect musl be
given In locating Ihe O, Inlet probe to avoid
this problem Therefore. Ihe sampler must
be at least 10 melers from the drip line of
trees thai are located between the urban
city core area and the sampler along the
174
iNvtrMMwiM rrsjtsjcHwi Agency
predominant summer day time wind dlree
•. Attfrofv* I>iaxtaV<<•>
ilS.000
IS.OOO
10.000
40.000 .. ..
ro.oos
*1 IOOOO
'dCunc*
90
30
•.I Spacing from tree* and other consid-
erations. Trees ran provide surfaces for NO,
adsorption and/or reactions and obstruct
normal wind flow patterns. To minimize the
ponlble scavenging effect of trees on the
measured level* of NO, the probe should be
placed at least 10 meters from Ihe drip line.
For trees that protrude above the height of
the probe by » meter* or more, the sampler
must be at least 10 meter* from Ihe drip line
of the trees.
7.1 Vertical Placement. Several studies
it. H lit on the relationship between road-
way placement of lead samplers and meas-
ured ambient concentrations do not typical-
ly Indicate large gradients wllhtn the first •
lo 1 meters above ground level. Similar to
monitoring for other pollutants, optimal
placement of the sampler Inlet for lead
monitoring should be at breathing height
level. However, practical factors such as pre-
vention of vandalism, security, and safety
precautions must also be considered when
siting • lead monitor. Given these consider-
•lions. the sampler Inlet for mlcroscale lead
monitor* must be 27 meters above ground
level. The lower limit was based on a com-
promise between ease of servicing the sam-
pler and the desire to avoid unrepresenta-
tive condition* due lo re entralnmenl from
dusty surfaces. The upper limit represents a
compromise between the desire to have
measurements which are most representa-
tive of population exposure* and a consider-
ation of the practical factor* noted above.
For middle or larger spatial scales. In-
creased diffusion result* In vertical concen-
tration gradients which are not as grest as
for the small scale*. Thus, the required
height of the air Intake for middle or larger
acale* to I- II meters.
7.2 Spacing from Obstruction*. The asm
pier musl be located away from obstacle*
such a* buildings, so thai the distance be-
tween obstacles and Ihe sampler Is at leasl
175
-------
«. M, ABB. i
twice the hcltht lhal the obstacle protrudes
•hove the aamplri.
A minimum of 2 meters of separation
from walla, parapets, and penthouses Is re
quired lor rooftop samplers. No furnace 01
Incinerator flues should be -nearby. The
height and type of fluei and the type, qua!
Uy, and quantity of waste or fuel burned de
termlne the separation distances. For exam
pie. If the emissions from the chimney have
high lead content and there Is a high proba
blllty that the plume would Impact on the
sampler during most of the sampling period.
then other buildings/locations In the area
that are free from the described sources
should be chosen for the monitoring site.
There must be unrestricted airflow In an
•re of at least 270' around the ssmpler.
Blnce the Intent of the category <•) site Is to
measure the maximum concentrations from
a road or point source, there must be no slg
nil leant obstruction between a road or point
source and the monitor, even though other
•paring from obstruction criteria are met.
The predominant direction for the sesson
with the grestesl pollutant concentration
potential must be Included In the 210' arc.
7.3 Spacing from Roadways. Numberoua
studies hsve shown that ambient lead levels
near mobile source are a function of the
traffic volume and are most pronounced at
ADT .,10.000 within the first 15 meters, on
the downwind side of the loadways. It. 10-
If) Therefore, stations tu measure the peak
concentration from mobile sources should
be located at the distance most likely to
produce the highest concentrations. For the
mkroMsle station, the location must be be
twren S and 16 meters from the major road-
way For the middle scale station, a range of
acceptable distances from the major road
way I* shown In Tsble 4. This table also In
tluoVs separation distances between a road-
way and neighborhood or larger scale sta-
tions These distances are based upon the
data of reference It which Illustrates that
lead levels remain fairly constant after cer-
tain horizontal distances from the roadway.
As depleted In the above reference, this dls
lance Is a function ol the traffic volume.
f ABIE 4—SEPARATION DISTANCE BETWEEN PB
STATIONS AND HOAOWAVS (Eoot of NEAR-
ESI TRAFFIC IANE)
40 CFI Ch. I (7-1-M Edition)
TABLE 4—SEPARATION DISTANCE BETWEEN Pe
STATIONS AND ROADWAYS (EDGE OF NEAR-
EST TRAFFIC LANE)—Continued
Headway avw«g« 4a4y
liallN: v«hKl«« pat day
i 10 000
211000
Sop*«lxo dnlanca bahMWi
ioad«*lion dnlanc*
and tlttora.
M>k*t
•cafe
MlCIO
KM*
hood
uban
ragional
acala
1 Dnlancai mould ba Mmpolawd taMd on kalkc Ham
7.4. Spacing from trees and other coruld
(rations. Trees csn provide surfaces for dtp
oslllon or sdsorpllon of li ad particles and
obstruct normal wind flow patterns. For ml
croscale and middle scale category la) road
way sites there must not be any treels) be-
tween the source of the lead. I.e.. the vehl
cles on the roadway, and the ssmpler. For
neighborhood scale category (b) sites, the
sampler should be at least 20 meters from
the drip line of trees The sampler must.
however, be placed at least 10 meters from
the drip line of trees which could be class).
fled as an obstruction. I.e.. the distance be-
tween the treels) and the sampler Is less
than the height that the tree protrudes
above the ssmpler.
>5O
> J5
tter I f M..)
(.1 Vertical Placement -Although there
are limited studies on the PM,. concentra-
tion gradients sround roadways or other
ground level sources. References I. 2. 4. II
and 19 of this Appendix show a distinct var-
iation In the distribution of T8P and Pb
levels near roadways. TSP. which Is greatly
affected by gravity, has large concentration
gradients, both horizontal and vertical. Im-
mediately adjacent to roads. Lead, being
predominately sub micron In size, behsves
more like a gas and exhibits smaller vertical
and horizontal gradients than TSP. PM,..
being Intermediate In size between these
two extremes exhibits dispersion properties
of both gas and settlesble partlculates and
does show vertical and horizontal gradl
enls." Similar lo monitoring for other pol
lutants. optimal placement of the sampler
Intel for PM.. monitoring should be at
breathing height level. However, practical
factors such as prevention of vandalism, se-
curity. and safely precautions must also be
considered when siting a PM,. monitor
Olven these considerations, the sampler
Inlet for mlcroscale PM,. monitors must be
2-7 meters above ground level. The lower
limit was based on a compromise between
ease of servicing the sampler and NAM8
sites In areas of highest concentrations
whether It be from mobile or multiple sta-
tionary sources. If the area Is prlmsrlly al-
fected by mobile sources snd the maximum
concentration area(s> Is judged to be a traf-
fic corridor or street canyon location, then
the monitors should be located near road-
ways with the highest traffic volume and at
separation distances most likely to produce
the highest concentrations. For the mlcros-
cale traffic corridor stallon. the location
must be between S and 15 metera from the
major roadway. For the mlcroscale street
canyon site the location must be between 2
and 10 meters from the roadway. For the
middle scale station, a range of acceptable
distances from the roadway Is shown In
Figure S. This figure also Includes separa-
tion distances between a roadway and
neighborhood or larger scale stations by de-
fault. Any stallon. 2 lo IB meters high, and
further back lhan the middle scale require-
ments will generally be neighborhood.
urban or regional scale. For example, ac-
cording to Figure 2. If a PM,. sampler Is pri-
marily Influenced by roadway emissions and
that sampler Is set back 10 meters Irom a
30.000 ADT road, the station should be clas
silled as a micro scale. If Ihe sampler height
Is between 2 and 7 melers. II Ihe sampler
height Is between 7 snd 15 meters, the sta-
tion should be clssslfled as middle scale. II
the sample Is 20 meters from the same road.
It will be classified as middle scale; If 40
meters, neighborhood scale: and If 110
meters, an urban scale.
176
177
-------
PI. 58, App. i
40 CfK Ch. I (7-l-M Edition)
~" coi x spooy 6uip»«v P 10V
178
Envnwnmwntwt Protection Agency
It to Important to note that the separation
dtoUncei shown In Plfure I are meuured
from the edie of the nearest traffic lane of
the roadway pmumcd to have the moat In-
fluence on the tile. In general, thto pre-
•umptlon to an oversimplification of the
usual urban veilings which normally have
aeveral •Ireeu that Impact a tlven alto. The
effect* of (urroundlni streets, wind speed,
wind direction and topography ihould be
considered alone with Figure 1 before a
final dectakm to made on the moat appropri-
ate (patlal acale assigned to the sampling
station.
1.4 Other ConaMeratlom. For thoae
areaa that are primarily Influenced by sta-
Uonary source emtoalona aa oppoaed to road-
way emissions, guidance In locating tlieae
area* may be found In the guideline docu-
ment Optimum Network Design and Site
Exposure Criteria for Partteulate Matter.**
Stalkma should not be located In an un-
paf ed area unleaa there to vegetative around
cover year round, ao that the Impact of wind
blown duata will be kept to a minimum.
a. frabt MmUrial and fottutfnt Smmflf
Jtetfdenc* n*M
For the reactive caws. SO* NO* and O»
apeclal probe material must be uaed. Stud-
ies1^" have been conducted to determine
the mutability of materlato such aa polypro-
pylene, polyethylene, polyvlnykhloride.
tjrcon. aluminum, braai. atalnleaa steel.
copper, pyrei flass and teflon for use as
Intake sampllni lines. Of the above materi-
als, only pyrei (lass and teflon have been
found to be acceptable for use as Intake
sampling lines for all the reactive gaseous
pollutants. Furthermore. EPA" ha* speci-
fied boroslllcate glass or PEP teflon aa the
only acceptable probe materials for deliver-
ing teat atmospheres In the determination
of reference or equivalent methods. There-
fore, boroslllcate glass. PEP teflon, or their
equivalent must be used for existing and
new HAMS or SLAMS.
No matter how nonreaetlve the sampling
probe material to Initially, after a period of
use reactive partteulate matter to deposited
on the probe wall*. Therefore, the time It
takes the gas to transfer from the probe
Inlet to the sampling device to also critical.
Osone In the presence of NO will show sig-
nificant losses even In the most Inert probe
material when the residence time exceeds JO
seconds.•* Other studies"" Indicate that a
ID-second or less residence time to easily
achievable. Therefore, sampling probes for
reactive gas monitors at 81AM8 or NAM8
PI. 59, App. K
must have a samplr re»l(trncr time Irsa than
20 seconds.
10. Wfiver Frovitloni
It to believed that most sampling probes or
monitors can be located so that they meet
the requirements of this appendix. New sta-
tions with rare exceptions, can be located
within the limits of this appendix. However.
some existing stations may not meet these
requirements and yet still produce useful
data for some purposes. EPA will consider a
written request from the Slate Agency to
waive one or more siting criteria for some
monitoring stations providing that the Stale
can adequately demonstrate Ihe need (pur-
pose I for monitoring or establishing a moni-
toring station at that location. For estab-
lishing • new station, a waiver may be
granted only If both of the following crlte
rlaaremel:
The site can be demonstrated to be aa rep-
resentative of the monitoring area as It
would be If Ihe siting criteria were being
met.
The monitor or probe cannot reasonably
be located so aa to meet the siting criteria
because of physical constraints (e.g.. Inabll-
lly to locate the required lype of station the
necessary distance from roadway* or ob-
structlons).
However, for an existing station', a waiver
may be granted If either of the above crite-
ria are met.
Cost benefit*, historical trends, and other
factors may be used to add support to the
above, however, they In themselves, will not
be acceptable reasons for granting a waiver.
Written request* for waivers must be sub-
mitted to the Regional Administrator. For
those SLAMS also designated as NAMS. the
request will be forwarded to Ihe Administra-
tor.
II. INscMsloii and Summary
Table • presents a summary of the re-
quirement* for probe siting criteria with re-
spect to distance* and heights. It to appar-
ent from Table S that different elevation
distances above the ground are shown for
the various pollutants. The discussion In the
text for each of the pollutants described
reason* for elevating the monitor or probe.
The differences In the specified range of
height* are based on the vertical concentra-
tion gradients. For CO, the gradients In the
vertical direction are very large for the ml
croscale. so a small range of heights hss
been used. The upper limit of IB meters was
specified tor consistency between pollutants
and to allow the uw of a ilngle manifold for
monitoring more than one pollutant.
" "See References at end of this Appen
dlx
179
-------
ft. 5i, App. IE
40 c« Ch I (/!-$• Edition)
5 SUMMARY Of PROBE Sit ma CRITERIA
so,
Seal.
A*
Moo
Mddto
htogh
boitiood
Al
AS
„
Mwfcfc
IXMtioud
uib*n
and
mgMKtcl
ItwgN
atxwa
a*oimj
fnala*s
] IS
3 ' %
3 IS
3 IS
3 IS
27
2 IS
Osranca kom aupporkno
Mruclua
Varkc al
,,
> \
> 1
> 1
> |
_
__
"I?1*'1
ItonionM •
> 1
> |
> |
>l
> i
>*
>1
.. . ... ...
Ottwt »p«c.ng oitofta
_..
1 ShouM b» >20 nwlaMt front (tM r**f*n*> •nrj
ifiutl b« 10 molwi kom ft* dnpftno wtwjn •*>•
It MUI Kl •» *n otnirucbon
2 O-wUnc* horn inM protw to otetacta. Mich M
buidangt. moajl bo M (MM IWK* MM h«gM MM
otntaKit ptotfurtM tbovw) Iht ntol pf otw *
3 MuM hava umaikiclad a««o« 270" aiound tia
nlal pioba. (« malwl kom tkaal mMMckon and
•houU ba al a nojbtotk locakon
2 MuM ba 2 10 malaii kom adga ol naaiaM kalkc
3 Mull hava umatkitlod airfloo 1*0' aiound tw
Mai pioba
I Musi hava uraaskKl«d Mmow 270* around Iha
•nM pioba. of ISO' * pioba * on ma aida ol a
tMkkng
2 Spacing kom roads vanas mm kalkc laaa laUa
\\
1 Should ba >20 riwlars kom Ilia d>«>ana and
mufti ba 10 malars kom rha di«Ana whan *ha
kaa20 malars kom da <»vana and
mufti ba 10 maMs kom Iha otvana bhan Xa
kaalsl acl as an otaskuckon
2 Dulanca kom nlal proba to obslacla. auch as
buiktngs. mual ba al kuM hnca Sia haigM •»
obslacla piokudas abova thf Hal pioba*
3 Mual hava unraskiclad akSow 2701 aiound Sia
•dal araba. or ISO' t pioba a on Iha aida ol a
kukkng
4 Snaong kom roads vaiias with kalkc (saa fatal
3|
1 Should ba >20 malarl kom na dripana and
muM ba 10 maMrs kom Iha d<-pkna whan t»
kaa(s| acl aa an obskucton
2 Olalanca kom samptar to obslacla. such a>
buddmgs. muM ba al kuM Iwica •» haigM Ha
obalada ivokudas abova Iha laiii'lai b
3 MuM hava unraskiclad arikxr 270* aiound t»
aamplai aicapl lor akaal canyon s«as
4 No luroaca or Incnaiakon Suas should ka
naarby*
S MuM ba * to 15 matars kom major roadway
1 Should ba >2O malais kom na ».*"• and
muM ba 10 malars kom •» di
kortioocl
Mtjan
•nd
nakm
acala
a) tocaUd on
*£
12£
2-7
(-IS
too.'i^ tmt
DWancam
Vartnl
-
m auppo-kng
Honiontal-
>j
>»
mual ba 10 mMaii kom na dnpkna <*an na
kaa(a| acla aa an otaakuckon
2 OkMnca kom lampta to oMMcto. auch aa
tukJkioi. mat ba al laaal kM» na halgM na
Jtnlacki piokudaf abova *
akaal canyon MM •
aamplai aicapl to akaal canyon aim
4 No kjmaca or nonatakon Huaa anouM ba naait>
5 Spacing kom loadi »«••• »«> karat (»aa F«juia
21 aicapl tor tkaal canyon trtaa which mual ba
torn 2 to 10 malaii kom na adoa ol na naaiaal
kUkclana
1 Should ba >20 mata-» kom Cw drtpam) and
muM ba 10 malait kom Iha dnpkna aman na
kaafa) acl al an otokuckon
2 Oiatann kom umplai to obauda. auch aa
kuWnga. muM ba al laaM mica !<• haight •<•
obMada piokudat abova Iha aamplat •
3 MuM hava unamcwd artow 2W aiound Xa
aamplai
4 No kjinaca ot nonaiakon Ibaa ahould ba
naaroy
S Spacing kom loadt vanaa iMti kalkc |aaa Flguia
21
me* to wah. oaiapata. of panlhouaat tocalad on •<•
aah or laaal con-ant) Th» la k> avod undua Muancas
II. Jtc/er-racu
I. Bryan. RJ.. R J. Gordon, and H.
Menck. Comparbon or High Volume Air
Filter Sample* at Varylnc Dtotancei from
UM Ancek* Freeway. University of South-
ern California. School of Medicine. U» An
tetea. CA. (Pre*ented at Mth Annual Meet-
Inc ot Air Pollution Control AaM-clatlon.
Chlcaco. IL.. June >«-U. 1»7J. APCA 11-
IM.)
1. Teer. EH. Atmcwphertc Lead Concen-
tration Above an Urban Street. Maoter of
Science The»U. WuhlniUm Unlvenlty. St.
LouU. MO. January |t1|.
1. Bradway. R.M.. PA. Record, and W.B.
Belancer. Monitoring and Modellni of Re-
•uipended Roadway Dust Near Urban Arte-
rlab. OCA Technology DlvUlon. Bedford,
MA. (PrewnUd al Itlt Annual Meetlnt of
TraiuporUUon Reiearch Board. Waahlnf-
ton. DC. January l«7t.)
4. Pace. T.O.. W.P. Fteai. and EM. Aflfy.
Quantification of Relationship Between
Monitor Height and Measured Partlculate
Level* In Seven 11.8. Urban Areas. U.S. Envi-
ronmental Protection Agency. Research Tri-
angle Park. NC. (Presented al 70th Annual
Meeting of Air Pollution Control Associa-
tion. Toronto. Canada.. June MM. 1*77.
APCA 77 ».«..)
• laktta acala (aaa tart)
or norrarakon Suas. lypa ol kiM or waua bunad. and quakly at luM |auHur.
komm "- -
». Harrison. P.R. Consideration! for Siting
Air Quality Monitors In Urban Areas. City
of Chicago. Department of Environmental
Control. Chicago. IL. (Presented at Mlh
Annual Meeting of Air Pollution Control
Association. Chicago. IL.. June M 38. 1(73.
APCA 73-161.)
6. Study of Suspended Partlculate Meas-
urements at Varying Heights Above
Ground. Texas Stale Department of Health.
Air Control Section. Austin. TX. 1970. p.7.
7. Rode*. C.E. and OF. Evans. Summary
of LACS Integrated Pollulanl Dala. In: Los
Angeles Calalysl Study Symposium. U.8.
Environmental Prelection Agency. Re-
search Triangle Park. NC. EPA Publication
No. EPA «00/4 77 034 June 1977.
• Lynn. DA. el. al National Assessmenl
of Ihe Urban Parllculate Problem: Volume
I. National Assessment. OCA Technology
Division. Bedford. MA. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency. Research Triangle Park.
NC. EPA Publication No. EPA «50/J 75
024. June I97A.
9 Pace. TO. Impact of Vehicle Related
Partlculates on TSP Concentrations and
Rationale for Siting III Vol. In the Vicinity
of Roadways. OAQPS. US. Environmental
Prolecllon Agrncy. Research Triangle Park
NC April I97g
181
J
-------
f I. 58, App. t
10 Ludwlg. PI,. J II Kmlolia. and E.
Slielar Selecting Sites lor MiinUorlnit Total
Suspended Participates. Stanford Research
InslUulr. Mrnlo Park. CA Prepared lor
US Environmental Prolrt lion Agency. Re
search Triangle Park. NC EPA Publication
No El'A 450/3 17 018 June 1811. revised
l>ecember 1977
II Ball. H.J. and OE Anderson. Opll
mum Site Exposure Crllnlii lor SO, Monl
lorlng. The Center lor I In- Environment and
Man. Inc.. Hartford. ("I Prepared for US
Environmental Prolertliin Agency. Re
search Triangle Park. NC EPA Publication
No EPA 450/3 77 013 April 1977
12 l.udwlg. FL. and J IIS Kealoha 8e
lectlng Sites lor Carbon Monoxide Monitor
Ing. Stanford Research Institute. Menlo
Paik. CA. Prepared lor U S Environmental
Protection Agency. HCM arrh Park. NC. EPA
Publication No. EPA 460/3 76 077. Seplem
bet 1*76.
13. l.udwlg. F.U and E. Shclar Site Selec-
tion for the Monitoring ol Photochemical
Air Pollutant*. Stanford Research Institute.
Menlo Park. CA Prepaicd for U.S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency. Research Than
gle Park. NC EPA Publication No. EPA
450/3 78 013. April 1971
14. l>ad Analysis lor Kansas City and
Cincinnati. PEI)Co Environmental. Inc..
Cincinnati. OH. Prepared for (IS. Environ-
mental Protection Agency. Research Trian-
gle Park. NC. EPA Contract No. 66 02-2515.
June 1*77.
15 Barltrap. O. and C. O. Slrelow.
Westway Nursery Testing Project. Report
lo the Greater London Council. August
1976
16. Dalnes. R II.. II Molo. and D. M.
Chllko. Atmospheric l-r«d Its Relationship
lo Traffic Volume and Proximity to High-
ways Environ. Scl. and Technol.. 4:316.
1970
17. Johnson. D E. fl al Epldemlologlc
Study of the tiler U of Automobile Traflk
on Blood Lead levels. Southwest Research
Institute. Houston. TX Prepared lor U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency. Re
search Triangle Park. NC EPA 600/1 76
055. August 1976
16 Air Quality Criteria lor l-ead Olflce of
Research and Development. US. Environ
mental Protection Agency. Washington. DC
EPA 6OO/6 77 017 Uecrmtier IB77.
19 Lyman. 11 R The Atmospheric Dlllu
sloii of Carbon Monoxldr and Lead from an
Expressway. Phi). Dissertation. University
of Cincinnati. Cincinnati. OH 1972
10 Wechler. SO Pieparallon of Stable
Pollutant Cits 8landar
2.3.1 Site and Monitoring Information
232 Annual Summary Statistics
24 Nitrogen l>lo»ldc (NO,>
2.4.1 Site and Mould,ring Information
182
tnvlrvnmentari Protection Agency
242 Annual Summary Statistic*
1.6 OaonetO.)
31 I Site and Monitoring Information
1.6.1 Annual Summary Statistic*
1.6 Lead(Pb).
261 Site and Monitoring Information.
1.6.1 Annual Summary Statistic*.
1.1 Partkulale Matter IPM,.)
1.1.1 Site and Monitoring Information
1.1.1 Annual Summary Statistic*
1.1.1 BpUode and Other Unscheduled
Sampling Data
I. General
Thl* appendix de*crlbe* Information to be
compiled and submitted annually lo EPA
for each ambient monitoring itatton In the
SLAMS Network In accordance with 188 24.
The annual lumnuuir statistic* thai are de-
acribed In aectlon 1 below shall be eorutrued
a* only the minimum necessary statistic*
needed by EPA lo overview national air
quality atalue. They will be used by EPA to
convey Information to • variety of tolerat-
ed partle* Including envlronmenUI group*,
Federal agencle*. the Congreas. and private
dfJaena upon requeet. A* the need arlee*.
EPA may leiue modification* lo theae mini
mum requirement* to reflect change* hi
EPA policy concerning the National Ambi-
ent Abr Quality Standard* INAAQS).
A* Indicated hi 168.26XO. the content* of
the SLAMS annual report ihall be certified
by the eenlor air pollution control officer hi
the State to be accurate to the beat of hto
knowledge. In addition, the manner In
which the data were collected mint be certi-
fied to have conformed to the applicable
quality aaauranee. air monitoring methodol-
ogy, and probe siting criteria given In Ap-
pendlce* A. C. and E lo thl* part. A certified
•Utement to thl* effect must be Included
with the annual report. A* required by
166.20Xa>. the report must be submitted by
July I of each year for data collected during
the period January I to December II of the
previous year.
EPA recognise* that most air pollution
control agencle* routinely publish air qual-
ity ataUatlcal summark* and Interpretive re-
port*. EPA encourage* State and local agen-
cle* to continue publication of inch report*
and recommend* that they be expanded.
where appropriate, to Include analysis of air
quality trend*, population exposure, and
pollutant distribution*. At their discretion.
Stale and local agencle* may wish to Inte-
grate the BLAM8 report Into routine agency
publications.
2. Rfqvirtd In/ormflion
Thl* paragraph describe* air quality moni-
toring Information and summary statistics
which must be Included In the SLAMS
annual report. The required Information to
" Itemtaed below by pollutant. Throughout
thl* appendix, the time of occurrence refer*
to the ending hour. For example, the ending
PI. St. App. P
hour of an 8 hour CO average from 12:01
a.m. to 8:00 a.m. would be 8:00 a.m.
For the purpose! of range assignment* the
following rounding convention will be wed.
The air quality concentration should be
rounded to the number of significant digit*
used In specifying the concentration Inter-
vals. The digit to the right of the last slgnll
leant digit determine* the rounding procee*.
If thl* digit to greater than or equal to S. the
last rignlfkant digit to rounded up. The In
significant digits are truncated. For exam-
ple. 1006 ug/m* round* lo 101 ug/m1 and
0.1246 pom round* lo 0.12 ppm.
1.1 Sulfur Dioxide <8O,I
1.1.1 Site and Monitoring Information.
City name (when applkable). county name
and etreet address of site location. 8AROAD
•lie code. 8AROAD monitoring method
code. Number of hourly observation*. {It
Number of dally observation*. 121
1.1.1 Annual Summary Statistic*. Annual
arithmetic mean (ppm). Highest and aecond
hhjheat 14-hour average* «J> (ppm) and
dale* of occurrence. Hlgheat and aecond
hlghect 1-hour average* In i
•**•
• «*M*»I|P|»«|
• •>»••*
•osnats
• IJK9N)
• irisOM
• »*>*M
OnaMilian.M
NUrtMi Ol vriUN
1.1 Tola! Suspended Paniculate* (T8P)
1.1.1 Bite and Monitoring Information.
City name (when applicable), county name
and itreet address of site location. 8AROAD
•lie code. Number of dally observation*.
1.1.1 Annual Summary StatbUca. Annual
arithmetk mean (pg/m •) aa apedfled In Ap-
pendix K of Part SO. Dally T8P value* ex
ceedlnc the level of the 14-hour PMW
NAAQS and dale* of occurrence. If more
than 10 occurrence*, list only the 10 highest
dally value*. Sampling schedule used *uch
as once every six days, once every three
day*, etc. Number of additional aampllng
day* beyond sampling achedule wed.
Number of 24 hour average concentrations
In range*:
183
-------
REFERENCES FOR SECTION 3.7
-------
(e) Provide for having a SLAMS net-
work description available for public
Inspection and submission to the Ad-
ministrator upon request. The net-
work description must be available at
the time of plan revision submltlal
except for Pb which must be available
by December I. 1981 and for PM,.
monitors which must be available by 6
months after the effective date of pro-
mulgation and must contain the fol-
lowing Information for each SLAMS:
U> The SAROAO site Identification
form for existing stations.
(2) The proposed location for sched-
uled stations.
(3) The sampling and analysis
method.
(4) The operating schedule.
(6) The monitoring objective and
spatial scale of representativeness as
defined In Appendix D to this part.
A schedule for: (I) Locating, plac-
ing Into operation, and making avail-
able the SAROAD site Identification
form for each SLAMS which Is not lo-
cated and operating at the time of
plan revision submlttal. (II) Imple-
menting quality assurance procedures
of Appendix A to this part for each
SLAMS for which such procedures are
not Implemented at the time of plan
revision submlttal, and (III) resiling
each SLAMS which does not meet the
requirements of Appendix E to this
part at the time of plan revision sub-
mlttal.
144 FR 27511. May 10. IB78. u amended at
46 FR 44U4. Sept 3. IBB1; 62 FR 14740.
July I. IBB7I
168.21 SLAMS network dr»icn.
The design criteria for SLAMS con-
tained In Appendix D to this part
must be used In designing the SLAMS
network. The State shall consult with
the Regional Administrator during the
network design process. The final net-
work design will be subject to the ap-
proval of the Regional Administrator.
• 68.22 8I.AMS methodology.
Each SLAMS must meet (he moni-
toring methodology requirements of
Appendix C to this purl nt the time
tin- station Is put Into operation as a
SLAMS.
40 CFR Ch. I (7-1-88 Edition)
168.23 Monitoring network completion.
By January 1. 1983, wllli the excep
tlon of PMu samplers whose probabili-
ty of nonattalnment of the PM,. ambi-
ent standard Is greater than or equal
to 20 percent which shall be by 1 year
after the effective date of promulga-
tion and the remaining PM,. samplers
which shall be by 2 years after the ef-
fective date of promulgation:
(a) Each station In the SLAMS net-
work must be In operation, be sited In
accordance with the criteria In Appen-
dix E to this part, and be located as
described on the station's SAROAD
site Identification form, and
(b) The quality assurance require-
ments of Appendix A to this part must
be fully Implemented.
144 FR 37671, M»y 10. 1B7B. u emended at
62 FR 24740. July I. IB87I
16814 (Reserved)
168.26 System modification.
The State shall annually develop
and Implement a schedule to modify
the ambient air quality monitoring
network to eliminate any unnecessary
stations or to correct any Inadequacies
Indicated by the result of the annual
review required by 158.20(d>. The
State shall consult with the Regional
Administrator during the development
of the schedule to modify the monitor-
Ing program. The final schedule and
modifications will be subject to the ap-
proval of the Regional Administrator.
Nothing In this section will preclude
the State, with the approval of the Re-
gional Administrator, from making
modifications to the SLAMS network
for reasons other than those resulting
from the annual review.
8 58.2S Annual SLAMS luminary report.
(a) The State shall submit to the Ad-
ministrator (through the appropriate
Regional Office) an annual summary
report of all the ambient air quality
monitoring data from all monitoring
stations designated State and Local
Air Monitoring Stations (SLAMS).
The annual report must be submitted
by July 1 of each year for data collect-
ed from January 1 to December 31 of
the previous year.
Environmontot Protection Agency
(b) The annual summary report
must contain:
(1) The Information specified In Ap-
pendix P.
(2) The location, date, pollution
source, and duration of each Incident
of air pollution during which ambient
levels of a pollutant reached or ex-
ceeded the level specified by 151.16U)
of this chapter as a level which could
cause significant harm to the health
of persons.
(c) The senior air pollution control
officer In the State or his deslgnee
shall certify that the annual summary
report to accurate to the best of his
knowledge.
144 FR 27671. May 10. 1B78. as amended at
61 FR B6M. Mar. IB. IB88I
868.27 Compliance .ate for air quality
data reporting.
The annual air quality data report-
Ing requirements of 158.26 apply to
data collected after December 31.
1980. Data collected before January 1.
1981. must be reported under the re-
porting procedures In effect before the
effective date of Subpart C of this
part.
868.28 Regional Office SLAMS data ac-
•Hltltlon.
The State shall submit all or a por-
tion of the SLAMS data to the Region-
al Administrator upon his request.
I Air Monitoring
Slotlont (NAMS)
8 68.36 NAMS network establishment
(a) By January 1, 1980. with the ex-
ception of Pb. which shall be by De-
cember 1. 1981. and PM,. samplers.
which shall be by 8 months after the
effective date of promulgation, the
Stale shall:
(1) Establish, through the operation
of stations or through a schedule for
locating and placing stations Into oper-
ation, thai portion of a National Ambi-
ent Air Quality Monitoring Network
which Is In thai Slate, and
(2) Submit to the Administrator
(Ihrough Ihe appropriate Regional
Office) a description of that Stale's
portion of the network.
558.37
(b) Hereinafter, the portion of the
national network In any State will be
referred to as the NAMS network.
(c) The stations In the NAMS net-
work must be stations from Ihe
SLAMS network required by | 58.20.
(d) The requirements of Appendix D
to this part must be met when design-
Ing the NAMS network. The process of
designing the NAMS network must be
part of the process of designing the
SLAMS network as explained In Ap-
pendix D to this part.
144 FR 27671. M»y 10, IB7B. u amended at
46 FR 44164. Sept. 3, IB8I; 62 FR 24740.
July 1.1BB7I
8 68.31 NAMS network description.
The NAMS network description re-
quired by I 58.30 must contain the fol-
lowing for all stations, existing or
scheduled:
(a) The SAROAD site Identification
form for existing stations.
(b) The proposed location for sched-
uled stations.
(c) Identity of the urban area repre-
sented.
(d) The sampling and analysis
method.
(e) The operating schedule.
(1) The monitoring objective and
spatial scale of representativeness as
defined In Appendix D to this part.
(g) A schedule for:
(1) Locating, placing Into operation.
and submitting the SAROAD site
Identification form for each NAMS
which Is not located and operating at
the time of network description sub-
mlttal.
(2) Implementing quality assurance
procedures of Appendix A to this part
for each NAMS for which such proce-
dures are not Implemented at the tune
of network description submlllal. and
(3> Resiling each NAMS which does
not meet the requirements of Appen-
dix E to this part at the time of net
work description submillal.
858.32 NAMS approval.
The NAMS nelwork required by
| 58.30 Is subject lo the approval of
the Administrator. Such approval will
be contingent upon completion of the
network description as outlined In
| 58.31 and upon conformance to the
134
135
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
S Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
JUL 12 1989
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Boilerplates for Block Averaging and Grandfathering
Modeling Analyses
FROM: Robert D. Bauman, Chief PC
SO2/Particulate Matter Programs Branch (MD-15)
TO: Chief, Air Branch
Regions I-X
Based upon EPA's June l, 1989 denial of NRDC's petition for
reconsideration of the use of block averaging in an Ohio SIP
revision (attached), we recommend that the Regional Offices use
language similar to the following boilerplate in future Federal
Register notices and/or TSD's in which the SO2 averaging method
is a relevant factor, and which involve otherwise approvable
actions :
The State based the SIP revision on a (block or
running) interpretation of the national ambient air
quality standards. Under the decision in NRDC v.
Thomas . 845 F.2d 1088 (D.C. Cir. 1988), the D.C.
Circuit determined that a State is free to submit a SIP
revision using either block or running averages. As a
result, EPA finds the State's choice to utilize (block
or running) averaging to be fully acceptable.
The EPA policy for grandfather ing modeling analyses is
contained in a January 2, 1985 memorandum from Joseph Tikvart,
Chief, Source Receptor Analysis Branch, to the Regional Modeling
Contact, Regions I-X. Boilerplate to assist in implementing this
policy has previously been informally distributed. However, at
this time we request that where grandfathering occurs the
Regional Office should incorporate language into the Federal
Register and/or TSD similar to the following:
The modeling techniques used in the demonstration
supporting this revision are based on modeling guidance
in place at the time that the analysis was performed
(cite "old" guidance document). Since that time, the
modeling guidance has been changed by EPA (cite "new"
guidance document) . Because the modeling analysis was
substantially complete prior to issuance of the revised
guidance, EPA accepts the analysis. If for some reason
-------
this, or any other, analysis must be redone in the future,
then it should be redone in accordance with current modeling
guidance.
If you have any questions regarding these policies, please
contact Doug Grano of my staff at 8-629-5255.
Attachment
cc: Ron Campbell, OAQPS
John Calcagni, AQMD
Pat Embrey, OGC
Eric Ginsburg, AQMD
Dean Wilson, TSD
Regional Modeling Contact, Regions I-X
bcc : * Grano
J. Vitas
-------
fl. S7, App. A 40 CHI Ch. 1 (7-1-88 Edition)
SCHEDULE 0.6— PERMANENT WAIVER FROM INTERIM CONTROLS TEST— Continued
(Sfrwllw KJcnMcMnnl
• Cure* Mfv«0t v«lu*
1 tMOMMMb*
Lrn
H
It
10*4
KXXX
XXXX
IO*S
xxxx
xxxx
IOM
xxxx
xxxx
IM? 1 IOM
xxxx 1 xxxx
xxxx I xxxx
IMt
xxxx
xxxx
IMO
KXXX
xxxx
tow
SCHEDULE 07— HORIZON VALUE OF CASH FLOWS
A DxxuMon to hauun v«k»
1 IM caah anv ptapcfcortt
f OvraoMon U» Moingl
a DH«II,|«»IIII «nd (KKnu
4 in*
c TM Mvto^i
3 D^mtoMkllv*M n* CM*
a Nonm **• MIUM
k 1000 tfuMi nkM
C Av«agA
4 itonran Hcu
S D>|**a«bai»-fcM homan vahM
0 o«)ii«ii«fcon IM tttvinpt o««f Ow
honion (wnml
1 OipriaUnn «nd MKnuMn
t U^gv^ IAV nta
f Tf* MJutMM
4 DteounllKkn
S PraMrt vflAM ol UH ••Mnfl*
* Tout prmrt nki* 01 In uv
M)
C Human VIA*
Ux
01
02
03
04
04
0*
07
0*
00
10
II
12
13
14
It
1*
FnUKxcul
yMft
IM»
XXXX
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
KXXX
xxxx
1000
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
Horuon y««fi
IMI
xxxx
KXXX
xxxx
xxxx
KXXX
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
KXXX
10*2
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
KXXX
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
KXXX
1003
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
KXXX
IWM
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
KXXX
HWS
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
KXXX
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
XXKX
low
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
KXXX
xxxx
fAII 5»— AMMEN1 AW QUAUTY f*6- „ .„„ ., ^ .
UUVH11AMCC MM SLAMS methodology.
»u*iTEii.LMnvc MM Monitoring network completion.
68.34 IReaerved)
„„ 68.36 Annual SLAMS summary report.
66 1 Detlnltlona. M •" Compliance date for air quality data
661 Amicability. MM R«««onal Olllce SlJlMS data acqulal
Environmental Protection Agency
Sec
Subpwtf
lu»» *tt •— «Unll*rlng &tt«wi«
6110 Quality asaurance.
61.11 Monitoring methods
M.I 2 SltUifl of UutrumenU or liutrument
probe*.
6113 Operating achedule.
66.14 Special purpose monitors.
|y>».rt »— M«H4>
iKriUM (UAMt)
6820 Mr quality lurvellluice: Plan con
lent
M 21 SLAMS network design.
(NAMS)
61.30 NAMS network establishment.
68.11 NAMS network description.
6t.ll NAMS approval.
68.11 NAMS methodology.
88.14 NAMS network completion.
6816 NAMS data aubmlllal.
68.18 System modification.
Sufcpvt f — Al> QucUly loJ««
68.40 Index reporting.
g StoMwu
88.60 Federal monitoring.
66.61 Monitoring other pollutant*.
ArranDis A—QUALITY AMURANCB Rtauiac
KENT* roa STATS AND LOCAL Aia Mom-
ToaiNd STATION* (SLAMS)
ArruiDii B—QUALITY AIIUHANCC RsOjUias-
HtHTI roa PHEVEHTIOH Of SlQHiriCANT
DiTESioaATioN (PSD) AIR MOHITOIINO
ArrnfDix C—AMIIDTT Aia QUALITY Mom-
TOaiHO MlTHODOLOOY
ArrsNDi* D— NtTwoaK Oman roa STATS
AMD LOCAL Aia MOMITOIINO STATION*
(SLAMS) AMD NATIONAL Aia MOMITORIHO
STATION* (NAMS)
ArrnioiK E—Paxwc SITING CMTUIA roa
AJUIKNT Aia QUALITY MONITORING
ArrsNDiK P—ANNUAL SLAMS Aia QUALITY
iNrolHATIOH
ArrSNDix O—UNiroaw Aia QUALITY INDCX
AND DAILY RaroariNO
AoTHoamr: Sec*. 110. 301
of Part 51 of this chapter.
(e) "SO," means sulfur dioxide.
(f) "NO," means nitrogen dioxide.
(g) "CO" means carbon monoxide.
(h) "O," means ozone.
(I) "Plan" means an Implementation
plan, approved or promulgated pursu-
ant to section 110 of the Clean Air Act.
(J) "Administrator" means the Ad-
ministrator of the Environmental Pro-
tection Agency (EPA) or his or her au-
thorized representative.
(k> "Regional Administrator" means
the Administrator of one of the ten
EPA Regional Offices or his or her au-
thorized representative.
(I) "State agency" means the air pol-
lution control agency primarily re-
sponsible for development and Imple-
mentation of a plan under the Act.
(m) "Local agency" means any local
government agency, other than the
State agency, which Is charged with
the responsibility for carrying out a
portion of the plan.
(n) "Indian Reservation'.' means any
Federally recognized reservation es-
tablished by treaty, agreement, execu-
tive order, or act of Congress.
"Storage and Retrieval of Airo-
metrlc Data (8AROAD) system" Is a
computerized system which stores and
reports Information relating to ambi-
ent air quality.
(q) "SAROAD site Identification
form" Is one of the several forms In
the SAROAD system. It Is the form
which provides a complete description
of the site (and Its surroundings) of an
ambient air quality monitoring sta-
tion.
(r) "Traceable" means that a local
standard has been compared and certi-
fied, either directly or via not more
than one Intermediate standard, to a
primary standard such as a National
Bureau of Standards Standard Refer-
ence Material (NBS SRM) or a
USEPA/NBS approved Certified Ref-
erence Material (CRM).
(s) "Urban area population" means
the population defined In the most
128
120
-------
8M.M
NAMS design criteria contained In Ap-
pendix D to llila part.
I &8.U NAMS methodology.
Each NAMS mufll meet the monitor-
ing methodology requirements of Ap-
pendix C to this part applicable to
NAMS at the time the station U put
Into operation as a NAMS.
I 68.34 NAMS network completion.
By January 1, 19B1. with the excep-
tion of Pb, which shall be by July 1.
1989 and PM,, samplers, which shall
be by 1 year after the effective date of
promulgation:
(a) Each NAMS must be In oper-
ation, be sited In accordance with the
criteria In Appendix E to this part.
and be located a* described In the sta-
tion's 8AROAD site Identification
form; and
(b) The quality assurance require-
ments of Appendix A to thU part must
be fully Implemented for all NAMS.
144 FR 21671. May 10. 1070. u amended at
41 PR 44IM. Sept. 1. 1881: 62 FR 14140.
July 1. 1M7]
• 68.16 NAMS data tubmiiUU.
(a) The requirements of this section
apply only to those stations designat-
ed M NAMS by the network descrip-
tion required by I 68.30.
(b) The State shall report quarterly
to the Administrator (through the ap-
propriate Regional Office) all ambient
air quality data and Information speci-
fied by AEROS Users Manual (EPA-
450/2-76-029. OAQPS No. 1.2-038) to
be coded Into the SAROAO Air Qual-
ity Data forms. Such air quality data
and Information must be submitted on
either paper forms, punched cards, or
magnetic tape In the format of the
SAROAO Air Quality Data forms.
(c) The quarterly reporting periods
are January 1-March 31. April 1 June
30. July 1-September 30. and October
1 December 31. The quarterly report
must:
(1) Be received by the National Aero-
metric Data Bank within 120 days of
the end of each reporting period, after
being submitted by the States to the
Regional Offices for review :
(2> Contain all data and Information
gathered during the reporting period.
40 CFI Ch. I (7-l-tt Edition)
(d) For TSP. CO. SO,. O.. and NO,.
the first quarterly report will be due
on or before June 30. 1081, for data
collected during the first quarter of
1981. For Pb. the first quarterly report
will be due on December 31. 1982, for
data collected during the third quarter
of 1982. For PM,. samplers, the first
quarterly report will be due 120 days
after the first quarter of operation.
(e) Air quality data submitted in the
quarterly report must have been
edited and validated so that such data
are ready to be entered Into the
8AROAD data files. Procedures for
editing and validating data are de-
scribed In AEROS Users Manual
(EPA-460/2 7d 029, OAQPS No. 1.2-
039).
This section docs not permit a
Slate to exempt those SLAMS which
are also designated as NAMS from all
or any of the reporting requirements
applicable to SLAMS In I 58.26.
144 FR 27671. May 10. 1(70. u amended at
41 FR 441(4. Sept. 3. 1*81; 61 FR 96S6. Mar.
1*. 19M; 62 FR 24740. July 1, 18871
I 68.34 System modification.
During the annual SLAMS Network
Review specified In 158.20. any
changes to the NAMS network Identi-
fied by the EPA and/or proposed by
the State and agreed to by the EPA
will be evaluated. These modifications
should address changes Invoked by a
new census and changes to the net-
work due to changing air quality
levels, emission patterns, etc. The
State shall be given one year (until
the next annual evaluation) to Imple-
ment the appropriate changes to the
NAMS network.
(61 FR WSa. Mar. 10. 10881
Swbparl E—Air Quality .Index
••porting
158.40 Index reporting.
(a) The State shall report to the
general public on a dally basis through
prominent notice an air quality Index
In accordance with the requirements
of Appendix O to this part.
(b) Reporting must commence by
January 1, 1981, for all urban areas
with a population exceeding 500.000.
136
f itvlronMontal FrotocHon Agoncy
and by January 1, 1983. for all urban
area* with a population exceeding
200.000.
(c) The population of an urban area
for purposes of Index reporting la the
most recent U.S. census population
figure as defined In I 58.1 paragraph
144 FR 27671. May 10. 1070. as amended at
61 FR 068*. Mar. 19. 10891
Sobpart f—Fodorol Monitoring
168.6* Federal monitoring.
The Administrator may locate and
operate an ambient air monitoring sta-
tion If the State.falls to locate, or
schedule to be located, during the Ini-
tial network design process or as a
result of the annual review required
by I 68.20Xd):
(a) A SLAMS at a site which Is nec-
essary In the judgment of the Region-
al Administrator to meet the objec-
tives defined In Appendix D to this
•part, or
(b) A NAMS at a site which Is neces-
sary In the Judgment of the Adminis-
trator for meeting EPA national data
needs.
168.61 Monitoring other pollutants.
The Administrator may promulgate
criteria similar to that referenced In
Subpart B of this part for monitoring
• pollutant for which a National Am-
bient Air Quality Standard does not
exist. Such an action would be taken
whenever the Administrator deter-
mines that • a nationwide monitoring
program Is necessary to monitor such
• pollutant.
ATPENDIX A—QUALITY ASSURANCE Rg
QOlaEMENTS FOH STATE AND LOCAL
Aia MONITORING STATIONS
(SLAMS)
I. General Information.
This Appendix specifies the minimum
quality assurance requirement* applicable
to SLAMS air monitoring data submitted to
EPA. Stale* are encouraged to develop and
maintain quality assurance program* more
extensive than Ihe required minimum.
Quality assurance of air monitoring sys
tenu Includes two distinct and Important
Interrelated functions. One function Is the
control of the measurement process
Pt. SS, App. A
through the Implementation of policies.
procedure*, and corrective actions. The
other function u Ihe assessment of the
quality of Ihe monitoring data (the product
of the measurement process). In general.
the greater Ihe elforl effectiveness of the
control of a given monitoring system, the
belter will be the resulting quality of the
monitoring data. The results of data quality
assessments Indicate whether Ihe control ef-
fort* need to be Increased.
Documentation of Ihe quality assessments
of the monitoring data is Important to data
users, who can then consider the Impact of
the data quality In specific application* (aee
Reference I). Accordingly, assessment* of
SLAMS data quality are required to be re-
ported to EFA periodically.
To provide national uniformity In this as-
sessment and reporting of data quality for
all SLAMS networks, specific assessment
and reporting procedures are prescribed In
detail In sections I. 4. and 6 of Ihls Appen-
dix.
In contrast. Ihe control function encom-
passes a variety of policies, procedure*, •pac-
ifications, standards, and corrective meas-
ures which affect the quality of the result-
Ing data. The (election and extent of the
quality control acllvllles-as well as addi-
tional quality assessment activities—used by
a monitoring agency depend on a number of
local factors such a* the field and laborato-
ry conditions, the objectives of the monitor-
Ing, the level of the data quality needed, the
expertise of assigned personnel, the cost of
control procedures, pollutant concentration
levels, etc. Therefore, the quality assurance
requirement*. In section 2 of this Appendix
are specified In general terms to allow each
Stale to develop a quality assurance system
that I* most efficient and effective for Its
own circumstances.
2. Quality Auurance Requirement*
2.1 Each Slate must develop and Imple-
ment a quality assurance program consist-
ing of policies, procedures, specification*
standards and documentation necessary to:
(I) Provide data of adequate quality to
meet monitoring objectives, and
(21 Minimize loss of air quality data due to
malfunction* or out ol control condition*.
This quality assurance program musl be
described In detail, suitably documented
and approved by the appropriale Regional
Administrator, or his deslgnee. The Quality
Auurance Program will be reviewed during
the annual system audit described In section
2.2 Primary guidance for developing Ihe
quality assurance program I* contained In
Reference* 2 and 3. which also contain
many suggested procedures, checks and
control specifications. Section 2 0 0 of Refer-
ence 3 describes specific guidance for Ihe de-
137
-------
REFL ;ENCES FOR SECTION 3.8
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
DATE: SEP 1 1981
SUBJECT: Ambient Monitoring Networks for Model Evaluations
FROM: Richard G. Rhoads, Director
Monitoring and Data Analysis Division
TO: Ronald C. Campbell, Assistant Director
for Program Operations, OAQPS
Under favorable conditions our available air quality models can
provide errors of from ±10 to ±40 percent. Under unfavorable conditions
the errors can be much worse. For these reasons, we have been consi-
dering how to use ambient monitoring data to supplement or improve
model estimates on a case-by-case basis.
It is generally not feasible to establish emission limits for
point sources based solely on monitoring data. This is because current
programs require that emission limits be based upon a fairly rare event
(i.e., the second maximum concentration anywhere in the area, at anytime,
and with the facility operating at full capacity) and to capture that
event on a monitor would normally require a prohibitively large and
expensive network.
An alternative approach is to establish a monitoring network of
reasonable size, use the resulting monitored data to evaluate the models
for applicability to those particular conditions, and then use the result-
ing "best available" model to establish the emission limitation.
One problem with this approach is defining the "network of reasonable
size" which would be used to evaluate the models. If the network is too
small, the data would be inadequate to distinguish between models and the
evaluation would have no validity. If the network is too large, the cost
would be excessive.
Although our experience with evaluations of this nature is very limited,
I have recently recommended to Region V that, for a variety of power plants
in the Midwest, networks consisting of approximately 15 monitors each should
be considered. This recommendation was based upon the following knowledge:
• My staff and the technical modeling staff of Region V estimate
that, in moderate terrain, a network of 25-30 monitors would be desirable
to obtain "reasonable scientific credibility."
* The Electric Power Research Institute has conducted one phase of
a major model evaluation study (called Plume Model Validation) around the
Kincaid Power Plant. The PMV network consisted of 30 ambient monitors
supplemented by several hundred tracer monitors for special
•"> 1320-4 (R»». 3-761
-------
* The model evaluation program around the Westvaco Luke Mill in
Maryland is using nine monitors. The issue at Luke Mill involves only
one wind direction (quadrant): If all wind directions were pertinent,
a larger network would have been necessary.
• The model evaluation program around the Ashland Oil facility in
Kentucky used a network consisting of 18 monitors. The issue involved
complex terrain in a valley situation.
* The model evaluation program around the Simplot acid plant in
Idaho used a network consisting of five monitors. The issue at Simplot
involved only one wind direction and one set of meteorological conditions.
* The model evaluation program around the Big Bend Power Plant on
the coast of Florida used a network consisting of eight monitors supple-
mented by sophisticated plume measurements. The issue at Big Bend
involved only a single wind direction.
Based on our experience with these programs (all of .-which were reasonably
successful but, with the exception of EPRI, none of which were "data rich"), I
believe that approximately 15 monitors operating for one year is probably the
minimum network size to obtain a valid data base under normal circumstances.
Fifteen would probably be too few in rugged, complex terrain; fifteen would
probably be too many if the issue involved only a single specific location
(e.g. a single isolated hilltop) or single meteorological condition.
It is necessary to minimize the number of monitors because the cost of a
network of 15 monitors, plus an adequate meteorological station, plus emissio,
monitoring, could range from S30QK to over $1 million. The wide range in costs
is influenced primarily by the availability of power at the monitoring sites, by
the ease of servicing the monitors, and by the complexity of both the terrain
and the meteorological conditions. Based on preliminary discussions between
Region V staff and electric utility r presentatives, I believe that most large
utilities would be willing and able to bear this cost if they perceive that the
evaluation would result in a relaxation of stringent emission limitations.
In the past many utility representatives held a strong opinion that the
CRSTER model (most commonly used to evaluate power plants in level to moderate
terrain) tended to overestimate the magnitude of concentrations, i.e. that the
model had a strong conservative bias. The preliminary data from the EPRI
model evaluation disprove that opinion: the EPRI results indicate no signi-
ficant bias (at least in level terrain).
Also the preliminary data from Westvaco (involving the SHORT! model),
the results from-Ashland Oil (involving the VALLEY model), and the results
from Big Bend (involving the CRSTER model), all tend to confirm the model
predictions, although Ashland Oil showed VALLEY to be somewhat conservative
as expected. I would classify the Simplot results as "inconclusive."
-------
cc: ^JT Tikvart
R. Neligan
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
DATE: AUG 7 1981
SUBJECT: Monitoring Around Mid-Western Power Plants
FROM: Richard G. Rhoads, Di
Monitoring and Data Analysis Division (MD-14)
T0: David Kee, Director
Air and Hazardous Materials Division, Region V
We have previously discussed the requests of several utilities to
conduct air quality monitoring around their power plants located in
Illinois, Indiana and Ohio. The purpose of the monitoring would be to
provide a data base suitable for evaluating air quality models and to
select the most reliable .ode! for setting emission limits.
No widely accepted performance standards are available with which
to judge the acceptability of a single model. Thus, to determine the
best model for a specific application, we must rely on a comparison of
the relative performance of two or more models using a variety of
statistical tests. Such an approach has been recommended by the American
Meteorological Society and is incorporated in an OAQPS report entitled
"Interim Procedures for Evaluating Air Quality Models" that was provided
to your staff last week (see attached memorandum).
These interim procedures are the best available basis for discussions
with the utilities on the monitoring programs and subsequent analyses.
The procedures involve (1) identification of applicable models; (2) selection
and weighting of statistical performance measures; and (3) determination of
an appropriate ambient monitoring program. I suggest that you forward this
information to the utilities and set up meetings where these issues can
be discussed.
At such meetings it will be necessary for the utility representatives
to propose alternative models that they believe to be more reliable than
the standard EPA models. Statistical tests and performance measures must
be agreed upon to determine the relative performance of the models under
consideration. These performance measures must be adequate to evaluate
the entire range of meteorological conditions which affect the source
area, as well as appropriate averaging times. While these meetings will
involve highly technical issues, management personnel may be required to
make decisions relative to the most important evaluation tests and the
best measures of uncertainty.
-------
It will be necessary to agree on an adequate air quality monitoring
network composed of continuous monitors with quality assurance meeting
the requirements of 40 CFR 58. Although our experience with networks
for this purpose is limited, we believe that an appropriate balance
between the technical requirements of the analyses and the costs would
result in approximately 15 monitors, depending upon the type of terrain,
meteorological conditions, prior knowledge of air quality in the area,
etc. For the specific case of the Baldwin plant which you mentioned,
it is likely that 11 monitors would be adequate if the monitors were
carefully located at predicted points of maximum impact under the full
range of meteorological conditions. (Location of the monitors at points
of maximum impact only under unstable conditions would not provide
adequate coverage.)
It will be necessary to agree on an adequate on-site meteorological
data collection program. As a minimum, these measurements should be
similar to those available from National Weather Service Stations and
should be consistent with the PSD Monitoring Guideline requirements.
It may be necessary to collect additional data in order to satisfy
the input requirements of proposed alternative models.
It will be necessary to agree on an adequate program to collect
plant operating data. Ideally, this would consist of continuous in-stack
emission monitors supplemented by routine operating characteristics. Many
plants'are willing to install emission monitors for a variety of purposes.
However, if continuous emission monitors are considered to be too exoensive,
it is usually possible to construct adequate emissions data from a carefully
planned as-fired fuel sampling program.
We assume that the utility will be responsible for all data collection,
data reduction, and quality assurance. Once a protocol for the specific
statistical performance measures and their weighting are established,
we further assume that the utility will also be responsible for all calcu-
lations and model evaluations. Once the analysis is complete, we can joint"j
review the results with the utility and come to a reasoned decision as to
the most appropriate model for setting emission limits for that source.
Thus, the crucial part of this exercise is establishing in a written
protocol the data to be collected, the procedures to be followed, and the
basis for judging the relative performance of the models being considered.
-------
are interim. Thev will \™,™ •£[.• LS™**un* ""ich are
we gain
mj «« ? r0171 ?°°d fafth
tscon
__ ;,.-. K, «wW1.ui3 tan result at this time from good fa
negotiations between EPA and the utility and its consultants. My
staff will be happy to provide you with technical support in developing
protocols and in analyzing the model comparisons. Pioac/* ,.«..*---
Joe Tikvart or me if you
Attachment
cc: W. Barber
T. Oevine
R. Smith
E. Tuerk
S. Wassersug
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
DATE: 7/30/81
SUBJECT: Interim Procedures for Evaluating Air Quality Models
FROM:
TO:
Joseph A. Tikvart, Chief1
Source Receptor Analysis
Chief, Air Programs Branch, Regions I - X
Attached is a report entitled "Interim Procedures for Evaluating
Air Quality Models." The purpose of the report is to provide a general
framework for the quantitative evaluation and comparison of air quality
models. It is intended to help you decide whether a proposed model, not
specifically recommended in the Guideline on Air Quality Models, is
acceptable on a case-by-case basis for specific regulatory application.
The need for such a report is identified in Section 7 of "Regional
Workshops on Air Quality Modeling: A Summary Report."
An earlier draft (Guideline for Evaluation of Air Quality Models)
was provided to you for comment in January 1981. Vie received comments
from four Regional Offices and have incorporated many of the suggestions.
These comments reflected a diversity of opinion on how rigid the pro-
cedures and criteria should be for demonstrating the acceptability of a
nonguideline model. One Region maintained that EPA should establish
minimum acceptable requirements on data bases, decision rationale, etc.
Others felt that we should be more flexible in our approach. This
report defines the steps that should be followed in evaluating a model
but leaves room for considerable flexibility in details for each step.
The procedures and criteria presented in this new report are con-
sidered interim. They are an extension of recommendations resulting
from the Woods Hole Workshop in Dispersion Model Performance held in
Setpember 1980. That workshop was sponsored under a cooperative agree-
ment between EPA and-the American Meteorological Society. Thus, v.hile
some of the performance evaluation procedures may be resource intensive,
they reflect most of the requirements identified by an appropriate
scientific peer group. However, since the concepts are relatively new
and untested, problems may be encountered in their' initial application.
Thus, the report provides suggested procedures; it is not a "guideline."
We "recommend that you begin using the procedures on actual situations
within the context of the caveats expressed in the Preface and in Section
5.2. Where suggestions are inappropriate, the use of alternative techniques
to accomplish the desired goals is encouraged. Feedback on your experience
and problems are important to us. After a period of time during which
experience is gained and problems are identified, the report will be
-arm 13?C 6 'Rev 3-76)
-------
Attachment
D. Fox
T. Helms
W. Keith
M. Mini-head
L. Niemeyer
R. Smith
F. White
-------
EPA-450/4-84-023
Interim Procedures for Evaluating Air
Quality Models (Revised)
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Monitoring and Data Analysis Division
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
September 1984
-------
REFERENCES FOR SECTIONS 4.1 AND 4.2
-------
2138 Federal Register / Vol. 54. No. 12 / Thursday. January 19. 1989 / Pi noosed Rules
Authority. Sees. 1-19. 48 Slat. 31. as
ci 7 U.S C. 601-674.
2. Section 959.229 is added to read as
follows:
§ 959.229 Expenses and assessment rat*.
Expenses of $379.675 by the South
Texas Onion Committee are authorized
=md an assessment rate of $0.055 per 50-
pound container or equivalent quantity
of regulated onions is established for the
fiscal period ending July 31.1989.
Unexpended funds may be carried over
as a reserve.
ra;»d: Janna-y 13.1989.
William I. r>u In.
! s.'i .• :> £>-• ',/••: 0;r*".w. rruitcr-i!
', •• •:-,•:.* !Jr si, n.
' - Uoc 89-1JSO Filed 1-1B-89; 8:45 am)
r- Department of the Treasury is
• • v 'ending the comment period on the
A tvance Notice of Proposed
>•• iemaking Relating to Identification
'•• :quiremeni.s Required to Purchase
' ;-* Checks. Cashier's Checks.
.-.eler s Checks and Money Orders.
L . Wished in the Federal Register on
' i-cpmber 23. 1988 153 FR 51846). The
'! luasury Department has determined
'n.it more time is needed for the public
in review and comment on the proposal.
DATE: Comments now will be accepted
rbrough February 15. 1989.
ADDRESS: Comments should be
••iidressed to Amy G. Rudmck. Director.
Office of Financial Enforcement.
'"Apartment of the Treasury. Room 4120.
i VX) Pennsylvania Avenue. NW..
Washington. DC 20220.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Knthleen A. Scott. Attorney Advisor,
Office of the Assistant General Counsel
I Enforcement ]. (202) 566-9947.
Dated: January 13. 1969.
Sdlvatoi* R. MwtodM.
->5.--isran: secretary ( Enforcement /.
KR Doc. 89-1^04 Filed l-lB-afc 8.45 am)
%wUOG COOt
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
AGENCY
40 CFR Part 51
IFRC-342S-8J
State Imptemerttation Plan
Completeness Review
AGENCY: Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Notice of Proposed Rulemaking.
SUMMARY: This notice describes the
procedure for assessing whether a State
implementation plan (SIP) submittal is
adequate to trigger the Clean Air Act
requirement that EPA revievv and take
action the submittal. The notice
describes, among other things, the
criteria for determining the
"completeness" of the submittal. EPA is
concerned that uncertainty and
excessive delays in reviewing SIPs
frustrate the development of an optimum
State/Federal partnership, cause
confusion for sources regarding
applicable regulations, and generally
dampen initiative in State regulatory
programs. Prompted by this concern.
EPA is instituting a wide range of SIP
processing reforms as described
elsewhere in this Federal Register. The
proposed rulemaking described below is
one of these reforms.
EPA's previous SIP processing
procedures provided no mechanism to
reject or otherwise eliminate essentially
unreviewable SIP submittals (i.e.. those
missing information necessary to make
a reasonable decision as to their
procedural and environmental
adequacy). Heretofore. SIP submittais
that lacked required basic information
such as evidence of legal authority or of
properly conducted public hearings, or
technical support information sufficient
to describe a proposed change, generally
went through full notice and comment
rulemaking (proposed and final) before
being rejected. Today's proposal
provides a procedure and screening
criteria ;o enable States to prepare
adequate SIP submit'.als, and to enable
EPA reviewers to promptly screen SIP
'submittais. identify those that are
incomplete, and return them to the State
for corrpr.tive action without having to
go through rulemaking.
EPA believes thdt this change.
together with those described elsewhere
in this Federal Register, should enable
SIP submittals to be prepared and
processed more efficiently and. overall.
should improve the quality of SIP
submittals.
DATE: All comments should be
submitted to EPA at the address shown
below by March 6.1989.
ADDRESSES: Interested parties may
sul/mil written comments in dupiiL-i!* to
Public Docket No. A-88-18 at: Cen!rrt|
Docket Section (A-130). South
Conference Center. Room 4. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency.
Attention: Docket No. A-68-18.401 M.
Street. SW.. Washington. DC 20460.
Materials relevant to this rulem;iking
have been placed in Docket No. A-88-18
b.v EPA and are ava:Uble for inspection
at thf above address hp-ween 8:00 a.m.
and 3:30 p.m.. N!or.da> through Friday.
The EPA may chsrj- a re^sonHrile fet-
ter copying
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Mr. James Weig^d. Office of A:r
Quality P!;inr:r.2 «r,c Standards (MD-
11), U.S. Env,rcnrr:cr:ci Protection
Agency. Research Triangle Park. \or:h
Carolina 27711; Telephone (919) 541-
5642 or (FTS) 629-5642.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
The 1970 Clean Air Act (CAAI
established the air quality management
process as a basic philosophy for air
pollution control in this country. Under
this system. EPA establishes air quality
goals (National Ambient Air Quality
Standards—NAAQS) for common
pollutants. There are now standards for
6 pollutants: ozone, carbon monoxide.
sulfur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide.
particulate matter (PMio. and lead.
States then develop control programs to
attain and maintain these NAAQS.
These programs are defined by State
Implementation Phms (SJPs) which are
approved formally by EPA and are
legally enforceable by the Agency.
Under section nO|rt)(2). a SIP must
demonstrate atUi.-ment. describe a
control strategv. contain legally
enforceable regulations, include an
emission inventory and procedures for
new source re\ i«»w. ou'.lir.e a program
for monitoring, and shov. adequate
resources. In adJi'ion there can be
many other requirements specific to the
pollutant being considered. Under
section !10!a;(3;. revisions to a SIP must
not interfere with the SIPs ability to
meet these reuuiremer.ts. The
consequence of S'.aif» failure to get SIP
approval ma> ••- serious: they mciudf
Federal promt:.£.iunn of control
regulations ard economic sanctions.
Affirmative action is required by EPA
on essentially ali aspects of every SIP
and SIP revision. Since EPA's final
decision comes after a regulation
already is adopted and implemented at
the State level, excessive delay in the
review orocess often is a major source
of friction m EPA s relations with State
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 54. No. 12 / Thursday. January 19. 1989 / Proposed Rules 2139
and local agencies. SIP processing at
EPA has a schedule goal of 5/2-5/2 for
final action. That is. the Regions
nominally have 5 months to review
submittals in both the proposal and
promulgation phases: Headquarters
nominally has 2 months in each phase.
However, SIP actions often take
considerably longer than the total 14
months allocated to publish a final
decision.1
The lengthy decision process has
resulted in strong criticism from sources
both inside and outside the EPA. In
response, the Deputy Administrator
commissioned in July 1987 a senior level
task group to assess the problems
inherent in the process and to
recommend solutions. The task group
conducted its assessment and presented
recommendations to the Deputy
Administrator. The recommendations
were approved fully and are described
in a companion notice in today's Federal
Register. One of these recommendations
concerns a procedure and criteria for
identifying a "complete" SIP package,
thereby providing States with guidance
on preparing adequate SIP revisions and
EPA with a clearly defined mechanism
to keep essentially unreviewable SIP
revisions out of the review process.
This is important because if a State
submits a SIP change without properly
stated emission limits, legal authority'or
compliance schedules, or which
contains other obvious deficiencies, it
can enter the full EPA review system.
Such a SIP either will be eventually
disapproved, or languish while the State
is required (perhaps months later) to
supply essential data. Heretofore. EPA's
procedures did not provide in any
comprehensive way prompt reiection for
incompleteness. Independently,
however, some Regional Offices have
tried to deal with this problem, and have
developed procedures wherein SIP
submittals are judged against a set of
completeness criteria. The purpose of
these procedures has been to keep
incomplete packages out of the more
extensive review system, thereby saving
both EPA and the State valuable" time
and resources. Today. EPA is proposing
io institute an EPA-wioe procedure for
• \ut'' tnat section UOUHC! of the Clean Air fVt
rfouires that The Administrator snaii. wiimn four
"••-.. -« alter the dA maintains that this deadline doe* not
»rr>tv ''i SIP revisions, but rather only to rhe mnul
SIP s 'muted after EPA promulgates a NAAQS
• • -Jurti have supponed EPA » position, other
- nave nttd Ihjt d vmonih review periixi
"'' •—= to a SIP revision
completeness review of all SIP
submittals.
Completeness Review
In order to free EPA resources that
would otherwise be consumed in
processing incomplete and inherently
unapprovable SIP*. EPA hat created a
completeness review process. Under this
process. EPA will review a SIP for
completeness when it is initially
submitted to determine if all the
necessary components have been
included to allow the agency to properly
review and act on the substance of the
SIP revision. This will be a quick screen
that will assess the reviewability of a
SIP submittal. not its ultimate
approvabiliry. EPA will then promptly
inform the submitting State whether the
agency will proceed to process the SIP
revision or if it must be modified by the
State because it is incomplete.
There are several benefits to an early
determination of completeness. First, the
State is informed promptly as to the
reviewability of the submittal. a current
source of uncertainty in the SIP process.
Second. SIP submittals that are
inadequate for processing are returned
to the State to be corrected, rather than
going through the review process only to
be disapproved because of a lack of
information. Third, unreviewable SIPs
are removed from the process early so
that resources at the Federal level are
allocated to processing only SIPs that
are adequate for review. Finally, the
completeness criteria! provide the States
with guidelines on how to prepare
reviewable SIPs. It is expected that once
the agencies involved (State and local
EPA) become accustomed to the
completeness review process, the
number of unreviewable submittals will
diminish sharply.
Screening criteria have been
developed that define the essential
elements of an acceptable package, that
will avoid obvious inadequacies, and
that can be applied uniformly with
limited subjective judgement and
review. The criteria were developed by
EPA Regional Offices already using a
list of criteria to determine completeness
of SIP packages in an informal way. On
March 18.1988 a policy for determining
completeness of SIP submittals was
issued by Gerald A. Emison. Director.
Office of Air Quality Planning and
Standards (OAQPS), to the Regional
Offices (a copy has been placed in the
docket as item II-B-4). The policy
includes basic criteria for determining
completeness, and sample letters for
accepting and rejecting SIP submittals.
This policy will be followed by EPA
until today's proposed regulation is
made final.
As part of this action, the
Administrator is proposing to add these
criteria for determining the
completeness of State submittab to 40
CFR Part 51 as Appendix V. In addition.
EPA proposes to modify { 51.103(a) such
that State submissions that do not meet
the criteria are not considered official
plan submissions for purposes of
meeting the requirements of Part 51. In
order to be considered as a complete SIP
submission or an official submission for
Part 51. each plan must meet the criteria
described below and in Appendix V.
The basic criteria are adaptable for use
in parallel processing of State
regulations by EPA.2
EPA is creating this completeness
review process under the authority of
Section 301 of the Clean Air Act. which
authorizes the Administrator to
prescribe such regulations as are
necessary to carry out his functions
under the Act. EPA is interpreting the
terms "plan" in section H0(a)(l) and (2)
and "revision" in Section 110(a)(3) to be
only those plans and revisions that
contain all of the components necessary
to allow EPA to a adequately review
and take action on such plan or revision
under section 110 (and. where
applicable. Part D). EPA believes that
Congress would not have intended to
require EPA to review and take action
on SIP submittals that were simply not
reviewable because they were lacking
important components. Therefore, the
Administrator concludes that Section
110(a) requires him to act only on
complete State submittals.
Completeness Criteria
The criteria for determining whether a
submittal by the State is complete have
been separated into two categories: (a)
Administrative information and (b)
technical support information.
Administrative information includes the
documentation necessary' to
demonstrate that the basic
administrative procedures have been
adhered to by the State during the
adoption process. Technical support
information includes the documentation
that adequately identifies all of the
required technical components of trip
plan submission.
Administrative Information
The administrative information
required by the criteria are those basic
' Parallel processing is * procedure by which EPA
processei. at a prooosai Stale rui«s which nave not
yet Been fuliv aoooteo o> the State in order to
expedite 'J»e imai review process.
-------
2140 Federal Register / Vol. 54. No. 12 / Thursday. January 19. 1989 / Proposed Ruies
documents that demonstrate that the
State has properly followed the
administrative requirements called for
by the Clean Air Act for the adoption of
State implementation plans. These
include a letter from the Governor or his
dcsignee requesting that EPA approve
the SIP revision, and evidence that the
revision has been adopted by the State
in final form, either as part of the State
code if the revision is a regulation, or as
appropriate source specific
documentation in the form of a permit,
order, or a consent agreement. The State
also must provide documentation that
the necessary legal authority exists
within the State to adopt and implement
the plan revision, must include the
requisite copies of the actual revision
(regulation, permit, order, etc.), and must
indicate that the revision is enforceable
by the State. Finally, the State must
submit information indicating that the
program administrative procedures have
been followed, including evidence of
public notice and hearings, a
compilation of the public comments, and
the State's response to these comments.
Technical Support
The purpose of the technical support
information is to identify the State's
view of the impact of the revision on the
environment. The components are
intended to demonstrate that the
applicable requirements, such as those
for attainment and maintenance of
ambient standards, increment
consumption, and control technology,
are in conformance with basic statutory
and EPA requirements. In order for EPA
to make a reasonable decision
concerning the adequacy of a proposed
SIP revision, certain information at a
minimum must be included in each
submittal. Therefore, for purposes of
determining the completeness of a SIP
submission the implementation plan
revision must include an adequate
description of the:
|a) Pollutants involved:
jb) Source location and attainment
status of the area:
(c) Emissions chances:
[d) Demonstration that standards/
increments are protected;
Ic) Information used for any modeling
demonstration:
if) Evidence of conimuous emissions
controls:
|g) Evidence of emissions limitations
ana other restrictions necessary to
ensure emission levels:
jh) Compliance strategies: and
(ij Technological and economic
justification for the change where
applicable.
Upon receipt of the pian revision, the
Regional Office will obiectiveiy examine
the revision for inclusion of the
administrative and technical support
information. When the revision is
determined complete, the formal review
of the adequacy of the information and
the approvability of the revision will
proceed In those situations where the
submission does not meet the basic
criteria as discussed above and set forth
in Part 51. Appendix V, the submission
will be returned to the State with a letter
indicating the deficiencies found. In
accordance with the change proposed in
40 CFR 51.103(a), any submission that
does not meet the criteria of Appendix V
will not be considered an official
submission triggering the Act's
requirements for EPA review and action.
The basic requirements are similar for
sequential and parallel processing.
varying only in form dictated by the
method of processing. In order to be
effective, the determination of
completeness should be made
expeditiously. The Regional Office
generally will make a determination of
completeness within 45 days of
receiving a SIP revision, using the
criteria to make an objective decision.
After the decision has been made on
completeness, the Regional Offices will
process the SIP revision if the
submission is complete, or return the SIP
revision to the State if it is incomplete.
A letter will be sent to the State.
informing the State of the completeness
status of the SIP revision. If a SIP
submittal is incomplete, the deficiencies
will be detailed in the letter to the State.
If a SIP submittal is complete, the
Regional Office will include EPA's
expected processing schedule in the
letter to the State.
Administrative Requirements
The docket is an organized and
complete file of all the information
considered by EPA in the development
of these SIP processing changes. The
docket is a dynamic file because
material is added throughout the notice
preparation and comment process. The
docketing system is intended to allow
members of the public and industries
involved to identify and locate
documents so that they can effectively
participate in the process. Along with
the statement of basis and purpose of
the SIP processmz changes and EPA
responses to significant comments, the
contents of the docket, except for
interagency review materials, will serve
as the record in case of judicial review
(see Clean Air Act. section 307(d)(7)(A).
42 U.S.C. 7607{d)(7)(A).
Section 317(a) of the Clean Air Act. 42
U.S.C. 7617|a), states that economic
impact assessments are required for
revisions to standards or regulations
when the Administrator determines such
revisions to be substantial. The changes
described today do not change the
substantive requirements for preparing
and submitting an adequate SIP
package. No increase in cost as a result
of complying with the changes described
today is expected; moreover, the
monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting
requirements have been determined to
be insubstantial. Because the expected
economic effect of the changes is not
substantial, no detailed economic
impact assessment has been prepared.
The information collection
requirements of these changes are
considered to be no different than those
currently required by the Clean Air Act
and EPA procedures. Thus, the public
reporting burden resulting from today's
notice is estimated to be unchanged
from existing requirements. The public
is invited to send comments regarding
the burden estimate or other aspect of
information collection, including
suggestions for reducing any burden, to
the docket and the following: Chief,
Information Policy Branch. PM-223. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M
Street SW.. Washington. DC 20460: and
to the Office of Information and
Regulatory Affairs. Office of
Management and Budget. Washington.
DC 20503. marked "Attention: Desk
Officer for EPA."
Under Executive Order 12291. EPA is
required to judge whether an action is
"major" and therefore subject to the
requirement of a regulatory impact
analysis (R1A). The Agency has
determined that the SIP processing
changes announced today would result
in none of the-significant adverse
economic effects set forth in section ifb)
of the Order as grounds for a finding of
"major." The Agency has. therefore.
concluded that this action is not a
"major" action under Executive Order
12291.
This rule was submitted to OMB for
review consistent with section 307(d) of
the Clean Air Act. A copy of the draft
rule as submitted to OMB. any
documents accompanying the draft, any
written comment received from other
agencies (including OMB), and any
written responses to those comments
have been included in the docket.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980.
5 U.S.C. 601-612. requires the
identification of potentially adverse
impacts of Federal actions upon small
business entities. The Ac* requires the
completion of a regulatory flexibility
analysis for every action unless the
Administrator certifies that the action
will not have a significant economic
impact on a s-bsiannai ncmoer of small
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 54. No. 12 / Thursday. January 19. 1989 / Proposed Rules 21 tl
entities. For reasons described above. I
hereby certify that the final rule will not
have a significant impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
Djte January 9. 1989.
Lee M. Thomas,
Administrator.
For the reasons set out in the
preamble. 40 CFR Pan 51 is proposed to
be amended as follows:
PART 51-{ AMENDED]
1. The authority citation for Part 51
continues to read as follows:
Authoriby: This rulemaking is promulgated
under authority of Sectioni I0l(b)(1). 110.
160-69. 1T1-178. and 301(aj of the Clean Air
Act. 42 U.S.C 7401(b)(l). 7410. 7420-7429.
7501-7506. and 7601(a).
2. Section 51.103 is proposed to be
amended by revising paragraph (a)
introductory text to read as follows:
§ 51.103 SubmiMion of plans, preliminary
review of plan*.
(a) The State makes an official plan
submission to EPA when the plan
conforms to the requirements of
Appendix V to this pan. and the State
delivers five copies of the plan to the
appropriate Regional office, with a letter
giving notice of such action. The State
must adopt the plan and the Governor or
his designee must submit it to EPA as
follows:
« • • • »
3. Pan 51 is proposed to be amended
by adding Appendix V to read as
follows:
Appendix V— Criteria for Determining
the Completeness of Plan Submissions.
1.0. Purpose
This Appendix V sets forth the minimum
crnena for determining wtietner a State
implementation plan submitted for
consideration by EPA 11 an official
submission for purpose of review under
5 51.103.
1.1. The EPA shall return to the submitting
official any plan or revision thereof which
fails to meet the criteria set forth in this
Appundi* V. or otnerwise request corrective
action, identifying the components! absent
or insufficient to perform a review of the
•submitted plan.
1.2. The EPA shall inform the submitting
official when a plan submission meets the
requirements of tnis Appendix V. such
determination resulting in the plan being an
'•>t~fi..,al submission for purposes of § SI. 103.
The following shall be included in plan
kii'imissions for review by EPA:
2.1. Administrative Materials
'a i A formal letter of submittal from the
Governor or his destsnee, requesting EPA
approval of the plan or revision therpnf
:r.."i'dfter "the plan").
(b) Evidence that the Slate has adopted the
plan in the State code or body of regulations:
or issued the permit, order, consent
agreement (hereafter document) in final form.
That evidence shall include the date of
adoption or final issuance as well at the
effective date of the plan if different from the
adoption/issuance date.
(c) Evidence that the State has the
necessary legal authority under State law to
adopt and implement the plan.
(d) A copy of the actual regulation, or
document submitted for approval and
incorporation by reference into the plan.
including indication of the changes made to
the existing approved plan, where applicable.
The submittal shall be a copy of the official
State regulation/document signed, stamped.
dated by the appropriate State official
indicating that it is fully enforceable by the
State. The effective date of the regulation/
document shall, whenever possible, be
indicated in the document itself.
(e) Evidence that the State followed all of
the procedural requirements of the State's
laws and constitution in conducting and
completing the adoption/issuance of the plan.
(f) Evidence that public notice was given of
the proposed change consistent with
procedures approved by EPA. including the
date of publication of such nonce.
(gj Certification that public heahng(s) were
held in accordance with the information
provided in the public notice and the State's
laws and constitution, if applicable.
fh) Compilation of public comments and
the State's response thereto.
2-2. Technical Support
(a) Identification of all regulated pollutants
affected by the plan.
(b| Identification of the locations of
affected sources including the EPA
•ttainment/nonattaiiunent designation of the
locations and the status of the attainment
plan for the affected areas(s).
(c| Quantification of the changes in plan
allowable emissions from the affected
sources: estimates of changes in current
actual emissions from affected sources or.
where appropriate, quantification of changes
in actual emissions from affected sources
through calculations of the differences
between certain baseline levels and
allowable emissions anticipated as • result of
the revision.
(d) The State's demonstration that the
National Ambient Air Quality Standards.
prevention of significant detenoration
increments, reasonable further progress
demonstration, and visibility, are protected if
the plan is approved and implemented.
(ej Modeling information required to
support the proposed revision, including input
data, output data, models used, justification
of model selections, ambient monitoring data
used, meteorological data used, justification
for use of offsite date {where used), modes of
models used, assumptions, and other
information relevant to the determination of
adequacy of the modeling analysis.
(f) Evidence, where necessary, that
emission limitations are based on continuous
emission reduction technology.
(g) Evidence that the plan contains
emission limitations, work practice standards
and recordkeepmg/reporting requirements.
where necessary, to ensure emission levels.
fh) Compliance/enforcement strategies
including how compliance will be determine J
in practice.
(i) Special economic and technological
justifications required by any applicable EPA
policies.
2.3. Exceptions
2.3.1. The EPA. for the purposes of
expediting the review of the plan, hds
adopted a procedure referred to as "parallel
processing." Parallel processing allows a
State to submit the plan prior to actual
adoption by the State snd provides an
opportunity for the State to corsider EPA
comments prior to submission of a final pidn
for final review and action. Under these
circumstances the plan submitted will n>M be
able to meet all of the requirements of
paragraph 2.1 (all requirements of paraar :ph
2.2 will apply). As s result, the followi-.:
exceptions apply to plans submitted
explicitly for parallel processing:
(a) The letter required by paragraph ;.i i H )
shall request that EPA propose approval of
the proposed plan by parallel processing
(b) In lieu of paragraph 2.l(b) the State
shall submit s schedule for final adoption or
issuance of the plan,
(c) In lieu of paragraph 2.1(d| the plan shdl
include a copy of the proposed /draft
regulation or document.
(d) The requirement* of paragraphs 2.1 u-l-
2.1(h) shall not apply to plans submitted for
parallel processing.
24.2. The exceptions granted in paragraph
2J.1 shall apply only to EPA's determir.dtion
of proposed action and all requirements of
paragraph 2.1 shall be met pnor to
publication of EPA's final determination of
plan approvability.
(FR Doc. 89-1001 Filed 1-18-89: 6:45 am]
SWJJNO COOCUM-W-W
FEDERAL EMERGENCY
MANAGEMENT AGENCY
Federal Insurance Administration
44 CFR Part 67
[Docket No. FEMA-4M61
Proposed Rood Elevation
Determinations
AGENCY: Federal Emergency
Management Agency.
ACTION: Prono«ed rule.
SUMMARY: Technical information or
comments are solicited on the proposed
base (100-year) flood elevations and
proposed base liood elevation
modifications listed below for_selec:t;d
locations in the nation. These base (100-
year) flood elevations are the basis for
the floodplam management measures
that the community is required to either
adopt or show evidence of being already
in effect in order to qualify or remain
qualified for participation in the
-------
EPA-450/2-78-027R
Guideline On Air Quality Models
(Revised)
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air and Radiation
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
July 1986
-------
EPA-450/2-78-027R
SUPPLEMENT A
JULY 1987
SUPPLEMENT A
TO THE
GUIDELINE
ON
AIR QUALITY MODELS (REVISED)
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office Of Air And Radiation
Office Of Air Quality Planning And Standards
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
-------
PN no-8?-oi-Q2-o:
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
%-s.v
January 2, 1985
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Regional Implementation of Modeling Guidance
FROM: Joseph A. Tikvart, Chief
Source Receptor Analysis Branch, MDAD (MD-14)
TO: Regional Modeling Contact, Regions I-X
Attached for your use 1s Information on the Implementation of modeling
guidance. Attachment 1 is an excerpt of a memorandum from J. Wilburn to D. Tyler
[dated November 13, 1984) which Identifies several issues. Attachment 2
provides our response to these Issues.
It is our Intent that the response merely reiterate the way in which we
understand modeling guidance to be routinely implemented by all Regional Offices.
however, having formalized that understanding, we believe that its circulation
is desirable. If you have any questions, please call me.
Attachments
cc: Chief, Air Programs Branch, Regions, I-X
B. Turner
y D. Wi1 son
-------
Attachment 1
(Excerpt of Memorandum from J. Wilburn to D. Tyler, Dated November 13, 1984)
As discussed in this memo, we are quite concerned as to our credibility
regarding the development and approval of SIP revisions and bubbles which
consider complicated and involved modeling. While our Armco experience may
be viewed by some as atypical, we feel that the problem is real enough to the
point that we request guidance on the following three .questions:
1. When do changes in EPA modeling procedures become official Agency
policy? Do such forms as informal modeling protocols and consensus
opinions developed at meteorologist meetings and workshops constitute
official Agency policy? If so, how 1s management at the regional
division and branch level Informed of those decisions (i.e., are such
decisions communicated by policy memorandum or must regional manage-
ment be dependent upon regional participants at such meetings and
workshops to accurately convey OAQPS's policy decisions)?
2. How do changes in Agency modeling policy affect in progress modeling
analyses? Do policy changes in modeling procedures Invalidate
modeling protocols which accurately reflected modeling policy at the
initiation of ongoing modeling analyses? If so, we would appreciate
copies of all policy memorandums which communicated such policies.
3. Will it be necessary in order for Annco's bubble application to be
concurred with by OAQPS, for Region IV to require Armco to submit a
fourth revision to their modeling procedures which would provide an
analysis of the 46 days with more than 6 hours of calm which have
thus far been deleted for the submittal pursuant to the original
protocol? If so, we would like an explanation of the rationale for
this requirement in light of our discussion in this memo.
-------
Attachment 2
*
(Excerpt of Memorandum from R. Rhoads to J. Wilburn, Dated December 24, 1984)
Regarding your first question: Changes in EPA modeling procedures
become official Agency guidance when (1) they are published as regulations
or guidelines, (2) they are formally transmitted as guidance to Regional
Office managers, (3) they are formally transmitted to Regional Modeling
Contacts as the result of a Regional consensus on technical issues, or
(4) they are a result of decisions by the Model Clearinghouse that effec-
tively set a national precedent. In the last case, such issues and deci-
sions are routinely forwarded to all of the Regional Modeling Contacts.
In order for this system to work, the Regional Modeling Contacts must be
actively involved in all Regional modeling issues and they must be con-
sulted on modeling guidance as necessary by other Regional personnel.
Regarding your second question: The time at which changes in
modeling guidance affect on-going modeling analyses is a function of the
type of agreement under which those analyses are being conducted. On-going
analyses should normally be "grandfathered" if (1) there is a written pro-
tocol with a legal or regulatory basis (such as the Lovett Power Plant) or
(2) the analysis is complete and regulatory action is imminent or underway.
If the analysis 1s based on a less formal agreement and Is underway, the
Regional Office should inform the source operators of the change and deter-
mine whether the change can be implemented without serious disruption to
the analysis. If for some reason any previous analysis must be redone,
then it should be redone in accordance with current modeling guidance. In
any event, consequences of failing to implement current guidance should be
discussed with the OAQPS staff (Helms/Tikvart) to ensure that inappropriate
commitments are not made by the Regional Office.
Regarding your third question: As previously discussed with your
staff, the recent Armco modeling analysis is technically inadequate and
not approvable so long as the approximately 46 days with calms are
ignored. At the time the original protocol was developed, the deletion
of calms was common practice because we had no consensus on technically
valid procedures for addressing calms. However, (largely due to the
assistance of RO IV staff 1n developing a technical solution to the
calms issue) this practice was discontinued by consensus of the Regional
Modeling Contacts who recommended*immediate implementation of the new
procedures (see Joe Tikvart's June 13, 1983, memo to Regional Modeling
Contacts). The subsequent Armco analysis which ignored calms was, there-
fore, deficient since there is no rationale for "grandfather!ng" an analy-
sis which was Initiated after the new calms guidance was disseminated.
This issue is no longer an issue since Armco has already submitted a
reanalysis that addresses the calms issue.
-------
June 7, 1988
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT Revised Model Clearinghouse Operational Plan
FROM: Joseph A. Tikvart, Chief
Source Receptor Analysis Branch (MD-14)
TO: Chief, Air Branch, Region VII
Chief, Technical Support Branch, Region I
Chief, Air and Radiation Branch, Region V
Chief, Air Programs Branch, Regions II, III, IV, VI, VIII, IX, X
On February. 9, 1988 I notified you of the expansion of the Model
Clearinghouse to include all criteria pollutants. That memorandum
explained briefly how the expanded Clearinghouse would operate and
identified individuals in the Technical Support Division and in the Air
Quality Management Division who would be involved in resolving Agency
regulatory modeling issues. The memorandum also promised that we would
be revising the 1981 Operational Plan for the Model Clearinghouse to reflect
the current operation. Attached is a copy of that revised plan.
To highlight major functions of the operational plan which you should
become most familiar with, please note the structure of the Clearinghouse
contained in Section 3, particularly Figure 1. Also you should become
familiar with the procedures for referring modeling issues to the
Clearinghouse, described in Section 4. Appendix B identifies the contacts
in the Regions for various types of modeling problems. Please check over
these lists for accuracy and keep us informed of any changes of these
personnel in your Region.
It should be remembered that the Model Clearinghouse is a service
we provide to the Regional Offices. We do not normally deal directly with
the State/local agencies or with industry since this would compromise our
function as second level reviewers and would interfere with your function.
However we have discussed access by States to Clearinghouse expertise
through the Regional Offices. Where a State wishes such a contact, we
urge your staff to work closely with their State counterparts to establish
a mutally agreed-upon position on the issue-.
Finally, for purposes of responding to questions from States and local
agencies about the Clearinghouse and its operation, we have no problem if
you wish to furnish them with a copy of this plan. For questions from the
public we would prefer that you instead provide them with a copy of Appendix C,
a separate copy of which is attached. This Appendix is a revised version
of a flyer we have distributed for a number of years at the EPA booth at
the annual APCA meeting.
-------
EPA Model Clearinghouse
Summa ry
The Model Clearinghouse is the single EPA focal point for reviewing the use of
modeling techniques for criteria pollutants in specific regulatory applications.
The Clearinghouse also serves to compile and periodically report for Regional
Office benefit Agency decisions concerning deviations from the requirements of the
"Guideline on Air Quality Models (Revised)."
Need for the Model Clearinghouse
The Guideline states that when a recommended model or data base is not used,
the Regional Administrator may approve the use of other techniques that are demon-
strated to be more appropriate. However, there is also a need to provide for a
mechanism that promotes fairness and consistency in modeling decisions among the
various Regional Offices and the States. The Model Clearinghouse promotes this
fairness and uniformity and also serves as a focal point for technical review of
"nonguideline" techniques proposed for use/approval by a Regional Administrator.
Functions of the Model Clearinghouse
The major function of the Clearinghouse is to review specific proposed actions
which involve interpretation of modeling guidance, deviations from strict interpre-
tation of such guidance and the use of options in the guidance, e.g., Regional
Office acceptance of nonguideline models and data bases. This is handled in two
ways: (1) the Clearinghouse, on request from the Regional Office, will review the
Region's position on proposed (specific case) use of a nonguideline model for tech-
nical soundness and national consistency, and (2) the Clearinghouse will screen
Federal Register regulatory packages for adherence to modeling policy and make
recommendations for resolution of any issues identified.
A secondary function of the Model Clearinghouse is to communicate to regu-
latory model users in EPA significant decisions involving the interpretation of
modeling guidance. This is accomplished through an annual "Clearinghouse Report"
which itemizes the significant decisions that have been made and the circumstances
involved. This report serves to improve consistency in future decisions and as
a source of technical information for the Regional Offices. In addition to the
annual report the Clearinghouse informs users on a contemporary basis of signi-
ficant decisions through copies of written decisions and briefings at various
meetings and workshops.
Structure of the Clearinghouse
The Clearinghouse is formally located in the Source Receptor Analysis Branch
(SRAB) of OAQPS. However, the Air Quality Management Division (AQMD) also parti-
cipates in Clearinghouse matters involving SIP attainment strategies and other
regulatory functions.
The primary responsibility for managing the Clearinghouse and ensuring that
all of its functions are carried out is performed by a person full-time within
SRAB. The responsibility for responding to requests for review of modeling
issues is assigned, on a pollutant/program basis to three SRAB individuals. In
.addition, AQMD supports the Clearinghouse with staff who are also knowledgeable in
modeling policy. These individuals are responsible for screening SIP submittals
and related documents, referring modeling issues to SRAB through the Clearinghouse
and documenting the final (and any significant interim) decision on disposition of
me issues.
Communication Chain
The Model Clearinghouse functions within the organizational structure of EPA.
As such the Clearinghouse serves the EPA Regional Offices. It coordinates with
and communicates decisions to the Regional Offices. Any coordination with State
and local agencies and individual sources on Clearinghouse activities is a function
of t^e EPA Regional Offices.
CI
-------
REF€PrVCES FOR SECTION 4.3
-------
EPA-450/2-78-027R
Guideline On Air Quality Models
(Revised)
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air and Radiation
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park, NC 2771'
July 1986
-------
32176 Federal Register / Vol. 51. No. 174 / Tuesday. September 9. 1986 / Rules and Regulations
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
AGENCY
40 CFR Pert* 51 and 52
I AH-m-3011-e, Docket No. A-M-M)
Requirements for Preparation,
Adoption, and Submtttal of
Implementation Plana
AGENCY: Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Final rule.
SUMMARY: On December 7.1984 (49 FR
48018] EPA proposed to amend 40 CFR
51.24 and 52^1 to substitute by
reference the "Guideline on Air Quality
Models (Revised)," EPA 450/2-78-027R
for the April 1978 version. The guideline
lists the air quality models and data
bases required to assess impact and to
estimate ambient concentrations due to
certain sources of air pollutants. Today's
action establishes those revisions and
incorporates changes as a result of
public comment
emcnvt DATE October 9,1986. The
incorporation by reference of certain
publications listed in the regulations is
approved by the Director of the Federal
Register as of October 30.1986.
99* KMRHKft INFORMATION CONTACT.
Joseph A. Tikvart Chief. Source
Receptor Analysis Branch, Office of Air
Quality Planning and Standards, \J&
Environmental Protection Agency,
Research Triangle Park. North Carolina
27711; telephone (919) 541-6561 or Jawad
S. Touma. telephone (919) 541-8681.
ADOMMCS: All documents relevant to
development of this rule have been
placed in Docket A-80-46, located in the
Central Docket Section (LE-131), U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, 401M
Street SW- Washington. DC 20480. The
docket is available for public inspection
and copying between 8.-00 a-m. and 4:00
PJJU Monday through Friday, at the
address above. A reasonable fee may be
charged for copying.
The "Guideline on Air Quality Models
(Revised)" (1986). Publication No. EPA
450/2-78-027R is for sale from the US.
Department of Commerce, National
Technical Information Service, 5825 Port
Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia. 22101.
This document is also available for -
public inspection at the libraries of each
of the ten EPA Regional Offices and at
the EPA library at 401 M Street SW.,
Washington. DC 20*60.
ftUmJEKKMTAHY INFORMATION:
Background
Section 165(e)(3)(D) of the Clean Air
Act (CAA) requires the Administrator to
adopt regulations specifying with
reasonable particularity each model or
models to be used to comply with the
Act's prevention of significant
deterioration (PSD) requirements. To
carry out these requirements, the
Guideline on Air Quality Models was
incorporated by reference in regulations
promulgated for PSD [40 CFR 51.24].
Because of its incorporation, revisions to
the guideline must satisfy the
rulemaking requirements of section
307(d)oftheAct
In March 1980. EPA issued a notice
soliciting air quality models developed
outside the Agency for potential
inclusion in the planned revisions to the
Guideline on Air Quality Models [45 FR
20157], EPA received nearly 30 air
quality models from private model
developers. These were reviewed for
technical feasibility and for utility to
potential users. In addition to a review
by EPA for technical merit
documentation, validation, and coding,
the submitted models are also subjected
to public review and comment
On December 7,1984 (49 FR 48018],
EPA proposed amendments to its
regulations concerning air quality
models and announced that it would
hold a public hearing on these proposed
amendments and on the revised
guideline.
EPA also invited the public tat
participate and provide advice and
comment on the piopueed revisions to
the Guideline on Air Quality Models. On
December 20,1984 [49 FR 49484). EPA
announced the Third Conference on Air
Quality Modeling to provide a forum for
public review, A transcript of aH oral
comments received at the conference, as
well as a record of all written
comments, is maintained in Docket A-
80-40. The written comment period was
extended to April 1.1985, and the
rebuttal comment period was held open
until April 30,1985.
Specific comments received can be
found in Docket A-60-48, in items IV-O
and FV-H. All comments were
consolidated according to the issues
raised and are discussed, along with full
EPA responses in the "Summary of
Comments and Responses on the
December 1984 Proposed Revisions to
the Guideline on Air Quality Models.
January 1986.- (Docket Item IV-G-26).
Certain comments raised significant
issues that are fundamental to the
development of this guideline. These
issues an summarized below, along
with EPA responses.
A. Consistency and Accuracy
A number of commenters urged that
use of the most accurate models should
be promoted and that the need for
consistency was overstated. They noted
that: (1) The regulatory program should
not require use of a single model, (2) use
of a single model was based on an
arbitrary selection process, and (3) this
selection made the Agency inflexible in
allowing; use of nonguidelme models.
EPA's position reflects Congressional
concerns that permitting different
requirements in different parts of the
country could lead to the inequitable
location of some industries. Section
185(e)(3)(D) of the CAA specifically
requires that EPA ". . . shall specify
with reasonable particularity each air
quality model or models to be used
under specified sets of conditions. . ."
Also, section 301(a)(2)(A) of the CAA
requires EPA "to assure fairness and
uniformity in the criteria, procedures,
and policies applied by the various
regions in implementing and enforcing
the Act" EPA uses the term
"consistency" to mean that the same
model is used in determining emission
limitations for similar sources of air
pollution. The result is a uniform
approach to modeling-based decisions.
Such consistency is not however.
promoted at the expense of model and
data base accuracy. In selecting the
models Usted in Appendix A of the
revised guideline^ EPA conducted
several evaluations of model
performance using air quality monitoring
data, and peer scientific reviews of
^/yfi^ifpa techniques. The findings lead
to a conclusion that the models Usted in
Appendix A are at least as accurate as,
if not better than, other available
models, that these preferred models are
statistically unbiased, and that they are
f«m |0 the modeling community.
Every effort has been made to ensure
within the revised guideline that the
realism, flexibility, accuracy and best
technical judgments, sought by both
regulatory agencies and the regulated
community, can be provided. Suitable
nhaniims have been provided to
assure such accuracy, and flexibility,
and to allow the use of alternate or new
models.
B, Use of Non-Guideline Models in
Particular Anas (The Texas Models)
Many commenters urged EPA to make
provisions in the guideline for use of
new models, for improvements to
existing models, and for models that are
otherwise more appropriate in specific
cases. In particular, the Texas Models
were cited as meeting EPA's criteria for
selection and being more economical to
run. Concern was also expressed that
failure to include these as preferred
models would have an advene effect on
-------
Federal JLeyrtar / Vol. 51. No. 174 / Toeaday. September 9. 198ft / Rules and Regulations 32177
the consistency of PSD pemMaug
analyses in Texas when these
an currently used.
EPA has made provision in CFR 51.24
and SZa and the gsaelaBBai taraahsg
alternative and i»pn)»a»1 •ealik. Ihe
final ndea provide that aamHfifiatlaa er
substitution of en approved model easy
occur on either a case-by-case basis or
on a generic basis within a state's
regulatory piogi an. However, EPA wifl
only give generic approval when a stale
demonstrates that generic in aye ia
appropriate under defined
circumstances. For example, a state may
be able to show that a model is
appropriate tor the entire state or aaeie
portioa thereof baaed on geographic aad
meteorological characteristics. EPA
encourages oW eee ef aheee provisions
and does not intend to piece ea eaaee
burden on states that use alternative
models, or to detey iraeUraentettaa af
scientific sri yearns taai are appeapeiaee
for regulatory use. EPA has discussed
these issues with tapmseatativat af tear
Texas Air Coated Baaed and baa
indicated that it aaay be awaaiUe fat
them to detnoBBCPat
TCM fpraiiMy with eoas
and clarification in tat BM
modds BM applied) asay
for gaaieric mse ia tbair
anticipates that tease caooaiswtii be
teatesl by the State of Texas
protocol developed by tbam
to by EPA. U the davonsfeaaam
requirements ace saMsfiai, EPA will
announce for pablceeaaaat snsha
Federal Bagister its intentiae, to apprev*
these awdels for ganeriruaa by Texas.
For a limited ir^rrim rf**ri. re be }atojbj
agreed to by Texas aad EPA, the Tavaa
Models may ritntiniT to be aaad these
because of kng prior use baaed ca
approval under the previous veaainaaf
the guideline.
C. Urban Airshed Mode/
D. BjorkJv
EPA's proposed use offlu
was opposed by numerous commenters.
Many of these commaoten objected to
the Bforkhnd and Do wen atgoriflnn on
the gruuuuB that ttTras semi-empirical
and that it waa insufficiently tested by
EPA.
EPA it withdrawing its propoeel U
use the Bjorkhsad aad Bawen steck-tip
downwasfa algorithm pendtoej futber
evaJusdasBL BB tbe inarisa. EPA
for those cases whaa the eee af eteck-tip
dowawask ia >ppreariatei.
£. Dcfinxooit tiycnutttoti ABfea*
Many commenters said wt overestimates alt *y«^*y
impact Alternatives such ae using
actual emissions, highest historical ^4,
three yean), or system-vide BndtaHons
on load (for power plants) wea
suggested.
dUEZi vO eraOpt pBJBBHBOB asaflnRQBBB
anelt *
attaii
na1
stetionary sooros
Stetelmplementeti
ei
the ^<""eyf •! rv^jfrf ** ***• -*^* *»«i««*n«
limit mnA {g Beady eawcea thaLbavea
j"int trnpift Thir tmiariim rttr fhr
"
Several
justification for
Airshed Model as the
lor
tora raqsitnlsd
lectifliaf the Ucbea
urban area*.
The Urban Airshed Moeal » Ihe aver
widely applied aad evaiaated
photocbeaical disaeosioa model as
existence. EPA believes tae sialialiiai
naantsant
revised
justification for tae sdsrtinaaftbe
Urban Airshed Model as fee prfseitaj
model for the specified applications.
dffl**^ m fiwgnidaBne.
whJd> genoraOy coBtributo onbr to the .
background has been modffied to
indicate actual mitead of the mextennn,
rate to reflect real production or jQaiag
rate and hours of operations.
F. Length of Record
with the reqvrement for using fire yean
of nBeteoresogicai data frBB Beexvy
Na«oaal Weefter Service (NWQ
stetiens.
The OeeaAfa- Act requites CT^te-
assure that the standards wifi be
attained and maintained. The length of
record must be sufficient to tacrad* tbe
climatetoajcal vanabiaty «eaaed to
determine eoiesioa iiiseliHnns ased to
meet the standards. EPA has pcevioaibj
presented Its analysis on the length «f
record m to 1»M Sumnary of
ComiDenta and Responses oocvsjes tu^1
G-6). Results from recent EPA reseat eh
support the position that five yean of
meteoroloaseel •eta ts apefupUate
nB^MV^Me^Kl *^aWIVBv0ft ^BB AOt pf9i
fseaaa) hJuiiaiauu wbfcfc wmM lead
EPH. to extaTTteyjeeMssL . -
G.U*efCtn mtt Uitttmal^ie^Data
if one year of quality assured aasitt
date is available, the guideline should
require its use and eBntute the
source's option of using the most
beneficial result of either on-site or
NWS data,
EPA agrees with these suggestions
and t»fjanmfnAf that if quality assured
on-sfte data an available, they are
preferable to NWS date and should be
used.
Commenters stated that EPA should
incoipQEste asodel uncertainty when
setting *«n*«f*'"'ti limflaflons based on
estimates: "g*"^"**"" *y>"f Other iacton
such as the uncertainty IB f"'»«
meteorological date *ir*"** «t"mi
aleo
be considered. No viable
rBtOniaPsMKa»t*aailaaal Oft laOUf 2ft
this cosBBfU tveee givea.
EPA has sponsored research on
improving mesaaat to aasees bew
mil isi Isliilj m>gbi bs asasl m ssl
•aitiM)
guideline et this time: such a mathod
willhai "
futut»sl
L Additional Model*
Many commenters recommended mat
tho getdsiliH sacasis ti
tbe Ro^fbTOTSBi Dsfeetua Modal
aad *e CMMsew and Ceastal Disperewa
MedetfOCO).
EPA eygee wtia these
application of these Bodefe BM the
potential to change eniseioa toBJtatj
set far sum ous BMBgcernat models.
EPA. *je>efefB. ia prepefng s
supplemeejtal uettce of prvposeo
rulemaldBj thet seeks pvbBc comment
p
on incraaiee) af mwe three ne
deb
/. Other Comment*
Then was et Isial sea comment on
every section of die proposed revision*.
Many comments hxve been incorporated
in «• revised gntdaace. EPA has
complied with Ihe request of model
developers to withdraw their models
from Appendix B of the guideline The
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 51. No. 174 / Tuesday. September 9. 1986 / Rules and Regulations
___s«K»CPACT (SklawwL
MB8OBLUMB, and RTDM [venion 34»).
tone* not specifically addressed in the
goideJiBB. tuch M those associated with
new methods or technique* will be
investigated and future guidance issued,
subject to public comment as necessary.
K. Other Issues
Although the December 7 proposal
solicited, in particular, advice and
comment on eight issues, several of
these topics received little or no
comment Both EPA and the commenters
found it easier to include these
comments under appropriate sections in
the guideline instead of listing these
issues separately. Responses to public
comments on the eight issues are
contained in the Summary of Comments
and Responses document (IV-G-28) as
follows:
(1) Specific changes to 40 CFR Parts 51
and 52 (no comment received);
(2) Revised format of the guideline
(Chapters 1 and 3);
(3] Recommendations for ozone
models (Chapter 6);
(4) Proposed changes to preferred
models (Chapters 4. 5, and Appendices
AandBH
(5) Improving performance
evaluations (Chapters 3 and 10);
(6) Modeling uncertainty (Chapter 10)»
(7) Degree to which State or local
regulatory agencies can have authority
to use nonguideone models (Chapters 1
and 3fc and
(8) Degree of oversight or approval
authority retained by EPA (Chapters 1
and 3).
EO. 12291
Under Executive Order 12291. EPA
must judge whether a rule is "maior"
and therefore subject to the requirement
of a Regulatory Impact Analysis. The
Administrator finds this rule not major
because it will not have an annual effect
on the economy of $100 million or more;
it will not result in a major increase in
costs or prices; and there will be no
significant adverse effects on
competition, employment investment.
productivity, innovation or on the ability
of U.S.-based enterprises to compete
with foreign-based enterprises in
domestic or export markets. This
regulation will result in no significant
environmental or energy impacts. Thus,
no Regulatory Impact Analysis was
conducted.
Reguiatory Flexibility Act
Pursuant to the provisions of 5 U.S.C
6051 a),! hereby certify that the attached
rule will not have a significant impact
on 2 substantial number of small
entities. This rule merely update*
existing technical requirements for air
quality modeling analyses required by ~~
other Clean Air Act programs
(prevention of significant deterioration.
new source review, SlP-revisions) and
imposes no new regulatory burdens.
Economic Impact Assessment
The requirement for performing an
economic impact assessment in section
317 of the Act 42 U.S.C 7617. does not
apply to this action since the revisions
included do not constitute a substantial
change in the regulatory burden imposed
by the regulation. However, since the
guidance includes more sophisticated
models, and addresses the use of site-
specific data (required under a different
section of the PSD regulations), an
analysis of the relative costs of using
some of the 1978 models and data bases
versus the models and data bases
specified In '.'•* 1980 updated guidance
was prepare This report "Cost
Analysis of Proposed Changes to the Air
Quality Modeling Guideline" is
available for inspection in Docket A-60-
48 at the Central Docket Section whose
address is given above; or from the
National Technical Information Service
as NT1S No. PB 83-112177.
Paperwork Reduction Act
This rule does not contain any
information collection requirements
subject to review by the Office of
Management and Budget (OMB) under
the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980
U.S.C 3501 et seq. EPA has submitted
this regulation to OMB for review under
Executive Order 12291 and their written
comments on the revisions and any EPA
responses have been placed in the
docket for this proceeding.
List of Subjects
40CFRPartSl
Administrative practice and
procedure. Air pollution control
Intergovernmental relations. Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements. Ozone.
Sulfur oxides. Nitrogen dioxide. Lead.
Participate matter. Hydrocarbons,
Carbon monoxide.
40 CFR Part 52
Air pollution control. Ozone. Sulfur
oxides. Nitrogen dioxide. Lead.
This notice of final rulemaking is
issued under the authority granted by
sections 185(e) and 320 of the Clean Air
Act 42 U.S.C. 7475(e). 7620.
Dated: August 18, 1800.
Lee M-Thssasa.
Administrator
PART 51-ftEOUIRCIIENTS FOR
PREPARATION ADOPTION AND
SUBMITTAL OF IMPLEMENTATION
PLANS
Part 51. Chapter L Title 40 of the Code
of Federal Regulations, is amended as
follows:
1. The authority citation for Part 51
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 42 U.S.C 7475(e). 7620.
2. Section 51.24 is amended by
revising paragraph (1) to read as follows:
C •« tt^
9 9 1«24
deterioration
(1) Air quality models. The plan shall
provide for procedures which specify
that—
(1) All estimates of ambient
concentrations required under this
paragraph shaH be based on the
applicable air quality models, data
base*, and other requirements specified
in the "Guideline- «ff Air Quality Models
(Revised?* tlMBffcllJkJi i* incorporated
by reference. Iris BPA»Publication No.
450/2-78-02711 and f* for sale from the
U.S. Department of Commerce. National
Technical Information Service, 5825 Per*
Royal Road. Springfield, Virginia. 2216'..
It is also available for inspection at the
Office of the Federal Register. Room
8301.1100 L Street NW., Washington.
DC This incorporation by reference was
approved by the Director of the Federal
Register on October 9.1980. These
materials are incorporated as they exist
on the date of approval and a notice of
any change will be published in the
Federal Register.
(2) Where an air quality impact model
specified in the "Guideline on Air
Quality Models (Revised)" (1986) is
inappropriate, the model may be
modified or another model substituted.
Such a modification or substitution of a
model may be made on a case-by-case
basis or, where appropriate, on a generic
basis for a specific state program.
Written approval of the Administrator
must be obtained for any modification
or substitution. In addition, use of a
modified or substituted model must be
subject to notice and opportunity for
public comment under procedures
developed in accordance with
paragraph (q) of this section.
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 51. No. 174 / Tuesday. September 9. 1986 / RUJM and Regulation! 32179
PART 52-APPROVAL AND
PROMULGATION OF
IMPLEMENTATION PLAN* -•.
Part 52. Chapter I of TRte 40 of tht
Code of Federal Regulation*, if
amended as follows:
1. The authority citation for Part 52
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 42 U.S.C 74751 e). 7620.
2. Section 52.21 is amended by
revising paragraph (1) to read as follows:
§ 5121 Prevention of aionificent
deterioration of air quality.
• * e • •
(1) Air quality models. (1) All
estimates of ambient concentrations
required under this paragraph shall be
based on the applicable air quality
models, data bases; awr<
requirement* specified in the "Guideltatt
on Air Quality Models (Revissdr PWf
which is incorporated by reference, ittt
EPA publication No. 4»^7»-OZ7R an*
is for sale from the U.S. Department of
Commerce. National Technical
Information Service. 5825 Port Royal
Road. Springfield. Virginia. 22181 It is
also available for inspection at the
Office of the Federal Register. Room
8301.1100 L Street NW. Washington.
DC This incorporation by reference was
approved by the Director of the Federal
Register on October 9,1986. These
materials are incorporated as they exist
on the date of approval and a notice of
any change will be published in the
Federal Register.
(2) Where an air quality impact model
Qoatoy Models (Revissdr (198Ht»
inappropriate, *e model may be
modified t» aaomwmebei sne*tiftited
Such a modification or substitution of s
model mar Be made on a case-by-case
basis or. when appropriate, on a generic
basis for a specific state program.
Written approval of the Administrator
must be obtained for any modification
or substitution. In addition, use of a
modified or substituted model must be
subject to notice and opportunity for
public comment under procedures
developed in accordance with
paragraph (q) of this section.
[FR Doc 86-19488 Filed 9-8-88: &4S
-------
Part 51
PART SI—REQUIREMENTS FOR PREP-
ARATION, ADOPTION, AND SUft-
MOTAl OP IMP1EMENTATION
PLANS
Sec.
Bt 40 Scope.
AQMA ANAI TSI*
•1 41 AQUA analysis: SubmltUI date.
61.43 AQMA analysis: Analysis period.
61.43 AQMA analyst* Guideline*
61 44 AQMA analyst*: Projection ol emls
•Ion*.
61.46 AQMA analysis: Allocation or emls
•lona.
61.46 AQMA analysis: Projection of air
quality concentration*
61.47 AQMA analysU: Description or data
aourcea.
6 1 41 AQMA analysis: DaU bane*
81 40 AQMA analyiU: Technique* deacrlp
lion.
61.60 AQMA analyiU: Accuracy factor*.
61 61 AQMA analysU: SubmltUI of calcula
tlon*.
AQMA PLAN
61 63 AQMA plan: deneral.
61 63 AQMA plan: Demoiutratlon of ade-
quacy. ,
MM AQMA plan: Strategic*.
61.68 AQMA plan: Legal authority.
61 M AQMA plan: Future strategies.
61 67 AQMA plan: Future legal authority.
61 M AQMA plan: Intergovernmental co-
operation.
61 6( IReaerved)
61 »0 AQMA plan: Resource*
6141 AQMA plan: SubmltUI format.
61 63 AQMA analy*!* and plan: DaU avail-
ability.
61 63 AQMA analyst* and plan: Alternative
piocvdure*.
tummmwt I— (••••rv«4|
SI 100 Definition*.
61 101 Stipulations.
61 102 Public hearing*.
bl 103 BubmlMlon of plans: piellmlnary
review of plan*.
»1 104 Revisions
61106 Approval of plan*.
40 CFR Ch. I (7-14* Edition)
i»bp«r« a—i
61.110 AtUlnment and maintenance of na-
tional itandard*.
61.111 Deocrlptlon of control meaaure*.
61.111 Demonstration of adequacy.
61 113 Time period for demoiutratlon of
adequacy.
6 1 1 1 4 Emission* daU and projection*.
61.1 16 Air quality daU and projection*.
61116 Data availability.
61.117 Additional provision* for lead.
61 111 Stack height provision*.
6 1 . 1 1 0 Intermittent control system*.
Impart H— PravwitUn •» Ah »•*»»••
61.160 Claulflcatlon of region* for episode
plan*.
61.161 Significant harm level*.
81.161 Contingency plan*.
61.163 Reevaluatlon of eptaode plan*.
81.1WI Legally enforceable procedure*.
61.161 Public availability of Information.
81.162 Identification of responsible
agency.
61.163 Administration procedure*.
61.164 Stack height procedures.
61.166 Permit requirements
61.164 Prevention of significant deterio-
ration of air quality.
insjsiart J—AniblsM Ah Qmmtlf l»rvs»1«iic«
81.100 Ambient air quality monitoring re
qulrements
61.110 General.
61.111 Emission report* and recordkeeplng.
61.211 Testing. Inspection, enforcement.
and complalnU.
61111 Transportation control measure*.
61.114 Continuous emission monitoring.
tvmmmt l—4*mmi A»«fc«tHy
81.130 Requirements for all plans
61 .231 Identification of legal authority.
61.231 Assignment of legal authority to
local agencle*.
M
AGENCY DniONATION
81240 General plan requirements.
81.241 Nonattalnment areas for carbon
monoxide and ozone.
51.241 (Reserved)
712
Envlronmontal Protection Agency
§ 51.40
CONTINUING CONSULTATION PROCESS
51.243 Consultation process objectives.
81.244 Plan elements affected
81.245 Organizations and officials to be
consulted.
61.246 Timing.
61.247 Hearing* on consultation process
violations.
RELATIONSHIP or PLAN TO Onus PLANNING
AND MANAGEMENT PROGRAM*
81.248 Coordination with other programs.
81.24* (Reserved!
61.250 TransmlUal of Information.
61.281 Conformity with Executive Order
12373.
61.262 Summary of plan development par-
ticipation.
61.160 Legally enforceable compliance
schedule*.
61.261 Final compliance schedule*
61.262 Extension beyond one year.
61260 Resource*
11.281 Cople* ol rule* and regulations.
61.268 Public notification.
t+mmt P—totocttwi ml VMWHty
61.300 Purpose and applicability.
81.301 Definition*.
91.301 ImplemenUtlon control strategic*.
81.103 Exemption* from control.
61.104 Identification of Integral vistas.
81.306 Monitoring.
81.304 bong term strategy.
61.307 New source review.
An QUALITY DATA RKTOBTINO ,
81.310 Annual air quality daU report.
Bounce EMIIIION* AND STATE ACTION
RCTOBTIHO
61.121 Annual source emission* and Slate
action report.
61.333 Source* subject to emissions report-
ing.
61.333 Reportable emissions daU and In-
formation.
81.324 Progres* In plan enforcement
81.325 Contingency plan action*.
61.326 Reportable revisions.
61.327 Enforcement order* and other Slate
action*.
61.328 (Reserved)
lufcpatrt ft—f nt«ml*A*
61.340 Request for 2 year extension.
61.341 Request for 18-month extension.
AFPENDICES A—K -|RE*C«VCD|
APPENDIX L- EXAMPLE REGULATIONS POR
PREVENTION or AIR POLLUTION EMERREN
cv EPISODES
APPENDIX M- (RESERVED)
APPENDIX H—EMISSION* REDUCTIONS
ACHIEVABLE THROUGH INSPECTION. MAIN
TENANCE AND RETROFIT Or LIGHT DUTT
VEHICLES
APPENDIX O {RESERVED!
ArrcHDix P— MINIMUM EMISSION MONITOR
ING REQUIREMENT*
APPENDICES Q—R—(RESERVED)
APPENDIX 8—EMISSION Orpsrr INTBRPRETA
TIVE RULING
APPENDIX T—(RESERVED)
APPENDIX U—CLEAN AIR ACT SECTION 174
GUIDELINES
AUTHORITY: This rulemaklng I* promul-
gated under authority of section* lOI(bHI).
110. 140-16*. Ill 118. and 30Ua) of the
Clean Air Act 42 U.8.C. 740KbKI). 7410.
7470-7479. 7601-7608. and 76OI(a>.
Sooacc 34 PR 23304. Nov. 25. 1071. unlesn
otherwise noted.
EDITORIAL NOTE: Nomenclature change*
affecting Part 81 appear at 44 PR (337. Feb.
8. 1610 and 51 FR 40461. Nov. 7. 1086.
Subportt A-C—IRogorvod]
Svbpart D—Mabitonanco of National
Standards
SOURCE: 41 FR 18388. May 3. 1076. unless
otherwise noted.
151.4* Scope.
<•) XppficaOilifV The requirements
of this subpart apply to air quality
maintenance areas (AQMAa) Identi-
fied under I 51.IKKI) and to any areas
Identified under I SI.110U).
(b) AQMA Analyii*. Under this sub-
part, procedures are given for the
analysis of the air quality Impact of
specified pollutant emissions from ex-
isting sources and emissions associated
with projected growth and develop-
ment In areas Identified under para-
graphs (I) and (I) of 151.110. This
analysis Is referred to In this subpart
as an AQMA analysis.
AQUA Plan. Under this subpart,
the Administrator will require a revi-
sion to the State Implementation plan
for areas Identified under I 51.1)0(1) or
I 51.110(1) when necessary to prevent a
national ambient air quality standard
713
-------
§51.111
lematlve control strategies, aa well as
the costs and benefits of each such al
tentative for attainment or mainte-
nance of the national standard.
(h> The plan shall Identify those
areas (counties, urbanized arras.
standard metropolitan statistical
areas, et cetera) which, due to current
air quality and/or projected growth
rate, may have the potential for ex-
ceeding any national standard within
the subsequent 10-year period.
<1> For each such area Identified.
the plan shall generally describe the
Intended method and timing for pro-
ducing the analysis and plan required
by paragraph
of I his section, and make them avail-
able for public Inspection and submit
them to the Administrator at his re
((111 Sl
(4> The State shall notify the Ad
ininlstrator If an area is undergoing an
40 CFR Ch. I (7 I-M fdlllon)
amount of development such that It
presents the potential for a violation
of national standards within a period
of 20 years.
(I) Whenever the Administrator calls
for a plan revision he may, without
publishing the area In Part 62 of this
chapter, require the revision be devel-
oped In accordance with the proce-
dures of Subpart D.
(SI FR 40661 Nov. 1. 1186 u amended at 51
FK 40665. Nov. 7. 1*861
051.111 Description of control meuurei.
Each plan must set forth a control
strategy which Includes the following:
(a) A description of each control
measure that Is Incorporated Into the
plan, and a schedule for Its Implemen-
tation.
(b) Copies of the enforceable laws
and regulations to Implement the
measures adopted In the plan.
A description of the administra-
tive procedures to be used In Imple-
menting each control measure.
(d) A description of enforcement
methods Including, but not limited to:
(1) Procedures for monitoring com-
pliance with each of the selected con-
trol measures.
(2) Procedures for handling viola-
tions, and
(3) A designation of agency responsi-
bility for enforcement of Implementa-
tion.
151.112 Demonstration of adequacy.
(a) Bach plan must demonstrate
that the measures, rules, and regula-
tions Qontalned In It are adequate to
provide for the timely attainment and
maintenance of the national standard
that It Implements. The adequacy of a
control strategy shall be demonstrated
by means of a proporatlonal model or
dispersion model or other procedure
which Is shown to be adequate and ap-
propriate for such purposes.
(b) The demonstration must Include
the following:
<1>A summary of the computations,
assumptions, and Judgments used to
determine the degree of reduction of
emissions (or reductions In the growth
of emissions) that will result from the
Implementation of the control strate
KV
fnvlfonmmttel frotectton Ag«ncy
(2) A presentation of emission levels
expected to result from Implementa-
tion of each measure of the control
strategy.
(3) A presentation of the air quality
levels expected to result from Imple-
mentation of the overall control strat-
egy presented either In tabular form
or aa an Isopleth map showing expect-
ed maximum pollutant concentrations.
(4) A description of the dispersion
models used to project air quality and
to evaluate control strategies.
(5) For Interstate regions, the analy-
sis from each constituent State must.
where practicable, be baaed upon the
aame regional emission Inventory and
air quality baseline. '
951.11*
t f I.III TtaM period for deiMnttratlon of
adequacy.
(a) The demonstration of the ade-
quacy of the control strategy to attain
a primary standard required under
I 61.111 must cover the following peri-
ods:
(1) At leaat three yean from the
date by which the Administrator must
approve or disapprove the plan. If no
extension under Subpart R U granted.
or
(2) At leaat five years from the date
by which the Administrator must ap-
prove or disapprove the plan. If an ex-
tension under Subpart R Is (ranted.
(b) The demonstration of adequacy
to attain a secondary standard re-
quired under 151.112 must cover the
period of time determined to be rea-
sonable under |S1.110(c) for attain-
ment of such secondary standard.
I il.l 14 Emlwlom data and projection!.
(a) Except for lead, each plan must
contain a detailed Inventory of emis-
sions from point and area sources.
Lead requirements are specified In
I 61.117. The Inventory must be based
upon measured emissions or. where
measured emissions are not available,
documented emission factors.
(b) Bach plan must contain a sum-
mary of emission levels projected to
result from application of the new
control strategy.
(c> Each plan must Identify the
sources of the data used In the projec-
tion of emissions.
161.1 It Air ajuallly data and projection..
(a) Each plan must contain a sum-
mary of data shaping existing air
quality.
(b) Each plan must:
(I) Contain a summary of air quality
concentrations expected to result from
application of the control strategy.
and
(2) Identify and describe the disper-
sion model, other air quality model, or
receptor model used.
(c) Actual measurements of air qual-
ity must be used where available If
made by methods specified In Appen-
dix C to Part 58 of this chapter. Esti-
mated air quality using appropriate
modeling techniques may be used to
supplement measurements.
(d) For purposes of developing a con-
trol strategy, background concentra-
tion shall be taken Into consideration
with respect to partlculate nutter. As
used In this subpart. background con-
centration Is that portion of the meas-
ured ambient levels that cannot be re-
duced by controlling emissions from
man-made sources.
(e) In developing an ozone control
strategy for a particular area, back-
ground ozone concentrations and
ozone transported Into an sure* must
be considered. States may assume that
the ozone standard will be attained In
upwind areas.
726
I (I.I I* Data availability.
(a) The State must retain all de-
tailed data and calculations used In
the preparation of each plan or each
plan revision, and make them avail-
able for public Inspection and submit
them to the Administrator at his re-
quest.
(b) The detailed data and calcula-
tions used In the preparation of plan
revisions are not considered a part of
the plan.
(c) Each plan must provide for
public availability of emission data re-
ported by source owners or operators
or otherwise obtained by a State or
local agency. Such emission data must
be correlated with applicable emission
limitations or other measures. As used
In this paragraph, "correlated" means
presented In such a manner as to show
the relationship between measured or
727
-------
EPA-450/4-84-023
Interim Procedures for Evaluating Air
Quality Models (Revised)
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Monitoring and Data Analysis Division
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park. North Carolina 27711
September 1984
-------
&EPA
United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of Air Quality
Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park NC 27711
EPA-450/4.-85-006
July 1985
Air
Interim Procedures
For Evaluating Air
Quality Models:
Experience with
Implementation
-------
REFERENCES FOR SECTION 4.4
-------
EPA-450/2-78-027R
Guideline On Air Quality Models
(Revised)
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air and Radiation
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
July 1986
-------
v>EPA
United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of Air Quality
Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park NC 27711
EPA-450/4-87-013
June 1987
Air
On-Site Meteorological
Program Guidance for
Regulatory Modeling
Applications
EMVIRO;-: •=
AU6 ur>
LIBRARY
-------
"EPA
United States
Environmental Protection
Ageocy
Environmental Monitoring Systems
Laboratory
Research Triangle Park NC 27711
EPA-600 A-82-06C
Fet> 1983
Research and Development
Quality Assurance
Handbook for Air Pollution
Measurement Systems:
Volume IV. Meteorological
Measurements
-------
United States Environmental Monitoring Systems
Environmental Protection Laboratory
Agency Research Triangle Park NC 27711
Research and Development EPA-600/4-82-060 Feb. 1983
v>EPA Quality Assurance
Handbook for Air Pollution
Measurement Systems:
Volume IV. Meteorological
Measurements
Peter L Finkelstein, Daniel A. Mazzarella, Thomas J. Lockhart,
William J. King, and Joseph H. White
-------
REFERENCES FOR SECTION 4.5
-------
EPA-450/2-78-027R
Guideline On Air Quality Models
(Revised)
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air and Radiation
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
July 1986
-------
J»'
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
1 6 MAR 1S8S
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT:
FROM:
TO;
Use of Allowable Emissions for National Ambient Air
Quality Standards (NAAQS) Impact Analyses Under the
evention of Significant
Detc
Technic
risiph (MD-15)
'.o/^*-
Support Division (MD-14)
Thomas J. Maslany, Director
Air Management Division, Region III
William B. Hathaway, Director
Air, Pesticides, & Toxics Div., Region VI
This memorandum is in response to recent requests from your
offices for clarification of the Environmental Protection
Agency's (EPA) policy concerning the implementation of the PSD
air quality impact analysis under 40 CFR 51..I66(k) [also
§52.21(k)]. Of specific concern is the question of whether the
required analysis for new major sources and major modifications
is to be based on actual or allowable emissions from existing
background sources. This memorandum sets forth the position that
allowable emissions should generally be used. However, as
explained below, certain allowances may be made, primarily with
respect to the evaluation of impacts on the long term NAAQS, to
consider an existing source's actual annual operations. This
position best resolves the inconsistencies between previous
written guidance for PSD and the guidance applicable to NAAQS
attainment demonstrations for State implementation plans (SIP's).
The PSD regulations at 40 CFR 51.166(k) stipulate that
"allowable emission increases from the proposed source or
modification, in conjunction with all other applicable emissions
increases... would not cause or contribute to air pollution in
violation of [any national ambient air quality standard
(NAAQS)]." (Emphasis added.) While this provision clearly
requires the use of allowable emissions for the new or modified
source, it offers no similarly explicit requirement regarding
emissions to be used for existing source contributions.
-------
Nationally, States and EPA Regional Offices have utilized
several interpretations which have lead to a consistency problem
in implementing the requirement for a NAAQS demonstration under
40 CFR 51.166(k). Some States presently accept the use of actual
source emissions for existing background point sources, and
reference EPA guidance to support their position. Regions, on
the other hand, encourage the use of emissions estimates more
closely reflecting legally allowable emissions.
Available EPA guidance for PSD, which dates back to 1980,
supports the use of actual emissions to project the air quality
impacts caused by existing point sources. Specifically, the
"Prevention of Significant Deterioration Workshop Manual" (EPA-
450/2-80-081, October 1980) states that "actual emissions should
be used... to reflect the impact that would be detected by
ambient air monitors" for the PSD NAAQS analysis. However,
because many sources typic^.ly emit at rates well below their
legally allowable emission rate on an annual basis, we now
believe that the use of actual emissions to demonstrate NAAQS
attainment could substantially underestimate the potential air
quality impacts resulting from existing sources.
The EPA's policy for demonstrating stationary point source
compliance with the NAAQS for SIP purposes clearly requires the
use of emissions which are more closely tied to allowable
emissions. The model emission input data requirements for such
SIP demonstrations are contained in Table 9-1 of the "Guideline
for Air Quality Models (Revised)" (GAQM), EPA-450/2-78-02R, July
1986. For "nearby background sources" an adjustment to the
allowable emission rate-1 may be made only for determinations of
compliance with the annual and quarterly NAAQS, and only with
respect to the annual operating factor. For "other background
sources" an adjustment to both the operating level and the
operating factor, as explained in Table 9-1, could be made for
determinations of compliance with the long term and short term
NAAQS.
The referenced model emission input data requirements for
existing point sources are contained in the GAQM which has
undergone rulemaking and is incorporated by reference in EPA's
PSD regulations under Parts 51 and 52. Although a footnote in
Table 9-1 indicates that the model input data requirements may
not apply to PSD NAAQS analyses, we now believe that such
requirements should be applied to PSD rather than using actual
emissions as indicated in the 1980 PSD guidance. Thus,
^•Emission rates for model input consist of three components:
1) the emission limit, e.g., 1/mmBtu; 2) the operating level,
e.g., mmBtu/hour; and 3) the operating factor, e.g., hours/day,
hours/year.
-------
compliance demonstrations for PSD and for stationary source
control strategies under SIP's will be accomplished in a
consistent manner.
In order to apply Table 9-1 in the GAQM to PSD NAAQS
analyses, certain clarifications need to be provided. First, the
proposed major new source or major modification must be modeled
at its maximum allowable emission rate. Second, the existing
facility to which a major modification has been proposed, but
whose actual emissions (not including emissions from the proposed
modification) will remain unchanged, may be considered as the
"stationary point source subject to SIP emission limit(s)..." to
determine the model emission input requirements. Portions of the
existing facility where the emission rate is expected to increase
as a result of the proposed modification should be modeled at the
allowable emission rate. Finally, background point sources l)
having already received their construction permit but not yet in
operation, or 2) with less than two years, of operational history,
should also be modeled at their allowable, emission rate.
Of course, an analysis which demonstrates no contravention
of the standards, based entirely on maximum allowable emissions
rates (including full operation for the entire year) for all
modeled point sources is acceptable. If a violation of any NAAQS
is revealed by this type of analysis, then the adjustments
described above may be made in cases where it can be shown to the
satisfaction of the permit granting agency that historical
operating levels and/or operating factors will be representative
of future conditions.
This use of Table 9-1 of the GAQM for accomplishing the
required PSD NAAQS analysis will supersede the various procedural
interpretations presently being applied. Since different
procedures are currently in use, we believe that it is necessary
to provide a grace period for implementing the required
procedure. Consequently, modeling analyses for any PSD
application submitted to the reviewing agency on or after
October 1, 1989 should be based on legally allowable emissions or
must use the model emission input data requirements contained in
Table 9-1 of the GAQM as clarified above for PSD purposes.
cc: Air Branch Chief, Regions I-X
New Source Review Contacts
Regional Modeling Contacts
E. Lillis
J. Tikvart
T. Helms
B. Bauman
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
3 MAY 1989
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Ident^t^k^tffjof rlew Areas Exceeding the NAAQS
FROM: jrjWtfT CalcagnTT^DiX.ector
bent Division (MD-15)
TO: William Laxton, Director
Technical Support Division (MD-14)
This is in response to your earlier request for our
consideration of two modeling related State implementation plan
(SIP) issues. Specifically, the two issues are: (1) approval of
a proposed SIP emission limit for a source under consideration
when there are modeled violations of the national ambient air
quality standards (NAAQS) due to nearby background sources in the
surrounding area, and (2) the resource burden associated with
assembling the data necessary for modeling the background
sources. This memorandum restates the existing policy developed
by the Model Clearinghouse and discusses.limited exceptions to
the policy.
SIP Approvals
our general policy may be summarized as follows:
*
1. Background concentrations are an essential part of the
total air quality concentration to be considered in
determining source impacts. Nearby sources which are
expected to cause a significant concentration gradient
in the vicinity of the source under consideration
should be explicitly modeled (as "background" sources).
2. Under section 110 of the Clean Air Act, each SIP must
provide for attainment and maintenance of the NAAQS.
Where background sources are found to cause or
contribute to a violation, a SIP revision for the
source under consideration generally should not be
approved until each violation in the modeled Region is
prevented or eliminated through the SIP rules. This
policy avoids approval of a SIP revision which does not
provide for attainment throughout the modeled area.
-------
I also recognize that section 110 allows for approval of
portions of SIPS. Therefore, exceptions to the general policy
may be warranted in certain circumstances. Before any exception
will be considered, it must be clearly shown that the SIP would
be improved as a result of the partial approval. As a minimum,
the following factors should be considered in determining
exceptions to the general policy:
l. Approval would not interfere with expeditious
attainment (i.e., emissions from the source under
consideration do not cause or contribute to the modeled
violation).
2. There would be an environmental benefit (i.e., the SIP
revision would result in an actual emissions decrease
and ambient air quality improvement).
3. Enforcement of the SIP would be improved (e.g., without
approval there would be no federally enforceable
measure for the source under consideration or
ambiguities in the previous limit serve to frustrate
enforcement efforts).
Where it is found that an exception should be made based on
the above factors, we expect the proposed approval notice to
specifically identify the background source violations and
clearly state that the State retains an obligation to take action
expeditiously to correct the background violations. The final
approval notice for the source under consideration should not: be
promulgated before the State acknowledges the background
violations and submits an acceptable schedule for corrective
action. The schedule would then be included in the final notice
as the State's response to EPA's identification of violations. A
SIP call pursuant to section 110(a)(2)(H) should be issued where
a State fails to acknowledge its obligation and submit a schedule
for resolution of violations during the comment period.
Resources
The resource burden associated with assembling the necessary
data and modeling the background sources has been extensively
discussed through the Model Clearinghouse and annual modelers'
workshops. I believe that the resource burden associated with
modeling background sources using current modeling guidance need
not be as great as it potentially appears.
The Guideline on Air Quality Models (Guideline 1 states that
the nearby (background) source inventory should be determined in
consultation with the local air pollution control agency.
Specifically, the Guideline states that "The number of
(background) sources is expected to be small except in unusual
-------
situations." In this and in other areas, the Guideline
necessarily provides flexibility and requires judgment to be
exercised by the reviewing agency. The resource burden may be
mitigated somewhat by application of this judgement.
In investigating whether more explicit guidance is needed,
my staff has coordinated with the Model Clearinghouse and the
modeling and SO, contacts in each Regional Office. Given the
flexibility that is provided by existing guidance and the
tendency for more explicit policy to reduce this flexibility, no
further guidance was judged necessary. The Regional Offices
generally have been able to work with their States to collect
sufficient data to support the necessary modeling. Consequently,
there was little support for the suggestion to revise the current
policy to more explicitly limit the number of sources that should
be modeled for downwash.
Conclusion
I believe that an exception to the general policy regarding
processing of SIP revisions may be warranted where it is in the
best interests of air quality to approve certain SIP revisions
notwithstanding the existence of violations due to background
sources. However, the affected State retains an obligation to
take corrective action in response to any properly conducted
analyses which demonstrate a violation. This policy is
consistent with the Guideline and Model Clearinghouse actions.
My staff is available to assist in application of this policy on
a case-by-case basis.
If you would like to discuss these issues further, please
call me or have your staff contact Doug Grano at extension 5255.
cc: R. Bauman
R. Campbell
P. Embrey (OGC)
E. Ginsburg
Grano
J. Silvasi
D. Stonefield
J. Tikvart
D. Wilson
Air Division Directors, Regions I-X
-------
f
v
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park. North Carolina 2771 1
OCT 1 o 1955
t€MORANDUM
SUBJECT: Questions and Answers on Implementing the
Revised Stack Height Regulation
FROM: 6. T. Helms, Chieff- I U--9-' «-
Control Programs Operations Branch (MD-15)
TO: Chief, A1r Branch, Regions I-X
A number of questions have arisen in several areas of the revised
stack height regulation since Its promulgation on July 8. The following
answers have been developed in response. The questions and answers are
arranged under the general topic headings of Interpretation of the regula-
tion, State Implementation plan (SIP) requirements, and modeling analyses.
Please continue to call Sharon Relnders at 629-5526 1f you have further
comments or additional questions.
Interpretation of the Regulation
1. Q: What criteria should be used to determine when a stack was 'in
existence" with respect to the various grandfather}ng dates in the
regul ation?
A: The recent promulgation of revisions to the stack height regulation
did not change the definition of "in existence." The definition is provided
in 40 CFR 51.1(gg) and includes either the commencement of continuous
construction on the stack or entering into a binding contract for stack
construction, the cancellation of which would result in "substantial
loss" to the source owner or operator. The definition of what constitutes
a "substantial loss" will be the subject of future guidance.
2. Q: What "source" definition should be used in determining whether tie-
ins to grandfathered stacks should be permitted or prohibited?
A: The term "source" in this instance means a single emitting unit.
Thus, credit for tying a single post-1970 unit(s) into a grandfathered
stack serving a number of old units is prohibited under the regulation.
-------
•2-
3. 0: What is meant in the regulation by "facility?
A: For purposes of this regulation, the definition contaifled in
40 CFR 51.301(d) should be used. That definition essentially defines the
term as the entire complex of emitting activities on one property or
contiguous properties controlled by a single owner or designee.
4. 0: Must good engineering practice (GEP) stack height be established
separately for each pollutant? If not, how should it be determined?
A: It is not necessary to calculate a separate GEP stack height for
each pollutant. Since "SEP" is defined by Section 123 of the Clean A1r
Act as the height necessary to ensure against excessive concentrations of
any air pollutant, 1t follows that GEP should be established for each
source based on the pollutant requiring the greatest height to avoid
excessive concentrations.
5. Q: How should "reliance" on the 2.SH formula be determined?
A: First, "reliance" on the 2.5H formula applies only to stacks 1n
existence before January 12, 1979. Credit for "reliance" on the 2.5H
formula, can be granted under the following, cases: (a) Where the stack
was actually built to a height less than or equal to 2.5H; (b) Where the
stack was built taller than 2.5H and the emission limitation reflects the
use of 2.SH 1n the SIP modeling analysis; or (c) Where evidence 1s provided
to show "reliance" as discussed 1n the following paragraph. If no modeling
was used to set the emission limitation for the source, then it cannot be
argued that there was "reliance" on the formula, since EPA's guidance was
specifically aimed at using stack height credit in establishing emission
limitations. Once 1t is determined that the emission limitation was in
fact b&sed on estimates of dispersion from the stack, then the source can
be said to have properly "relied" on .the 2.5H formula. In the event that
it cannot be determined that the emission limit is based on "reliance" on
the 2.5H formula, then the refined H * 1.5L formula must be used.
Where & clear relationship between a 2.5H stack height and the
emission limitation cannot be shown, where the emission limitation was
not calculated based precisely on the 2.5H. height, or where the stack
height used in modeling cannot be verified, then additional evidence will
be needed. Preferred would be written documentation, such as copies of
the original engineering calculations or correspondence between the State
or the «n1s$1on source owner and EPA indicating that the 2.5H formula
should be used to derive the emission limitation. However, recognizing
that such evidence 1s often not retained for more than a few years,
"reconstructed" documentation may be considered, but should only be used
as a last resort. This evidence should include explanations by those
individuals who were involved in designing the facility, calculating
emission rates, and who represented the facility in dealings with the
-------
-3-
State and EPA on how the emission 11rait was derived, including a discussion
of how the formula was originally used in deriving the source emission
limitation, a discussion of the analytical method applied, and a listing
of any contacts or discussions with EPA during that period. This listing
will aid EPA in searching its own files to find any records of communication
or correspondence that may bear on the Issue.
In no case should a source be allowed after January 12, 1979, to
obtain a relaxation in the emission limitation by arguing that it "relied"
on past EPA guidance endorsing the 2.5H formula. In cases where a relaxation
based on GEP formula height 1s sought 1n the future, the refined H + 1.51
formula must be used.
6. Q: The preamble specifically discusses cooling towers as structures to
which the formula should not be applied. Will the Office of Air Quality
Planning and Standards be specifying other structures that are not well
represented by the formula?
A: The discussion in the preamble and SEP guideline is not Intended to
be all-inclusive; judgment should be used in determining when fluid
modeling should be used to estimate the effects of structures with rounded,
domed, or tapered shapes. Water towers and storage tanks are additional
examples of such structures. As additional Information becomes available
on the aerodynamic effects of specific building shapes and configurations,
we will evaluate the need to revise the GEP guidance. 'However, at present,
there are no plans to Issue a "laundry list* of structures to which the
formulas do not apply.
SIP Requirements
7. Q: Should a compliance averaging time be explicitly stated in a
SIP revision for sulfur dioxide (S02) emission limits that are revised to
meet the stack height regulation?
A: A compliance averaging time need not be specified as an enforceable
SIP provision as long as a stack test compliance method is in place in the
underlying federally approved SIP, EPA's current national policy requires
that SIP's and permits contain enforceable 'short-terra" emission limits
set to limit maximum emissions to a level which ensures protection of the
short-term national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS) and prevention
of significant deterioration (PSD) increments. EPA relies upon a short-term
stack test provision in the SIP as the method of determining compliance
with the emission limits. In lieu of a stack test, EPA has accepted fuel
sampling and analysis and continuous emission in-stack monitors (CEM's).
When compliance is to be determined from information obtained by fuel
sampling and analysis and CEM's, short-term averaging times should be
specified.
-------
-4-
8. Q: Are all States -equired to have "stack height regulations"?
A: Limitations on creditable stack height and dispersion techniques
impact the SIP program in two areas—SIP emission limits for existing
sources and SIP provisions covering new source review (NSR)/PSD permitting
procedures. For existing sources, State regulations limiting credit for
stack height and other dispersion techniques (stack height regulations)
are not necessary as long as the SIP emission limits are not affected in
any manner by so much of the stack height as exceeds GEP, or any other
dispersion technique. Where a State has stack height regulations, those
regulations must be consistent with EPA's regulation. Where a SIP contains
regulations that are inconsistent with EPA's regulation, the State must
either adopt a stack height regulation that 1s consistent with EPA's or
Incorporate the EPA regulation by reference.
For the NSR/PSD programs, 1t 1s essential that the plan contain
limitations on the amount of creditable stack height and other dispersion
techniques. The following cases have been developed to Illustrate what
act1on(s) may be required of the State since promulgation of the stack
height regul atlon.
CASE AU): A fully or partially delegated PSO program that references but
does not define GEP where the delegation agreement does not contain
a date to define which version of the PSO rule is being "oeTegated.
ACTION: Notify the State that all permits Issued henceforth must be
consistent with EPA's stack height regulation. All permits
previously issued must be reviewed and revised as necessary
within 9 months.
CASE A(2): A fully or partially delegated PSO program that references
but does not define GEP where the delegation agreement
does contain a date to define which version of the PSD rule
is being delegated.
ACTION: Update the delegation agreement to reflect agreement with EPA's
stack height regulation as of July 8, 1985. Notify the State
that all permits issued henceforth oust be consistent with
EPA's stack height regulation. All permits previously Issued
must be reviewed and revised as necessary within 9 months.
CASE B: The current federally approved SIP for NSR/PSO does not
contain a reference to GEP or dispersion techniques, i.e.,
provisions assuring that emission limitations will not be
affected by stack height in excess of SEP or any prohibited
dispersion techniques do not exist in the current SIP.
-------
-5-
ACTION: Notify the State that such provisions must be adopted and
submitted as a SIP revision within 9 months. This can be
accomplished by adopting stack height regulations at the
State level or by adopting the appropriate reference and
conrai twent to comply with EPA's stack height regulation as
promulgated on July 8, 1985. Interim permitting should be
consistent with EPA's stack height regulation.**
CASE C: The current federally approved SIP for NSR/PSD contains
references to, but does not define, SEP or dispersion techniques.
ACTION: Notify the State that a connltnent to comply with EPA's stack
height regulation as promulgated on July 8, 1985, 1s required.
If a State 1s unable to make such a cownitaent, State regulations
must be revised to be consistent and submitted to EPA as a SIP
revision within $ months and interim permitting should be
consistent with EPA's stack height regulation. No "grace
period" will be allowed for sources receiving permits between
July 1985 and April 1986.**
CASE 0; The current federally approved SIP for NSR/PSD contains stack
height regulations that are Inconsistent with EPA's regulation.
ACTION: Notify the State that such regulations must be revised to be
consistent and submitted as a SIP revision within 9 months
and that interim permitting should be consistent with EPA's
stack height regulation.**
CASE E(l): A SIP for NSR/PSD has been submitted to EPA, or will be
submitted to EPA before the due date for stack height revisions.
The submittal contains provisions that conflict with .EPA's
stack height regulation.
ACTION: Notify the State that EPA cannot approve the submittal until
it is revised pursuant to EPA's July 8, 1985, regulation.
**In the event that a State does not have legal authority to comply with
EPA's regulation in the Interim (e.g., because 1t must enforce State
rules that are inconsistent with EPA's regulation) and 1s compelled to
issue a permit that does not meet the requirements of the EPA revised
stack height regulation, then EPA should notify the State that such
permits do not constitute authority under the Clean A1r Act to commence
construction.
-------
-6-
CASE E(2): As in Case £(1), a SIP for NSR/PSD has been submitted to EPA
or will be submitted to EPA before the due date for stack
height revisions. The submittal is not inconsistent with
EPA's stack height regulation, but portions of the existing
approved SIP that relate to the submittal are inconsistent.
ACTION: Approve the SIP submittal based on a commitment by the State
to correct the inconsistencies in its existing SIP to comport
with EPA's July 8 regulation and submit the corrections as a
SIP revision within 9 months. Interia permitting should be
consistent with EPA's stack height regulation.** If the exist-
ing SIP 1s ambiguous, i.e., the SIP references but does not
define terms relating to SEP or dispersion techniques, the
action steps outlined in Case C above should be followed.
CASE F: In nonattainment areas, emission limits or permits do not always
include mod el ins. but rather are based on lowest achievable
emission rate (LAER) and offsets.
ACTION: If no modeling is used in the Issuance of a permit, the emission
requirements for the source are not "affected" by stack heights
or dispersion techniques, and no action 1s needed. However, 1f
modeling was used in the process of preparing and issuing a
permit, such as cases where offsets were obtained offslte, that
modeling must be reviewed for consistency with the stack height
regulation.
9. 0: What must all States do now that EPA's stack height regulation is
promulgated?
A: States must review and revise.their SIP's as necessary to include or
revise provisions to limit stack height credits and dispersion techniques
to comport with the revised regulations, and, in addition, review and
revise all emission limitations that are affected by stack height credit
above SEP or any other dispersion techniques. In accordance with Section
406(d)(2) of the Clean A1r Act, States have 9 months from promulgation to
suomit the revised SIP's and revised SIP emission limitations to EPA.
In an August 7, 1985, memo titled "Implementation of the Revised
Stack Height Regulation-request for Inventory and Action Plan to Revise
SIP's," Regional Offices were requested to begin working with each of
their States to develop States' Action Plans. Each Action Plan should
include the following: (1) An Inventory of (a) all stacks greater than
65 meters (m), (b) stacks at sources which exceed 5,000 tons per year
total allowable $63 emissions; and (2) A reasonable schedule of dates for
significant State actions to conform both State stack height rules and
emission limitations to EPA's stack height regulation. Schedules should
include increments of progress. Regional Offices should be satisfied
that each of their States provide scnedules for completion of the tasks
-------
as outlined in the August meno and report the status of schedule commitments
to them on a monthly basis. Regional Offices have been asked to forward
monthly status reports to the Control Programs Development Division on
the States' progress to meet scheduled commitments and also report the
results of followup with the States on schedules that are not met. In
order to facilitate tracking the States monthly progress, guidance on a
standardized format will be issued shortly.
Modeling Analyses
10. Q: Is there any restriction or prohibition against, or demonstration
required for, raising an existing (or replacing) stack up to 65 m?
A: No, as long as prohibited dispersion techniques are not employed.
11. Q: Are flares considered to be stacks?
A: No, flares are excluded from the regulation.
12. Q: What load should be used for a fluid modeling demonstration?
A:- One hundred percent load should generally be used unless there
is a compelling argument otherwise..
13. Q: Can new or modified sources who have agreed to a case-by-case
best available control technology (BACT) emission rate be required to use
this rate for fluid modeling rather than a less stringent new source
performance standard (NSPS) emission rate?
A: As set forth in 40 CFR 51.1 (kk), the allowable emission rate to
be used in making demonstrations under this part shall be prescribed by
the NSPS that is applicable to the source category unless the owner or
operator demonstrates that this emission rate is.infeasibl e.
U. Q: Must the exceed*nce of NAAQS or PSD increment due to d own was n, wakes,
or eddies occur at a location meeting the definition of ambient air?
A: No, the exceedance may occur at any location, including that to
which the general public does not have access.
15. Q: Is a source that meets NSPS or BACT emission Units subject to
restrictions on plume merging?
A: Yes. However, 1n a majority of such cases, there will be no practical
effect since BACT or NSPS limits will be sufficient to assure attainment
without credit for plume rise enhancement.
-------
-8-
Q: What stack parameters are to be used in modeling when the actual
stac* height is greater than GEP height?
A: Where it is necessary to reduce stack height credit below what is •; r
existence, for modeling purposes, use existing stack gas exit parameters--
temperature and flow rate--and existing stack top diameter and model at
GEP height.
17. 0- How should a stack that 1s less than GEP height be modeled when
dispersion techniques are employed?
A: In order to establish an appropriate mission limitation where a
source desires to construct less than a GEP stack but use dispersion
techniques to make up the difference in plune rise, two cases should be
tested. First, conduct a modeling analysis Inputting the GEP stack
height without enhanced dispersion parameters, then conduct a second
analysis Inputting the less than GEP stack height with the Increased
plume rise. The more stringent emission limitation resulting from each
of the two runs should be the one specified as the enforceable limitation.
18. Q: How are the effects of prohibited dispersion techniques to be exclf
for morfeling purposes?
A: Where prohibited dispersion techniques have been used, modeling to
exclude their effects on the mission limitation will be accomplished by
using the temperature and flow rates as the gas stream enters the stack, anc
recalculating stack parameters to exclude the prohibited techniques
(e.g., calculate stack diameter without restrictions in place, determine
exit gas temperatures before the use of prohibited reheaters, etc.).
19. Q: How are single flued merged stacks and multiflued stacks to be
treated in a modeling analysis?
A: This is a multistep process. First, sources with allowable $03
emissions below b,000 tons/year may be modeled accounting for any plume
merging that has been employed. For larger sources, multiflued stacks
are considered as prohibited dispersion techniques in the same way as
single flued merged gas streams unless one of the three allowable conditions
has been met; i.e., (1) the source owner or operator demonstrates that
the facility was originally designed and constructed with such merged gas
streams; (2) after date of promulgation, demonstrate that such merging is
associated with a change in operation at the facility that includes the
installation of pollution controls and results 1n a net reduction in the
allowable emissions of the pollutant for which credit 1s sought; or (3)
before date of promulgation, demonstrate that such merging did not result
in any increase in the allowable emissions (or, in the event that no
emission limit existed, actual emission level) and was associated with a
change in operation at tne facility that included the installation of
-------
-9-
envissions control equipment OP was carried out for sound economic or
engineering reasons, as demonstrated to EPA. Guidelines on what constitutes
sound economic or engineering justification will be issued shortly.
If plume merging from multiflued stacks is not allowable, then each
flue/liner must be modeled as a separate source and the combined impact
determined. For single flued merged stacks where credit is not allowed,
each unit should be modeled as a separate stack located at the same
point. The exit parameters, I.e. velocity and temperature, would be the
sane as for the existing merged stack conditions and the volume flow rate
based on an apportionment of the flow from the Individual units.
20. 0? What stack height for point sources should be Input to air quality
dispersion modeling for the purpose of demonstrating protection of the
NAAQS and PSO increments?
A: A discussion of the maximum stack height credit to be used in modelir
analyses is provided in the "Guideline for Determination of Good Engineering
Practice Stack Height" and provides that the SEP stack height should be
used as Input to the model assessment. If a source is operating with a
less than GEP stack height, then the actual stack height should be input
to the "model.
21. Q: What stack height should be used for background sources in
modeKag analyses?
A: The GEP-stack height for each background source should
be input to the model assessment. If a background source is operating
with a less than GE? stack height, then the actual stack height should be
input to the model.
22. Q: Can credit for pi me merging due to installation of control
equipment for total suspended particulate (TSP) matter be allowed when
setting the SOj 1imit?
A: To state the question another way, the concern is what impact
the merging and installation of control equipment have on the emission
limit for another pollutant, and whether the merging occurred before or
after July 8, 1985. After July 8, 1985, any exclusion from the definition
of "dispersion techniques" applies only to the emission limitation for
the pollutant affected by such change in operation and 1s accompanied by
a net reduction in allowable emissions of the pollutant. For example, a
source tears down two old stacks and builds one new GEP stack with an
electrostatic precipitator (ESP). This results in a net reduction in TSP
emissions. This source could model using stack gas characteristics
resulting from merging the two gas streams in setting the TSP emission
limit, but may not so model and receive the credit for stack merging when
evaluating the SQj emission limit.
-------
Before July 8, 1985, installation of TSP pollution control equipment
generally justifies the merging of the stacks for TSP. However, if a
source's emission limitation for SOj increased after the merging, then
credit would generally not be allowed since it is presumed that the
merging was to increase dispersion.
A source with no previous SOj emission limit that merges stacks and
installs an ESP for TSP control may consider the effects of merging on
compliance with the TSP NAAQS but may not use merging to justify setting
an S02 emission limit less stringent than Its actual emission rate before
the merging.
23. Q: If, after determining SEP stack height by fluid modeling,
dispersion modeling under other than "downwash" meteorological conditions
shows that a lower emission limit than that from the fluid model G£P
analysis 1s necessary to meet ambient air quality constraints, should a
new stack height be defined for the source?
A: No. GEP stack height is set. Ambient air quality problems
predicted by dispersion modeling at the fluid modeled height means that i
more stringent emission limit 1s necessary.
*»
24. Q: Does EPA intend to issue additional guidance on fluid modeling
demonstrations?
A: See the attached memo from Joseph A. Tikvart, Chief, Source
Receptor Analysis Branch, to David Stonefleld, Chief, Policy Development
Section, on guidance for a discussion of existing and additional guidance
on fluid model demonstrations.
Attachment
cc: Stack Height Contacts
Gerald Emison
Ron Campbell
B. J. Steigerwald
-------
MAR 31 1989
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Application of Building Downwash in Prevention of
Significant Deterioration (PSD) Permit Analyses
FROM: John Calcagni, Director
Air Quality Management Division (MD-15)
TO: William B. Hathaway, Director
Air, Pesticides, and Toxics Division (6T)
Region VI
Thank you for your memorandum of March 8, 1989 in which you
urge consideration of changes to EPA's current policy of applying
building downwash to background sources in PSD modeling. Your
memorandum describes problems associated with the collection of
building dimension data necessary for downwash modeling, and you
suggest that EPA might issue rules and provide funding to collect
this building data. Alternatively, you believe that downwash
modeling should not be required for any background sources.
Members of my staff are currently analyzing several
approaches for handling background sources. This will be the
subject of a future conference call with the Regional Offices.
In the interim, some of our concerns regarding this issue and
your specific suggestions are discussed below.
The Guideline on Air Quality Models notes that background
concentrations are an essential part of the total air quality
concentration to be considered in determining source impacts and
therefore requires certain background sources to be fully
modeled. The Guideline indicates that "... all sources
expected to cause a significant concentration gradient in the
vicinity of the source or sources under consideration for
emission limit(s) should be explicitly modeled." This guidance
provides considerable flexibility and requires judgment to be
exercised by the reviewing agency in identifying which background
sources should be fully modeled. The burden of collecting
building dimension data may be mitigated somewhat by application
of this judgment. We are exploring the development of additional
guidance to better assist in this judgment. However, I caution
that it may not be possible to establish many objective "bright
line" tests that will eliminate the need for Regional Office
judgment in individual cases.
-------
I realize that information needed to model background
sources is frequently not contained in the State's existing
emission inventory. In some cases the applicant will need the
reviewing agency to assist in collecting the data. However, I am
not convinced that we must undertake a national effort to issue
regulations or to fund the States/Regional Offices to collect the
data. It is important to note that the PSD rules place this
burden primarily on the proposed source, not the regulatory
agencies.
Your memorandum suggests that the PSD analyses could ignore
building downwash effects. I do not believe that the PSD rules
and the Guideline allow this alternative. Further, since it is
not unusual to find a national ambient air quality standards
(NAAQS) violation caused by downwash, the PSD analysis must
carefully consider that possibility. If a proposed source
contributes to a NAAQS violation caused by downwash from a
background source, the permit cannot be issued. On the other
hand, not every source potentially subject to downwash must be
evaluated. Therefore, we are pursuing alternatives to better
define the range within which detailed modeling should be
required.
In summary, please be assured that we are sensitive to the
issues raised in your memorandum and that we will coordinate with
Region VI in this effort. If you have any questions, please
contact me or have your staff contact Doug Grano at 629-5255.
cc: R. Bauraan
D. deRoeck
E. Ginsburg
D. Grano
w. Laxton
E. Lillis
J. Tikvart
D. Wilson
J. Yarbrough
AQMD:SDPMPB:DGrano:PFinch:RTF(MD-15):629-5255:3-29-89
DataTech/DOWNWASH.R6
Control Number AQMD-023 Due Date: 3-29-89
Response coordinated with New Source Review Section and Source
Receptor Analysis Branch.
-------
REFERENCES FOR SECTION 4.6
-------
EPA-450/2-78-027R
Guideline On Air Quality Models
(Revised)
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air and Radiation
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
July 1986
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
I r4M£? 3 Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
^^VlV^ Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
February 15, 1989
SUBJECT: Modeling Requirements for Pennsylvania Power and Light
(PP&L), Martins Creek, Pennsylvania
FROM: Robert D. Bauman, Chief
SO,/Particulate Matter Programs Branch (MD-15)
TO: Joseph Tikvart, Chief
Source Receptor Analysis Branch (MD-14)
This is in response to a memorandum dated January 4, 1989 from
Al Cimorelli, Region 3, to Dean Wilson of your branch. Since this
appears to be more of a policy than a technical issue, my branch
agreed to prepare a response.
Region 3 is asking if EPA policy would allow PP&L's modeling
analysis to address only the designated nonattainment area in
Warren County, New Jersey. If so, it might be possible to
reclassify the Warren County area to attainment without an
evaluation of PP&L's impact outside the Warren County nonattainment
area. Additionally, the Region has asked if a redesignation for
Warren County could proceed independent of any revision to the
Pennsylvania SIP, in the event the modeling analysis shows Warren
County to be attainment but shows a modeled violation in
Pennsylvania.
The Guideline on Air Quality Models ( Revised^ (Guideline^ on
page 1-3 states that the current guidance should be followed in all
air quality analyses relative to State implementation plans and in
analyses required by EPA, State and local agency air programs. This
policy is consistent with stack height implementation policy and
general guidance found in a January 2, 1985 memorandum from SRAB
to the regional modeling contacts. Guidance contained in the
Guideline recommends on page 9-8 that "all sources expected to
cause a significant concentration gradient in the vicinity of the
source or sources under consideration for emission limit(s) should
be explicitly modeled." On page 8-4, the Guideline states that
"Receptor sites for refined modeling should be utilized in
sufficient detail to estimate the highest concentrations and
possible violations of a NAAQS or a PSD increment."
-------
I believe that application of guidance noted above does not
allow a partial modeling analysis. If a modeling analysis is
required for any reason, that analysis must meet the requirements
of the Guideline.
Redesignation policy is generally contained in the April 21,
1983 memorandum from Sheldon Meyers to the Regional Air Directors.
That policy includes requirements for a modeling analysis
demonstrating attainment and evidence of implementation of the
approved SIP. As noted by Region 3, PP&L's analysis may show
violations at locations outside of the designated nonattainment
area, while demonstrating an absence of violations within the
nonattainment area. In such an event, the existing SIP may be
judged adequate to demonstrate attainment in Warren County and an
action to redesignate the area to attainment could proceed before
the State completes the necessary effort to resolve the violations
outside the nonattainment area. While separate rulemaJcing actions
are possible, it may be mor ? efficient to consolidate the
redesignation and SIP revision actions whenever possible.
I trust
concerns.
st that this memorandum is responsive to Region 3's
If you need any additional information, please call me.
cc: A. Cimorelli, Region 3
\_JfrT" Ginsburg, OAQPS/AQMD
D. Grano, OAQPS/AQMD
S. Sambol, Region 2
D. Wilson, OAQPS/TSD
-------
REFERENCES FOR SECTION 4.7
-------
EPA-450/2-78-027R
Guideline On Air Quality Models
(Revised)
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air and Radiation
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park. NC 27711
July 1986
-------
REFE' NCES FOR SECTION 5.1
-------
278S2
Federal Register / Vol. 50. No. 130 / Monday. July 8, 1985 / Rules and Regulations
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
AGcNCY
40 CFR Part 51
IAD-FRL-2847-6I
Stack Height Regulation
AGENCY: Err. .ror.men: j! Protection
Aatr-.c:- (EPA).
ACTION: Find! ruiemaking
SUMMARY: Section 123 of the Clean Air
Art. as amended, requires EPA to
pror.r.Igate regulations to ensure that
t.-.e aearte of emission limitation
required for tne control of any air
pollutant under an applicable Slate
implementation plan (SIP) is not
affected by lhat portion of any stack
height which exceeds auod engineering
practice (GEP', or by any other
dispersion technique. A regulation
implementing section 123 was
prorr.uig.itcti on February 8. 1982. at 47
FR 5864. Revisions to the regulation
were proposed on November 9. 1964. at
49 FR 44878. Today's action incorporates
changes to the proposal and adopts this
regulation in final form.
CPFCCTtvK OATt This regulation
becomes effective on August 7, 1985.
POM PUHTMCft INFORMATION CONTACT:
Eric O. Gmsburg, MD-15. Office of Air
Quality Planning and Standards. EPA.
Research Triangle Park. North Carolina
27711. Telephone (919) 541-5540.
SUPPIC MtNTAKY INFORMATION:
Docket Statement
Pertinent information concerning this
regulation is included in Docket Number
A-83-49. The docket is open for public
inspection between the hours of &00
a.m. and 4.00 p.m.. Monday through
Friday, at the EPA Central Docket
Section, West Tower Lobby, Gallery
One. 401 M Street. SW.. Washington.
D.C. Background documents normally
available to the public, such as Federal
Register nonces and Congressional
reports, are not included in the docket.
A reasonable fee may be charged for
copying cocumenis.
Background
Section 123. which was added to the
Clean Air Act by the 1977 Amendments.
regulates the manner in which
techniques for disperson of pollutants
from a source may be considered in
setting emission limitations. Specifically,
section 123 requires that the degree of
emission limitation shall not be affected
by that portion of a stack which exceeds
GEP or by "any other dispersion
technique." It defines GEP. with respect
to stack heights as:
the height necessary to insure that emissions
from the stack do noi result in excesaive
concentrations of toy air pollutant in the
immediate vicinity of the source is a result of
atmospheric downwash eddies or wakes
which may be created by the source itself.
nearby structures or nearby terrain obttacles
. . (Section I23|c)|
Section 123 further provides that GEP
stack height shal! not exceed two and
one-halt times the heigh! of the source
(2.5H) unless a demonstration is
performed showing that a higher stack is
needed to avoid "excessive
concentrations." As the legislative
history of section 123 makes clear, this
reference to a two and one-half times
test reflects the established practice of
using a formula for determining the GEP
stack height needed to avoid excessave
downwash. Finally, section 123 provides
that the Administrator shall regulate
only stack height credits—that is. the
portion of the stack height used in
calculating an emission limitation—-
rather than actual stack heights.
With respect to "other dispersion
techniques" for which emission
limitation credit it restricted, the statute
is less specific. It states only that the
term shall include intermittent and
supplemental control systems (ICS,
SCS). but otherwise leaves the definition
of that term to the discretion of the
Administrator.
Thus the statute delegates to the
Administrator the responsibility for
defining key phrases, including
"excesaive concentrations" and
"nearby," with respect to both
structures and terrain obstacles, and
"other dispersion techniques." The
Administrator must also define the
requirements of an adequate
demonstration justifying stack height
credits in excess of the 2.5H formula.
Rulemaking and Litigation
On February 8.1982 (47 FR 5864). EPA
promulgated final regulations limiting
stack height credits and other dispersion
techniques. Information concerning the
development of the regulation was
included in Docket Number A-79-01 and
is available for inspection at the EPA
Central Docket Section. This regulation
was challenged in the U.S. Court of
Appeals for the D.C. Circuit by the
Sierra Club Legal Defense Fund. Inc. the
Natural Resources Defense Council Inc.:
and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
in Sierra Club v. EPA. 719 F. 2d 436. On
October 11.1983. the court issued its
decision ordering EPA to reconsider
portions of the stack height regulation.
reversing certain portions and upholding
other portions. Further discussion of the
court decision is provided later in this
notice.
Administrative Proceedings Subscque-n
to the Court Decision
On December 19.19S3. EPA held a
publ.c meeting to take comments to
assist the Agenry m implemtntir.g the
mandate of the court. This meeting was
announced in the Federal Register en
December 8.1963. at 48 FR 54999.
Comments rpce'ved by EPA are
included in Docr.e; Nurr.hfr A-83-49 Or,
Februar. 28. 1984. the eiec'.r c power
industry filed a petition f j: a \-. n; of
certiorate with the L'.S S-premr Court
While the petition was per, '.r.g before
the court, the mandate frjrr. '.ne L'.S
Court of Appeals was stayed. On |ui> 2
1964. the Supreme Cour' denied the
petition (104 S.Ct. 3571). and on |ul> 18
1964. the Court of Appeals' mandate
was formally issued, implementing the
court's decision and requinng EPA to
promulgate revisions to the stack heisht
regulations within € months. The
promulgation deadline was ultimately
extended to June 27.1985. in order to
provide additional opportunities for
public comment to allow EPA to hold a
public hearing on January 8.1985. and to
provide additional time for EPA to
complete its analysis of rulemaking
alternatives.
Documents
In conjunction with the 1982
regulation and this revision. EPA
developed several technical and
guidance documents. These served as
background information for the
regulation, and are included in Dockets
A-79-01 and A-83-49. The following
documents have been or will be placed
in the National Technical Information
Service (NTIS) system and may be
obtained by contacting NTIS at 5285
Port Royal Road. Springfield. Virginia
22161.
(1) "Guideline for Use of Fluid
Modeling to Determine Good
Engineering Stack Height." July 1981.
EPA. Office of Air Quality Planning and
Standards. EPA-450/4-81-003 (NTIS
PB82 145327).
(2) "Guideline for Fluid Modeling of
Atmospheric Diffusion." April 1981.
EPA. Environmental Sciences Researcr.
Laboratory. EPA-600/8-C1-009 (NTIS
PB81 201410).
(3) "Guidance for Determination of
Good Engineering Practice Stack Height
(Technical Support Document for the
Stack Height Regulation)." i-ne 1985
EPA. Office of Air QualiU Planning ar.d
Standards. EPA-450/4-BO-023R.
(4) "Determination of Good
Engineering Practice Stack Height—A
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 50. No. 130 / Monday, July 6. 1985 / Rules and Regulations 27893
Fluid Model Demonstration Study for a
Power Plant." April 1983. EPA.
Environmental Sciences Research
Laboratory, EPA-600/ 3-83-024 (NTIS
PB83 207407).
(5) "Fluid Modeling Demonstration of
Good-Engineering-Practice Stack Height
in Complex Terrain." April 1985. EPA
Atmospheric Sciences Research
Laboratory. EPA/600/3-85/022 (NTIS
PB85 203107).
In addition, the following documents
are available in Docket A-83-49.
"Economic Impact Assessment for
Revisions to the EPA Stack Height
Regulation." |une 1985.
"Effect of Terrain-Induced Downwash
on Determination of Good-Enginering-
Practice Stack Height" July 1984.
Program Overview
General
The problem of air pollution can be
approached in either of two ways:
through reliance on a technology-based
program that mandates specific control
requirements (either control equipment
or control efficiencies) irrespective of
ambient pollutant concentrations, or
through an air quality based system that
relies on ambient air quality levels to
determine the allowable rate* of
emissions. The .Clean Air Act
incorporates both approaches, but the
SIP program under section 110 uses an
air quality-based approach to establish
emission limitations for sources.
Implicitly, this approach acknowledges
and is based on the normal dispersion of
pollutants from their points of origin into
the atmosphere prior to measurements
of ambient concentrations at ground
level.
There are two general methods for
preventing violations of the national
ambient air quality standards (NAAQS)
and prevention of significant
deterioration (PSD) increments.
Continuous emission controls reduce on
a continuous basis the quantity, rate, or
concentrations of pollutants released
into the atmosphere from e source. In
contrast, dispersion techniques rely on
the dispersive effects of the atmosphere
to carry pollutant emissions sway from
the source in order to prevent high .
concentrations of pollutants near the
source. Section 123 of the Clean Air Act
limits the use of dispersion techniques
by pollution sources to meet the NAAQS
or PSD increments.
Tall stacks, manipulation of exhaust
gas parameters, and varying the rate of
emissions based on atmospheric
conditions (ICS and SCS) are the basic
types of dispersion techniques. Tall
stacks enhance dispersion by releasing
pollutants into the air at elevations high
above ground level, thereby providing
greater mixing of pollutants into the
atmosphere. The result is to dilute the
pollutant levels and reduce the
concentrations of the pollutant at ground
level, without reducing the total amount
of pollution released. Manipulation of
exhaust gas parameters increases the
plume rise from the source to achieve
similar results. ICS and SCS vary a
source's rate of emissions to take
advantage of meteorologic conditions.
When conditions favor rapid dispersion.
the source emits pollutants at higher
rates, and when conditions are adverse.
emission rates are reduced Use of
dispersion techniques in lieu of constant
emission controls results in additional
atmospheric loading* of pollutant* and
can increase the possibility that
pollution will travel long distances
before reaching the ground.
Although overreliance on dispersion
techniques may produce adverse effects.
some use of the dispersive properties of
the atmosphere has long been an
important factor in air pollution control.
For example, some stack height is
needed to prevent excessive pollutant
concentrations near a source. When
wind meets an obstacle such as a hill or
a building, a turbulent region of
downwash. wake*, and eddies is
created downwind of the obstacle as the
wind passes over and around it This
can force a plum* rapidly to the ground
resulting in excessive concentration* of
pollutant* near the source. As discussed.
previously, section 123 recognize* these
phenomena and respond* by allowing
calculation of emission limitation* with
explicit consideration of that portion of
a source'* stack that is needed to ensure
that excessive concentration* due to
downwash will not be created near the
source. This height t* called GEP stack
height
Summary of tht Court Decision
Petition* for review of EPA's 1982
regulation were filed in the D.C. Circuit
within the statutory time period
following promulgation of the regulation.
On October 11.1983. the court issued it*
decision ordering EPA to reconsider
portion* of the stack height regulation.
reversing certain portions and upholding
others. The following is a summary of
the court decision.
The EPA'* 1982 rule provided three
way* to determine GEP stack height
One way was to calculate the height by
using a formula based on the
dimensions of, nearby structures. The
other two were a de minimis height of 85
meters, and the height determined by a
fluid modeling demonstration or field
study. The court endorsed the formula
as a starting point to determine GEP
height However, it held that EPA has
not demonstrated that the formula was
an accurate predictor of the stack heigh-
needed to avoid "excessive
concentrations of pollutants due to
downwash. Accordingly, the court
directed EPA to re-examine in three
ways the conditions under which
exceptions to the general rule of formula
reliance could be justified.
First the 1982 rule allowed a source to
justify raising its stack above formula
height by showing a 40-percent increase
in concentrations due to downwash.
wakes, or eddies, on the ground that this
was the percentage increase that the
formula avoided. The court found this
justification insufficient, and remanded
the definition to EPA with instructions
• to make it directly responsive to health
and welfare considerations.
Similarly, the 1982 rule allowed a
source that built a stack to less than
formula height to raise it to formula
height automatically. Once again, the
court required more justification that
such a step was needed to avoid
advene health or welfare effects.
Finally, the court directed EPA either
to allow the authorities administering
the stack height regulations to require
modeling by sources in other cases as a
check on possible error in the formula.
or explain why the accuracy of the
formula made such a step unnecessary
The 1982 rule provided two formulae
to calculate GEP stack height For
source* constructed OB or before
January 12.1979. the date of initial
proposal of the stack height regulations.
the applicable formula was 2.5 times the
height of the source or other nearby
structure. For sources constructed after
that date, the rule specified a newer,
refined formula, the height of the source
or other nearby structure plus 1.5 times
the height or width of that structure.
whichever is less (H-K1.5L). The EPA
bated it* decision- to include two
formulae on the unfairness of applying
the new formula retroactively. In its
examination of this issue, the court
specified four factors that influence
whether an agency has a duty to apply a
rule retroactively. They are:
1. Whether the new nil* represent* in
abrupt departure from well e«tabliihed
pncnce or manly attampu to fill * void m an
unsettled area of law,
2. The extent to which tht party agimst
whom the mw rult if applied relied on me
former nil*.
J. The detrM of burdin which • retroactive
order impoMS on a party, and
4. Th» statutory intemi in applying a new
rule dtspite the«h«nc« of • party on the aid
•tandtrd.
-------
27,84 Pectoral RagstBf / Vol 5O. No. 130 / Monday, fury 8. 1965 / Rates and Regulations
719 F.2d at 487 (citation! omitted).
Applying this analysis to the two
formulae; the court upheld EPA'* basic
decision.
However, the court also held that
sources constructed on or be/ore
January 12.1979. should not he
automatically entitled to full credit
calculated under the 2.5H formula unless
they could demonstrate reliance on that
formula. The court remanded this
provision for revision to I sire actual
reliance on the 2.5H formula into
account.
The sfafate limits slack height credit
to that needed to avoid excessive
concentration* doe to dowirwesh caused
by "nearby" strecturss or terrain
fesrares. The 19*2 refutation defined
"nearby" for CEP formula appKeatione
as Bvs times the leaver at either fee
height or projected widtfc of the
structure rauaing dowowaak. not to
exceed oaa ball cite. No suck daftaaca
limitation was placed oa structures ar
terrain features wbose effects wen
being considered ia Quid •*~4^*tnfl
demonstrations ar field stadia*. The
court held that faction 123 explicitly
applies tha "nearby" limitation to
demonstration! and studies aa weE aa
fornrata applications, and T»""~j*'f tha
rule to EPA to apply the limitation ia
both contexts.
The 19BZ rule defined "dispersion
techniques" ae those techniques which
attempt to affect poflutant
coneentratfems by Ming a*t portton of a
stack exceeding GEP. by veryinf
emission ratee accmdiag te> aBuuspfceih.
conditione or pollutant eoncentretiem.
or by the •ddlttoa of e fan or reneeter to
obtain a less stringent eauesven
• limitation. The court fomnd tkis
definition too narrow because any
technique "sifn»ficaittry Motivated by aa
intent to gain eraiaaiona credit for
greater dispersion" should be barred.
719 F.2d 462. As a resale (he cowt
directed EPA to develop ruts*
disallowing credit for all sack dispersion
techniques onless the Agency
adequately iosnfied excapatass oa (he
basis of administrative naisseilji o> e <*»
rnmimis result
The CEP formulae es tarnished in the
1982 rule do not consider paaaanss.«o
the ground that plume rise is not
significant under downwash conditions.
In its review of thia provision, tha court
affirmed this judgment by EPA.
The 1982 rule addressed pollutant
concentrations estimated to occur whan.
a plume impacts elevated terrain by
allowing credit for stack height
necessary to avoid ait quality violations
in such cases. However, the court ruled
that section 123 did not allow EPA to
grant credit for plume impacn'on in
setting CBMsaioa limits, and revised tkia
part oi tke regulation.
Tha preaf&aie to toe 1982 regulation
provided a 22 sooth ptoceae lor Stale
iBoiaaentation of tha regulation. The
court found tbia period to he? contrary t»
section 406 ftovmiber * JSW.
Notice of Proposed Ralemekinf
In Ae November 9i IMa. notice.
responding to tha court daciaioa. EPA
proposed to redaflne aaumoar of
specific tama.
techniQuea*" "nearby," anav othat
modify
oftbohaaoafer
followugiaa auBmory of tha mriaioria
that ware nmpnsari
Tha Court of Appeals held that EPA
erred hi deftnasj "eaceaaiva
concenttationa." aaa IB eawmv
purpoaee of intiryiag a ssack
than formuU baigkL aa aothiag ntere
than a ^n***"> tocreaao ia> pnlhitsjit
coacaBtratiOBa over what wevld occur
in the aheanre of downwaae. M
remanded tkia kaua to EPA It) relate the
defimooB to sona ebeokt* bvoi of air
pollutioB that could be iassuBtatad to
endanger health and welii
to be "exeaasma."
Tha EPA propoaod two alsamaiive
appcoackae to deruunt "exceaetve
concentranona." FMSA. EPA reqaaatod
commeat OB wbetbar the 4*>aerceast
aDproack adepied aa peat oftko MM
reguiatinB m iact prtneoe
danger* s» v—'-% end weis&ra>
enviimned by Coagreee w
sectiOB 123. !• tba»ereat tket sacs o
showing cooid not be nude. EPA
proposed a two-port defioitioa of
excessive rram tatrahona. reooiriiif that
the dflWBwvab. wakes. 0r eddies
induced by nearby structures or terrain
features rasast in incteesss in arawid-
level poUniam coocMtratioos thar.
(a) Cause or eotrthbcrte to an
exceedaner of e NAAQS or appHcsbhe
PSD memnent and
(b) Are at least 40 percent in excess of
concentrations projected to occur in the
absence of such structures or terrain
features.
Definition of CEP Stack Height
EPA ptoBossd to find that the
traditional (UK} and refined (H 4-1.5*4
formulae remained proper methods for
calculating CEP stack height except EPA
proposed to revise its regulation to
allow EPA the State or local air
pollution control agency discretion to
require a farther demonstration using a
field study or Quid model to
demonstrate GE** stack height for a
source to a ease where ft waa believed
that the formula may not reBaaly predict
CEP height In the case of structures that
are porous or aerodynamieaHy. smoother
than block-shaped structures, it would
require a source to demonstrate the
downwash effects of suck structures
using a field study or fluid model before
receiving credit for stack heigh* baaed
on the structures. EPA also proposed
generally to aflow sources to raise
•yffffM (tacks up to foraula t'-^'P height
WfthOUt further ^mtnmt^t^»tinnm i^th (be
exception Pn>yf above, for diaccsnonary
Reliance on the 23H Formula
rnitsl002rulac.EPAa*awwitoarcM
built befss* laBuary IX MTO, mo dote oa
which it proposed tko rvftaed H+1.SL
formulae, to calculate their eniaaina
limttabaeefl on tko ttarisnonal U5H
fomula that existed praviCMsiy. The
court anofoved tkia dJatoctMa bwJ
ruled ma* it should be tautest to SOMRVS
that "rested" OB tko tradiooaai foramhi.
suopaafiBg. fat axasapie. that sources
that had ckisaad credit for stacks fat-
taller them tb%ioTBUua provided cosld
not bo said to have "reiisd" ost rt.
to respoBso to ma> caaxt deoawo. EPA
proposed as rcviaa i
rosjuir* tkss for atacka bs 11
January 12. 1979. sources <
that tkeraetaaMy relied oa the «H
formmki • the dsstpt of tkasr s*seie«
before recsTvsBsj cfanil for taat asvesN A
proposes, EPA isaaesstd i
whatfcekoaldi
lafi
-------
Federal Register / Vol. so. No. 130 / Monday. July 8. 1988 / Rules and Regulations 27895
Definition of
In iti 1982 rule*. EPA allowed sources
that modeled the effects of terrain
obstacles on downwash to include any
terrain features in their model without
limiting their distance from the stack.
The court, though persuaded that this
was a sensible approach, since it
allowed the model to best approximate
reality, ruled that Congress had
intended a different result, namely that
terrain features beyond H mile from the
stack should not be included in the
model
In response, EPA proposed, to revise
i Sl.l(li)(3) of its regulation to limit the
consideration of downwash. wake*, and
eddy effects of structures and terrain
feature* to thoae feature* "'-""'•*' aa
being "nearby" as defined ia I 51.1/jj).
Under this proposal, structures aad
terrain features would be considered to
be "ne*rby"1f they occur within a
distance of not more than &8 km (Vfc
mile); terrain features that extend
beyond 04 km could be considered if. et
a distance of 0.4 km. they echieved a '
height greater than or equal to 40-
percent of the CEP stack height
calculated by applying the CEP formula
to actual nearby structures. In other
words, a terrain feature would be said to
"begin" within H mile if it reached at
least the height of nearby buildings
within that <<<«*•«"*• Such features g"»«i••«•
equal to 10 timer the maximum height of
the feature, not to nrreerl 2 mike.
The BPA proposed two options for
distinguishing between source*
constructed before and after the date of
promulgation as* these revisions. The-
first optiosi woold treat both categories
of source* the same. The second option
would limit the conatderation of terrain
for new sources to only those portions of
terraia feature* that fall mtinly within
0.8 km. thereby removing the poaaJbiliry
of including features extending beyood
Hail*.
Finally. EPA piopoeed thaw
alternative* for conducting Bead
modeling to evaluate the dowmsaah
effects or nearby terrain f**t*a**. The**
alternatives described venoo«,w*vs of
limiting terrain in the model beyond the
proposed distance limitations.
To establish a baseline for
comparison, two alternatives wovld
initially modei the stack on a flat plane
with no structure or terrain influence*.
To analyze downwash effects, the first
approach would then insert neere*
terrain, with ell terrain beyond the
distance limit "cut off" horizontally. The
second approach would gradually
smooth and slope the terrain beyond the
distance limit down to the elevation of
the base of the stack.
The third approach would proceed in
a somewhat different manner. A
baseline would be established by
modeling all terrain beyond the distance
limit smoothing and sloping nearby
terrain to minimi** its influence. To
analyse downwash effects, the nearby
terrain would then be inserted into the
model and the difference ia effect
measured to determine appropriate
downwash credit for stack height
Definition of "Ditpenioa Techniquet "
Ia the 1963 mis*, EPA identified two
practices, in edditton to stacks above
CEP and 1CS/SCS, ea having DO purpose
other than to obtain a lea* stringent
tmieaion tomtetio*, Ia so doing, it
allowed credit for any other practice
that had the result of increaamg
dispersion. The court concluded that
Congress hed intended, at a •»*"••""•
to forbid any dispersion
practice that was significantly
motivated by en intent to obtain
additional credit for greater dispersion.
and remanded the question to EPA for
revxamination.
The EPA proposed to revise it*
definition of "dispersion techniques"
generally to incrade, ia addrtioo to ECS.
SCS. and stack heights in excess of CEP.
any tedmiqv** mat have th* effect of
exhaoat gas ptasae ris*.
Combining eevenl existing stacks teto
on* new stack can have each en effect.
However, such coBtbiaattoa* eJeo often
hav* ouwpsnrienteconomte tod
engineering hatrfrcetkm. Aocordtegfr.
EPA r*oj***%*d co*JBieat on d*finiBg the
combining of g*s streeme should not be
conewMfed a dispersion tecfanioD*. end
propo**d to allow SOUR** to take cieult
where-e facility was originally <
ana conetrocted with merged gas
sti**9BS or where th* merging OGCVB*
with the installation of additional
controls yieiding e net teUuctlou ta total
eniecions of the effected poihrtwrt The
EPA retained excretion* from its
definition of prohibited dispersion
technique* for smoke management in
agriculture} end sitvicultnru prescribed
burning programs and also proposed to
exclude episodic restrictions on
retidentiel woodbuming and debris
burning.
New Sourctt Titd into Pn-1971 Stodu
Section 123 exempts stacks "tn
existence" at the end of 1970 from Its
requirements, EPA's general approach to
implementing this languege was upheld
by the court However, in its 1962 rule
EPA had also allowed tnis credit to
sources built after that date that had
tied into stacks built before that date.
EPA failed to respond to comments
objecting to this allowance, and so the
court remanded the question to EPA for
the agency to eddrese.
Upon ^examination. EPA saw DO
convincing justification for granting
credit to these sources. Consequently,
for sources constructed after December
31.1070. with emissions ducted into
graodfathend stacks of greater than
CEP height and for sources constructed
before that date but for which major
modifications or reconstruction have
been carried out subsequently. EPA
proposed to limit stack height credit to
only so much of the actual stack height
es conforms to CEP. Sources
constructed prior to December 31.1970.
for which modifications are carried out
that are not classified as "major" under
40 CFR S1.18(])(i). 51-24W(2)(i). and
S1.21(eM2Ht) would be allowed to retain
full credit for their existing stack
heights.
Plume Impoction
In its 1982 rale*. EPA allowed stack
height credit for "plume impaetion." a
phenomenon that is distinct from
downwash. wakes and eddies. The
court though sympathetic to EPA's
policy position, reversed this judgment
aa beyond the scope of the statute.
Accordingly. EPA proposed to delete the
allowance of plume impection credit
from, its regulation in compliance with
the court decision However. EPA also
recognaced that socrces. in cnmpte*
terram fee* additional analytical
difficult!** when aitemptsag to conduct
modeling to determine epannriat*
emieekB limitations. Cones eqentiy, EPA
requests*! comment on whether any
allowance shoold be mad* for
tmptementatio* problem* that may
result from the application of revised
CEP stack height assumptions end, if so.
how such allowance should be made.
Staff Impiemetation Plan Requirements
EPA's 1982 rates gew states s total of
22 months to revise their rules and to
establish source emission limitations
based on new stack height credits. The
court found this. too. to go beyond the
language of the statute. In response.
EPA stated in the proposal that States
would be required, pursuent to section
406(d)(2)(b) of the Clean Air Act. to
review their rd*s and existing emission
limitations, revising them as needed to
comply with the n*w regnleboe within 9
months of the date of its prwnuif auoa.
-------
27896 Federal Register / Vol. 50. No. 130 / Monday. July 8. 1985 / Rules and Regulations
Response to Public Comments on the
November 9.1984. Proposal
The EPA received over 400 comment*
during the public comment period and at
the public hearing, addressing a number
of aspects of the proposed
regulation.These comments have been
consolidated according to the issues
raised and are discussed, along with
EPA's responses, in a "Response to
Comments" document included in the
rulemaking docket. Certain comments
can be characterized as "major" in that
they address issues that an
fundamental to the development of the
final regulation. These comments are
summarized below, along with EPA's
responses. Additional discussion of the
issues raised and further responses by
EPA can be found in the "Response to
Comments" document
I. Maximum Control of Emissions in Lieu
of Dispersion
A central legal and policy question
addressed in this rulemaking was raised
in the comments of the Natural
Resources Defense Council (NRDC) and
the Sierra Club. They contend that
section 123 requires all sources to install
the maximum feasible control
technology before receiving any credit
for the dispersive effects of a stack of
any height or for other practices that
may enhance pollutant dispersion.
The NRDC argument is summarized
fully in the Response to Comments
document together with EPA's response.
Very briefly. NRDC contends that
litigation prior to the 1977 Clean Air Act
Amendments had established that
dispersion can never be used as an
alternative to emission control and that
this understanding waa carried forward
and strengthened in the 1977 Qean Air
Act Amendments. Accordingly, no rule
that does not require full control of
emissions a* a prerequisite to any stack
height credit would be consistent with
Congressional intent
EPA disagrees. During the 8 yean
between 1977 and NRDC a comments, a
period covering two Administrations
and three Administrators, NRDCs
position has never been either adopted
by EPA or seriously advocated before it
The pre-1977 cases cited by NRDC-do
not bar all stack credit but only credit
for stacks beyond the historical norm.
Finally, the text and legislative history
of section 123 contain essentially no
support for NRDCs "control first"
position.
II. Discussion of Other Major Issues
The EPA's* position on the "control
first" comments provides the necessary
background against which the remaining
major issues in this rulemaking are
discussed. These issues are: the
definition of "excessive concentrations"
due to downwash. wakes, and eddies:
the definition of "nearby;" and the
definition of "dispersion technique." A
question that affects several of these
decisions, and that is addressed where
it arises, concerns the extent to which
any changes made in the stack heights
regulations should be applied
prospectively rather than retroactively.
This discussion of "excessive
concentrations" is in turn divided into a
discussion of the physical characteristics
of downwash. followed by a discussion
of the significance of those
characteristics as they pertain to the
GEP formulae, to stacks above formula
height to stacks being raised to formula
height and to stacks at formula height
being modeled at the choice of the
administering authorities.
Definition of "Exceative
Concentrations"
The Physical Nature of Downwash. A
number of commenten. including the
Utility Air Regulatory Group (UARG),
have argued that the court decision does
not obligate EPA to revise the definition
sdopted in the 1982 regulation, but only
directs EPA to ensure that the 40-
percent criterion protects against
concentrations due to downwash that
could be related to health aad welfare
concerns. They point oat that whan
emissions from a soure* become trapped
in die wake region produced by the
source itself or upwind structures and
terrain features, those
brought rapidly to earth. with little
dilution. This, the commentars argue.
can produce short-term peak
concentrations at groundlavel that an
many times greater that the
concentration levels of the NAAQS.
Because their duration is relatively
short avenging these concentrations
over the times specified by the NAAQS
does not result in NAAQS violations.
Nonetiielesa. th»commenters argue that
these concentrations should be regarded
as nuisances that section 123 was
specifically enacted to avoid.
Accordingly, the commenten held that
EPA would be justified in retaining the
40-percent criterion without requiring
that such increases result in
exceedance* of the NAAQS
These same commenten argued that
seven hardships would result if EPA's
second proposed definition of
"excessive concentrations" is adopted,
and that by limiting suck height credit
to that just necessary to avoid
exceedance of NAAQS or PSD
increments, the definition would act to
limit actual stack design and
construction in a way that would
increase the likelihood of NAAQS or
PSD exceedancea. This would occur.
they argue, because, by building only so
tall a stack as they can receive credit
for. sources would be eliminating a
"margin of safety" that would normally
be provided otherwise. Furthermore, it
was argued that due to the changing
nature of background air quality.
inclusion of absolute concentrations
such as the NAAQS or PSD increments
in the definition would nnder
determinations of GEP stack height
constantly subject to change.
NRDC argued on the other hand that
only a violation of air quality standards
can be considered the type of
"excessive concentration" for which
downwash credit can be justified, the
EPA had failed to specify the health or
welfan significance of the short-term
peak* that it might consider as meeting
this description, and mat in any event
UARG's attempt to show that short
stacks could cause a large number of
short-term peaks was technically flawed
in several different ways.
Response. Extensive discussion of the
downwash phenomenon, as well as the
aerodynamic effects of buildings and
terrain features on windflow patterns
and turbulence, is contained in the
technical and guidance documents
previously listed in this notice. To
mnmmmritm briefly, numerous studies
have shown that die region of
turbulence created by obstacles to
windflow extends to a height of
approximately 2J times the height of the
obstacle. Pollutants emitted into this
region can bo rapidly brought to the
ground, with limited dilution. Though
this tendency decreases the higher
vertically within the downwash region
that the plume is released, because of
the highly unpredictable nature of
downwash and the lack of extensive
quantitative data, it is extremely
difficult to reliably predict plume
behavior within the downwash region.
As noted in the comments submitted.
the distinguishing features of downwash
do not show up well over an averaging
time aa long aa 1 hour or mon. Pollutant
concentrations resulting from
downwash can arise and subside very
quickly aa meteorological conditions.
including wind speed and atmospheric
stability vary. This can result in short-
term peaks, lasting up to 2 minutes or so.
recurring intermittently for up to several
hours, that significantly exceed the
concentrations of the »• and 24-hour
NAAQS. Little quantitative information
is available on the actual levels of these
peaks, or on the frequency of their
occurrence since most stacks have been
-------
•
Federal Register / Vol. 50. No. 130 / Monday. July 8. 1965 / Rules and Regulations
designed to. a void downwash and
because downwash monitoring i* not
typically conducted
A number of modeling and monitoring
studies in the record assess the
significance of down wash when plumes
are released into the downwash region.
The most important of these are a
number of studies cited in the November
9 proposal showing that for sources with
sulfur dioxide (SO>) emission rates of 4
to 5 -ounds per million British Thermal
Units (Ib./mmSTU). stacks releasing the
plume into the downwash region can
significantly exceed the 3-hour NAAQS.
The utility industry submitted
monitoring results from four sites
showing that facilities with short stacks
(ranging from 23 to 80 percent of formula
height) generated many short-term
peaks in the vicinity of the plant at
concentration* at leaat 2 time* the
highest concentration of the 3-hour SOi
standard, i.e.. 1 ppm for up to 10
minutes. Those concentrations are the
maximun that could be recorded by the
monitors used. There is no way to
determine from these data the true peak
ground-level concentrations.
The NRDC in commenting on this
subject has argued that downwash- • •
related concentrations are largely
theoretical since stacks have generally
been built to avoid downwash. and that
actual concentrations occur under other
meteorological conditions such as
"inversion breakup fumigations" and
"looping plums," that can equal these
"theoretical" concentrations predicted
under downwash.' The NRDC also
criticized the utility data on numerooe
technical grounds.
EPA's studies indicate that when
stacks an significantly less than CEP
formula height high short-term
concentrations can indeed occur doe to
downwash that are in the range of the
values reported by the utility industry.
Concentrations produced by me other
conditions cited by NRDC. though high.
may be lower by an order of magnitude.
and occur less frequently by as much as
two orders of magnitude, than those
produced by downwash.' As stack *
' In inveraion breakup fuoiieauon." M i
layer diuipaut out to haauna of the ground. lamas
trie poiluunu that were tripped m it descend
suddenly to ground level. In 'looping plume*" •
pfume i« brought down to the ground dote to the,
source in the form ol intermittent paffa under vejry
unstable atmoapnene condiDOM.
1"Comment* on Peak Ground-Level
Concaniranont Due to Building Downwath Relative
'o Pcik Conontntioni Under Aunoaphenc
Onoenton ProceiMi." Alan H. Huber and rVancu
Pooler |r. lune 10.19U.
height approaches the height determined
by the CEP formula, the expected
frequency and seventy of snort-term
peaks due to downwash becomes less
certain. This is to be expected, since it is
the purpose of a formula height stack to
avoid excessive downwash. While it
might theoretically be possible lor EPA
to revise the CEP formula-downward
(e.g.. from H+1.5L to H+1.2L or some
other value), such a revision would have
little purpose. By moving the release
point further into the downwash region.
such a change would increase the
probability of high downwash-caused
peaks. On the other hand such
relatively small changes in suck height
are not likely to appreciably affect the
emission limitation for the sooree. This
is because emission limitations are
calculated based on physical stack
height and associated plume rise under
atmospheric conditions judged most
controling for the source. Increasing or
decreasing stack height by a small
fraction will not greatly change the rate
or extent of dispersion and thus will not
affect the ground-level concentration.
Moreover, as EPA noted in its
November 9 proposal no data presently
exist on which to base e revision to the
formula.
The NRDC submitted data to EPA
which it believed to support the
conclusions that it urged EPA to adopt
concerning short-term peak
concentrations under other
meterological conditions.' However.
these data were not presented in a fora
that could be readtty interpreted and
EPA has thus far been unable to draw
any conclusions from then.*
In reviewing NROCs comments on
building downwash. EPA agrees that
there is great uncertainty ebout oer
present understanding of this
phenomenon, and mis is sopportesl oy
the range and variation of downwash
effects observed in recent studies.
However, no information has been
presented which would convince EPA to
abandon the present CEP formulae m
favor of any alternative.
The health and welfare significance of
downwash concentrations that result la
violation* of the ambient standards are
documented and acknowledged In the
standards themselves. The significance
of short-term peaks at the levels that
EPA's analyses predict is more
judgmental However, a number of
studies cited in EPA's "Review of the
National Ambient Air Quality Standards
•Memorandum from David C. Hawkma, NRDC to
William F. Pederaen. ]r Office of General CaunaeL
USEPA. May a. 19M.
4 Memorandum from Alan H. Hueer. ASM. lo
David Stonefield. OAQPS. |una n. :SSS.
for Sulfur Oxides: Assessment of
Scientific and Technical Informati^-
(EPA-4SO/S-62-007. November IS
indicate that concentrations of oru ,:
sustained for durations of 5 minutes or
more can produce bronchoconstrictior
in asthmatics accompanied by
symptoms such as wheezing and
coughing. Such concentrations are we!
within the range of concentrations tha:
can result from downwash. When
sources meet the ambient standards, thi
frequency of occurrence for these
concentrations under the other
conditions cited by NRDC Is
substantially lower than for downwash
when stacks are less than CEP.
CEP Formula Stack H fight Some-
coounenters. inclwii^g NRDC stated
that EPA cannot justify retention of the
traditional (ZSH) and refined (H+l.Si.)
CEP formulae based simply on their
reletionsaip-to the 40-percent criterion.
and argued that the formulae provide
too much credit in many or most case*.
This, they argue, results in allowing
sources to obtain unjustifiably lenient
emission limitations-
Other cosamenters argued that
rnngrees explicitly reaffirmed the
traditional CEP formula, and that EPA
should allow maximum reliance on it
(aad by implication, on the refined
foranla that wee subsequently der
from It).
ftttporu* The use of EPA's refined
formula as a starting point for
determining GO wms not called Into
question by any litigant m the Sierra
Club case. The court's opinion likewise
does not question the use of the formula
as a starting point A detailed discussioc
of the court's treatment of the formula.
showing how it endorsed the formula's
presumptive validity, i* contained in the
Response to Comments document
Despite rfriai iitiiu*^ endorsement EPA
might need to revisit the formula on its
own if its n*v*"' of the
"excessive concentratien" and modeling
issues indicated that the formula deariy
and typically misstated the degree of
stack height needed to avoid downwash
concentrations that cause sMith or
welfare concerns.
However, no such result has emerged
from our reexaminatioa Stacks below
formula height are associated with
downwash-relatad violations of the air
quality standards themselves where
emission rates significantly exceed the
levels specified by NSPS. Even when
emissions are low. downwash
conditions at stacks below formula
height can be expected unlike other
conditions, to generate numerous *h
term peaks of air pollution at high le
-------
27898 Federal Register / Vol. 50. No. 130 / Monday. July B. 1985 / Rulea and Regulations
that raise a real prospect of local health
or welfare impacts.
As EPA stated in the proposal, it is
impossible to rely primarily on fluid
modeling to implement the stack height
regulations, particularly under the
timetable established by the court. 49 FR
44883 (November 9.1964). No
conunenter other than NRDC even
suggested a different formula that in
their eyes would be better, and NRDCs
suggestions were premised on their
"control first" position, which EPA has
found inconsistent with the statute and
has rejected. EPA considers the refined
formula to be die state-of-the-art for
determining necessary stack height
Given the degree of presumptive
validity the formula already possesses
under the statute and the court opinion.
we believe that this record amply
support* it* raafflrmation.
Stadct Abon CEP Formula Height.
The EPA's 1978 stack height guidelines
[cite] imposed special conditions on
•tacks above formula height—the
installation of control technology—that
were net imposed on lower stacks.
Similarly. EPA's 1973 proposal had
made credit above formula fctight
subject to a vaguely defined "detailed
investigation" (38 FR 25700). The
legislative history of the 1977 dean Air
Act Amendments cautioned that credit
for sucks above formula height should
be granted only in rare cases, and the
Court of Appeals adopted this as oaa of
the keystones of its opinion. The court
also conckided that Congress
deliberately adopted very strict
requirements for sources locating in
hilly terrain.
For these reasons, EPA Is requiring
sources seeking credit lor stacks above
formula height and credit for any stack
height justified by terrain effects to
show by field studies or fluid modeling
that this height is needed to avoid a 40»
percent increase in concentrations due
to downwash and that such an increase
would result in exceedance of air
quality standards or applicable PSD
increments. This will restrict stack
height credit in this context to cases
where the downwash avoided is at
levels specified by regulation or by act
of Congress as possessing health or
welfare significance.
To conduct a demonstration to show
that an absolute air quality
concentration such as NAAQS or PSD
increment will be exceeded, it is
necessary to specify an emission rate for
the source in question.*The EPA
believes that in cases where greater
than formula height may be needed to
prevent excessive concentrations.
sources should first attempt to eliminate
such concentrations by reducing their
emissions. For this reason EPA is
requiring that the emission rate to be
met by a source seeking to conduct a
demonstration to justify stack height
credit above the formula be equivalent
to the emission rate prescribed by NSPS
applicable to the industrial source
category. In doing this. EPA is making
the presumption that this limit can be
met by all sources seeking to justify
stack heights above formula height
Sources may rebut this presumption.
establishing an alternative emission
limitation, on a case-by-case basis, by
demonstrating to the reviewing
authority that the NSPS emission
limitation may not feasibly be net, given
the characteristics of the particular
source.1 For example, it may be possible
for a sourca presently emitting SOi at a
rate of 1J Ib./mmBTU to show that
meeting the NSPS rate of 14 lb./mmBTU
would be prohibitive in that it would
require scrapping existing scrubber
equipment for the purpose of induing
higher efficiency scrubbers. Similarly, a
source may be able to show that due to
space constraints and plant
configuration, it is not possible to install
the necessary equipment to meet die
NSPS emission rate. In the event that a
source believes that downwtsb will
continue to result in excessive
concentrations when the source-
emission rate is cqptit**irt with NSPS
requirements, additional stack height
credit may be justified through fluid
modeling at that emission rat*.
A source, of course, always remains
free to accept the emission rat* that i*
associated with a formula height stack
rather than reiving on a demonstration
under the condition* described bat*.
The third alternative mentioned in the
proposal -using the actual emission
limit for the source—ha* been rejected
because, to the extent that limit railed
on greater than formula height it would
amount to using a tall stack to justify
itself.
The EPA's reliance on excaedanca*.
rather than violation* of die NAAQS
and PSD increments, i* deliberate. Fluid
modeling demonstrations an extremely
complicated to design and carry out
even whan the most simple
demonstration criteria—that i*. a
percentage increase in concentration*.
• la ooavwc tf *• tmt of "newt**
concranaoM" la»uN«d • «u»pi« pcmou**
tfa«r* would b* •> a**d la *t*aty IB
rrt*. nut* UM laerwM in coocmnnoa
c*n«d by downwiA to tn4«0a4*M tt iKiinni
ratn.
•Th* EPA wtil raly on It* Bxt Av«i«Mi lUvaflt
TKhnolo0 CwdctSM IB wrwwiaa «« nfcumto
and illMTUOv* WUMIOO Umiuooo*.
with no consideration of absolute
values—are assumed. Adding
consideration of an absolute
concentration such as a NAAQS or PSD
increment substantially complicates this
effort further and introduces the
scientific uncertainties associated with
predicting an exceedance of a 3-hour or
24-hour standard based on l hour or less
of modeling data. Using an hour or less
of modeling values, based on one set of
meteorological data, to draw the
distinction between only one
exceedance of the standard during the
8760 hours in a year, and the two or
more that constitute s violation pushes
that uncertainty beyond reasonable
limit*. EPA therefore does not find the
additional difficulties that would be
created by requiring violations instead
of exceedances to be warranted. That is
particularly so here, given that the
regulation* require sources seeking
credit above the formula to be well-
controlled a* a condition of obtaining
such credit
Use of an absolute concentration in
the test of "excessive concentrations"
can lead to problem* of administering
the program, in that it can have a
"zoning" effect Since a source can only
get stack height credit to the extent that
it I* needed to avoid a PSD increment or
NAAQS exceedance. an emissions
increase in the ana of that source may
increase concentration* beyond the
controlling limit thereby making it
difficult for new source* to locate in the
area, or for sequential construction of
additional emitting unit* at the source in
question.
This effect cannot be avoided under
any teat for "excessive concentrations"
that ia tied to absolute concentrations.
However, diat effect will be mitigated
by the fact that the use of this approach
i* voluntary and limited to sources
wishing to rely on fluid modeling to
justify stack height credit Moreover, the
effect* of downwash tend to occur vary
mar the source, usually on fenced ,
company property. Since concentrations
measured at such location* are not used
to evaluate NAAQS attainment or PSD
increment consumption, new sources
wishing to locate in the are* are less
likely to be affected.
Sourca* planning sequential
construction ef new emitting units at
one location or contemplating future
expansion can reduce the uncertainties
noted above by initially obtaining
permit* for the total number of units
anticipated end by planning for
expansion in the calculation of
necessary physical stack height In the
latter instance, only the allowable stack
height credit would be revised as
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 50. No. 130 / Monday. July & 1985 / Rules and Regulations
27899
expansion is carried out—not actual
stack height.
An additional theoretical
complication is presented when an
absolute concentration is u->ed where
meteorological conditions other than
downwash result in the highest
predicted ground-level concentrations in
the ambient air. In such cases, a source
that has established GEP at a particular
height, assuming a given emission rate.
may predict a NAAQS violation at that
stack height and emission rate under
some other condition, e.g.. atmospheric
stability Class 'A.' Reducing the
emission rate to eliminate the predicted
violation would result in stack height
credit greater than absolutely necessary
to avoid an excessive concentration
under downwash. However, reducing
stack height places the source back in
jeopardy of a NAAQS violation under
the other meteorological condition, and
so on. "ratcheting" stack height credit
and emission rates lower and lower. The
EPA has eliminated this "ratcheting"
potential in the GEP guideline by
providing that, once CEP is established
for a source, adjusting the emission rate
to avoid a violation under other
conditions does not require
recalculation of a new GEP stack height
EPA is making this part of the
regulations retroactive to December 31.
1970. In the terms of the court's
retroaenvity analysis, stacks greater
than formula height represent a situation
that Congress did affirmatively "intend
to alter" in section 123. Moreover. EPA
regulatory pronouncements since 1970
have placed a stricter burden on sources
raising stacks above formula height than
on others.
N.o source is precluded from building
a stack height greater than formula
height if such height is believed to be
needed to avoid excessive downwash.
However, the design and purpose of
section 123 prohibit SIP credit for that
effort unless a relatively rigorous
showing can be made.
Given the ability of sources to avoid
modeling and rely on validity of the GEP
formulae and requirement for further
control of emissions in conjunction with
stack heights in excess of formulae
height, the result predicted by UARG—
exceedances of the NAAQS or PSD
increments due to inadequate stack
height—is highly unlikely.
The potential effect of changes in
background air quality on stack height
credit is not substantially different from
the effect that such changes in
background can have on source
emission limitations in nonattainment
areas. In the fint case, however, sources
may be able to address these effects
through greater stack height if such
changes affect the concentrations under
downwash. Moreover, the possibility
that shifting background air quality can
yield different calculations of GEP is
significantly limited by the fact that
consideration of background in GEP
calculations is restricted to those cases
where credit for greater than formula
height ia being sought or source* are
seeking to raise stacks to avoid
excessive concentrations.
Raising StacJa Mow Formula Height
to Formula Height In response to EPA's
proposal to allow automatic credit for
GEP formula height several conunenters
have argued that EPA has failed to
adequately respond to the court's
directive to "reconsider whether, is light
of its new understanding of 'excessive
concentrations,' demonstrations are
necessary before stack heights may be
raised even if the final height will not
exceed formula height"
Rtspomt. Raising a stack below
formula height to formula height ia not
in EPA's judgment subject to the same
statutory reservations as building stacks
greater than formula height However.
as the court ha* cautioned, it nay still
be necessary for these source* to show
that raising stacks is necessary to avoid
"excessive concentration*" that raise
health or. welfare concern*.
For these reason*, sources wishing to
raise stacks subsequent to October 11.
1983. the date of the D.C Circuit
opinion, must provide evidence that
additional height I* necessary to avoid
downwaah-reUted concentration*
raising health and welfare concern*.
These rule* allow sources to do mis in
two way*.
The first way i* to rebut the
presumption that the short stack waa
built high enough to avoid dewnwash
problem*: Us, to show, by rite-specific
information such aa monitoring data or
citizen complaint*, that the short stack
had in fact caused a local nuisance ana
must be raised for this reason. The EPA
believe* that both the historical
experience of the industry and the data
on short-term peak* discussed earlier
show that short stacks can .cause local
nuisances due to downwash. However.
where a source has built a short stack
rather than one at formula height It ha*
created a presumption that this is not
the case. General data on short-term
peak* may not be strong enough to
support by themselves and in the
abstract a conclusion that the stack
must be raised to-a void local advene
effect*. Instead, that proposition must be
demonstrated for each particular source
involved. ,
In the event that a source cannot
make such a showing, the second way to
justify raising a stack is to demonstrate
by fluid modeling or field study an
increase in concentrations due to
downwash that i* at least 40-percent in
excess of concentration* in the absence
of such downwash and in excess of the
applicable NAAQS or PSD increments.
In making this demonstration, the
emission rate in existence before the
stack i* raised mtut be used.
Since raising stack* to formula height
i* not subject to the same extraordinary
reservation* expressed by Congress and
the court with respect to stacks being
raised above formula height EPA doe*
not believe that the us* of presumptive
"well-controlled" emission rate is
appropriate here. A* discussed in EPA's
response to NRDCs "control first"
argument the basic purpose of section
123 we* to take sources a* it found them
and. baaed on those circumstances, to
assure that they did not avoid control
requirements through additional
dispersion. Use of • source's actual
emission rate in this instance is
conaUteot with that Baric purpose and.
absent special indications of a different
intent should be used in stack height
calculation*.
The EPA believe* that it ia most
unlikely that any source with • current
emi*aiOB limitation frff failed to claim
full formula credit for a stack of formula
height Accordingly, the question
whether a source can receive stack
height credit up to formula height will
involve only sources that want to
actually raise their physical stack, not
sources that simply want to claim more
credit for a stack already in existence. A
source will presumably not go to the
trouble of raising an existing stack
without some reason. If a source cannot
show that the reason was in fact the
desire to avoid a problem caused by
downwash. then the inference that it
we* Instead a desire for more dispersion
credit i* herd to avoid. A nuiaence
caused by downwashed emission* could
include citizen or employee complaints
or property damage. A source would be
expected to show that complaint* of this
nature were reasonably widespread
before getting credit under this section.
The EPA doe* not intend to make this
rule retroactive to stack* that
"commenced construction" on
modification* that would nice them to
formula height prior to October It 1963.
Applying the court's recroactivity
analysis, it appears:
1. The new rule does depart from prior
practice. The BPA's 1973 proposed rule
affirmatively encouraged sources with
shorter stack* to raise them W formula
-------
27900 Federal Regiatar / Vol. 50. No. 130 / Monday. July 8. 1985 / Rules and Regulations
height.1 Though EPA'i 1978 guideline
can be read a* imposing a "control Graf
requirement on some stack height
increases, its general thrust gave
automatic credit for all stacks that met
the "2.5" times formula.1 Automatic
permission was similarly set forth in the
1979 proposal, in the 1981 reproposal.
and in the 1962 final rule. Only a notice
published in 1980. but later withdrawn.
departs from this trend, requiring the use
of field studies or fluid modeling
demonstrations to justify stack height
increases up to CEP formula height*
Even than, the nonce wouid have made
this policy prospective in its application,
2. Source* that raised stack* in
reliance on this past EPA guidance
assuming the availability of dispersion
credit cannot be distinguished from the
source*, in the example approved by the
court, that built stack* to the traditional
formula in an identical expectation of
dispersion credit
3. It cannot be said that the raiting of
stacks to formula height is a practice
that Congress "affirmatively sought to
end." It is not mentioned in the text of
the statute or it* legislative history.
Further, as the court has already noted.
the statute attributes a degree of
presumptive validity to the formula on
which soereee that raise their stick*
will have relied.
Detention to Rttpun FhM Modeling.
Several oommentas argued that EPA's
proposal to allow agenda* to require the
use of fluid modeiinsj we* uanecesseryt
sine* EPA *»"* already docnxnented *!*•
valient? of the GEP formula*:
Purtbenaare, these coBBnentere ergo*
that this allowance would make fluid
modeling the rale, rather than the
exception. This would feeaty the)
commenters state, because it wa* their
expectation that agenda* or
environmental group* would nearly
always fm^ for fluid T^^mine
demonstrations during the permit
application and review proce**.
Other commenters stated that
providing the discretion to require fluid
modeling was appropriate, since EPA
had failed to demonstrate that the GEP
formulae represented the mfaifrmna
height necessary to avoid excessive
concenfrations. -
Retpoiu*. The Court of Appeals
directed EPA to reexamine whether it*
rules should allow State*, as a matter of
discretion, to require even source* thet
1 'Tr» DM rf «Wdt h**f*W «p » *• <•*•! of foot
en>in««nm pncrtc* it tacour»f*d by IPA to wd«r
10 avoid local BtuaaocM." (3S F» 11700).
• 41 m 74S1 (Ftbntuy IS. l*7*k "niriilln
Section M. C-Jftt Can
• U n «S7» ftw M. USD* WKiflc dbOMtoB <>4
planned to rely on the formula to show
instead by fluid modeling that a stack
this high was required to avoid dangers
to health and welfare caused by
downwash. The court suggested that
EPA should include such a provision
unless it could find that the formula was
so accurate, or tended so much to err on
the low side, as to make discretionary
authority to adjust formula height
downward unnecessary.
The EPA believes that the court was
mistaken in its conclusion that a stack
at formula height is likely to generate
downwash concentrations as great as 40
percent only in uncommon situations. In
fact EPA's observations indicate that
when stack* are built to GEP formula
height as incre*** in concentration*
due to downwash can still be expected
to occur that i* between 20 and 80
percent greater than the concentration
that would occur in the absence of
building influence*. '•
Nevertheless, in response to the
court's *•««•«">, EPA is including in *Mt
final ml* a provision for the authority
administering these rule* to require field
studies or fluid modeling
demonstrations, even for stack* built to
formula height in caae* whew it
believe* that the formula may
significantly overstate the appropriate
stack height credit"
While EPA believe* th* formula to a
reasonable rait of thumb indteatinf the-
stack height needed to avead so**e
probability of a sunduda violation and
a significantly greater probability of •
local nuisance, actul meutts m any
may
on specific ff^giMTyt|
TheBPAaa*
attempted to •*»«•«*«• this possibility
withmta*amttsof*vsBiabs*d*taby
identifying two particular attaafloa* in
which it believe* that the female* awy
not be rababie mdtaaten of GB* Poroe*
structarM and hutlrtlne* who** shape*
staple btock^haped i
which th* formeiee at* I
Ihfcto
idea of Good
|L._t4^_ •aiM^aiBk^BMi a*k
nulflaW tgHaawTMBHl •
SUMS km* Mtkem* M
ofMcttotnSardM
"EarUwBPA
for enula u»«rad itmeMNi tad eoaUai
However. EPA acknowledges thet other
situations, of which the Agency is not
presently aware, may arise wherein the
formulae may not be adequate.
The EPA intend* to "grandfather" any
soure* thet relied on the formula in
building it* stack before the dete of
EPA's 1079 proposal from th* effect of
this discretionary reexamination
requirement
Only in that proposal did EPA first
suggest that such a discretionary
reexamination provision might be
included in the final rule. The
retroactivity analysis set out earlier
therefore supports exempting stacks
built in reliance on EPA guidance before
that date, from discretionary
reexamination. Indeed, a failua to
"grandfather" these sources would lead
to the paradoxical result that a source
that had built a GEP stack under the
traditional EPA formula would have its
direct reliance intacests protected by the
"grandfather" provision previously
upheld by th* court but could then lose
that "gnadfatbered" credit through a
rs** specific demonstration requirement
showing that th* traditional form*!* was
somewhat inaccurate— the very teason
behind the chant* in the formula
property toesttt noo^revoacuv* Dy B* A
AAMU^M
earner,
. Given this background EPA believes
that th* effect on emissions of Including
of of excfadfflsj * provwioB vor
diicrettooary deteRninetions bum this
rale i* likely to be very smell Building
stack* above formula height and raising
stack* betow formula height to formula
height ar* covered by regulatory
provisions already discussed. Th* only
case left for discretionary
d*t*rmm*tions to sddress to the building
of stack* at formula height in the post-
1870 period. However, all major sources
built since that time an already
controlcd to SO* emission rates no
greater than U rb./mmBTU— and. not
iiK/^mimoniy much I***-— under various
EPA regulations. AD new power plants
on which fflnit^ntff^iffn "commenced"
sine* 1071 must meet EPA's NSPS
rat* HO gTMter
rt«Ma IPA Mil fraUmd
ttnietum that w«n maud prtor M Novaebw Si
1SS4. Sine* EPA guidonc* hat an«r ilhioiit o«dtt
for poreu* menm. dM rMtttettoB la tki* rate te
tuck wracMrw •ook« M dl i
than thfe level That standard was
tightened for all power plants on which
rnrtftrtf^fat "CO*9BMBC*d" *ft*f 1079* Itt*
addition, all "mater" source* buih sine*
1077 in ana* subject to the Act's PSD
requirements have had to install be*t
avaUabi* coatrol tachaoioty. That
technology must reaaira th* greatest
degree of smierion coatrol that i*
achievable coandeoni technology.
pr impacts.14
n. isra
it Qa>*a*l As*T AM flMl**s*l Ma)
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 50. No. 130 / Monday. July 8. 1985 / Rules and Regulations 27901
If such sources had to show that use
of a formula height stack was needed to
avoid axceedances of the NAAQS or
PSD increments, that might prove
difficult for many of them. The
likelihood of such exceedances tends to
decrease as the emission rate for the
source decreases. By the same token.
the incremental emission reductions
available from the sources that are at
issue here tend to be small and among
the most expensive available, in terms
of emission reductions, little is at stake
where these sources are concerned.
Accordingly, the rules will require
such sources, if a reviewing authority
calls for a demonstration, to the rules
show that the uae of a formula stack
height is needed to avoid a 40-percent
increase in concentration* due to
downwash. This will provide a rough
check on whether the formula, aa
applied in the particular case at issue,
produces the result it was designed to
produce.
The EPA is not providing here for
sources to justify their formula height
stacks by arguing that the height in
excess of that needed to avoid NAAQS
violations is needed to avoid a local
nuisance. The discretionary modeling
requirement is designed for application
to stacks before they were built. Beyond
that, there ia no way to determine based
on \h* absence of a local nuisance that a
formula height stack is not too tall in
the way that the pretence of a nuisance
shows that a stack under formula height
in fact is too short Accordingly, there
will be no way. a* there was with short
stacks being raised, to determine from
actual experience whether a local
nuisance would occur at a shorter stack
height Though avoiding local nuisance
is a legitimate purpose for which stacks
are built it would be very difficult to
show by modeling what stack height
was needed to avoid it,
Some commenters have
misunderstood EPA's allowance of
discretion to require fluid modeling a*
requiring such modeling whenever any
individual or entity called for such a
demonstration. This discretion nets
explicitly with the reviewing aftncies
who have always had the prerogative to
require more stringent analyses in the-
SIP process.-and no obligation is implied
for these agencies to require fluid
modeling simply because it has been
called for by some individual during the
permit review process. It is EPA's
expectation that technical decisions to
require such additional demonstrations
would be based on sound rationale and
valid data to show why the formulae
may r.oi be adequate in a given
situation. In any case, given the burden
of reviewing a fluid modeling
demonstration, an agency is not likely to
exercise this option absent sufficient
justification. Consequently, EPA
disagrees with thecommenters'
contention that fluid modeling will
supplant the use of the CEP formulae.
except in what EPA believes will be
unusual instances.
Reliance on the 2.5H Formula. In
limiting the applicability of tha 2JH
formula to those cases whan tha
formula was actually relied upon, the
November 9 proposal defined auch
reliance in tarns of stack design. A
number of comments indicated that
actual stack design and conatruction
may ultimately be control not by the
Z.5H engineering rule, but by
construction materials specifications.
Consequently, while 2JH rale may have
provided an initial starting point in
stack design, the rule may not have
dictated final stack height In other
cases, it wtt argued that a number of
source o* ers may have constructed
their stacks in excess of what was
determined to be ""»?'P"M" CEP for
precautionary reasons, for process
requirements, or in anticipation of
additional growth in tha area
surrounding the facility, even though
emission limitations for these sources
would have been limited than, aa now,
to formula height Consequently, it waa
argued that EPA should allow source* to
demonstrate reliance on the- formula in
the calculation of emiaaion limita a* wail
as in tha design of tha stack.
In response to EPA's request for
comments on what evidmc* should be
considered acceptable in determining
reliance on tha ZJH formula, some
commenters urged EPA to consider
reconstructed evidence, e.f~ affidavits
from design engineers or copies of
corrmpondaaca indicating past reliance
on EPA guidance. Other eommantan
stand that "reliance" should be vary
strictly construed, that EPA should be
circumspect in its review of reliance
demonstrations, and that only
contemporaneous documentary
evidence, such as blueprints and facility
design plans, be accepted as evidence.
Responte. The EPA is in general
agreement with the view that reliance
should be considered in relation to the
emission limitation for the source, not
the design. Since section 123 specifically
prohibits EPA from regulating actual
stack heights and rather regulates stack
height credits used In setting emission
limitations, it would be illogical to
require that sources demonstrate
reliance on the 2.5H formula for actual
stack design. Moreover, such an
approach would contradict principles of
sound planning, in that it would penalize
those sources that have built taller
stacks in anticipation of facility
expansion or other growth in the area
that could influence CEP
determinations.
If a stack has been built taller than
2.SH formula provides, while the
emission limitation has been calculated
assuming 2.5H credit a convincing
demonstration has been made that the
source properly relied on the formula.
Conversely, if tha emiaaion limitation for
tha source ia basad on some other stack
height credit auch aa 24H. 3.SH or some
other number, it would be difficult to
show that tha CEP formula had in fact
been rwliad on.
In some cas*s tha amitaion limit
information may be unavailable or
inconduaive. In such case*. EPA will
allow reliance on reconstructed
evidence of conatruction intent
In commenta submitted during the
public comment period and in response
to questions raised by EPA at the public
hearing bald on January ft. 198S, industry
representatives repeatedly stated that
contemporaneous evidence of reliance
on tha 2JH formula, auch aa facility
design plans, dated engineering
calculations, or decision records are
rarely, if ever, retained for more than a
few yean after conatruction of the
facility ia completed. Consequently, they
argued that moat cases of legitimate
reliance would be denied if
contemporaneous evidence wan
required in order to retain for the 2.5H
formula.
Tha EPA agrees. Additionally, credit
afforded by tha ZJH formula in excess
of mat mulling from the uae of the
H+1.SL derivative ia likely to be small
except whan tha building on which
stack height credit Is baaed ia
substantially taller than it ia wide.
Finally, it ia EPA'a view that the court
did not intend that sources be subject to
a rigorous or overly stringent of reliance.
but only that they be accorded a
reasonable opportunity to show reliance
on the 2.5H formula. For these reasons.
EPA will allow the submission of
reconstructed, i.e. noncontemporaneous
documentary evidence to demonstrate
reliance on the ZJH formula.
Definition of "Nearby". Comments
wen submitted by UARG and others.
arguing that effectively, no limitation
should be placed on the consideration of
terrain-induced downwaah.
Alternatively, some of these
commenters argued that the court
decision requires that a limitation be
adopted that does not apply any
distance restriction of H mile in
modeling terrain effecu suci as is
-------
27902 Fadarai Raster / Vol. 5ft No. 130 / Monday. )uly 8, 1968 / Rule* and Regulations
ipplied to structure* in tin UM of CEP
formula*, but rather allowa
consideration of all terrain that' results
in the tame downwash effect as those
itructures within Vt mile of the stack.
Other commenten have argued that
the court decision and legislative history
preclude EPA from allowing
consideration of any terrain beyond a
distance of V4 mile, regardless of where
it begins.
Response, for the reasons
summarised below, EPA does not accept
either the interpretation that the court
decision authorize* EPA to adopt a
definition beeed solely on effect or that
it limits consideration exclusively to
terrain features falling entirely within H
mile.
Whea Congress discaseed tb»
allowance of credit for stack height to
addnea downwash, it staled that th*
term "nearby was to b* -strictly
construed." noting that if the tern were
to be interpreted "to apply to maa-nade
structures or tsmai features to to Vfc
mil* away from die satires* or man. the
result could be an opea invitation to
raise stack heights to unreasonably high
elevations and to defeat the basic
In its opinion, thccoort held that EPA
could not give onlimitad credit when
modeling terrain features because that
would conflict with the Pnnuassinnsl
jntfnflfm to tfflDoee artificial Units on
that credit Tb* coon we* not presented
with, and did not address, th* question
of what to do about terrain feature* that
"begem" within Vfc sail* and extended
outside it The approach adopted by
EPA carried out due congreaeioaal
purpose to impos* as artificial unit \n/m
at the same time reflects thai real facts
more closely than an absolute
limitation,
Unlike mM"-fnt'^t structures,
features do not have readily definable
AimmnminTj^ Other *^^H height POT *****
reason. EPA has defined "nearby" aa
generally allowing inclusion of
consideration of terrain features that faD
within a distance of % mile of the stack,
EPA's definition win peorit
consideration of such terrain that
extends beyond the tt mile Omit if the
terrain begins within )t mil*, allowing
that portion within 10 time* the .
maximum height of the feature, not to
exceed 2 miles, as described In die
proposal.
To define when e terrain feature
"begms" within H mile. EPA has related
terrain height at the ft mile distance to
the maximum stack height that could be
justified under the other two methods
for determining CEP. Accordingly, EPA
will require that terrain features reach a
height at the V4 mile distance limit of
either 20 meters (La. 65 meters divided
by 15) or 40 percent of the stack height
determined by the CEP formulae applied
to nearby building*.
Treatment of New vsnut Existing
Sources Under the Definition of
"Nearby". In the proposal EPA
requested comment on whether new
sources should be treated differently
from existing sources and presented two
options for addressing mem,
Few comments were received on
these options. Several questioned the
logic of distinguishing between new end
existing sources to the regulations. One
commenter argued that new and existing
sources should both be subject to the
strict V% mil* limit proposed under one
option for aew eouices only. This has
already been discussed under EPA's
respona* to comments on the general
definition of "nearby and I* not
addressed further here.
Retpoaee. New aources are initially
subject to more stringent control
requirements than many existing
sources. Consequently, it is leea likely
that the emission limitations and stack
height credits for the** sources will be
affected by terrain features.
Furthermore. EPA believes dut th*
effect of applying a more restrictive
diatafl*^ omitatioa will b* r^g"1**^"'
and will result only in minor change* •
siting, rather th*a «ff>ft«"tH reiocetioa
of eovcee* PCS? this reason. EPA he*
selected the second option, treating new
and exietmt source* Identically aadar
the definitto* of "nearby."
EPA is giving this definition of
"nearby" retroactive application to
December n. l«ra Th* courts dectoioa
makes clear its conclusion that Coagteea
affirmatively focused on this iaau* and
decided thus making application aa of
th* **~***»» date proper.
Defaition of Other Dispentoa
Technique*. Th* EPA received many
comments oa th* proper scope of th*
definition of "dispersion techniques."
and perhaps more otfthe appropriate
bounds of *h^ exclusions, Industry.
'• HX RJVOA. No. 2M. Mia GJO*. lit!
turn-
commenten generally argued that EPA
had improperly proposed to deny
consideration for plume-enhancement
effects that are "coincidenur with
techniques and practices routinely
carried out for sound engineering and
economic reasons. They argued that
EPA should prohibit credit only when a
technique or practice wes decisively
motivated by a desire for dispersion
credit Such en approach would create a
"but for" test using the intent of the
source owner or operator as th* basis
for EPA's decisions.
Other eommenters argued that EPA
must use a teat based purely on effects.
prohibiting credit where a technique or
practice has the effect of enhancing
dispersion, regardless of any other
Response. In the final regulation. EPA
has rejected the polar positions
discussed above. The argument that
dispersion effects are forbidden
regardless of motive is discussed and
rejected as a part of the general
response to the argument the! only
"well-controlled" sources can receive
any dispersion credit
Conversely, a pure "but for" test runs
the risk of creating exclusions that
effectively swallow the rule itself. The
EPA judge* that few, if any.
r4rfnmmtm*i/.mj gfg Hlraly (0 ftfiM U)
which some other benefit or justification
cannot be asserted aa the basis for a
practice, and therefore for such an
Where prospective evaluation of
merged gaa streams, or combined
stacks, is concerned, there is no reason
to assume the serious administrative
burden* investigating such *t«'*«« might
entail The court directed EPA to apply
an t"*«ff* teat "at a m<«iimim»- " «n it
free to take an approach that may be
less geaaroua toward credit for
combined stacks, ^nm sources in the
future win be able to plan against the
background of rales that define
pcrmisaible credits precisely. little
unfairness results from a restrictive
appfoechm
Wham ranaapecdve application is
coooanadt however, the retroactivity
analyst* spelled out by the court directs
that an intent-baaed teat b* employed as
described later.
Accordingly, after considering th*
record on the** matters, EPA has
determined to take a "niiiliTIs ground"
approach to this question. The final
regulation retains the same broad
prohibition found In the proposal on
increasing exhaust gas plume rise by
manipulation of parameters, or the
combining of exhaust gases from several
MiTflqj stacks into one stack, with
several classes of exclusions. These
excluaiona recognize the existence of
independent Justifications based on
engineering and/or economic factors.
,
(1] Demonstration of original facility
design aad construction with merged
(2) Demonstration that merging after
July «. 1965 la part of a change in
operation that includes the installation
of pollution controls and results in a net
1 in allowable emissions of the
pollutant for which credit is sought or
-------
R»g*t*» / Vol. so. No. 130 / Monday. )uly 8. 1965 / Rules and Regulation*
27903
(3) Demonstration that merging before
July 8.1965 wet part of a change in
operation that included the installation
of control equipment, or wai carried out
for aound economic or engineenng
reason*. An allowable emissions
increase creates the presumption that
the merging wes not carried out for
sound economic or engineering
reasons.u
Of these exclusions, the first is identical
to the proposal, snd the second and
third are modifications of the second
exclusion included in the proposal, with
• refinement based on prospective/
retroactive application.
The first exclusion was retained for
the reasons stated in the proposal After
reviewing the comments submitted, EPA
determined that its previous .
conclusion—that standard practice in
designing and constructing facilities
routinely includes venting *Ti"VTTt
from several units into a common or
multiflued stack—is correct Sound
engineering and economic reasons.
based on costs of constructing ""1
maintaining separate stacks, availability
of land, and cost savings for pollution
control equipment support facility
design and construction considerations.
Even if air pollution requirements did
not exist at all sources would have
incentives to use as few stacks as
possible.
Since iacnatiag plume rise, rather
than phune rise itse& la a "dispersion
technique" and original design and
construction define the Initial base, such
original design and construction of
merged gas streams is not considered a
dispersion technique. Moreover, in
designing the facility, a source can
usually choose to build one larger unit
rather than several smaller units.
Therefore, prohibiting credit for original
design generally only effect the design
of units and not the plume rise.
Objections have been raised to
applying this logic to sources which are
constructed over a period of time, but
use a single stack. However, the same
factual arguments fust listed would
apply is the seme, if the original design
included provition for the additional
units in the plans for the facility, and in
the design and construction of the stack.
In such a case, the later units merged .
into the stack would be intruded within
the exclusion.
In addition, it would be logically very
difficult to apply a rule denying credit to
original design stacks. EPA or the State
would have to assume how many stack*
would have been built absent a desire
for dispersion credit, where they would
have been located and how high they
would have been. Since these
alternative stacks would be purely
hypothetical, there would be no dear
way of answering these questions; the
answer would simply have to be
selected arbitrarily from the wide range
of possible answers. Tms problem i*
absent when existing stacks have been
combined.
In contrast EPA finds change* from
the original design of a facility in order
to include merged stacks to require a
narrower judgment The EPA concluded
that where prospective application i*
concerned, the fThiT^uii should be)
available only to source* that combine
stacks reduce* allowable emissions of
the pollutant for which the credit is
granted. There are obvious economic
advanta*)** ia combioiBC stack* to
unit* that must be purchased, la
iltMHjM a! M
addition, the '
control for the pollutant in question
provides substantial assurance thaU the
purpose of the combination is not to
receive a more lenient emission limit
However, given peat EPA guidance OB
merging of stacks, EPA has concluded
that retroactive application of this tear
would not be proper. The EPA guidance
document* uniformly took the view that
merging of separate stacks into a single
stack "Is generally not considered a
dispersion technique" absent other
factors such as excessive use of fans or
other devices. '* Each
provided guidance to a source of a
Regional Office regarding the proper
treatment of merged stack* in
calculating emission limitations.
Considering these statements, EPA must
consider the standards expressed by (ha
court aa previously discussed in this
notice, to fudging the propriety of a
differing standard for retroactive.
application. Given the nature and
applications of the guidance which it
issued hi the past EPA judges the first
two criteria—that is, whether the new
rule represents an sbrupt departure from
well-established practice, snd whether
the parties against whom the new rule is
applied relied on the former rule—to be
satisfied, to addition, applying the
prospective criteria to past practice
would require significant change* in fuel
and/or control equipment for parties
whose emission limits were based on.
previous guidance. Finally, and
particularly where sources have not
been allowed to increase their previoai
emissions as a result of the combining of
stacks. EPA does not judge the itarutor
interest to be overriding in this instant
since the rule even in its retrospective
version only exempts sources that can
show a reasonable non-dispersion
enhancement ground for combining
stack*, and thereby implements the
"intent" test suggestsd by the court. On
the other hand. EPA has never suggested
that combined stacks that cannot meet
such a test an proper. Sources whose
actual emissions are increased, or
whose emission limitations are relaxed
in connection with the combining of
stacks create a strong presumption that
the combination waa carried out in
order to avoid the installation of
ooDtrote. Suflh comotRetions would
indeed ma counter to the statutory
purpose* and teouspectivs application
of a test that forbids them is therefore
koa Ouryl Tytar M
Rothbteft Aiywc a. rasa SM «IM tetwftwi W«K
Bubv tnm Homrt Oh Ocwtorfc UBS. •
Ctertd StaariWrt • Jw^fc Htnc (MM P. ISSB.
Sxtarptfont from the Definition of
Ditpenioa Techniquet. The EPA
fecal ttd numerous comments in
response to it* request for input on what
consideration, if any, should be given to
.vi.tn/HBj Mures* from me definition of
•Disparate* T*chniquesM whose
emissiOB* are below a specified level or
whoee stacks are less than the 4*
mmnros height. Thee* commenters
argaod that eombining gar streams in
particular oftea had aa ecemomie
juatiflcation independent of it* effects
oa dtcpenloa. end Ihetefcae should not
be gecieraffy forbidden. Other comments
stated (act fa coaeldetiag any such
exclusion, BPA should consider the
effect oa tetei atmospheric loadings.
AefnojM. Some Umitatioa on the
number of sources affected by the
definition at "dispersion techniques"
necessary for EPA to carry out the ttack
height program. There are currently
estimated to be over 2X000 sources of
SO» m the United States with actual
emissions exceeding 100 tons per year. It
would not be possible for EPA or States
to review the emission Omits of even s
significant fraction of this number
within a reasonable time period.
Twenty-two thousand of these sources
have eodaeioa* lew than £000 tons per
year and contribute a total of less than
13 percent of the total annual SO*
emissioa." POT this reason, and for
reasons of administrative necessity
discussed earner. EPA i* adopting sh
exemption from prohibitions on
manipulating prome rise for facilities
with allowable SO* emissions below
few Me CiMbuq. OAQPS
-------
2790* Psjda*«i Regular / Vol. 50. No. 130 / Monday. July 6. 1985 / Rulet and Regulation!
5.000 ton* per year. Tha EPA believes
tha affect of this exemption on total Sd
emissions to ba de minima inaatura.
Evan if thata source* ware abla to
increafe their emission rates as tha
result of an exemption from the
definition of dispersion techniques, their
combined effect would not ba
significant Indeed, because these
sources are exempt on the basis of their
annual emissions, there exists an upper
limit to tha extent to which they may
obtain relaxed emission limitation*. La,
to m»'n**ip an.exemption, tha "r1"1^!
emissions of a source may never exceed
5.000 tons par year. For these reasons.
the 5.000 ton limit passes a da minima
teat even more dearly than tha W-matar
limit included without challenge in tha
prior version of this rale. Monovar. SPA
believes that a large majority of thaaa
sources would not ba inclined to seek
less stringent tmlftifrn limitations, in
part because a substantial portion of
them an limited by State and local fuel
usarutaa.
Tha EPA believes at this time that a
de swam;* snta axaaptioa is justified
only for sources of SOi and that the
number of entail source* for which.
mission limitations for other poilutanta
are a significant concern would not
support a similar exemption. The EPA
will continue to review tha need for each
exaaapttone and. if deemed appropriate,
will propoaa them for review and
comment at a tatardata.
PAime Impaction. The EPA received »
number of comments requesting that
credit far phune impaction b* retained
on the (rounds that aUmmatmf sack
credit would have severe impacts OB
existing sources. Several approacnas
ware offered for overcoming plume
impadioo effects in mnrtating to
determine emission limitations baaed on
GEP stack height Generally, thaaa ,
approaches focuaed on modifying tha.
stack-terrain relationship represented a.
tha models. Several
along theae Unas that the court
recognized and spprovaoVof EPA's
attempt to avoid the *fhjcss,ef phone
impaction. but only itlaafaHiiisil of
EPA's regulatory methaw tn allowing
sources to avoid impactton. Thaaa
commanters argued that tha court did
not preclude EPA from allowing cradtt
to avoid plume impaction, but eniy from
allowing credit for stack height in
excess of GEP*. this, it was argued, could
be remedied In a way that waa
consistent with tha court decision by
incorporating impaction avoidance)
within the definition of GEP. It wasjjaao
suggested that EPA giva its "inters*
tpproval" to tha use of certain nftneri
complex terrain models, in particular the
Rough Terrain Display Model (RTDM],
to calculate emission limitations for
sources affected by changes to the stack
height regulation.
Response The.EPA agrees that the
court was cognizant of the problem of
plume impaction and noted that there
was much to recommend EPA's
allowance of credit for impaction
avoidance. However, the allowance of
credit for plume impaction was not
remanded to EPA for revision or
reconsideration, but was reversed by
the court as exceeding EPA's authority.
The EPA does not agree that it would
be possible to redefine GEP in a manner
that allowed credit for avoiding
impaction. since GEP is explicitly
denned tn terms of preventing excessive
concentrations due to duwnwesh,
wakes, and eddies. Phune impaction is a
phenomenon completely unrelated to
dowBwssh and, rather, is a consequence
of effluent gases being emitted at an
insufficient height to avoid their striking
downwind hillsides, rftfhr or
mountainsides prior to dilution.
Manipulation or "adjustment" of
modeling parameters to avoid predicting
theoretical plume iffipa.fitwn where
actual stacks have bean constructed
above GEP would be tantamount to
granting the same tmpaction credit that •
was invalidated by tha court
Furthermore. EPA bellevee that tha
manipulation of modettag parameters
for no other reason than to avoid an
Tha EPA Is In the peoceas at tavfinn*
-'
A number of
the guideline have tequaatad that EPA
approve the use of fie sQDM model aa a
of this issue can be foond m documents
associated with EPA's action on tha
modeling guideline (Docket Mb. A-80-
46). With respect to the revieed stack
height regulation, EPA has not refected
the use of RTDM. To the extent that
appropriate and complete data bases
and information on modal accuracy are
available. EPA may approve the use of
RTDM on a, case-by
-------
F«d«r*J R«gi»t«r / Vol 50, No. 130 / Monday, July 8. 1965 / Rules and Regulation*
27905
through the use of "grandfathered" stack
heights.
Source* undertaking major
modification, or reconstruction become
subject to additional control
requirements under the Clean Air Act
and an treated ai "new sources" for the
purpose ;f new source review and PSD
requirer. "-:s. EPA finds it appropriate
that GEr requirements should be
invoked at the time that other
requirements for new, modified or
reconstructed sources become
applicable.
Summary of Modifications to EPA '«
Proposal Resulting from Public
Comment*
Based oa comments received during
the public comment period. EPA haw
made a number of revisions to itt
proposed regulation in addition to thoee
discussed above. These revisions an
summarized below.
Section Sl.
regulation has been clarified to require
sources merging fas streams after Inly s,
1985 to achieve a net reduction in
allowable emissions. This change was
made to make it dear that the effects of
merging should not be used as a way of
achieving compliance with present
emission limits sad to avoid penalizing.
sources who are presently emitting at
less than allowable levels.
Sect/off 31.1(hhK2)(B)(iii) allow*
credit for a source that merged gas
streams in a change of operation at the
facility prior to July a, IMS that iacraded
the installation of control equipment or
had other sound engineering or
economic reasons. Any increase in the
emission limitation, or in the previous
actual emissions where no emission
limitation existed created a presumption
that those sound reasons were not
present.
Sect/on Sl.l(hh)(2)(E) has been added
to exclude from the definition of
prohibited "dispersion techniques" the
use of techniques affecting final exhaust
gas plume rise where the resulting total
allowable emissions of SOt from the
facility do not exceed 5.000 tons per
year.
Section Sl.lfiijfl) has been revised to
specify that the 85 meter de minima
height is to be measured as in other
determinations of CEP stack height
from the ground-level elevation at the
base of the stack. This does not
represent a substantive change in the
rule or in its application relative to pest
practices, but rather a simple
clarification.
Sect/on St.l(ii)(2) has been revised to
require that source owners demonstrate
that the 2.5H formula was relied on in
establishing the emission limitation.
Section 51.1(ii)(3) has been revised as
discussed elsewhere in this notice to
specify that an emission rate equivalent
to NSPS must be met before a source
may conduct Quid modeling to Justify
stack height credit in excess of that
permitted by the CEP formulae.
Section Sl.l(jj) now defines "nearby"
for purposes of conducting field studies
or fluid modeling demonstrations as 04
km (* mile), but allows limited
consideration of terrain features
extending beyond that distance if such
features "begin'* within OJ km. as
defined in the regulation.
Section 81.1 fUJ has been revised to
provide separate discussions of
"excessive concentrations" for the
separate situations discussed earlier in
this preamble. As that discussion makes
clear. EPA believes that the differing
categories of sources subject to this rule
are best addressed by requirements that
vary somewhat with those
circumstances. This definition embodies
that approach.
Section 31.12(k) has been corrected to
provide that the provisions of 151.12(0
shall not apply to itadt heighti in
existence before December 31.1070. The
proposal had incorrectly stated that
I 51.12 shall not apply to ttada
This regulation doe* not limit the
physical stack height of any some, or
the actual use of dispersioa techniques
at a source, nor does it require any
specific stack height for any source.
Instead it sets limits on the maximum
credit for stack height and other
dispersion techniques to be used in
ambient air TKHHIng for the purpose of
setting an emission limitation and
calculating the air quality impact of a
source. Sources are modeled at their
actual physical stack height miles* that
height exceeds their CEP stack height
The regulation applies to all stacks in
existence and all dispersion techniques
implemented since December 31.1870.
SUto tmpUmantsdon Plan
RaqubeoMota
Pursuant to section 406(d)(2) of the
Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977.
EPA is requiring that all States (1)
review and revise, as necessary, their
SIP'S to include provisions that limit
stack height credits and dispersion
techniques in accordance with this
regulation and (2) review all existing
emission limitations to determine
whether any of these limitations have
been affected bv stack height credits
above CEP or by any other dispersion
techniques. For any limitations that
have been so affected States must
prepare revised limitations consistent
with their revised SIP'S. All SIP
revisions and revised emission
'limitations must be submitted to EPA
within 9 months of promulgation of this
regulation.
Interim Guidance
In its proposal. EPA stated that it
would us* die proposed regulation to
govern stack height credits during the
period before promulgation of the final
regulation. The EPA further stated that
any stack height credits that are granted
based on this interim guidance would be
subject to review against the final rules
and may need to be revised
Consequently, with these final rules.
EPA is requiring that any action* that
were taken on (lack heights and stack
height credits during this interm penod
be reviewed and revised as needed to
be "*n>t*f*an* with this regulation.
Regulatocy FisodbUtry Analysis
Pursuant to the provision* of 5 U.S.C.
aOB(b). I hereby certify that the attached
rule will not have significant economic
impacts on a substantial number of
small entities. This rule is structured to
apply only to large sources: Le^ those
with stack* above 68 meters (213 feet),
or with annual SOt emissions in excess
of MOO tana, as further noted in the rule.
Based on an analysis of impact*, electric
utility plants and several smelters and
pulp and paper miDs will be
significantly affected by this regulation.
Under Executive Order 12291. EPA
must Judge whether s regulation is
"major" and therefore subject to the
requirement of a regulatory impact
analysis. EPA's analysis of economic
impacts predicts s potential cost to
emission source owners and open tors
exceeding flOO million: therefore, this is
s major rule under Executive Order
12291. However, due to tie promulgation
deadline imposed by the court EPA did
not have sufficient tune to develop a full
analysis of costs and benefits as
lequired by the Executive Order.
Consequently, it is not possible to judge
the annual effect of th:s rule on the
economy. A preliminary economic
impact analysis and »•>':sequent revision
were prepared and s:-> n n* docket
For any facility, &e *: r:aliry and
economic impact of the suck height
regulation generally dtper.ii on the
extant to which the scv:»! stack at that
facility conforms to CE? mck
-------
27900
Federal Register / Vol 50. No. 130 / Monday, July 8. 1985 / Rules and Regulations
Thus, when the regulation ii applied to
large sources, i-e.. those with stick
height greater than CEP and emissions
greater than 5.000 tons per year, it will
have the potential for producing
emission reductions and increased
control costs.
A preliminary evaluation of the
potential air quality impacts and a cost
analysis of the regulation was
performed at the time of proposal The
impacts identified were established in
isolation of other regulatory
requirements. The report predicted a
range of impacts, from a "low impact"
scenario that presumed that many
potentially affected sources would be
able to justify their existing stack
heights, configurations, and emission
limitations to a "high impart" scenario
which assumed that all of the potentially
affected sources would be required to
reduce their emissions to some degree.
In the development of its final
rulemaking action. EPA refined Its-
evaluation of potential impacts,
producing revised estimates of the
probable coats of me changes to the
regulation and expected reductions in
SOi emissions. As a result of this
refinement EPA estimates that the nde
will yield reductions in SOi emissions of
approximately 1.7 million tons per year.
The annualiiad cost of achieving these
reductions will be aproximately $750
million, and the capital cost is expected
to be approximately $700 million.
This regulation was reviewed by the:
Office of Management and Budget and
their written comments and any
responses are contained in Docket A-
83-48.
Judicial Review
The EPA believes that this rule is
based on determinations of nationwide
scope and effect Nothing in section 123
limits its applicability to a particular
locality. State, or region. Rather, section
123 applies to sources wherever located
Under section 307(b)(l) of the dean Air
Act [42 U.S.C 7607(b)(l)J. judicial
review of the actions taken by this
notice is available only by the filing of a
petition for review in the United States
Court of Appeals for the District of
Columbia and within 60 days of the date
of publication.
List of Subjects in 44 C7R Part 51
Air pollution control. Ozone. Sulfur
dioxide. Nitrogen dioxide. Lead.
Paniculate matter. Hydrocarbons,
Carbon monoxide.
Dated-June 27,1918.
Lee M. Itacaae,
Adminittrator.
PART SI-REQUIREMENTS POM
PREPARATION, ADOPTION, AND
SUBMTTTAL OP IMPLEMENTATION
Part 51 of Chapter L Title 40 of the
Code of Federal Regulations is amended
as follows:
1. The authority citation for Part 51
continues to read as follows: i
Authority: Sec, 110.301(a). and 123. Oeaa
Air Act as amended (42 U.S.C. 7410. TOl(a)
sad 7423).
2. Section S1.1 la amended by revising
paragraph* (hi), (ii). (jfl. end (kk) as
follows:
111.1
(hh)(l) ••Dispersion technique"
any technique which attempts to affect
the concentration of a pollutant in the
ambient air by.
(i) Using that portion of a stack which
exceeds good engineering practice stack
height
(ii) Varying the rate of emission of a
pollutant according to atmospheric
conditions or ambient concentrations of
that pollutant or
(ill) Increasing fl««i exhaust gaa
plume rise by manipulating source
procese parameters, exhaust gaa
parameters, stack parameters, or
combining exhaust gases froen several
existing stacks into one stack: or other
selective handling of exhaust gaa
streams so aa to increase the exhaust .
gaa piusa rise.
(2) The preceding sentence does not
include:
(i) The reaeating of a gaa stream,
following use of a pollution control
system, for the purpose of returning the
gee to the temperature at which it waa
originally discharged from the facility
generating the gaa stream:
(ii) The merging of exhaustjaa
streams where:
(A) The source owner or operator_
demonstrates that the facility was
originally designed and constructed with
such merged gaa streams;
(B) After July 6, 1963. such merging is
part of a change in operation et the
facility mat includes the installation of
pollution controls and is accompanied
by a net reduction in the allowable
emissions of a pollutant. This exclusion
from the definition of "dispersion
techniques" shall apply only to the
emission limitation for the pollutant
affected by such change in operation; or
(C) Before July ft. 1980. such merging
was part of a change in operation at the
facility that included the installation of
emissions control equipment or was
carried out for sound economic or
engineering reasons. Where there wai
an increase in the emission limitation or.
in the event that no emission limitation
was in existence prior to the merging, an
increase in the quantity of pollutants
actually emitted prior to the merging, the
reviewing agency shall presume that
merging was significantly motivated by
an intent to gain emissions credit for
greater dispersion. Absent a
demonstration by the source owner or
operator that merging was not
significantly motivated by such intent.
the reviewing agency shall deny credit
for the effects of such merging in
, the allowable emissions for
the source:
(iii) Smoke management in
agricultural or siivicultural prescribed
burning programs?
(tv) Episodic restrictions on
residential woodburning and open
burnings ee
(v) Techniques under f Sl.l(hh)(lKui)
which increase final exhaust gas plane
rise where the resulting allowable
emissions af sulfur dioxide from the
facility do not exceed MOO tons per
year.
(ii) "Good engineering practice" (CEP)
stack height means the greater of:
(1) 68 meters, measured from the
ground-level elevation at the base of the
stack
(2)'(i) For stacks in existence on
]enwry
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 50. No. 130 / Monday. July 8. 1985 / Rule* and Regulations
concentrations of any air pollutant as a
result of atmospheric downwaah. wakes,
or eddy effects created by the source
itself, nearby structures or nearby
terrain features.
(jj) "Nearby" as used in { Sl.l(ii) of
this part is defined for a specific
structure or terrain feature and
(1) for purposes of applying the
formulae provided in i 51.1(ii)(2) means
that distance up to five times the lesser
of the height or the width dimension of a
structure, but not greater than 0.8 km [V»
mile), and
(2) for conducting demonstrations
under | 51.1(ii)(3) means not greater *
than 04 km (V4 mile), except that the
portion of a terrain feature may b«
considered to be nearby which falls
within a distance of up to 10 times the
maximum height (H,) of the feature* not
to exceed 2 miles if such feature
achieves a height (H,) 0.6 km from the
stack that is at least 40 percent of the
CEP suck height determined by the
formulae provided in I 51.1(Ii)(2)(ii) of
this part or 2ft meters, whichever is
greater, as measured from the ground-
level elevation at the base of the stack.
The height of the structure or terrain
feature is measured from the ground-
level elevation at the baae of the stack.
(kk) "Excessive concentration" Is' '
defined for the purpose of determining
good engineering practice stack height
under | Sl.l(ii)(3) and means:
(1) for sources seeking credit for stack
height exceeding that established under
I Sl.l(ii)(2). a maximum ground-level
concentration due to emissions from a
stack due in whole or part to downwash.
wakes, and eddy effects produced by
nearby structures or nearby terrain
features which individually is at least 40
percent in excess of the maximum
concentration experienced in the
absence of such downwash. wakes, or
eddy effects and which contribute* to a
total concentration due to emissions
from all sources that is greater than an
ambient air quality standard. For
sources subject to the prevention of
significant deterioration program (40
CFR 51.24 and 5121). an excessive
concentration alternatively means a
maximum ground-level concentration
due to emissions from a stack due in
whole or pert to downwash, wakes, or
eddy effects produced by nearby
structures or nearby terrain features
which individually is at least 40 percent
in excess of the maximum concentration
experienced in the absence of the
maximum concentration experienced in
the absence of such downwash. wakes,
or eddy effects and greater than a
prevention of significant deterioration
increment The allowable emission rate
to be used in making demonstrations
under this pan shall be prescribed by
the new source performance standard
that is applicable to the source category
unless the owner or operator
demonstrates that this emission rate is
infeasible. Where such demonstrations
are approved by the authority
admir -ering the State implementation
plan. - Alternative emission rate shall
be established in consultation with the
source owner or operator
(2) for sources seeking credit after
October 1.1983. for Increases in existing
suck heights up to the heights
established under { 5U(ii}(2). either (i)
i m«yiminn ground-level concentration
due in whole or part to downwash.
wakes or eddy effects as provided in
paragraph (kk)(l) of this section, except
that the emission rate specified by any
applicable State implemenUtion plan
(or. in the absence of such a bait the
actual emission rate) shall be used, or
(li) the actual presence of a local
nuisance caused by the existing sUck,
as determined by the authority
administering the Sute implemenUtion
plan: and
(3) for sources seeking credit after
January 12.1979 for a suck height
dtunninedunder I 51.1(ii)(2) where the
euthority administering the SUU
implemenUtion plan raquim the use of
a field study or fluid modal to verify
CEP suck height for sources seeking
suck height credit after November 9.
IBM baaed on the aerodynamic
influence of cooling towers, and for
sources seeking stack height credit a,
December 31.1970 based on the
aerodynamic influence of structures not
adequately represented by the equations
in | 31.1(ii)(2), a maximum gnund-levai
concentration due in whole or part to
downwash. wake* or eddy effects that
is at leaat 40 percent in excess of the
maximum concentration experienced in
the absence of such downwash. wakes.
or eddy effects.
3. Section S1.1 is further amended by
removing paragraphs (U) and (mm).
llttt
4. Section 51.12 is amended by
removing paragraph (!)•
S. Section 51.12(0 (• emended by
removing "and (1)" from the first
sentence.
0. Section 51.12(k) is revised as
follows:
(k) The provisions of | 51.12(j) (hall
not apply to (1) suck heights in
existence, or dispersion techniques
Implemented on or before December 31.
1970. except where pollutants are being
emitted from such sucks or using such
dispersion techniques by sources, as
defined in section lll(a)(3) of the Clean
Air Act which were constructed, or
reconstructed, or for which major
modifications, as defined in
H lUKJMDMMi SlJ4(b)(2Ki) and
5Z21(b)(2)(l). were carried out after
December 31.1970: or (2) coal-fired
suarn electric generating units subject
to the provisions of Section 118 of the
Clean Air Act which commenced
operation before July 1.1987, and whose
sucks were constructed under a
construction contract awarded before
February «. 1974.
7. Section 31.18(1) i* amended by
winf "and (I)" torn *e &•*
jnt Dee fft-MOM Filed ?-*-» *« tm|
-------
Port 51
PART 51—REQUIREMENTS FOR PREP.
ARAHON. ADOPHON, AND SUt-
MITTAl Of IMPLEMENTATION
PLANS
Sec.
• 1.40 Scope.
AQMA ANALYSIS
•Ml AQUA analysis: SubmltUI date.
• 1.41 AQMA analysis: Analysis period.
• 1.41 AQMA analysis: Guidelines.
• 1.44 AQMA analyiU: Projection of emto-
•lona.
•1.4B AQMA analyiU: Allocation of emla-
•Ion*.
•1.4« AQMA analysti: Projection of air
quality concentration*.
•1.47 AQMA analysis: Description of data
sources.
•1.4* AQMA analysis: Data bases.
• 1.4* AQMA analysis: Techniques descrip-
tion.
SI 80 AQMA analysis: Accuracy factors.
• I SI AQMA analysis: Submlttal of calcula-
tions.
AQMA FLAM
• III AQMA plan: Oeneral.
81.81 AQMA plan: Demonstration of ade-
quacy.
II.M AQMA plan: Strategies.
II II AQMA plan: Legal authority.
II M AQMA plan: Future strategies.
81.87 AQMA plan: Future legal authority.
• I.M AQMA plan: Intergovernmental co-
operation.
• IB* (Reserved!
81 IK) AQMA plan: Resources
(1.01 AQMA plan: SubmllUI fonnat.
• I n AQMA analyils and plan: Data avail-
ability.
• I »3 AQMA analysis and plan: Alternative
procedure*
• I 100 Definitions.
ft! 101 Stipulation!.
11 I ni Public hearings.
• 1.101 Submission of plans: preliminary
review of plaiu.
61 104 Revisions.
51 I OB Approval of plans.
40 CFR Ch. I (7-141 Edition)
lufcpart O—Central Strategy
•I.110 Attainment and maintenance of na-
tional standards.
BI 111 Description of control measures.
•I.Ill Demonstration of adequacy.
II.III Time period for demonstration of
adequacy.
11.114 Emissions data and projections.
•I.Ill Air quality data and projections.
(1.118 Data availability.
•I.IIT Additional provisions for lead.
II.lit Stack heliht provisions.
II.II* Intermittent control systems.
l»i»a«t H—rr»v»nH«t> •* Ah »•••*•»
l«..re...cv iyh**.
BUBO Classification of reilons for episode
plans.
•l.lll fllcnlfleant harm levels.
81.181 Contlniency plans.
B1.183 Reevaluatlon of episode plans.
•1.160 Legally enforceable procedures.
11.111 Public availability of Information.
11.111 Identification of responsible
agency.
II.161 Administration procedures.
11.164 Stack height procedures.
11.161 Permit requirements.
11.166 Prevention of significant deterio-
ration of air quality.
in*jf«H J AjufcUoJ Air Qoolll; I•>«»•••»•
BUM Ambient air quality monitoring re-
quirements.
•1.110 Oeneral.
•1.111 Emission reports and recordkeeplng.
Bl.lll Testing. Inspection, enforcement.
and complaints.
11.111 Transportation control measures.
11.114 Continuous emission monitoring.
•I.110 Requirements for all plans.
Bl.lll Identification of legal authority.
Bl.lll Assignment of legal authority to
local agencies.
ln»»«il M—Msrajo¥snii»si»M C«ni»*t»rl«ii
AGENCY DESIGNATION
SI.140 Oeneral plan requirements.
BI.24I Nonattalnment areas for carbon
monoxide and ozone.
SI.142 (Reserved!
712
Environmental Protection Agency
§51.40
CONTINUING CONSULTATION PIOCESS
SI.243 Consultation process objectives.
SI.244 Plan elements affected.
SI 245 Organizations and officials to be
consulted.
11.246 Timing.
BI.24T Hearings on consultation process
violations.
RELATioNSHir or PLAN TO Ornn PLANNING
AND MANAGEMENT PROGRAMS
11.248 Coordination with other programs.
11.240 {Reserved!
•I.ISO Transmlttal of Information.
BI.2SI Conformity with Executive Order
11371.
S1.1S1 Summary of plan development par-
ticipation.
B1.16O Legally enforceable compliance
schedules.
812*1 Final compliance schedules.
B1.261 Extension beyond one year.
i flan Cantant
11.160 Resources.
•1.181 Copies of rules and regulations.
SI.285 Public notification.
•1.300 Purpose and applicability.
81.301 Definitions.
51.302 Implementation control strategies.
•I .101 Exemptions from control.
81.104 Identification of Integral vistas.
II. 108 Monitoring.
11.306 Long-term strategy.
11.307 New source review.
AIR QUALITY DATA REROUTING ,
81.320 Annual air quality data report.
Bonnes EMISIIOMS AND STATE ACTION
RETORTING
81.311 Annual source emissions and State
action report.
SI. Ill Sources subject to emissions report-
Ing.
81 323 Reportable emissions data and In-
formation.
II .124 Progress In plan enforcement.
61.328 Contingency plan actions.
81.328 Reportable revisions.
81.327 Enforcement orders and other State
actions.
81.320 (Reserved!
SI.341 Request for 18-month extension.
ArreNDicES A—K—(RESERVED)
ArrENDix L— EXAMrLE REGULATIONS FOR
PREVENTION or AIR POLLUTION EMEHCEN
cv EnsoDES
ArrENDIX M [RESERVED)
ArrcKDix N-EMISSIONS REDUCTIONS
ACHIEVABLE THROUGH iNsrccrioH. MAIN
TENANCE AND RCTROnT or LIGHT DUTY
VEHICLES
ArrEHoix O—(RESERVED)
ArrENDix P—MINIMUM EMISSION MONITOR
ING REQUIREMENTS
ArrENDicES Q—R—1 RESERVED I
ArrENDix S—EMISSION Orrsrr IirrcRrRETA-
TIVE RDLING
ArrcNDix T—(RESERVED!
ArrENDix U—CLEAN Am ACT SECTION 174
GUIDELINES
AUTHORITY: This rulemaklng Is promul-
gated under authority ol sections tOKbXI).
110. 160-160. 171-178. and 301(a> of the
Clean Air Act 41 U.8.C. 7401. 7410.
7470-7470. 7SO1-76OB. and 7S01(a>.
SOURCE: 16 FR 22398. Nov. IS. 1871. unless
otherwise noted.
EDITORIAL NOTE: Nomenclature changes
affecting Part 81 appear at 44 FR 8137. Feb.
8. 1078 and 81 FR 40661. Nov. 7,1086.
Subportt A-C—(Reserved|
Subpart D—MahifenaiK«
Standards
of National
• y|.— — -« • — S
SI. 340 Request lor 2 year extension.
SOURCE: 41 FR 18388. May 3, 1976. unless
otherwise noted.
151.46 Scope.
(a) Applicability. The requirements
or this Bubpart apply to air quality
maintenance areas (AQMAs) Identi-
fied under | 51.110(1) and to any areas
Identified under 151.110X11.
(b) AQMA Analviit. Under this sub-
part, procedures are given for the
analysis of the air quality Impact of
specified pollutant emissions from ex-
isting sources and emissions associated
with projected growth and develop-
ment In areas Identified under para-
graphs U) and (1) of 151.110. This
analysis Is referred to In this subpart
as an AQMA analysis.
(c) AQMA Plan. Under this subpart.
the Administrator will require a revi-
sion to the State Implementation plnn
for areas Identified under I 51.110(1) or
| 61.110(1) when necessary to prevent a
national ambient air quality standard
713
-------
jsi.nr
40 C« Cfc. I (7-l-M Edition)
estimated amounts of emissions and
the amounts of such emissions allow-
able under the applicable emission
limitations or other measures.
111.117 AMItlmul provUloiu for Jc«4.
Ill addition to other requirements In
|| 51 100 through (1.116 the following
requirements apply to lead. To the
extent they conflict, there require-
ments are controlling over those of
the proceeding sections.
(a) Control ttraten drmonitration.
Bach plan must contain a demonstra-
tion showing that the plan will attain
and maintain the standard In the fol-
lowing areas:
(1) Areas In the vicinity of the fol-
lowing point sources of lead: Primary
lead smelters. Secondary lead smelt-
ers. Primary copper smelters. Lead
gasoline additive plants. Lead-acid
storage battery manufacturing plants
that produce 3.000 or more batteries
per day. Any other stationary source
that actually emits 25 or more tons
per year of lead or lead compounds
measured as elemental lead.
(3) Any other area that has lead air
concentrations In excess of the nation-
al ambient air quality standard con-
centration for lead, measured since
January 1, 1974.
(b) Time perto /or emon$tralion of
a equacv- The demonstration of ade-
quacrof the control strategy required
under 161.113 may cover a longer
period If allowed by the appropriate
EPA Regional Administrator.
(c) Special modeling provitlont. (I)
For urbanized areas with measured
lead concentrations In excess of 4.0
jig/m'. quarterly mean measured since
January I. 1074, the plan must employ
the modified rollback model for the
demondration of attainment as a min-
imum, but may use an atmospheric
dlaperslon model If desired. If a pro-
portional model U used, the air quality
rial* should be the satre year as the
emissions Inventory required under
Hie paragraph e.
(2» For each point source listed In
I 61 11KB). that plan must employ an
•Ininspherlc dispersion model for dem-
onstration of attainment.
(3* For each area In the vicinity of
nn Rlr quality monitor that has record-
ed lead concentrations In excess ul the
lead national standard concentration,
the plan must employ the modified
rollback model as a minimum, but may
use an atmospheric dispersion model If
desired for the demonstration of at-
tainment.
(d) Air quality data and projection*.
(1) Each State must submit to the ap-
propriate EPA Regional Office with
the plan, but not part of the plan, all
lead air quality data measured since
January I. 1974. This requirement
does not apply If the data has already
been submitted.
(3) The data must be submitted In
accordance with the procedures and
data forms specified In Chapter 3.4.0
of the "AEROS User's Manual" con-
cerning storage and retrieval of aero-
metric data (BAROAD) except where
the Regional Administrator waives
this requirement.
(3) If additional lead air quality data
are desired to determine lead air con-
centrations In areas suspected of ex-
ceeding the lead national ambient air
quality standard, the plan may Include
data from any previously collected fil-
ters from partlculate matter high
volume samplers. In determining the
lead content of the filters for control
strategy demonstration purposes, a
State may use. In addition to the refer-
ence method. X-ray fluorescence or
any other method approved by the Re-
gional Administrator.
(e) SmUiion* data. (1) The point
source Inventory on which the summa-
ry of the baseline lead emissions In-
ventory Is based must contain all
sources that emit five or more tons of
lead per year.
(3) Each State must submit lead
emissions data to the appropriate EPA
Regional Office with the original plan.
The submission must be made with
the plan, but not as part of the plan,
and must Include emissions data and
Information related to point and area
source emissions. The emission data
and Information should Include the In-
formation Identified In the Hazardous
and Trace Emissions System (HA
TREMS) point source coding forms
for all point sources and the area
source coding forms for all sources
that are not point sources, but need
not necessarily be In the format of
those forms.
728
Environmental Protection Agency
I (I.I 18 Stack height provUloni.
(a) The plan must provide that the
degree of emission limitation required
of any source for control of any air
pollutant must not be affected by so
much of any source's stack height that
exceeds good engineering practice or
by any other dispersion technique.
except as provided In |61.118(b). The
plan must provide that before a State
submits to EPA a new or revised emis-
sion limitation that Is based on a good
engineering practice stack height that
exceeds the height allowed by
151.100(11) (1) or (2). the State must
notify the public of the avallabllty of
the demonstration study and must
provide opportunity for a public hear-
ing on It. This section does not require
the plan to restrict. In any manner.
the actual stack height of any source.
(b) The provisions of |51.118(a)
shall not apply to (1) stack heights In
existence, or dispersion techniques Im-
plemented on or before December 31,
1070, except where pollutants are
being emitted from such stacks or
using such dispersion techniques by
sources, as defined In section llKaXS)
of the Clean Air Act, which were con-
structed, or reconstructed, or for
which major modifications, as defined
In ||51.105(aMlKvKA), 61.1M(bX2MI>
and 63.31. were carried out
after December 31. 1»70; or (3) coal-
fired steam electric generating units
subject to the provisions of section 1 IB
of the Clean Air Act. which com-
menced operation before July 1, 1957,
and whose stacks were construced
under a construction contract awarded
before February S. 1974.
I tl.l I* Intermittent control •7*Unu.
(a) The use of an Intermittent con-
trol system (ICS) may be taken Into
account In establishing an emission
limitation for a pollutant under a
State Implementation plan, provided:
(1) The ICS was Implemented before
December 31, 1970, according to the
criteria specified In | 51.119(b).
(2) The extent to which the ICS Is
taken Into account Is limited to reflect
emission levels and associated ambient
pollutant concentrations that would
result If the ICS was the same as It
was before December 31, 1970. and was
operated as specified by the operating
§51.119
system of the ICS before December 31,
1970.
<3> The plan allows the ICS to com-
pensate only for emissions from a
source for which the ICS was Imple-
mented before December 31.1970. and.
In the event the source has been modi-
fled, only to the extent the emissions
correspond to the maximum capacity
of the source before December 31.
1970. For purposes of this paragraph,
a source for which the ICS was Imple-
mented Is any particular structure or
equipment the emissions from which
were subject to the ICS operating pro-
cedures.
(4) The plan requires the continued
operation of any constant pollution
control system which was In use
before December 31. 1970. or the
equivalent of that system.
(5) The plan clearly defines the
emission limits affected by the ICS
and the manner In which the ICS Is
taken Into account In establishing
those limits.
<6> The plan contains requirements
for the operation and maintenance of
the qualifying ICS which, together
with the emission limitations and any
other necessary requirements, will
assure that the national ambient air
quality standards and any applicable
prevention of significant deterioration
Increments will be attained and main-
tained. These requirements shall In-
clude, but not necessarily be limited
to, the following:
(I) Requirements that a source
owner or operator continuously oper-
ate and maintain the components of
the ICS specified at 151.119(bM3) (II)-
(Iv) In a manner which assures that
the ICS Is at least as effective as It was
before December 31, 1970. The air
quality monitors and meteorological
Instrumentation specified at
I 51.119(b) may be operated by a local
authority or other entity provided the
source has ready access to the data
from the monitors and Instrumenta-
tion.
(II) Requirements which specify the
circumstances under which, the extent
to which, and the procedures through
which, emissions shall be curtailed
through the activation of ICS.
(Ill) Requirements for recordkeeplng
which require the owner or operator
729
-------
(31.153
IIMU Reeialualloii of epliode plan*.
(a) States should periodically re-
evaluate priority classifications of all
Regions or portion of llegloita within
tlielr borders. The revaluation must
consider the three most recent yean
of air quality dat*. If the evaluation
Indicates a change to a higher priority
classification, appropriate chances In
the episode plan must be made as ex-
ppditlously as practicable.
Swfcpart |—Review of New Source*
and Modification*
flomrc tl m 4MS9. No*. 1, 1«B9. unless
othcrvtar noted.
ftl.lt* Legally enforceable procedure*.
(a) Bach plan must set forth legally
enforceable procedures that enable
the State or local agency to determine
whether the construction or modifica-
tion of a facility, building, structure or
Installation, or combination of these
will result In—
(DA violation of applicable portions
of the control strategy; or
(3) Interference with attainment or
maintenance of a national standard In
the State In which the proposed
source (or modification) Is located or
In a neighboring State.
(b) Such procedures must Include
means by which the State or local
agency responsible for final decision-
making on an application for approval
to construct or modify will prevent
such construction or modification If—
(1) It will result In a violation of ap-
plicable portions of the control strate-
gy: or
(2) It will Interfere with the attain-
ment or maintenance of a national
standard.
(c) The procedures must provide for
the submission, by the owner or opera-
tor of the building, facility, structure.
or Initallallon to be constructed or
mortified, of such Information on—
(1) The nature and amounts of emis-
sions lo be emitted by It or emitted by
awM-lated mobile sources;
(2) The location, design, construc-
tion, an.
• It.lM UentuVailoii of
agency.
Each plan must Identify the State or
local agency which will be responsible
for meeting the requirements of this
subpart In each area of the State.
Where such responsibility rests with
an agency other than an air pollution
control agency, such agency will con-
sult with the appropriate State or
local air pollution control agency In
carrying out the provisions of this sub-
part.
I fl.l<3 AdiulnMnure procedure*.
The plan must Include the xtminbu
tratlve procedures, which will be fol-
lowed In making the determination
specified In paragraph (a) of 161.180.
111.1*4 Stack bright procedural.
Such procedures must provide that
the degree of emission limitation re-
quired of any source for control of any
air pollutant must not be affected by
so much of any source's stack height
that exceeds good engineering practice
or by any other dispersion technique.
except as provided In I C1.118(b). Such
procedures must provide that before a
State lusues a permit to a source based
on iv good engineering practice stack
height that exceeds the height al-
lowed by 151.100(11) (1) or (2). the
State must notify the public of the
availability of the demonstration
study and must provide opportunity
for public hearing on It. This section
does not require such procedures to re
8 51.143
strict In any manner the actual stack
height of any source.
tftl.lt* Permit requirement*.
(a) State Implementation Plan pro-
visions satisfying sections 172(bX6)
and 173 of the Act shall meet the fol-
lowing conditions:
(1) All such plans shall use the spe-
cific definitions. Deviations from the
following wording will be approved
only If the state specifically demon-
strates that the submitted definition Is
more stringent, or at least as strin-
gent. In all respects as the correspond-
ing definition below:
(I) "Stationary source" means any
building, structure, facility, or Installa-
tion which emits or may emit any air
pollutant subject to regulation under
the Act.
(ID "Building, structure, facility, or
Installation" means all of the pollut-
ant-emitting activities which belong to
the same Industrial grouping, are lo-
cated on one or more contiguous or ad-
jacent properties, and are under the
control of the same person (or persons
under common control) except the ac-
tivities of any vessel. Pollutant-emit-
ting activities shall be considered as
part of the same Industrial grouping If
they belong to the same "Major
Group" (I.e.. which have the same two-
digit code) as described In the Stand-
ard Industrial Cla»*ificaUon Manual,
/f 72, as amended by the 197? Supple-
ment (U.S. Government Printing
Office stock numbers 4101-0066 and
003-005 001760. respectively).
(Ill) "Potential to emit" means the
maximum capacity of a stationary
source to emit a pollutant under Its
physical and operational design. Any
physical or operational limitation on
the capacity of the source to emit a
pollutant. Including air pollution con-
trol equipment and restrictions on
hours of operation or on the type or
amount of material combusted, stored.
or processed, shall be treated as part
of Its design only If the limitation or
the effect It would have on emissions
Is federally enforceable. Secondary
emissions do not count In determining
the potential to emit of a stationary
source.
733
-------
J 51.1 J
monitoring or communications por-
tion* of a contingency plan, but de-
UUed critiques oj such portions are
provided to the State.
(e) Where a State plan does not pro-
vide for public announcement regard-
ing air pollution emergency episodes
or where the State falls to give any
such public announcement, the Ad-
ministrator will Issue a public an-
nouncement that an episode stage has
been reached. When making such an
announcement, the Administrator will
be guided by the suggested episode cri-
teria and emission control actions sug-
gested In Appendix L of Part 51 of this
chapter or those In the approved plan.
(IT FR 10040. May SI. im. as amended at
IT PR 10SOT. Sept. it. IS72I
ltl.lt Sonrce surveillance.
(a) Each subpart Identifies the plan
provisions for source surveillance
which are disapproved, and sets forth
the Administrator's promulgation of
necessary provisions for requiring
sources to maintain records, make re-
ports, and submit Information.
(b) No provisions are promulgated
for any disapproved State or local
agency procedures for testing. Inspec-
tion. Investigation, or detection, but
detailed critiques of such portions are
provided to the Stale.
(c) For purpose of Federal enforce-
ment, the following test procedures
shall be used:
(1) Sources subject to plan provi-
sions which do not specify a test pro-
cedure and sources subject to provi-
sions promulgated by the Administra-
tor will be tested by means of the ap-
propriate procedures and methods pre-
scribed In Part 60 of this chapter;
unless otherwise specified In this part.
(2) Sources subject to approved pro-
visions of a plan wherein a test proce-
dure la specified will be tested by the
specified procedure.
137 FR 1OS40. May 31. 1*72, M amended at
40 PR 38032. June 20. I01M
I M.I 3 Air quality surveillance; resources;
Intergovernmental cooperation.
IMsapproved portions of the plan re-
Ut*J to the air quality surveillance
system, resources, and Intergovern-
mental cooperation arc Identified In
40 CFR Ch. I (7-1-M Idlllon)
each subpart. and detailed critiques of
such portions are provided to the
State. No provisions are promulgated
by the Administrator.
IM.I4 State ambient air quality stand-
ards.
Any ambient air quality standard
submitted with a plan which Is less
stringent than a national standard Is
not considered part of the plan.
I •!.!• FvMIc availability of plan*.
Each State shall make available for
public Inspection at least one copy of
the plan In at least one city In each
region to which such plan Is applica-
ble. All such copies shall be kept cur-
rent.
I IS.IO Submission to Administrator.
All requests, reports, applications.
submlttals. and other communications
to the Administrator pursuant to this
part shall be submitted In duplicate
and addressed to the appropriate Re-
gional Office of the Environmental
Protection Agency, to the attention of
the Director, Enforcement Division.
The Regional Offices are as follows:
Region I (Connecticut, Maine. Massachu-
setts. New Hampshire. Rhode Island. Ver-
mont). John P. Kennedy Federal Building.
Boston. Mass. 01203.
Region II (New York. New Jersey, Puerto
Rico, Virgin Islands) Federal Office Build-
ing. M Federal Plaza (Poley Square). New
York. NT 10007.
Region III (Delaware. Dtotrlct of Columbia.
Pennsylvania. Maryland. Virginia. West
Virginia) Curtis Building. Sixth and
Walnut Streets. Philadelphia. PA 19100.
Region IV (Alabama. Florida. Georgia. Mis-
sissippi. Kentucky. North Carolina. South
Carolina. Tennessee) Suite 300. 1421
Peachtree Street. Atlanta. OA 3030*.
Region V < Illinois. Indiana. Minnesota,
Ohio, Wisconsin) Federal Building. 230
South Dearborn. Chicago. Illinois 00000.
Region VI (Arkansas. Louisiana. New
Mexico. Oklahoma, Texas) l«00 Patenon
Street. Dallas. TX 7B30I.
Region VII (Iowa. Kansas. Missouri. Nebras-
ka) 1738 Baltimore Street. Kansas City,
MO 04100.
Region VIII (Colorado. Montana. North
Dakota. South Dakota. Utah. Wyoming)
010 Lincoln Towers. liiO Lincoln Street.
Denver. CO 00303.
Reston IX I Arizona, California, Hawaii.
Nevada. Ouun. American Samoa) 100
lavw*MN*ntwl rrwtectlwn Agency
CoUfornte Street. Ban Francisco. CA
M (Washhwton. Oregon. Idaho.
Alaska) 1300 Sixth Avenue. Seattle. WA
MIOI.
Ill FR Iteot. Sept M. im, as amended at
WFR "007. Oct. 31. 10741
I U.IT Bstw/awBMy W srwvtsUns.
The provisions promulgated In this
put and the various application
thereof are distinct and aeverable. If
any provision of this part or the appli-
cation thereof to any person or cir-
cumstances Is held Invalid, such Inva-
lidity shall not affect other provisions
or application of such provision to
other persona or circumstances which
can be given effect without the Invalid
provision or application.
137 FR latOO, Sept. M. 10731
dates for national standards does not
relieve any State from the provisions
of Subpart N of this chapter which re-
quire all sources and categories of
sources to comply with applicable re-
quirements of the plan—
(a) As expedltlously as practicable
where the requirement Is part of a
control strategy designed to attain a
primary standard, and
(b) Within a reasonable time where
the requirement Is part of a control
strategy designed to attain a second-
ary standard.
IU.lt
Abbreviations used In this part shall
be those set forth ID Part M of this
chapter.
IM FR 130M. stay 14.10731
IIS.lt Revlstoa wf
by AwsataMra-
After notice and opportunity for
hearing In each affected State, the Ad-
ministrator may revise any provision
of an applicable plan. Including but
not limited to provisions specifying
compliance schedules, emission limita-
tions, and dates for attainment of na-
tional standards: If:
(a) The provision waa promulgated
by the Administrator, and
(b) The plan, as revised, will be con-
sistent with the act and with the re-
quirements applicable to Implementa-
tion plans under Part 61 of this chap-
ter.
(U FR 13000. May 14.10731
HIM Attainment slates for national
Each subpart contains a section
which specifies the latest dates by
which national standards are to be at-
tained In each region In the State. An
attainment date which only refers to a
month and a year (such as July lt7B)
shall be construed to mean the last
day of the month In question. Howev-
er, the specification of attainment
137 FR 10000. Sept. 33. 1073, as I
M FR 34«3». Sept. 30. 1074: tl FR 400TO.
NOV.I.IOM]
ItUl lYevwfttta* ef significant wcterl*.
ratto«Wau-q»aUty.
(a) Plan disapproval The provisions
of this section are applicable to any
State Implementation plan which has
been disapproved with respect to pre-
vention of significant deterioration of
air quality In any portion of any State
where the existing air quality Is better
than the national ambient air quality
standards. Specific disapprovals are
listed where applicable. In Subparts B
through ODD of this part. The provi-
sions of this section have been Incor-
porated by reference Into the applica-
ble Implementation plans for various
States, as provided In Subparts B
through DDD of this part. Where this
section Is so Incorporated, the provi-
sions shall also be applicable to all
lands owned by the Federal Oover-
ment and Indian Reservations located
In such State. No disapproval with re-
spect to a State's failure to prevent
significant deterioration of air quality
shall Invalidate or otherwise affect the
obligations of States, emission sources,
or other persons with respect to all
portions of plans approved or promul-
gated under this part.
(b) Definition*. For the purposes of
this section:
(1HI) "Major stationary source"
means:
(a) Any of the following stationary
sources of air pollutants which emits.
or has the potential to emit. 100 tons
per year or more of any pollutant sub-
ject to regulation under the Act: Fossil
fuel-fired steam electric plants of more
18
19
-------
9 57.11
than 260 million British thermal units
per hour heat Input, coal cleaning
plants (with thermal dryers), kraft
pulp mills, Portland cement plants..
primary nine smelters. Iron and steel
mill plants, primary aluminum ore re-
duction plants, primary copper smelt-
ers, municipal Incinerators capable of
charting more than 360 tons of refuse
per day. hydrofluoric, sulfurlc. and
nitric acid plants, petroleum refiner-
ies, lime planU. phosphate rock proc-
essing plants, coke oven batteries.
sulfur recovery plants, carbon black
plants (furnace process), primary lead
smelters, fuel conversion plants, sin-
tering plants, secondary metal produc-
tion plants, chemical process plants,
fossil fuel boilers (or combinations
thereof) totaling more than 250 mil-
lion British thermal units per hour
heat Input, petroleum storage and
transfer units with a total storage ca-
pacity exceeding 300.000 barrels, taco-
nlte ore processing plants, glass fiber
processing plants, and charcoal pro-
duction plants;
(6) Notwithstanding the stationary
source sice specified In paragraph
(bMlKI) of this section, any stationary
source which emits, or has the poten-
tial to emit. 260 torn per year or more
of any air pollutant subject to regula-
tion under the Act; or
(c> Any physical change that would
occur at a stationary source not other-
wise qualifying under paragraph (bMl)
of this section, as a major stationary
source. If the changes would constitute
a major stationary source by Itself.
(II) A major stationary source that to
major for volatile organic compounds
shall be considered major for ozone.
(Ill) The fugitive emissions of a sta-
tionary source shall not be Included In
determining for any of the purposes of
this section whether It Is a major sta-
tionary source, unless the source be-
long* to one of the following catego-
ries of stationary sources:
(a) Coal cleaning plants (with ther-
mal dryers);
(6) Kraft pulp mills;
(c) Portland cement plants;
Hydrofluoric, sulfurlc, or nitric
acid plants;
O> Petroleum refineries:
(k) LJme plants:
(I) Phosphate rock processing plants;
(m) Coke oven batteries;
(n) Sulfur recovery plants;
(o) Carbon black plants (furnace
process);
(p) Primary lead smelters;
(a) Fuel conversion plants:
(r) Buttering plant*;
(*) Secondary metal production
plants:
(O Chemical process plant*:
(M) Fossil-fuel boilers (or combina-
tion thereof) totaling more than 260
million British thermal units per hour
heat Input:
(o) Petroleum storage and transfer
units with a total storage capacity ex-
ceeding 300.000 barrels;
(to) Taconlte ore processing plants;
(x> Olass fiber processing plant*;
(y> Charcoal production plants;
(*) Fossil fuel-fired steam electric
plant* of more that 260 million British
thermal units per hour heat Input."
and
(o«) Any other stationary source cat-
egory which, as of August 7. 19M. Is
being regulated under section 111 or
112 of the Act.
(2X1) "Major modification" means
any physical change In or change In
the method of operation of a major
stationary source that would result In
a significant net emission* Increase of
any pollutant subject to regulation
under the Act.
(II) Any net emissions Increase that
Is significant for volatile organic com-
pounds shall be considered significant
for ozone.
(Ill) A physical change or change In
the method of operation shall not In-
clude:
(a) Routine maintenance, repair and
replacement;
(6) Use of an alternative fuel or raw
material by reason of an order under
sections 2 (a) and (b) of the Energy
Supply and Environmental Coordina-
tion Act of 1974 (or any superseding
legislation) or by reason of a natural
i..,hei»aei*.l rrevecrtew Aa^ncy
gas curtailment plant pursuant to the
Federal Power Act;
An Increase ta actual nmtortnna to
creditable only to the extent that the
new level of actual emission* exceed*
theoMleveL
(vl) A dturea** ta actual emissions to
creditable only to the extent that:
<«) The old level of actual emissions
or the old level of allowable emissions,
whichever to tower, exceed* the new
level of actual emissions;
(») It to federally enforceable at and
after the ttae that actual construction
on the particular change begins; and
(c) It ha* approximately the aame
qualitative significance for public
health and welfare a* that attributed
to the Increase from the particular
change.
(vU) (Beaervedl
(vUl) An Increase that result* from a
physical change at a source occurs
when the emsanon* unit on which oon-
atructlon occurred become* operation-
al and begin* to emit a particular pol-
lutant Any replacement unit that re-
quire* shakedown become* operational
only after a reasonable shakedown
period, not to exceed 100 day*.
(4) "Potential to emit" mean* the
maximum capacity of a stationary
source to emit a pollutant under Its
physical and operational design. Any
physical or operational limitation on
the capacity of the source to emit a
pollutant. Including ah- pollution con-
trol equipment and restriction* on
houn of operation or on the type or
amount of material combusted, stored,
or processed, shall be treated a* part
of It* design if the limitation or the
effect It would have on emtoalon* to
federally enforceable. Secondary emis-
sion* do not count ta determining the
potential to emit of a stationary
source. .
(6) "Stationary source" means any
building, structure, facility, or Install*
20
21
-------
gsxai
tlon which emits or may emit any air
pollutant subject to regulation under
the Act.
(6) "Building, structure, facility, or
Installation" means all of the pollut-
ant-emitting activities which belong to
the same Industrial grouping, are lo-
cated on one or more contiguous or ad-
jacent properties, and are under the
control of the same person (or person*
under common control) except the ac-
tivities of any vesoel. Pollutant-emit-
ting activities shall be considered as
part of the same Industrial grouping If
they belong to the same "Major
Group" (I.e.. which have the same first
two digit code) as described In the
Standard Industrial CloJli/lcaflon
Manual, 1972. as amended by the 1077
Pufiplement (D) or
(E) of the Act for the pollutant on the
date of Its complete application under
40 CFR 82.21; and
(6) In the case of a major stationary
source, the pollutant would be emitted
In significant amounts, or. In the case
of a major modification, there would
be a significant net emissions Increase
of the pollutant.
(16X1) "Baseline area" means any
Intrastate area (and every part there-
of) designated as attainment or unclas-
slflable under section 107(dMl> (D) or
(E) of the Act In which the major
source or major modification estab-
lishing the baseline date would con-
struct or would have an air quality
Impact equal to or greater than 1 fig/
§5X21
m1 (annual average) of the pollutant
for which the baseline date Is estab-
lished.
(II) Area redeslgnatlons under sec-
tion 107(dXI) (D) or (E) of the Act
cannot Intersect or be smaller than
the area of Impact of any mjaor sta-
tionary source or major .'-modification
which:
(a) Establishes a baseline date; or
(ft) Is subject to 40 CFR 82.21 and
would be constructed In the same state
as the state proposing the redeslgna-
tlon.
(16) "Allowable emissions" means
the emissions rate of a stationary
source calculated using the maximum
rated capacity of the source (unless
the source to subject to federally en-
forceable limits which restrict the op-
erating rate, or hours of operation, or
both) and the most stringent of the
following:
(I) The applicable standards as set
forth In 40 CFR Parts 00 and 91;
(II) The applicable State Implemena-
tlon Plan emissions limitation. Includ-
ing those with a future compliance
date; or
-------
{ 52.21
recUr from a mobile source, such a*
emissions from the tailpipe of a motor
vehicle, from a train, or from a vessel.
(I) Emissions from ships or trains
coming to or from the new or modified
stationary source; and
(II) Emissions from any offalte sup-
port facility which would not other-
wise be constructed or Increase Its
emissions as a result of the construc-
tion or operation of the major station-
ary source or major modification.
(19) "Innovative control technology"
means any system of air pollution con-
trol that has not been adequately
demonstrated In practice, but would
have a substantial likelihood of
achieving greater continuous emis-
sions reduction than any control
system In current practice or of
achieving at least comparable reduc-
tions at lower cost In terms of energy.
economics, or nonalr quality environ-
mental Impacts.
(30) "Fugitive emissions" means
those emissions which rould not rea-
sonably pass through a stack, chim-
ney, vent, or other functionally equiv-
alent opening.
(JIKI) "Actual emissions" means the
actual rate of emissions of a pollutant
from an emissions unit, as determined
In accordance with paragraphs (bXJI)
(II) through (Iv) of this section.
(II) In general, actual emissions as of
a particular date shall equal the aver-
age rate. In tons per year, at which the
unit actually emitted the pollutant
during a two-year period which pre-
cedes the particular date and which Is
representative of normal source oper-
ation. The Administrator shall allow
'.he use of a different time period upon
a determination that It Is more repre-
sentative of normal source operation.
Actual emissions shall be calculated
using the unit's actual operating
hours, production rates, and types of
materials processed, stored, or com-
busted during the selected time period.
(Ill) The Administrator may presume
that source-specific allowable emis-
sions for the unit are equivalent to the
actual emissions of the unit.
(Iv) For any emissions unit which
has not begun normal operations on
the particular date, actual emissions
•hall equal the potential to emit of the
unit on that <|H!P
40 CFR Oi. I (7-1-tt MHUn)
(32» "Complete" means. In reference
to an application for a permit, that
the application contains all of the In-
formation necessary for processing the
application.
(23X1) "Significant" means. In refer-
ence to a net emissions Increase or the
potential of a source to emit any of
the following pollutants, a rate of
emissions that would equal or exceed
any of the following rates:
ffoUtttoiK and gmtottoiu Kate
Carbon raonoilde: 100 ton* per rear (tpr)
Nitrogen oxide*: 40 tpr
Sulfur dloxMe: 40 toy
Partlculatc matter
W tpr of paniculate matter emMon*:
It tpr of PM» emlMloni
OHNM: 40 tpr of volatile organic compounds
Lead: 0.0 tpr
Asbestos: 0.007 tpr
Beryllium: 0.0004 tpr
Mercury: O.I tpr
Vinyl chloride: I tpr
Fluorides: * tpy
Suit uric add mitt: 1 tpr
Hydrogen sulflde (HJB): 10 tpr
Total reduced sulfur (Including HjBI: 10 tpr
Reduced nilfur compound! (Including HJB):
10 tpr
(II) "Significant" means. In reference
to a net emissions Increase or the po-
tential of a source to emit a pollutant
subject to regulation under the Act
that paragraph (bX33XI> of this sec-
tion, does not list, any emissions rate.
(Ill) Notwithstanding paragraph
(bX33XI> of this section, "significant"
means any emissions rate or any net
emission* Increase associated with a
major stationary source or major
modification, which would construct
within 10 kilometers of a Class I area.
and have an Impact on such area equal
to or greater than 1 pg/m', (34-hour
average).
(34) "Federal Land Manager" means,
with respect to any lands In the
United States, the Secretary of the de-
partment with authority over such
lands.
(35) "High terrain" means any area
having an elevation 900 feet or more
above the base of the stack of a
source.
(39) "Low terrain" means any area
other than high terrain.
(37) "Indian Reservation" means
any federally reoonnlr-ed reservation
environmental Protection Agoncy
established by Treaty. Agreement, ex-
ecutive order, or act of Congress.
(38) "Indian Governing Body"
means the governing body of any
tribe, band, or group of Indians sub-
ject to the Jurisdiction of the United
States and recognized by the United
States as possessing power of self gov-
ernment.
(29) "Advene Impact on visibility"
mean* visibility Impairment which
Interferes with the management, pro-
tection, preservation or enjoyment of
the visitor's visual experience of the
Federal Class I area. This determina-
tion must be made on a case-by-case
basis taking Into account the geo-
graphic extent. Intensity, duration,
frequency and time of visibility Im-
pairment, and how these factors corre-
late with (1) times of visitor use of the
Federal Class I area, and (2) the fre-
quency and timing of natural condi-
tions that reduce visibility.
(c) Ambient air Increment*. In areas
designated as Class I, II or III. In-
creases In pollutant concentration over
the baseline concentration shall be
limited to the following:
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE (NCKEASC
9 52.21
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE INCREASE—Continued
CLAM I
TSP. mnmt r-V
1ST.(4-to mB*iun.
140*
tt
17
10
•I
SI2
TSP. <
TSP.;
?«hr
tJ
n
40
1*7
For any period other than an annual
period, the applicable maximum allow-
able Increase may be exceeded during
one ouch period per year at any one lo-
cation.
(d) Ambient air ceiHnp* No concen-
tration of a pollutant shall exceed:
(1) The concentration permitted
under the national secondary ambient
air quality standard, or
(2) The concentration permitted
under the national primary ambient
air quality standard, whichever con-
centration to lowest for the pollutant
for a period of exposure.
(e) JteslHcMons on area cfas*1ca-
llons. (1) All of the following areas
which were In existence on August 7.
1977. shall be Class I areas and may
not be redeslgnated:
(I) International parka.
(II) National wilderness areas which
exceed 5.000 acres In sire.
(Ill) National memorial parka which
exceed 5.000 acres In size, and
(I*) National parks which exceed
6.000 acres In she.
(2) Areas which were redeslgnated as
Class I under regulations promulgated
before August 7. 1077. shall remain
Class I. but may be redeslgnated as
provided In this section.
(9) Any other area, unless otherwise
specified In the legislation creating
such an area, to Initially designated
Class II, but may be redeslgnated as
provided In this section.
(4) The following areas may be re-
designated only as Class I or II:
(I) An area which as of August 7,
1977. exceeded 10.000 acres In she and
was a national monument, a national
primitive area, a national preserve, a
national recreational area, a national
wild and scenic river, a national wild-
life refuge, a national lakeshore or sea-
shore; and '
(II) A national park or national wil-
derness area established after August
24
25
-------
9 52.21
7. 1077. which exceeds 10.000 acres In
size.
(I) Exclusions from increment con-
tump/ion. (1) Upon written request of
the governor, made after notice and
opportunity for at least one public
hearing to be held In accordance with
procedures established In 40 CFR
81.102. the Administrator shall ex-
clude the following concentrations In
determining compliance with a maxi-
mum allowable Increase:
(I) Concentrations attributable to
the Increase In emissions from station-
ary sources which have converted
from the use of petroleum products.
natural gas. or both by reason of an
order In effect under sections 2(a) and
(b) of the Energy Supply and Environ-
mental Coordination Act of 1974 (or
any superseding legislation) over the
emissions from such sources before
the effective date of such an order:
(II) Concentrations attributable to
the Increase In emissions from sources
which have converted from using nat-
ural gas by reason of a natural gas cur-
tailment plan In effect pursuant to the
Federal Power Act over the emissions
from such sources before the effective
date of such plan;
(III) Concentrations of partlculate
matter attributable to the Increase In
emissions from construction or other
temporary emission-related activities
of nsw or modified sources;
(Iv) The Increase In concentrations
attributable to new sources outside
the United States over the concentra-
tions attributable to existing sources
which are Included In the baseline con-
centration; and
(v) Concentrations attributable to
the temporary Increase In emissions of
sulfur dioxide or participate matter
from stationary sources which are af-
fected by plan revisions approved by
the Administrator as meeting the cri-
teria specified In paragraph (f)(4) of
this section.
(2) No exclusion of such concentra-
tions shall apply more than five years
after the effective date of the order to
which paragraph (f)(!)(!) of this sec-
tion, refers or the plan to which para-
graph (fMlXII) uf this section, refers,
whichever Is applicable. If both such
order and plan are applicable, no such
exclusion shall npply more than five
40 CFR Ch. I (7-1-99 billion)
years after the later of such effective
dates.
(3) No exclusion under paragraph (f)
of this section shall occur later than B
months after August 7. 1980. unless a
State Implementation Plan revision
meeting the requirements of 40 CFR
81.160 has been submitted to the Ad-
ministrator.
(4) For purposes of excluding con-
centrations pursuant to paragraph
(fKlXv) of this section, the proposed
plan revision shall:
(I) Specify the time over which the
temporary emissions Increase of sulfur
dioxide or partlculate matter would
occur. Such time Is not to exceed two
yean In duration unless a longer tune
Is approved by the Administrator.
(II) Specify that the tune period for
excluding certain contributions in ac-
cordance with paragraph (fM4KI> of
thta section. Is not renewable:
(111) Allow no emissions Increase
from a stationary source which would:
(a) Impact a Class I area or an area
where an applicable Increment Is
known to be violated; or
(6) Cause or contribute to the viola-
tion of a national ambient air quality
standard;
(Iv) Require limitations to be In
effect at the end of the tune period
specified in accordance with para-
graph , and (gX3Xlv)
of this section: and
(II) Such redeslgnatlon Is proposed
after consultation with the 8tate(s) hi
which the Indian Reservation la locat-
ed and which border the Indian Reser-
vation.
(5) The Administrator shall disap-
prove, within 90 days of submission, a
proposed redeslgnatlon of any area
only If he finds, after notice and op-
portunity for public hearing, that such
redeslgnatlon does not meet the proce-
dural requirements of this paragraph
or Is Inconsistent with paragraph (e)
of this section. If any such disapproval
occurs, the classification of the area
shall be that which was In effect prior
26
27
-------
§ 52.31
to the redrslgnallon which was disap-
proved.
(6) If the Administrator disapproves
any proposed redeslgnatlon. the State
or Indian Governing Body, as appro-
priate, may resubmll the proposal
after correcting the deficiencies noted
by the Administrator.
(h) Stack height*. (1) The degree of
emission limitation required for con-
trol of any air pollutant under this
section shall not be affected In any
manner by—
(I) 80 much of the stack height of
any source as exceeds good engineer-
Ing practice, or
(II) Any other dispersion technique.
(J) Paragraph (h)(l) of this section
shall not apply with respect to stack
heights In existence before December
31. 1970. or to dispersion techniques
Implemented before then.
(I) Review of major itattonary
fourcri and major modification*—
Source applicability and exemption*.
(I) No stationary source or modifica-
tion to which the requirement* of
paragraphs through (r) of this sec-
tion apply shall begin actual construc-
tion without a permit which states
that the stationary source or modifica-
tion would meet those requirements.
The Administrator has authority to
Issue any such permit.
(2) The requirements of paragraphs
through (r) of thin section shall
apply to any major stationary source
and any major inodlllc-allon with re-
npect to each pollutant subject to reg-
ulation under the Act that It would
emit, except as this section otherwise
provides.
(3) The requirements of paragraphs
(J) through (r) of this section apply
only to any major stationary source or
major modification that would be con-
structed In an area designated as at-
tainment or unclasslflable under sec-
tion 107(l> as In effect before
March 1. 1978. and the owner or oper-
ator:
Obtained under 40 CFR SJ.21 a
final approval effective before March
1.1978:
<6) Commenced construction before
March 19.1979: and
(c) Did not discontinue construction
for a period of 18 months or more and
completed construction within a rea-
sonable tune; or
(111) The source or modification was
subject to 40 CFR 62.21 as hi effect
before March I. 1978, and the review
of an application for approval for the
stationary source or modification
under 40 CFR 62.21 would have been
completed by March 1. 1978. but for
an extension of the public comment
period pursuant to a request for such
an extension. In such a case, the appli-
cation shall continue to be processed.
and granted or denied, under 40 CFR
62.31 as In effect prior to March 1.
1978; or
(Iv) The source or modification was
not subject to 40 CFR 82.21 as In
effect before March 1. 1978. and the
owner or operator
(•) Obtained all final Federal, state
and local preconstructlon approvals or
permit* necessary under the applica-
ble State Implementation Plan before
March 1.1978;
(6) Commenced construction before
March 19.1979: and
(c) Did not discontinue construction
for a period of 18 months or more and
completed construction within a rea-
sonable time; or
(v) The source or modification was
not subject to 40 CFR 62.21 as In
effect on June 19. 1978 or under the
partial stay of regulations published
on February 6, 1980 (46 FR 7800). and
the owner or operator:
(a) Obtained all final Federal, state
and local preconstructlon approvals or
permits necessary under the applica-
ble State Implementation Plan before
August 7. 1980;
(6) Commenced construction within
18 months from August 7. 1980. or any
f nvlr*nm«ntol f rotoctlon Agency
earlier time required under the appli-
cable State Implementation Plan: and
(c) Did not dlscontlnuue construc-
tion for a period of 18 months or more
and completed construction within a
reasonable time; or
(rl) The source or modification
would be a nonprofit health or non-
profit educational Institution, or a
major modification would occur at
such an Institution, and the governor
of the state In which the source or
modification would be located requests
that It be exempt from those require-
ments; or
(vll) The source or modification
would be a major stationary source or
major modification only If fugitive
emissions, to the extent quantifiable.
are considered In calculating the po-
tential to emit of the stationary source
or modification and the source does
not belong to any of the following cat-
egories:
(a) Coal cleat nianU (with ther-
mal dryers);
(b) Kraft pulp mills;
(c) Portland cement plants;
(d) Primary zinc smelters;
(e) Iron and steel mills;
(/) Primary aluminum ore reduction
plants;
(9) Primary copper smelters;
(M Municipal Incinerators capable of
charging more than 260 tons of refuse
per day;
(I) Hydrofluoric, sulfuric, or nitric
add plants:
U) Petroleum refineries;
IJme plants;
(I) Phosphate rock processing plant*;
(m> Coke oven batteries;
(n) Sulfur recovery planta;
(o> Carbon black plants (furnace
process);
(p> Primary lead smelters;
(«) Fuel conversion plants;
(r) Sintering plants;
(f) Secondary metal production
plants;
(I) Chemical process plants;
(*> Fossil-fuel boilers (or combina-
tion thereof) totaling more than 260
million British thermal units per hour
heat Input:
(D) Petroleum storage and transfer
units with a total storage capacity ex-
ceeding 300.000 barrels;
(u>) Taconlte ore processing plants;
9 52.11
(x) Glass fiber processing planta;
(y) Charcoal production plants;
(«) Fossil fuel-fired steam electric
plants of more than 360 million Brit-
ish thermal units per hour heat Input:
(aa) Any other stationary source cat-
egory which, as of August 7. 1980, Is
being regulated under section 111 or
112 of the Act; or
(vlll) The source la a portable sta-
tionary source which has previously
received a permit under this section.
and
(a) The owner or operator proposes
to relocate the source and emissions of
the source at the new location would
be temporary; and
(6) The emissions from the source
would not exceed Its allowable emis-
sions; and
(c) The emission* from the source
would Impact no Class I area and no
area where an applicable Increment la
known to be violated; and
(it) Reasonable notice la given to the
Administrator prior to the relocation
Identifying the proposed new location
and the probable duration of oper-
ation at the new location. Such notice
shall be given to the Administrator
not leas than 10 days hi advance of the
proposed relocation unless a different
time duration la previously approved
by the Administrator.
(lx> The source or modification was
not subject to 162.21. with respect to
paHlculate matter, aa In effect before
July 91. 1M7. and the owner or opera-
tor:
(•> Obtained all final Federal. State.
and local preconstructlon approvals or
permits necessary under the applica-
ble State Implementation plan before
July 11,1987;
(6) Commenced construction within
18 months after July 31. 1»87. or any
earlier time required under the State
Implementation plan; and
(c) Did not discontinue construction
for a period of 18 months or more and
completed construction within a rea-
sonable period of tune.
(x> The source or modification was
subject to 40 CFR 62.21. with respect
to partlculate matter, aa In effect
before July II. 1987 and the owner or
operator submitted an application for
a permit under tnla section before that
date, and the Administrator subse-
28
29
-------
9 51.21
quently determines that the applica-
tion as submitted was complete with
respect to the paniculate matter re-
quirements then In effect In this sec-
tion. Instead, the requirements of
paragraphs (J) through (r) of this sec-
tion that were In effect before July 31.
1087 shall apply to such source or
modification.
(6) The requirements of paragraph*
(j) through (r) of this section shall not
apply to a major stationary source or
major modification with respect to a
particular pollutant If the owner or
operator demonstrates that, as to that
pollutant, the source or modification
Is located In an area designated as
nonattabunent under section 107 of
the Act.
(6) The requirements of paragraphs
(k). and (o) of this section shall
not apply to a major stationary source
or major modification with respect to
a particular pollutant. If the allowable
emission* of that pollutant from the
source, or the net emissions Increase
of that pollutant from the modifica-
tion:
(I) Would Impart no Class 1 area and
no area where an applicable Increment
Is known to be violated, and
Would be temporary.
<7> The requirement* of paragraphs
(k). (m) and (o) of this section aa they
relate to any maximum allowable In-
crease for a Class II area shall not
apply to a major modification at a sta-
tionary source that was In existence
on March 1.1918. If the net Increase In
allowable emissions of each pollutant
subject to regulation under the Act
from the modification after the appli-
cation of best available control tech-
nology would be leu than SO tons per
year.
<8> The Administrator may exempt a
stationary source or modification from
the requirements of paragraph (m) of
this section, with respect to monitor-
Ing for a particular pollutant If:
(I) The emissions Increase of the pol-
lutant from the new source or the net
emissions Increase of the pollutant
from the modification would cause. In
any area, air quality Impacts less than
the following amounts:
Carbon monoxide—B75 pc/m'. (-hour aver-
as*:
Nltrocen dioxide -M pf/m*. annual avrrace:
30
40 CFM Ch. I (7-1-M Edition) Cnvtronm*ntal Protection Agency
Paniculate matter:
10 pg/rn' of TOP. 34-hour average;
10 p«/m« of f»M,.. 24 hour average;
Sulfur dioxide—1} pg/m*. 34-hour average;
Oxone; •
Lead-4.1 ps/m*. 1 month average;
Mercury-O.38 ps/ro". M-hour average:
Berylllum-0.001 pg/m', 34-hour average;
Fluoride*—0.3t tig/in*. 34-hour average;
Vinyl chloride—15 pg/m'. 34-hour average;
Total reduced sulfur—10 pg/m* 1-hour av-
erage;
Hydrogen sulflde—4.3 pg/m*. 1-hour aver*
age;
Reduced sulfur eompound»-10 pg/m'. I-
hour average: or
(II) The concentrations of the pollut-
ant In the area that the source or
modification would affect are less
than the concentrations listed In para-
graph (IK8KI) of this section, or the
pollutant la not listed In paragraph
0X8X1) of this section.
(9) The requirements for best avail-
able control technology In paragraph
(J) of this section and the require-
ments for air quality analyses In para-
graph as In effect on June
19, 1878. Instead, the latter require-
ments shall apply to any such source
or modification.
—
(Iv).
(U) The requirement* for air qulallty
monitoring pf PMM In paragraph*
(mxl). (II) and (Iv) and (mX3) of this
section shall apply to a particular
source or modification If the owner or
operator of the source or modification
submit* an application for a permit
under this section after June 1. 1988
and no later than December 1. 1988.
The data shall have been gathered
over at least the period from February
1. 1988 to the date the application be-
comes otherwise complete In accord-
vice with the provisions set forth
under paragraph (mXlKvtll) of this
section, except that If the Admlnlstra-
9 sa.li
tor determines that a complete and
adequate analysis can be accomplished
with monitoring data over a shorter
period (not to be less than 4 months).
the data that paragraph (mXIXIll) re-
quires shall have been gathered over a
shorter period.
(J) Control technology review. (DA
major stationary source or major
modification shall meet each applica-
ble emissions limitation under the
State Implementation Plan and each
applicable emissions standard and
standard of performance under 40
CFR Part* 80 and 81.
(2) A new major stationary source
•hall apply best available control tech-
nology for each pollutant subject to
regulation under the Act that It would
have the potential to emit In signifi-
cant amount*.
(3) A major modification shall apply
best available control technology for
each pollutant subject to regulation
under the Act for which It would
result In a significant net emissions In-
crease at the source. This requirement
applies to each proposed emissions
unit at which a net emission* Increase
In the pollutant would occur a* a
remit of a physical change or change
In the method of operation In the unit.
(4) For phased construction projects,
the determination of best available
control technology shall be reviewed
and modified a* appropriate at the
latest reasonable tune which occur* no
later than 18 month* prior to com-
mencement of construction of each In-
dependent phase of the project. At
such tune, the owner or operator of
the applicable stationary source may
be required to demonstrate the ade-
quacy of any previous determination
of best available control technology
for the source.
(k) Source impact analytic. The
owner or operator of the proposed
source or modification shall demon-
strate that allowable emission In-
crease* from the proposed source or
modification. In conjunction with all
other applicable emissions Increases or
reductions (Including secondary emis-
sions), would not cause or contribute
to air pollution In violation of:
(1) Any national ambient air quality
standard In any air quality control
region: or
31
-------
9 53.71
(2) Any applicable maximum allow-
able Increase over the baarllne concen-
tration In any area.
(I) Air quality modelt. (I) All esti-
mates of ambient concentration* re-
quired under this paragraph Khali be
baaed on the applliable air quality
models, data bases, and other require-
ments specified In the "Guideline on
Air Quality Models (Revised)" (1086)
and Supplement A (1081) which are
Incorporated by reference. The guide-
line (EPA publication No. 460/2-78-
027R) and Supplement A (1987) are
for sale from the U.S. Department of
Commerce. National Technical Infor-
mation Service, 6825 Port Royal Road,
Springfield. Virginia 22161. They are
also available for Inspection at the
Office of the Federal Register Infor-
mation Center. Room 8301. 1100 L
Street. NW., Washington. DC 20408.
Thla Incorporation by reference was
approved by the Director of the Feder-
al Register on February 6. 1988. These
materials are Incorporated as they
exist on the date of approval and a
notice of any change will be published
In the FKDKKAL REOISTCH.
(2) Where an air quality Impact
model specified In the "Guideline on
Air Quality Models (Revised)" (1988)
and Supplement A (1987) are Inappro-
priate, the model may be modified or
another model substituted. Such a
modification or substitution of a
model may be made on a case-by-case
basis or. where appropriate, on a ge-
neric basis for a specific state pro-
gram. Written approval of the Admin-
istrator must be obtained for any
modification or substitution. In addi-
tion, use of a modified or substituted
model must be subject to notice and
opportunity for public comment under
procedure* developed In accordance
with paragraph of this section.
(m) Air quality analvilt—(1) Preatt-
plicalton analv»lf. Any application
for a permit under this section shall
contain an analy*ln of ambient air
quality In the arm I hat ttir major sta-
tionary source or major modification
would aftrcl for each of the following
pollutants:
(a) For the source, each pollutant
that It would have the potential to
omit In a significant amount;
40 CFt Oi. I (7-141 Edition) environmental Protection Agency
(6) For the modification, each pol-
lutant for which It would result In a
significant net •••nlnslons Increase.
(II) With respect to any such pollut-
ant for which no National Ambient
Air Quality Standard exists, the analy-
sis shall contain such air quality moni-
toring data as the Administrator de-
termines Is necessary to assess ambi-
ent air quality for that pollutant In
any area that the emissions of that
pollutant would affect.
(Ill) With respect to any such pollut-
ant (other than nonroethane hydro-
carbons) for which such a standard
does exist, the analysis shall contain
continuous air quality monitoring data
gathered for purposes of determining
whether emissions of that pollutant
would cause or contribute to a viola-
tion of the standard or any maximum
allowable Increase.
(I*) In general, the continuous air
quality monitoring data, that Is re-
quired shall have been gathered over a
period of at least one year and shall
represent at least the year preceding
receipt of the application, except that.
If the Administrator determines that a
complete and adequate analysis can be
accomplished with monitoring data
gathered over a period shorter than
one year (but not to be less than four
months), the data that Is required
shall have been gathered over at least
that shorter period.
(v) For any application which be-
comes complete, except as to the re-
quirements of paragraphs (mMl) (III)
and (Iv) of this section, between June
8. 1981. and February 9. 1982. the data
that paragraph (mMlKIII) of this sec-
tion, requires shall have been gathered
over at least the period from February
9. 1981. to the date the application be-
comes otherwise complete, except
that:
(a) If the source or modification
would have been major for that pollut-
ant under 40 CFR S2.21 as In effect on
June 19, 1978, any monitoring data
shall have been gathered over at least
the period required by those regula-
tions.
(b> If the Administrator determines
that a complete and adequate analysis
can be accomplished with monitoring
data over a shorter period (not to be
less than four months), the data that
paragraph (mXIMill) of this section,
requires shall have been gathered over
at least that shorter period.
(c) If the monitoring data would
relate exclusively to ozone and would
not have been required under 40 CFR
SI 31 as In effect on June 19. 1978. the
Administrator may waive the other-
wise applicable requirements of this
paragraph (v) to the extent that the
applicant shows that the monitoring
data would be unrepresentative of air
quality over a full year.
(vt) The owner or operator of a pro-
posed stationary source or modifica-
tion of vtolalUe organic compounds
who satisfies all conditions of 40 CFR
Part 61 Appendix 8. section IV may
provide post-approval monitoring data
for ocone In lieu of providing precon-
structlon data as requried under para-
graph (mXl) of this section.
(vll) For any application that be-
comes complete, except as to the re-
quirements of paragraphs (mMl) (III)
and (Iv) pertaining to PM«. after De-
cember 1. 1988 and no later than
August 1. 1989 the data that para-
graph (mXIXlll) requires shall have
been gathered over at lerst the period
from August 1. 1988 to the date the
application becomes otherwise com-
plete, except that If the Administrator
determines that a complete and ade-
quate analysis can be accomplished
with monitoring data over a shorter
period (not to be less than 4 months),
the data that paragraph (mMlKill) re-
quires shall have been gathered over
that shorter period.
(vlll) With respect to any require-
ments for air quality monitoring of
PMM under paragraphs (1X11) (I) and
(U) of this sectlonm the owner or oper-
ator of the source or modification
shall use a monitoring method ap-
proved by the Administrator and shall
estimate the ambient concentrations
of PMM using the data collected by
such approved monitoring method In
accordance with estimating procedures
approved by the Administrator.
(2) Post-construction monitoring.
The owner or operator of a major sta-
tionary source or major modification
shall, after construction of the station-
ary source or modification, conduct
such ambient monitoring as the Ad-
ministrator determines Is necessary to
9 59.91
determine the effect emissions from
the stationary source or modification
may have, or are having, on air quality
In any area.
(3) Operations of monitoring sta-
tions. The owner or operator of a
major stationary source or major
modification shall meet the require-
ments of Appendix B to Part 68 of this
chapter during the operation of moni-
toring stations for purposes of satisfy-
ing paragraph (m) of this section.
(n) Source information. The owner
or operator of a proposed source or
modification shall submit all Informa-
tion necessary to perform any analysts
or make any determination required
under this section.
(1) With respect to a source or modi-
fication to which paragraph* (J). (1),
(n) and (p) of this section apply, such
Information shall Include:
(I) A description of the nature, loca-
tion, design capacity, and typical oper-
ating schedule of the source or modifi-
cation. Including specifications and
drawings showing Ite design and plant
layout;
(II) A detailed schedule for construc-
tion of the source or modification;
(III) A detailed description as to what
system of continuous emission reduc-
tion Is planned for the source or modi-
fication, emission estimates, and any
other Information necessary to deter-
mine that best available control tech-
nology would be applied.
(2) Upon request of the Administra-
tor, the owner or operator shall also
provide Information on:
(I) The air quality Impact of the
source or modification. Including me-
teorological and topographical data
necessary to estimate such Impact; and
(II) The air quality Impacts, and the
nature and extent of any or all general
commercial, residential. Industrial, and
other growth which has occurred sine*
August T. 1977. In the area the source
or modification would affect.
(o) Additional Impact anafiwe*. (1)
The owner or operator shall provide
an analysis of the Impairment to visi-
bility, soils and vegetation that would
occur as a result of the source or modi-
fication and general commercial, resi-
dential. Industrial and other growth
associated with the source or modifica-
tion. The owner or operator need not
32
33
-------
9 51.21
provide an analysis of the Impact on
vegetation having no significant com-
mercial or recreational value.
(2) The owner or operator shall pro-
vide an analysis of the air quality
Impact projected for the area as a
result cf general commercial, residen-
tial. Industrial and other growth asso-
ciated with the source or modification.
(3) Viability monitoring. The Ad-
ministrator may require monitoring of
visibility In any Federal class I area
near the proposed new stationary
source for major modification for such
purposes and by such means as the
Administrator deems necessary and
appropriate.
(p) Source* impacting Federal Clot*
I area*—additional requirement*—(I)
Notice to Federal land manager*. The
Administrator shall provide written
notice of any pe;mlt application for a
proposed major stationary source or
major modification, the emission!
from which may affect a Class I area,
to the Federal land manager and the
Federal official charged with direct re-
sponsibility for management of any
lands within any such area. Cuch noti-
fication shall Include a copy of all In-
formation relevant to the permit ap-
plication and shall be given within 30
days of receipt and at least 60 days
prior to any public hearing on the ap-
plication for a penult to construct.
Such notification shall Include an
analysis of the proposed source's an-
ticipated Impacts on visibility In the
Federal Class I area. The Administra-
tor shall also provide the Federal land
manager and such Federal officials
with a copy of the preliminary deter-
mination required under paragraph
(q) of this section, and shall make
available to them any materials used
In making that determination, prompt-
ly after the Administrator makes such
determination. Finally, the Adminis-
trator shall also notify all affected
Federal land managers within 30 days
of receipt of any advance notification
of any such permit application.
(2) Federal Land Manager. The Fed-
eral Land Manager and the Federal of-
ficial charged with direct responsibil-
ity for management of such lands
have an affirmative responsibility to
protect the air quality related values
(Including visibility) of such lands and
34
40 CM Ch. I (7-1-M Edition) fnvlronmwilol Protection Ag«ncy
to consider. In consultation with the
Administrator, whether a proposed
source or modification will have an ad-
verse Impact on such values.
(3) Vliibilltv analyii*. The Adminis-
trator shall consider any analysis per-
formed by the Federal land manager, i
provided within 30 days of the notifi-
cation required by paragraph (PX1) of
this section, that shows that a pro-
posed new major stationary source or
major modification may have an ad-
verse Impact on visibility In any Feder-
al Class I area. Where the Administra-
tor finds that such an analysis does
not demonstrate to the satisfaction of
the Administrator that an adverse
Impact on visibility will result In the
Federal Class I area, the Administra-
tor must. In the notice of public hear-
ing on the permit application, either
explain his decision or give notice as to
where the explanation can be ob-
tained.
(4) Denial—impact on air quality re-
lated value*. The Federal land Man-
ager of any such lands may demon-
strate to the Administrator that the
emissions from a proposed source or
modification would have an adverse
Impact on the air quality-related
values (Including visibility) of those
lands, notwithstanding that the
change In air quality resulting from
emissions from such source or modifi-
cation would not cause or contribute
to concentrations which would exceed
the maximum allowable Increases for
a Class I area. If the Administrator
concurs with such demonstration.
then he shall not Issue the permit.
(5) Cla»i I variance!. The owner or
operator of a proposed source or modi-
fication may demonstrate to the Fed-
eral Land Manager that the emissions
from such source or modification
would have no advene Impact on the
air quality related values of any such
lands (Including visibility), notwith-
standing that the change In air quality
resulting from emissions from such
source or modification would cause or
contribute to concentrations which
would exceed the maximum allowable
Increases for a Class I area. If the Fed-
eral Land Manager concurs with such
demonstration and he so certifies, the
State may authorize the Administra-
tor: Provided, That the applicable re-
quirements of this section are other-
wise met. to Issue the permit with such
emission limitations as may be neces-
sary to assure that emissions of sulfur
dioxide and partlculate matter would
not exceed the followng maximum al-
lowable Increases over baseline concen-
tration for such pollutants:
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE INCREASE
in. raftiun...
I*
17
tl
315
(6) Sulfur dioxide variance by Gov-
ernor with Federal Land Manager'!
concurrence. The owner or operator of
a proposed source or modification
which cannot be approved under para-
graph (qM4) of this section may dem-
onstrate to the Governor that the
source cannot be constructed by
reason of any maximum allowable In-
crease for sulfur dioxide for a period
of twenty-four hours or less applicable
to any Class I area and. In the case of
Federal mandatory Class I areas, that
a variance under this clause would not
adversely affect the air quality related
values of the area (Including visibili-
ty). The Governor, after consideration
of the Federal Land Manager's recom-
mendation (If any) and subject to his
concurrence, may. after notice and
public hearing, grant a variance from
such maximum allowable Increase. If
such variance Is granted, the Adminis-
trator shall Issue a permit to such
source or modification pursuant to the
requirements of paragraph (qM7) of
this section: Provided, That the appli-
cable requirements of this section are
otherwise met.
(7) Variance ay the Governor with
the Pnttdent'* concurrence. In any
case where the Governor recommends
a variance In which the Federal Land
Manager does not concur, the recom-
mendations of the Governor and the
Federal Land Manager shall be trans-
mitted to the President. The President
§ 52.21
may approve the Governor's recom-
mendation If he finds that the vari-
ance Is In the national Interest. If the
variance Is approved, the Administra-
tor shall Issue a permit pursuant to
the requirements of paragraph
of this section: Provided, That the ap-
plicable requirements of this section
are otherwise met.
(8) ffmlMlon limitation* for Presi-
dential or gubernatorial variance In
the case of a permit Issued pursuant to
paragraph (q) (6) or (6) of this section
the source or modification shall
comply with such emission limitations
as may be necessary to assure that
emissions of sulfur dioxide from the
source or modification would not
(during any day on which the other-
wise applicable maximum allowable In-
creases are exceeded) cause or contrib-
ute to concentrations which would
exceed the following maximum allow-
able Increases over the baseline con-
centration and to assure that such
emissions would not cause or contrib-
ute to concentrations which exceed
the otherwise applicable maximum al-
lowable Increases for periods of expo-
sure of 24 hours or less for more than
18 days, not necessarily consecutive,
during any annual period:
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE INCREASE
. im cut*
N
130
•t
221
(q) Public participation. The Ad-
ministrator shall follow the applicable
procedures of 40 CFR Part 124 In
processing applications under this sec-
tion. The Administrator shall follow
the procedures at 40 CFR B2.21(r) as
In effect on June 19, 1979, to the
extent that the procedures of 40 CFR
Part 124 do not apply.
(r) Source obligation. (1) Any owner
or operator who constructs or operates
a source or modification not In accord-
ance with the application submitted
pursuant to this section or with the
terms of any approval to construct, or
any owner or operator of a source or
35
-------
9 5121
modification subject to this section
who commences roiutructlon after the
effective date of these regulation*
without applying for and receiving ap-
proval hereunder. shall be subject to
appropriate enforcement action.
(3) Approval to construct shall
become Invalid If construction Is not
commenced within ID months after re-
ceipt of inch approval. If construction
Is discontinued for a period of IS
month* or more, or If construction to
not completed within a reasonable
time. The Administrator may extend
the 19-month period upon a satisfac-
tory showing that an extension Is Jus-
tified. This provision does not apply to
the time period between construction
of the approved phases of a phased
construction project; each phase must
commence construction within It
months of the projected and approved
commencement date.
<3) Approval to construct shall not
relieve any owner or operator of the
responsibility to comply fully with ap-
plicable provisions of the State Imple-
mentation plan and any other require-
ments under local. State, or Federal
law.
(4) At such time that a particular
source or modification becomes a
major stationary source or major
modification solely by virtue of a re-
laxation In any enforceable limitation
which was established after August 7.
1980. on the capacity of the source or
modification otherwise to emit a pol-
lutant, such as a restriction on hours
of operation, then the requirements or
paragraphs (J) through (») of this sec-
tion shall apply to the source or modi-
fication as though construction had
not yet commenced on the source or
modification.
(s) Environmental impact itate-
mentt. Whenever any proposed source
or modification Is subject to action by
a Federal Agency which might necessi-
tate preparation of an environmental
Impact statement pursuant to the Na-
tional Environmental Policy Act (42
IIBC. 4321). review by the Adminis-
trator conducted pursuant to this sec-
tion shall be coordinated with the
broad environmental reviews under
that Act and under section 30V of the
Clean Air Act to the maximum extent
feasible and reasonable.
(I) Disputed permit* or redetigna-
lion*. If any State affected by the re-
deslgnatlon of an area by an Indian
Governing Body, or any Indian Gov-
erning Body of a tribe affected by the
redeslgnatlon of an area by a State,
disagrees with such redeslgnatlon. or
If a permit to proposed to be Issued for
any major stationary source or major
modification proposed for construc-
tion In any State which the Governor
of an affected State or Indian Govern-
ing Body of an affected tribe deter-
mines will cause or contribute to a cu-
mulative change In air quality In
excess of that allowed In this part
within the affected State or Indian
Reservation, the Governor or Indian
Governing Body may request the Ad-
ministrator to enter Into negotiations
with the parties Involved to resolve
such dispute. If requested by any
State or Indian Governing Body In- ,
volved, the Administrator shall make a j
recommendation to resolve the dispute I
and protect the air quality related i
values of the lands Involved. If the
parties Involved do not reach agree-
ment, the Administrator shall resolve
the dispute and his determination, or
the results of agreements reached :
through other means, shall become '
part of the applicable State tanplemen- '
tatlon plan and shall be enforceable as
part of such plan. In resolving such
disputes relating to area redeslgnatlon.
the Administrator shall consider the
extent to which the lands Involved are
of sufficient atee to allow effective air
quality management or have air qual-
ity related values of such an area.
and (3) of this section.
C2> Where the Administrator dele-
gates the responsibility for conducting
source review under this section to any
agency other than a Regional Office
of the Environmental Protection
Agency, the following provisions shall
apply:
(I) Where the delegate agency to not
an air pollution control agency. It
shall consult with the appropriate
State and local air pollution control
agency prior to making any determlna-
36
Ijon under this section. Similarly.
where the delegate agency does not
have continuing responsibility for
managing land use. It shall consult
trith the appropriate State and local
•gency primarily responsible for man-
iglng land use prior to making any de-
termination under this section.
01) The delegate agency shall send a
copy of any public comment notice re-
quired under paragraph (r) of this sec-
tion to the Administrator through the
sppropriate Regional Office.
(S) The Administrator's authority
for reviewing a source or modification
located on an Indian Reservation shall
not be redelegated other than to a Re-
gional Office of the Environmental
protection Agency, except where the
State has assumed Jurisdiction over
such land under other laws. Where the
State has assumed such jurisdiction.
the Administrator may delegate his
authority to the States In accordance
with paragraph (vN2) of this section.
(4) In the case of a source or modifi-
cation which proposes to construct In
a class III area, emissions from which
would cause or contribute to air qual-
ity exceeding the maximum allowable
Increase applicable If the area were
designated a class II area, and where
no standard under section 111 of the
act has been promulgated for such
source category, the Administrator
must approve the determination of
best available control technology as
set forth in the permit.
(v) Innovative control technology.
(1) An owner or operator of a proposed
major stationary source or major
modification may request the Adminis-
trator In writing no later than the
close of the comment period under 40
CFR 124.10 to approve a system of In-
novative control technology.
(J) The Administrator shall, with
the consent of the governors) of the
affected stated), determine that the
source or modification may employ a
system of Innovative control technolo-
gy. If:
(I) The proposed control system
would not cause or contribute to an
unreasonable risk to public health.
welfare, or safety In Its operation or
function;
(II) The owner or operator agrees to
achieve a level of continuous emissions
9 52.11
reduction equivalent to that which
would have been required under para-
graph (JK2) of this section, by a date
specified by the Administrator. Such
date shall not be later than 4 years
from the time of startup or 7 years
from permit Issuance;
(III) The source or modification
would meet the requirements of para-
graphs (J) and (k) of this section.
based on the emissions rate that the
stationary source employing the
system of Innovative control technolo-
gy would be required to meet on the
date specified by the Administrator:
(Iv) The source or modification
would not before the date specified by
the Administrator
(«) Cause or contribute to a violation
of an applicable national ambient air
quality standard; or
(o) Impact any Class I area; or
(e) Impact any area where an appli-
cable Increment Is known to be violat-
ed; and
(v> All other applicable requirements
Including those for public partldpa-
lion hsMf*B been met.
(I) The Administrator shall with-
draw any approval to employ a system
of Innovative control technology made
under this section. If:
(I) The proposed system falls by the
specified date to achieve the required
continuous emissions reduction rate;
or
(II) The proposed system falls before
the specified date so as to contribute
to an unreasonable risk to public
health, welfare, or safety; or
The Administrator deckles at
any time that the proposed system to
unlikely to achieve the required level
of control or to protect the public
health, welfare, or safety.
(4) If a source or modification falls
to meet the required level of continu-
ous emission reduction within the
specified time period or the approval
to withdrawn In accordance with para-
graph
-------
552.22
veislon of this section shall remain In
effect, unless and until It expires
under paragraph (s) of this section or
Is rescinded.
(3) Any owner or operator of a sta-
tionary source or modification who
holds a permit for the source or modi-
fication which was Issued under 40
CFR 62.31 as In effect on July 30.
IB87. or any earlier version of this sec-
tion, may request that the Administra-
tor rescind the permit or a particular
portion of the permit.
(3) The Administrator shall grant an
application for rescission If the appli-
cation shows that this section would
not apply to the source or modifica-
tion.
(4) If the Administrator rescinds a
permit under this paragraph, the
public shall be given adequate notice
of the rescission. Publication of an an-
nouncement of rescission In a newspa-
per of general circulation In the affect-
ed region within 00 days of the rescis-
sion shall be considered adequate
notice.
t4S FR 38403. June II. 1*78. a* amended at
44 PR 37871. May 10. 1MB; 45 FR 83738,
Aut. 1. 1080: 47 FR 37561. June IS. INI; 41
FR 43308. Oct. 38. 1084; 50 FR 31560. July
13. 1085; SI FR 40875. 40877. Nov. 7. 1888: S3
FR 34714. July I. 1887; 53 FR 38401. July
14. 1087; 51 FR 308. Jui. 8. 10881
853.32 Maintenance of nalkmal (tan*-
aHi.
(a) Subsequent to January 31, 1973,
the Administrator reviewed again
State Implementation plan provisions
for Insuring the maintenance of the
national standards. The review Indi-
cate* that State plans generally do not
contain regulations or procedures
which adequately address this prob-
lem. Accordingly, all State plans are
disapproved with respect to mainte-
nance because such plans do not meet
the requirements of |SI.I2(g) of this
chapter. The disapproval applies to all
States listed In Subparts B through
DDD of this part. Nothing In this sec-
tion shall Invalidate or otherwise
affect the obligations of States, emis-
sion sources, or other persons with re-
spect to all portions of plans approved
or promulgated under this part.
(b) Regulation for review of new or
modified indirect tourers. (1) All
40 CFR Ch. I (7-1-M Edition)
terms used In this paragraph but not
specifically defined below shall have
the meaning given them In f 82.01 of
this chapter.
(I) The term "Indirect source" means
a facility, building, structure, or Instal-
lation which attracts or may attract
mobile source activity that results In
emissions of a pollutant for which
there ls a national standard. Such In-
direct sources Include, but are not lim-
ited to:
(a) Highways and roads.
(b) Parking facilities.
(c) Retail, commercial and Industrial
facilities.
(if) Recreation, amusement, sports
and entertainment facilities.
(«) Airports.
(S) Office and Government building*.
(0) Apartment and condominium
buildings.
(A) Education facilities.
(II) The term "Administrator" means
the Administrator of the Environmen-
tal Protection Agency or his designat-
ed agent.
(Ill) The term "associated parking i
area" means a parking facility or fa- '
cllltlea owned and/or operated In con- I
junction with an Indirect source.
(Iv) The term "aircraft operation" I
means an aircraft take-off or landing.
(v> The phrase "to commence con-
struction" means to engage In a con-
tinuous program of on-slte construc-
tion Including site clearance, grading,
dredging, or land filling specifically
designed for an Indirect source In
preparation for the fabrication, erec-
tion, or Installation of the building
components of the Indirect source. For
the purpose of this paragraph. Inter-
ruption* resulting from act* of Ood.
strikes, litigation, or other matters
beyond the control of the owner shall
be disregarded In determining whether
a construction or modification pro-
gram Is continuous.
(vl) The phrase "to commence modi-
fication" means to engage In a contin-
uous program of on-slte modification.
Including site clearance, grading,
dredging, or land filling In preparation
for a specific modification of the Indi-
rect source.
(vll) The term "highway section"
means the development proposal of a
highway of substantial length between
Protection Agoncy
logical termini (major crossroads, pop-
ulation centers, major traffic genera-
tor*, or similar major highway control
elements) as normally Included In a
ilnfle location study or multi-year
highway Improvement program a* set'
forth In 33 CFR 770.201 (38 FR 31677).
(vlll) The term "highway project"
means all or a portion of a highway
section which would result In a specif-
ic construction contract
(U) The term "Standard Metropoli-
tan Statistical Area (8MSAV meads
such areas as designated by the U.8.
Bureau of the Budget In the following
publication: "Standard Metropolitan
Statistical Area." Issued In 1M7. with
subsequent amendments.
(I) The requirements of this para-
graph are applicable to the following:
(I) In ah 8M8A:
(a) Any new parking facility, or
other new Indirect source with an as-
sociated parking area, which has a
new parking capacity of 1.000 cars or
more; or
(b) Any modified parking facility, or
any modification of an associated
parking area, which Increases parking
capacity by 500 cars or more; or
(c) Any new highway project with an
anticipated average annual dally traf-
fic volume of 20.000 or more vehicle*
per day within ten years of construc-
tion; or
(if) Any modified highway project
which will Increase average annual
dally traffic volume by 10,000 or more
vehicle* per day within ten year* after
modification.
(U) Outside an 8MSA:
(a) Any new parking facility, or
other new Indirect source with an as-
sociated parking area, which ha* a
parking capacity of 2.000 can or more;
or
(b) Any modified parking facility, or
Miy modification of an associated
parking area, which Increase* parking
capacity by 1,000 cars or more.
(Ill) Any airport, the construction or
general modification program of
which Is expected to result In the fol-
lowing activity within ten year* of con-
struction or modification:
(a) New airport: 50,000 or more oper-
ations per year by regularly scheduled
air carriers, or use by 1.600.000 or
more passengers per year.
851.22
(b) Modified airport: Increase of
80.000 or more operations per year by
regularly scheduled air carrier* over
the existing volume of operations, or
Increase of 1,600.000 or more passen-
gers per year.
(Iv) Where an Indirect source Is con-
structed or modified In Increment*
which Individually are not subject to
review under this paragraph, and
which are not part of a program of
construction or modification In
planned Incremental phases approved
by the Administrator, all such Incre-
ments commenced after December 31.
1974. or after the latest approval here-
under, whichever date Is most recent.
•hall be added together for determin-
ing the applicability of this paragraph.
(3) No owner or operator of an Indi-
rect source subject to this paragraph
•hall commence construction or modi-
fication of such source after December
31. 1974. without first obtaining ap-
proval from the Administrator. Appli-
cation for approval to construct or
modify shall be by means prescribed
by the Administrator, and shall In-
clude a copy of any draft or final envi-
ronmental Impact statement which
has been prepared pursuant to the Na-
tional Environmental Policy Act (42
O.8.C. 4321). If not Included In such
environmental Impact statement, the
Administrator may request the follow-
ing Information:
(I) For all Indirect source* subject to
this paragraph, other than highway
project*:
(o) The name and address of the ap-
plicant.
(b) A map showing the location of
the site of Indirect source and the to-
pography of the area.
(c) A description of the proposed use
of the site. Including the normal hours
of operation of the facility, and the
general types of activities to be operat-
ed therein.
<
-------
WORKSHOP ON IMPLEMENTING THE STACK
HEIGHT REGULATIONS
(REVISED)
OCTOBER 29 TO 30, 1985
by
PEI Associates, Inc.
505 South Duke Street, Suite 503
Durham, North Carolina 27701-3196
CONTROL PROGRAMS DEVELOPMENT DIVISION
OFFICE OF AIR QUALITY PLANNING AND STANDARDS
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECT!OH AGENCY
RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, NORTH CAROLINA 27711
October 1985
-------
151.117
40 CFI Ch. I (7-1-M IdhSon)
e«tunat«d amounts of emissions and
the amounU of such emissions allow-
able under the applicable emission
limitation* or other measures.
I f 1.117 AMIUonal protbloM for )ca«.
In addition to other requirements In
|| SI. 100 through 61.116 the following
requirements apply to lead. To the
extent they conflict, there require-
ments are controlling over those of
the proceeding sections.
(a) Control itralem demonstration.
Each plan must contain a demonstra-
tion showing that the plan will attain
and maintain the standard In the fol-
lowing areas:
(1) Areas In the vicinity of the fol-
lowing point sources of lead: Primary
lead smelters. Secondary lead smelt-
ers. Primary copper smelters. Lead
gasoline additive plants. Lead-acid
storage battery manufacturing plants
that produce 3.000 or more batteries
per day. Any other stationary source
that actually emits 36 or more tons
per year of lead or lead compounds
measured as elemental lead.
Any other area that has lead air
concentrations In excess of the nation-
al ambient air quality standard con-
centration for lead, measured since
January 1.1074.
(b) Time perlo for emonttratton of
a eguacif. The demonstration of ade-
quac/'of the control strategy required
under 151.113 may cover a longer
prilod If allowed by the appropriate
RPA Regional Administrator.
(c) Special modeling provision*. (1)
For urbanized areas with measured
lead concentrations In excess of 4.0
1*8/01*. quarterly mean measured since
January 1, 1074, the plan must employ
the modified rollback model for the
demonstration of attainment as a min-
imum, hut may use an atmospheric
dispersion model If deslted. If a pro-
IHirtlonal model Is used, the air quality
data should be the same year as the
emissions Inventory required under
the paragraph e.
(2) For each point source listed In
| B1.117(a>. that plan must employ an
atmospheric dispersion model for dem-
onstration of attainment.
(3) For each area In the vicinity of
an air quality monitor that has record-
ed lead concentrations In excess of the
lead national standard concentration,
the plan must employ the modified
rollback model as a minimum, but may
use an atmospheric dispersion model If
desired for the demonstration of at-
tainment.
(d) Air Qualify data and pro/ection*.
(1) Each BUte must submit to the ap-
propriate EPA Regional Office with
the plan, but not part of the plan, all
lead air quality data measured since
January 1. 1074. This requirement
does not apply If the data has already
been submitted.
(3) The data must be submitted In
accordance with the procedures and
data forms specified In Chapter 1.4.0
of the "AEROS User's Manual" con-
cerning storage and retrieval of aero-
metric data (8AROAO) except where
the Regional Administrator waives
this requirement.
(3) If additional lead air quality daU
are desired to determine lead air con-
centrations In areas suspected of ex-
ceeding the lead national ambient air
quality standard, the plan may Include
data from any previously collected fil-
ters from partlculate matter high
volume samplers. In determining the
lead content of the filters for control
strategy demonstration purposes, a
State may use. In addition to the refer-
ence method. X-ray fluorescence or
any other method approved by the Re-
gional Administrator.
(e) emission* data. (1) The point
source Inventory on which the summa-
ry of the baseline lead emissions In-
ventory Is based must contain all
sources that emit five or more tons of
lead per year.
(3> Each State must submit lead
emissions data to the appropriate EPA
Regional Office with the original plan.
The submission must be made with
the plan, but not as part of the plan,
and must Include emissions data and
Information related to point and area
source emissions. The emission data
and Information should Include the In-
formation Identified In the Hazardous
and Trace Emissions System (HA-
TREMS) point source coding forms
for all point sources and the area
source coding forms for all sources
that are not point sources, but need
not necessarily be In the format of
those forms.
728
•environmental Protection Agency
I (1.118 Stack height provisions.
(a) The plan must provide that the
degree of emission limitation required
of any source for control of any air
pollutant must not be affected by so
much of any source's stack height that
exceeds good engineering practice or
by any other dispersion technique,
except as provided In |51.118(b). The
plan must provide that before a State
submits to EPA a new or revised emis-
sion limitation that Is based on a good
engineering practice stack height that
exceeds the height allowed by
161.100(11) (1) or <3>. the State must
notify the public of the avallabllty of
the demonstration study and must
provide opportunity for a public hear-
ing on It. This section does not require
the plan to restrict. In any manner.
the actual stack height of any source.
The provisions of |B1.118
shall not apply to (1) stack heights In
existence, or dispersion techniques Im-
plemented on or before December 31.
1070. except where pollutant* are
being emitted from such stacks or
using such dispersion techniques by
sources, as defined In section llKaMI)
of the Clean Air Act, which were con-
structed, or reconstructed, or for
which major modifications, as defined
In ||61.166. 81.1««HbX3XI>
and 83.31(bX3XI). were carried out
after December 31. 1070; or <3> coal-
fired steam electric generating units
subject to the provisions of section 118
of the Clean Air Act. which com-
menced operation before July 1, 1967,
and whose stacks were construced
under a construction contract awarded
before February 6.1074.
I (I.I It Intermittent control systems.
(a) The use of an Intermittent con-
trol system (IC8) may be taken Into
account In establishing an emission
limitation for a pollutant under a
State Implementation plan, provided:
(1) The IC8 was Implemented before
December 31. 1070. according to the
criteria specified In | 6l.ll»(b).
(3) The extent to which the ICS Is
taken Into account Is limited to reflect
emission levels and associated ambient
pollutant concentrations that would
result If the ICS was the same as It
was before December 31, 1070. and was
operated as specified by the operating
951.119
system of the ICS before December 31.
1070.
(3) The plan allows the ICS to com-
pensate only for emissions from a
source for which the ICS was Imple-
mented before December 31. 1070. and.
In the event the source has been modi-
fied, only to the extent the emissions
correspond to the maximum capacity
of the source before December 31.
1070. For purposes of this paragraph.
a source for which the ICS was Imple-
mented Is any particular structure or
equipment the emissions from which
were subject to the ICS operating pro-
cedures.
(4) The plan requires the continued
operation of any constant pollution
control system which was In use
before December 31. 1070. or the
equivalent of that system.
(8) The plan clearly defines the
emission limits affected by the ICS
and the manner In which the ICS Is
taken Into account In establishing
those limits.
(«) The plan contains requirements
for the operation and maintenance of
the qualifying ICS which, together
with the emission limitations and any
other necessary requirements, will
assure that the national ambient air
quality standards and any applicable
prevention of significant deterioration
Increments will be attained and main-
tained. These requirements shall In-
clude, but not necessarily be limited
to. the following:
(I) Requirements that a source
owner or operator continuously oper-
ate and maintain the components of
the ICS specified at | B1.110(bX3> (II)-
(Iv) In a manner which assures that
the ICS Is at least as effective as It was
before December 31. 1070. The air
quality monitors and meteorological
Instrumentation specified at
| fil.H9(b> may be operated by a local
authority or other entity provided the
source has ready access to the data
from the monitors and Instrumenta-
tion.
(II) Requirements which specify the
circumstances under which, the extent
to which, and the procedures through
which, emissions shall be curtailed
through the activation of ICS.
(Ill) Requirements for recordkeeplng
which require the owner or operator
729
-------
REFERENCES FOR SECTION 5.2
-------
EPA-450/4-80-023R
Guideline for Determination of Good
Engineering Practice Stack Height
(Technical Support Document for the
Stack Height Regulations)
(Revised)
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air and Radiation
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Researcn Triangle Park. NC 27711
June 1985
-------
fort 51
PART 51— IfQUMEMfNTS FOR PREP-
ARATION, ADOPTION, AND SIM.
MfTTAl OF IMPIIMENTATION
PtANS
Sec.
• 1.40 Scope.
AQUA ANALYSIS
• 141 AQMA analysis: SubmltUI date.
61 42 AQMA analysis: Analysis period.
5141 AQMA analytic Guideline*.
61.44 AQMA analysis: Projection of eml*
•Ion*.
61.46 AQMA analysis: Allocation of emla-
•Ion*.
61.441 AQMA analyila: Projection of air
quality concentration*.
61.47 AQMA analysis: Description of daU
sources.
61.41 AQMA analyst*: DaU base*.
61 4* AQMA analysis: Techniques deacrlp^
Uon.
61.60 AQMA analytic: Accuracy facton.
61 61 AQMA analyal*: SubmltUI of calcula-
tion*.
AQMA Pun
61.62 AQMA plan: General
61.63 AQMA plan: Demonitratlon of ade-
quacy.
6164 AQMA plan: Strategies.
61.66 AQMA plan: Legal authority.
61M AQMA plan: Future strategies.
61.67 AQMA plan: Future legal authority.
61 68 AQMA plan: Intergovernmental co-
operation.
616* (Reserved)
61M AQMA plan: Resource*.
61(1 AQMA plan: SubmllUl format.
6161 AQMA analyila and plan: Data avail-
ability.
1181 AQMA analysis and plan: Alternative
procedure*.
61 IM Definition*.
61 111! Stipulation*.
61.101 Publk hearings.
61 101 Submission of plan*; preliminary
review of plan*.
61 104 RevUlon*.
&l 105 Approval of plan*.
40 CFR Ch. I (7.141 Edition)
Svfcswri O—Central Strategy
61.110 Attainment and maintenance of na-
tional standard*.
61.111 Description of control measures.
51.113 Demonstration of adequacy.
51.111 Time period for demonstration of
adequacy.
61.114 Emission* data and projection*.
61.116 Air quality data and projection*.
61.11* Data availability.
61.117 Additional provision* for lead.
61.11* Stack height provisions.
61.119 Intermittent control systems.
i •» Air PctMtM
61.160 Classification of region* for epUode
plan*.
61.161 Blgnlllcant harm level*.
61.162 Contingency plan*.
61.161 Reevaluatlon of epbode plan*.
61.1(0 Legally enforceable procedure*.
61.1*1 Public availability of Information.
61.1*2 Identification of responsible
agency.
61.163 Administration procedure*.
61.1*4 Stack height procedure*.
61.1*6 Permit requirement*.
61.18* Prevention of significant deterio-
ration of air quality.
61.190 Ambient air quality monitoring re-
quirement*.
61.110 General.
61.211 Emission report* and recordkeeplng.
61.212 Testing. Inspection, enforcement.
and complaint*.
61.211 Transportation control measure*.
61.214 Continuous emission monitoring.
61.23* Requirement* for all plan*.
61.231 Identification of legal authority.
61.212 Assignment of legal authority to
local agencies.
•••I CMm«M«ttM
AGENCY DESIGNATION
81.240 General plan requirements.
61.241 Nonattalnment areas for carbon
monoxide and ozone.
51.242 IReservedl
712
Environmental Protection Agoncy
§51.40
CONTINUING CONSULTATION PROCESS
51.243 Consultation process objectives.
61 244 Plan elements affected.
61.245 Organizations and officials to be
consulted.
61248 Timing.
61.247 Hearings on consultation process
violations.
RELATIONSHIP or PLAN TO OTHER PLANNING
AND MANAGEMENT PROGRAMS
61.248 Coordination with other programs.
61.24V I Reserved)
61.250 Transmlttal of Information.
61.261 Conformity with Executive Order
12172.
61.252 Summary of plan development par-
ticipation.
61.280 Legally enforceable compliance
schedules.
61.281 Final compliance schedules.
61.282 Extension beyond one year.
issj<«lr«Rj*iits
61.280 Resources.
61.2*1 Copies of rule* and regulations.
61.286 Public notification.
iiRir-arl P-tolKNM s4 VltMtty
61.300 Purpose and applicability.
61.301 Definition*.
51.302 Implementation control strategies.
61.301 Exemption* from control.
61.104 Identification of Integral vista*.
61.106 Monitoring.
61.10* Long-term strategy.
61.307 New source review.
Aia QUALITY DATA RITO*TINO ,
51.320 Annual air quality data report.
SODS.CS EMISSIONS AND STATE ACTION
RtronTiNo
51.321 Annual source emission* and State
action report.
61.322 Source* subject to emissions report-
Ing.
51.121 Reportable emissions data and In-
formation.
61.124 Progress In plan enforcement.
51.326 Contingency plan actions.
61.12* Reportable revisions.
61.327 Enforcement orders and other State
actions.
51.328 IReservedl
Sufcawt •—txUnsum
51 340 Request for 2 year extension.
51.341 Request for 18 month extension.
APPENDICES A — K -(RESERVED)
ArrcNnix I,- EXAMPLE REGULATIONS ro*
PREVENTION or Am POLLUTION EMERCEN
CY EPISODES
APPENDIX M—{RESERVED)
APPENDIX N- EMISSIONS REDUCTIONS
ACHICVASI.I THROUGH INSPECTION. MAIN-
TENANCE AND RETHOPIT OP LIGHT DUTY
VEHICLES
APPENDIX O (RESERVED!
APPENDIX P—MINIMUM EMISSION MONITOR
INC REQUIREMENTS
APPENDICES Q—R-(RESERVED)
APPENDIX S—EMISSION Orrsrr INTERPRETA-
TIVE RULING
APPENDIX T—(RESERVED)
APPENDIX O—CLEAN AIR ACT SECTION 174
GUIDELINES
AUTHORITY: This rulemaklng I* promul-
gated under authority of sections lOKbMl).
110. 1W-1M. 171-178, and 30l(a) of the
Clean Air Act 42 U.8.C. 7401(bXl). 7410.
7470-747*. 7S01-7SO*. and 7«Ol(al.
SOURCE 1* PR 22388, Nov. 25. IOT1. unless
otherwise noted.
EDITORIAL NOTE: Nomenclature change*
affecting Part 51 appear at 44 FR 8237. Feb.
I. 1»7» and 51 FR 400*1. Nov. 7. 108*.
Subport* A-C—(Rosorvod)
Support U— Molntononco of Notional
Standard*
Sooner 41 FR 183*8, May 3, 1*76. unless
otherwise noted.
151.4* Scoot.
(a) Applicability- The requirements
of this subpart apply to air quality
maintenance areas (AQMAs) Identi-
fied under 151.110X1) and to any areas
Identified under | 51.110X1).
(b) AQMA Analvti* Under this sub-
part, procedures are given for the
analysis of the air quality Impact of
specified pollutant emissions from ex-
isting sources and emissions associated
with projected growth and develop-
ment In areas Identified under para-
graphs (I) and (I) of 151.110. This
analysis Is referred to In this subpart
as an AQMA analysis.
(c) AQMA Plan. Under this subpart.
the Administrator will require a revi-
sion to the Slate Implementation plan
for areas Identified under I 51.110(1) or
| 51.110(1) when necessary to prevent a
national ambient air quality standard
713
-------
40 C« Ch. I (7-1-il EdHlon)
I II. « AQMA analjriU end plan: Data
aTallaMlltr.
(•) The State shall retain all de-
tailed data and calculations uaed In
the preparation of AQMA analyses
and plarui. make them available for
public Inspection, and submit them to
the Administrator at his request.
(b) The detailed data and calcula-
u*rd In the preparation of the
analyses and plans shall not be
considered a part of the AQMA plan.
Ill 41 AQMA anal;*!* and plan: Allcrna-
(a) At the request of a State, or
uuder his own Initiative, the Adminis-
trator, where he determines It appro-
pi late, may approve alternative
AQUA analysis and plan development
procedures as allowed under II 61.42,
01.44, 61.46. 61.48. 61.48(b>. and
(I.*0. He may consider all relevant
factors Including but not limited to air
quality problems, financial and man-
power limitations, administrative fea-
sibility. and existing commitments by
the State.
(b) The Administrator shall act upon
a request for modification within 45
days after receipt of a properly pre-
pared and filed request. Unless a State
Is notified of a denial, or the Adminis-
trator requests additional Information.
•och a request Is automatically ap-
prdved on the forty-sixth day.
(c) The Administrator shall publish
In the FnntAL RMISTC* a description
of each modification made.
(d) A public hearing on an AQMA
plan does not fulfill the public hearing
requirements of this part If. subse-
nt to the hearing, any alternative
lures are approved under this
an.
. IIS. 111. I74p«rt F— Procedural tequlremmti
OODKCI: SI FR 40891. Nov. 7. 1988. unlru
nllierwtar noltd
• BUM Definition*.
As used In this part, all terms not de-
fined herein will have the meaning
given them In the Act:
(a) "Act" means the Clean Air Act
(42 U.S.C. 7401 et teg., as amended by
Pub. L. 91-604. 84 Stat. 1676 Pub. L.
06 06. 91 Stat.. 686 and Pub. L. 06-100.
01 Stat.. 1>»0.)
only.)
(p) "Compliance schedule" means
the date or dates by which a source or
category of sources Is required to
comply with specific emission limita-
tions contained In an Implementation
plan and with any mcremenU of
progress toward such compliance.
(q) "Increments of progress" means
steps toward compliance which will be
taken by a specific source. Including:
(1) Date of submlttal of the source's
final control plan to the appropriate
air pollution control agency.
(3) Date by which contracts for
emission control systems or process
modifications will be awarded; or date
by which orders will be Issued for the
purchase of component parts to ac-
complish emission control or process
modification;
(J) Date of Initiation of on site con-
struction or Installation of emission
control equipment or process change;
(4) Dal< by which on-slte construc-
tion or Installation of emission control
equipment or process modification Is
to be completed; and
(6) Date by which final compliance
Is to be achieved.
719
-------
I 31.100
«r) "TrmruporUtlon control meas-
ure" means any measure that Is direct-
ed toward reducing emissions of air
pollutants from transportation
sources. Such measures Include, but
are not limited to. those listed In sec-
tion I08(f> of the Clean Air Act.
(sMw) (Reserved!
(x) "Time period" means any period
of time designated by hour, month.
season, calendar year, averaging time.
or other suitable characteristic*, for
which ambient air quality Is estimated.
(y) "Variance" means the temporary
deferral of a final compliance date for
an Individual source subject to an ap-
proved regulation, or a temporary
chance to an approved regulation as It
applies to an Individual source.
(•) "Emission limitation" and "emis-
sion standard" mean a requirement es-
tablished by a State, local government,
or the Administrator which limits the
quantity, rate, or concentration of
emission* of air pollutants on a contin-
uous basis. Including any requirements
which limit the level of opacity, pre-
scribe equipment, aet fuel specifica-
tions, or prescribe operation or main-
tenance procedure* for a source to
assure continuous emlralon reduction.
"Poanll fuel-fired steam genera-
tor" means a fumance or bloler used
In the process of burning fossil fuel for
the primary purpose of producing
steam by henl transfer.
40 Cri Ch. I (7-1-88 edition)
"Stack" means any point In a
source designed to emit solids, liquids.
or gases Into the air. Including a pipe
or duct but not Including flares.
(gg) "A stack In existence" means
that the owner or operator had (I)
begun, or caused to begin, a continu-
ous program of physical on site con-
struction of the stack or (2) entered
Into binding agreements or contrac-
tual obligations, which could not be
cancelled or modified without substan-
tial loss to the owner or operator, to
undertake a program of construction
of the stack to be completed within a
reasonable time.
(hhXl) "Dispersion technique-
means any technique which attempts
to affect the concentration of a pollut-
ant In the ambient air by:
(I) Dslng that portion of a stack
which exceeds good engineering prac-
tice stack height:
The reheating of a gas stream.
following use of a pollution control
system, for the purpose of returning
the gas to the temperature at which It
was originally discharged from the fa-
cility generating the gas stream:
(II) The merging of exhaust gas
streams where:
(A) The source owner or operator
demonstrates that the facility was
originally designed and constructed
with such merged gas streams;
(B> After July a. 1086 such merging
Is part of a change In operation at the
facility that Includes the Installation
of pollution controls and Is accompa-
nied by a net reduction In the allow-
able emissions of a pollutant. This ex-
clusion from the definition of "disper-
sion techniques" shall apply only to
the emission limitation for the pollut-
fnvlrviimontsil Protection Afoncy
ant affected by such change In oper-
ation: or
(C) Before July B. 1986. such merg-
ing was part of a change In operation
at the facility that Included the Instal-
lation of emissions control equipment
or was carried out for sound economic
or engineering reasons. Where there
was an Increase In the emission limita-
tion or. In the event that no emission
limitation was In existence prior to the
merging, an Increase In the quantity of
pollutants actually emitted prior to
the merging, the reviewing agency
shall presume that merging was Sig-
nificantly motivated by an Intent to'
gain emissions credit for greater dis-
persion. Absent a demonstration by
the source owner or operator that
merging was not significantly motivat-
ed by such Intent, the reviewing
agency shall deny credit for the ef-
fects of such merging In calculating
the allowable emissions for the source;
(III) Smoke management In agricul-
tural or sllvtcultural prescribed burn-
Ing prograrm
(Iv) Episodic restrictions on residen-
tial woodburnlng and open burning; or
(v> Techniques under
f Vl.loofhhKlxill) which Increase
final exhaust gas plume rise when the
resulting allowable emissions of sulfur
dioxide from the facility do not exceed
6,000 tons per year.
(U> "Good engineering practice"
(OEP) stack height means the greater
of:
(1) 86 meters, measured from the
ground-level elevation at the base of
the stack:
(2X1) For stacks In existence on Jan-
uary It, 197V. and for which the owner
or operator had obtained all applicable
permits or approvals required under 40
CPR Parts 81 and 52.
H.-2BH.
provided the owner or operator pro-
duces evidence that this equation was
actually relied on In establishing an
emission limitation:
Oil For all other stacks.
H.-H + I 6L
where
H.^tood engineering practice stack height.
mruured from the ground-level eleva-
tion «l the bane of thr sUck.
J51.IOO
H = height or nearby structured) mewured
from the ground level elevttlon «l the
bate of the *Uck.
L-toner dimension, height or projected
width, of nesrbr structured)
provided that the EPA. State or local
control agency may require the use of
a field study or fluid model to verify
OEP stack height for the source; or
(3) The height demonstrated by a
fluid model or a field study approved
by the EPA State or local control
agency, which ensures that the emis-
sions from a stack do not result In ex-
cessive concentrations of any air pol-
lutant as a result of atmospheric
downwash. wakes, or eddy effects cre-
ated by the source Itself, nearby struc-
tures or nearby terrain features.
(JJ) "Nearby" as used In 161.100X11)
of this part Is defined for a specific
structure or terrain feature and
(1) Ptor purposes of applying the for-
mulae provided In 161.MMKIIX3) means
that distance up to five times the
lesser of the height or the width di-
mension of a structure, but not greater
than 0.8 km (H mile), and
(2) For conducting demonstrations
under 161.100(11X1) means not greater
than 0.1 km (H mile), except that the
portion of a terrain feature may be
considered to be nearby which falls
within a distance of up to 10 tunes the
maximum height (H«> of the feature.
not to exceed 2 miles If such feature
achieves m height (H,) 0.8 km from the
stack that Is at least 40 percent of the
OEP stack height determined by the
formulae provided In 161.100X11X3X11)
of this part or 26 meters, whichever Is
greater, as measured from the ground-
level elevation at the base of the stack.
The height of the structure or terrain
feature Is measured from the ground-
level elevation at the base of the stack.
(kk) "Excessive concentration" Is de-
fined for the purpose of determining
good engineering practice stack height
under 161.100(11X3) and means.
(I) For sources seeking credit for
stack height exceeding that estab-
lished under 161.100X11X2) a maximum
ground-level concentration due to
emissions from a stack due In whole or
part to downwash, wakes, and eddy ef-
fects produced .by nearby structures or
nearby terrain features which Individ-
ually Is at least 40 percent In excess of
720
721
-------
gsi.ioo
the maximum concentration experi-
enced In the absence of such down-
waah. wakes, or eddy effects and
which contributes to a total concentra-
tion due to emissions from all sources
that Is greater than an ambient air
quality standard. For sources subject
to the prevention of significant dete-
rioration program (40 CFR 51.106 and
52.21). an excessive concent ration al-
ternatively means a maximum ground-
level concentration due to emissions
from a stack due In whole or part to
downwash, wakes, or eddy effects pro-
duced by nearby structures or nearby
terrain features which Individually Is
at least 40 percent In excess of the
maximum concentration experienced
In the absence of such downwash.
wakes, or eddy effects and greater
than a prevention of significant dete-
rioration Increment. The allowable
emission rate to be used In making
demonstrations under this part shall
be prescribed by the new source per-
formance standard that Is applicable
to the source category unless the
ownei or operator demonstrates that
this emission rale Is Infeaslble. Where
such demonstrations are approved by
the authority administering the State
Implementation plan, an alternative
emission rate shall be established In
consultation with the source owner or
operator.
(2> For sources seeking credit after
October I1. 1983. for Increases In exist-
ing stack heights up to the heights es-
tablished under I 51.100(11X2). either
(I) a maximum ground-level concentra-
tion due In whole or part to down-
wash, wakes or eddy effects as provid-
ed In paragraph (kkXD of this section,
except that the emission rate specified
by any applicable State Implementa-
tion plan (or. In the absence of such a
limit, the actual emission rate) shall
be used, or (II) the actual presence of a
local nuisance caused by the existing
•tack, as determined by the authority
administering the Stale Implementa-
tion plan; and
(8) For sources seeking credit after
January 12. 1079 for a stack height de-
termined under | 51 100dlM2) where
the authority administering the State
Implementation plan requires the use
of a field study or fluid motlel to verify
OKP stack helfthl. lor sources seeking
40 CFR Ch. I (7-141 Edition)
stack height credit after November 9,
1984 based on the aerodynamic Influ-
ence of cooling towers, and for sources
seeking stack height credit after De-
cember 31, 1970 based on the aerody-
namic Influence of structures not ade-
quately represented by the equations
In I 51.100(11X2), a maximum ground-
level concentration due In whole or
part to downwash, wakes or eddy ef-
fects that Is at least 40 percent In
excess of the maximum concentration
experienced In the absence of such
downwash. wakes, or eddy effects.
(IIMmm) (Reserved]
(nn) Intermittent control system
(IC8) means a dispersion technique
which varies the rate at which pollut-
ants are emitted to the atmosphere ac-
cording to meteorological conditions
and/or ambient concentrations of the
pollutant. In order to prevent ground-
level concentrations In excess of appli-
cable ambient air quality standards.
Such a dispersion technique Is an ICS
whether used alone, used with other
dispersion techniques, or used as a
supplement to continuous emission
controls (I.e., used as a supplemental
control system).
(oo) "Partlculate matter" means any
airborne finely divided solid or liquid
material with an aerodynamic diame-
ter •mailer than 100 micrometers.
(pp) "Partlculate matter emissions"
means all finely divided solid or liquid
material, other than uncomblned
water, emitted to the ambient air as
measured by applicable reference
methods, or an equivalent or alterna-
tive method, specified In this chapter.
or by a test method specified In an ap-
proved State Implementation plan.
(qq) "PMU" means partlculate
matter with an aerodynamic diameter
less than or equal to a nominal 10 mi-
crometers as measured by a reference
method based on Appendix J of Part
50 of this chapter and designated In
accordance with Part 63 of this chap-
ter or by an equivalent method desig-
nated In accordance with Part 63 of
this chapter.
(rr> "PM» emissions" means finely
divided solid or liquid material, with
an aerodynamic diameter less than or
equal to a nominal 10 micrometers
emitted to the ambient air as meas-
ured by an applicable reference
Environmental Protection Agency
method, or an equivalent or alterna-
tive method, specified In this chapter
or by a test method specified In an ap-
proved State Implementation plan.
(ss) "Total suspended partlculate"
means partlculate matter as measured
by the method described In Appendix
B of Part 60 of this chapter.
Itl FR 40M1. Nov. 1. IWM. u amended at 81
PR 2471 I.July I. 1987)
1(1.1(1 Stlpalatlonr
Nothing In this part will be con-
strued In any manner:
(a) To encourage a State to prepare.
adopt, or submit a plan which does not
provide for the protection and en-
hancement of air quality so as to pro-
mote the public health and welfare
and productive capacity.
(b) To encourage a State to adopt
any particular control strategy with-
out taking Into consideration the cost-
effectiveness of such control strategy
In relation to that of alternative con-
trol strategies.
(c) To preclude a State from employ-
ing techniques other than those •peel-
fled In this part for purpose* of esti-
mating air quality or demonstrating
the adequacy of a control strategy.
provided that such other techniques
are shown to be adequate and appro-
priate for such purposes.
(d) To encourage a State to prepare.
adopt, or submit a plan without taking
Into consideration the social and eco-
nomic Impact of the control strategy
set forth In such plan. Including, but
not limited to. Impact on availability
of fuels, energy, transportation, and
employment.
(e) To preclude a State from prepar-
ing, adopting, or submitting a plan
which provides for attainment tad
maintenance of a national tUttdard
through the application of a -control
strategy not specifically Identified or
described In this part.
(f) To preclude a State or political
subdivision thereof from adopting or
enforcing any emission limitations or
other measures or combinations there:
of to attain and maintain air quality
better than that required by a nation-
al standard.
(g> To encourage a State to adopt a
control strategy uniformly applicable
throughout a region unless there Is no
951.102
satisfactory alternative way of provid-
ing for attainment and maintenance of
a national standard throughout such
region.
(5I.IM Public hcaringm.
(a) Except as otherwise provided In
paragraph (c) of this section. States
must conduct one or more public hear-
ing* on the following prior to adoption
and submission to EPA of:
(1) Any plan or revision of It re-
quired by 151.104(a).
<2> Any Individual compliance sched-
ule under <| 61.290).
(3) Any revision under | 61.104(d).
(b) Separate hearings may be held
for plans to Implement primary and
secondary standards.
(c) No hearing will be required for
any change to an Increment of
progress In an approved Individual
compliance schedule unless such
change Is likely to cause the source to
be unable to comply with the final
compliance date In the schedule. The
requirements of 1161.104 and 81.106
will be applicable to such schedules.
however.
(d) Any hearing required by para-
graph (a) of this section will be held
only after reasonable notice, which
will be considered to Include, at-least
30 day* Prior to the date of such
heartng(s):
(1) Notice given to the public by
prominent advertisement In the area
affected announcing the date(s>.
tlmets). and placets) of such
hearlng(s);
(2) Availability of each proposed
plan or revision for public Inspection
In at least one location In each region
to which It will apply, and the avail
ability of each compliance schedule
for public Inspection In at least one lo-
cation In the region In which the af-
fected source Is located;
(3) Notification to the Administrator
(through the appropriate Regional
Office):
(4) Notification to each local air pol-
lution control agency which will be
significantly Impacted by such plan.
schedule or revision;
(5) fn the case of an Interstate
region, notification to any other
States Included. In whole or In part. In
722
723
-------
REFERENCES FOR SECTION 5.3
-------
Part 51
40 CM Ch. I (7-l-M
PART 51—•fQUWIMENTS KM PtlP-
AlATtOM, AOOtntON, AND SU«-
MIHAl OP IMPlIMfOTATtON
PIANS
(IUMrv««|
8ec.
•I M Scop*.
AQUA AntiTaia
1141 AQUA analysis: SubmUUI date.
•I 41 AQUA analyal*: Analyal* period.
•1 4* AQUA analytic: Guideline*.
•I 44 AQMA analyate: Projection of emla-
•lon*.
•>.«• AQMA analyala: Allocation of emls-
•Ion*.
(1.44 AQMA analysis: Projection of air
quality- oonoentraUoo*.
ol 41 AQMA analyala: Description of data
aourcea.
II .41 AQMA analyala: Data baaea.
11.4* AQMA analyate Technique, deacrlp-
Uon.
II M AQMA analytic Accuracy factor*.
11.11 AQMA analytic SubmltUI of calcula-
tion*.
AQMAPuui
11.11 AQMA plan: General
IIII AQMA plan; DnnonatraUon ol ade-
quacy.
II M AQMA plan. Strategic*.
II M AQMA plan: Legal authority.
II M AQMA plan: Future atratecte*.
•1.11 AQMA plan: Future lecal authority.
II .M AQMA plan: Intergovernmental co-
oneraUon,
II W IReaervedl
II M AQMA plan: Reaourcea.
II f I AQMA plan: Bubmlttal format.
IIII AQMA analyaU and plan: Data avail-
ability.
II U AQMA analyala and plan: Alternative
pTOOMtllFM.
ftl 100 Definition*.
II 101 Stipulation*.
11.101 Public hearing*.
II 1O1 Rubrolaalon of plan*; preliminary
review of plan*.
II 104 RevUlon*.
II till Approval of plan*.
11.110 Attainment and maintenance of na-
tional atandard*.
•I.Ill Description of control measure*.
11.111 Demonitrallon of adequacy.
•I.IIS Time period for demonstration of
adequacy.
II 114 Emissions data and projections
•I.Ill Air quality data and projection*.
till* Data availability.
11.11T Additional provisions for lead.
II.Ill Stack helcht provision*.
11.111 Intermittent control *y*tem*.
i *« A* PeaMtM
"•••nr
II IM Claaaltlcatlon of region* for eplaode
pfauns.
•I.Ill Significant harm level*.
•I.lit Contingency plan*.
II .111 Revaluation of eplaode plan*.
II. IM Legally enforceable procedurea.
II 111 Public availability of Information.
II 111 Identification of reaponalble
Mency.
II 111 Admlnlatratlon procedure*.
II. 1*4 Stack height procedurea.
II.IM Permit requirement*.
II.IM Prevention of significant deterio-
ration of air quality.
II.IM Ambient air quality monltorini re-
quirement*.
IIII* Oeoeral.
•Mil
eporta and reeerdkeeplnc.
II 111 Testing. Inspection, enforcement,
and complaint*.
11.111 Tranaporlatlon control meaium.
II114 Contlnuou* emlaalon monitoring.
II ISO Requirement* tor all plan*.
11.111 Identification of lecal authority.
II.Ml Aaalcnraent of lecal authority to
local acencte*.
AOKHCV Danm*TiOH
11140 General plan requirement*.
II141 Nonattalnment area* for carbon
monoxide and ozone.
11.141 I Reserved I
712
Environmental PretectUn
CONTIMUIHC CONSULTATION PBOCCS*
11.143 Contultatlon procea* objective*.
SI 144 Plan element* affected.
II 141 Orcanlzallon* and official* to be
cotuulted
1114* Ttmlnc.
•1.141 Hearing* on coniullatlon procei*
violation*.
RauTioitiHir or PLAH TO Onm PUHIMIMO
*HD MAHAOCMCHT PBOOMM*
II .141 Coordination vlth other program*.
II 141 (Recervedl
11.190 Tranunlttal of Information.
•I. Ml Conformity with Executive Order
11111.
11.111 Summary of plan development par
Uclpatlon.
•P*
II.MO Legally enforceable compliance
schedule*.
II.Ml Plnal compliance achedulea.
II.Ml Eilcnilon beyond one year.
i Ma* C«MiM
•I.MO Reaourcea.
II.HI Coplea of rule* and reguUUon*.
II.UI Public notification.
i«4VWMBfy
II100 Purpoae and applicability.
•I.MI Definition*.
SI.M1 Implementation control itratecle*.
• I .Ml exemption* from control.
II.M4 Identification of Integral vtotaa.
II101 Monitoring.
HIM Lone-termitrategy.
II.Ml Mew aource review.
Aia QOAUTV DATA Rcromira .
HIM Annual air quality data report.
Sooacc EaiiHioiia *HD STATB ACTIOII
RcroiTino
11.111 Annual aource embalona and State
action report.
11.111 Source* nibject to emUakma report-
Ing.
II 111 Reportable emUalona data and In-
formation.
11.114 Progrei* In plan enforcement.
11.111 Contingency plan action*.
HIM Reportable revtelon*.
61111 Enforcement order* and other Stale
action*.
II. 321 IRewrvedl
SI.340 Kequcsl for lyear extension.
$51.40
11.141 Requeil for 18 month entenalon.
ArrCHDicu A K IKescftveol
ArrtNDix I. EKAur-LE HecuutTiOH* ron
PKEVCHTIDH or Ai* I'OLHITIOH EMEHCEM
cv Erisoots
ArrcNDix M IHisenvrul
ArrtHDix N EMISSIOWS RmucTiom
ACHIEVACLI TllllOUCH INSPECTIOH, M4IH-
TCHANCK AND RcTHOriT or IjOHT DUTY
VtMIClIS
ArrwDix O IRuuvcol
ArriNDix P MINIMUM KHIMIOH MOHITOI
Arruinicu Q - R - 1 Rueavco 1
ArrtNDix 8 EMISSION Orrsrr
TIVI RUtINO
ArruiDix T-IRumvcol
ArrcKDix U-CLCAH Aia ACT SCCTIOH 114
GUIDELINE*
AUTHOBITV: Thl* rulemaklng I* promul-
gated under authority of aecllon* tOKbXl).
110. IM-IOO. Ill-lit, and lOKal of the
Clean Air Act 41 U.8.C. 140l(bKll. 1410.
1410-141*. 1SOI 1508. and IMI(a).
Souacc M PR 1»M. Nov. IS. 1*11. unle**
otherwbe noted.
EDITO*IAL NOTE: Nomenclature chance*
affectlnc Part SI appear at 44 FR l»1. Peb.
I. 1*1* and SI PR 40681. Nov. 1. I»M
Subawto A-C— |lwga>rv*>«l)
D— Mainte
ce of N.M*MM|
Standard*
Sooiicc 41 PR 1I1M. May 3. 1*1*. unleai
otherwlae noted.
161.4* Seep*.
(fc> Applicability. The requlremenU
o( this subpmrt apply to air quality
maintenance areas (AQMA*) Identi-
fied under I 51.1 HMD and to any areas
Identified under | Sl.llfKI).
(b) AQMA Analvti*. Under this sub-
part, procedures are given tor the
analysis of the air quality Impact of
specified pollutant emissions from ex-
isting sources and emissions associated
with projected growth and develop-
ment In areas Identified under para-
graphs and (I) of 151.110. This
analysis Is referred to In this subpart
as an AQMA analysis.
when necessary to prevent a
national ambient air quality standard
713
-------
1*1.41
III.U AQMA ana|r«k and plan: Date
•TaUaMllly.
(a) The State shall retain all de-
tailed data and calculation* used In
the preparation of AQMA analyses
and plans, make them available for
public Inspection, and submit them to
the Administrator at his request.
. He may consider all relevant
factors Including but not limited to air
cfueJIty problems, financial and man-
power limitation*, administrative fea-
sfbbtty. and existing commitment* by
the State.
(b) The Administrator shall act upon
a fcquest for modification within 45
day* after receipt of a properly pre-
pared and filed request. Unless a State
I* notified of a denial, or the Adminis-
trator request* additional Information.
•ttch a request I* automatically ap-
prdved on the forty-sixth day.
(c) The Administrator shall publish
In the rtoaua. Raoisra. a description
of each modification made.
A public hearing on an AQMA
plan doe* not fulfill the public hearing
requirement* of this part If. subse-
to the hearing, any alternative
approved under this
(•MS. 110. HI. 174(a). MKa). Clean Air Act.
M emended (43 UBC. 1410. 1411. 1504. and
141 nt MM*. May 1. 1*1*. ai amended at 44
nt nn». June it. m»i
ftwbpwt I— (Reserved)
f— Procedural Requirements
Boimcm: 61 PR 40*61. Nov. 1. 1986. unleu
otherwUe noted
40 CM Ch. I (7-1-88 IdlrUn)
• 6I.IM Definition*.
As used In this part, all terms not de-
fined herein will have the meaning
given them In the Act:
(a) "Act" means the Clean Air Act
(43 U.8.C. 7401 et teg., as amended by
Pub. L. 91-404. 84 Stat. 1679 Pub. U
•6 98. 91 stat.. 686 and Pub. U 96-190.
91 Stat.. U99.)
(b) "Administrator" means the Ad-
mlnlatrator of the Environmental Pro-
tection Agency (EPAl or an authorised
representative.
(c) "Primary standard" means a na-
tional primary ambient air quality
standard promulgated pursuant to sec-
tion 10* of the Act.
(d) "Secondary standard" means a
national secondary ambient air quality
standard promulgated pursuant to sec-
tion 109 of the Act.
(e) "National standard" mean*
either a primary or secondary stand-
ard.
(f) "Owner or operator" mean* any
peraon who own*, leases, operate*, con-
trol*, or •upervise* a facility, building.
structure, or Installation which direct-
ly or Indirectly result or may result In
emission* of any air pollutant for
which a national standard Is In effect.
(gl "Local agency" mean* any local
government agency other than the
State agency, which I* charged with
responsibility for carrying out a por-
tion of the plan.
(hi "Regional Office" mean* one of
the ten (101 EPA Regional Offices.
(I) "State agency" mean* the air pol-
lution control agency primarily re-
sponsible for development and Imple-
mentation of a plan under the Act.
(J> "Plan" means an Implementation
plan approved or promulgated under
section 110 of 173 of the Act.
"Region" mean* an area deslg-
natod a* an air quality control region
(AQCR) under section 107(c) of the
(n) "Control strategy" mean* a eom-
Mnatlon of measure* designated to
achieve the aggregate reduction of
emissions oeceesary for attainment
and maintenance of national stand-
ard* Including, but not limited to.
(1) Emission limitations.
(I) Federal or State emission charge*
or tax** or other econoamlc Incentive*
(•) Closing or relocation of residen-
tial, commercial, or Industrial
(4) Change* hi schedules or I
of operation of commercial or I
al facilities or transportation i
Including, but not limited to. abort-
term change* made In accordance with
standby plan*.
(6) Periodic Inspection and testing of
motor vehicle emission control sys-
tems, at such time as the Administra-
tor determines that such program* are
feasible and practicable. .
(6) Emission control measures appli-
cable to In-use motor vehicles. Includ-
ing, but not limited to. measures such
as mandatory maintenance. Installa-
•51.100
tlon of emission control devices, and
conversion to gaseous fuels.
(7) Any transportation control meas-
ure Including those transportation
measures listed In section 10B(I) of the
Clean Air Act as amended.
(8) Any variation o(. or alternative
to any measure delineated herein.
(0) Control or prohibition of a fuel
or fuel additive used In motor vehicle*.
If such control or prohibition I* necea-
aary to achieve a national primary or
•econary air quality standard and la
approved by the Administrator under
section lll(cM4KC) of the Act.
(o> "Reasonably available control
technology" mean* device*.
systems process modifications, or
other apparatus or technique* that are
reasonably available taking Into ac-
count (1) the necessity of Imposing
such controls In order to attain and
maintain a national ambient air qual-
ity •tandard. (2) the social, environ-
mental and economic Impact of such
control*, and (3) alternative mean* of
providing for attainment and mainte-
nance of *uch *tandard. (This provi-
sion define* RACT for the purpose* of
II »l.ll(KcX» and 81.341(0) only.)
(p) ••Compliance schedule" mean*
the date or date* by which a source or
category of sources I* required to
comply with specific emission limita-
tion* contained hi an Implementation
plan and with any tncremenU of
progress toward men compliance.
(q) "Increment* of progress" mean*
•ten* toward compliance which will be
taken by a specific source. Including:
(1) Date of submlttal of the source'*
final control plan to the appropriate
air pollution control agency.
(3) Date by which contract* for
emission control systems or process
modification* will be awarded; or date
by which orders will be Issued for the
purchase of component part* to ac-
complish emission control or process
modification;
(3) Date of Initiation of on site con-
struction or Installation of emission
control equipment or process change;
(4) Date by which on site construc-
tion or Installation of emission control
equipment or process modification Is
to be completed: and
(6) Date by which flna! compliance
1s to be achieved.
710
-------
191.100
it > '"li•importation control meas-
ure" means any measure that Is direct-
ed toward reducing, emissions or air
pollutants from transportation
sources. Such measures Include, but
are not limited to. those tinted In sec-
tion I08XO of the Clean Air Act.
{Reserved]
(i) "Time period" means any period
or tune designated by hour, month.
season, calendar year, averaging time.
or other suitable characteristic*, for
which ambient air quality Is estimated.
(y) "Variance" means the temporary
deferral or a final compliance date for
an Individual source subject to an ap-
proved regulation, or a temporary
change to an approved regulation as It
applies to an Individual source.
<•> "Emission limitation" and "emis-
sion standard" mean a requirement es-
tablished by a State, local government.
or the Administrator which limits the
quantity, rate, or concentration of
emissions or air pollutants on a contin-
uous basis. Including any requirements
which limit the level or opacity, pre-
scribe equipment, set fuel specifica-
tions, or prescribe operation or main-
tenance procedure* for a source to
assure continuous emission reduction.
(aal "Capacity factor" means the
ratio or the average load on a machine
or equipment for the period or tune
considered to the capacity ratine or
the machine or equipment.
"Excess emissions" means emis-
sions of an air pollutant In excess or
an emission standard.
"Nitric acid plant" means any
facility producing nitric acid 30 to 70
percent In strength by either the pres-
sure or atmospheric pressure process.
(dd) "Sulfurlc acid plant" means any
facility producing sulfurlc acid by the
contact process by burning elemental
sulfur, alky 1st Ion acid, hydrogen sul-
ride. or add sludiie. but does not In-
clude facilities whrre conversion to
sulfuric acid Is utilized primarily as a
means of preventing emissions to the
atmosphere of sulfur dioxide or other
sulfur compounds.
"A stack In existence" means
that the owner or operator had (I)
begun, or caused to begin, a continu-
ous program of physical on site con-
struction of the stack or (3) entered
Into binding agreements or contrac-
tual obligations, which could not be
cancelled or modified without substan-
tial loss to the owner or operator, to
undertake a program or construction
or the stack to be completed within a
reasonable time.
(hhXl) "Dispersion technique"
means any technique which attempts
to affect the concentration of a pollut-
ant In the ambient air by:
(I) Using that portion or a stack
which exceeds good engineering prac-
tice stack height:
(U) Varying the rate of emission of a
pollutant according to atmospheric
conditions or ambient concentrations
or that pollutant; or
(111) Increasing final exhaust gas
plume rise by manipulating source
process parameters, exhaust gas pa-
rameters, stack parameters, or combin-
ing exhaust gases from several exist-
big stacks Into one stack; or other se-
lective handling or exhaust gas
streams so as to Increase the extiaust
gas plume rise.
<» The preceding sentence does not
Include:
The reheating or a gas stream.
following use of a pollution control
system, for the purpose of returning
the gas to the temperature at wftlch It
was originally discharged from the fa-
cility generating the gas stream;
(II) The merging of exhaust gas
streams where:
(A) The source owner or operator
demonstrates that the facility was
originally designed and constructed
with such merged gas streams:
After July i. I"85 such merging
Is part or a change In operation at the
facility that Includes the Installation
of pollution controls and Is accompa-
nied by a net reduction In the allow-
able emissions or a pollutant. This ex-
clusion from the definition of "disper-
sion techniques" shall apply only to
the emission limitation for the pollut-
fnvkwwNmM Protect!** Af ency
ant affected by such change In oper-
ation: or
(C) Before July 8. 1986. such merg-
ing wss part of a change In operation
at the facility that Included the Instal-
lation of emissions control equipment
or was carried out for sound economic
or engineering reasons. Where there
was an Increase In the emission limita-
tion or. In the event that no emission
limitation was In existence prior to the
merging, an Increase In the quantity of
pollutants actually emitted prior to
the merging, the reviewing agency
shall presume that merging was sig-
nificantly motivated by an Intent to
gain emissions credit for greater dis-
persion. Absent a demonstration by
the source owner or operator that
merging was not significantly motivat-
ed by such Intent, the reviewing
agency shall deny credit for the ef-
fects of such merging In calculating
the allowable emissions for the source;
(111) Smoke management In agricul-
tural or sUvtcuUural pi escribed burn-
ing programs;
(Iv) Bplsodlc restrictions on residen-
tial woodbumlng and open burning; or
(V) Techniques
MI.IOMhhNlHlll) which
final exhaust gas plume rise where the
resulting allowable emissions or sulfur
dioxide from the facility do not exceed
•.000 tons per year.
(U> "Good engineering practice"
(OEP) stack height means the greater
or:
(I) M meters, measured front the
ground-level elevation at the base of
the stack:
ONI) For stacks In existence on Jan-
uary I >. in*, and for which the owner
or operator had obtained all applicable
permits or approvals required under 40
CPR Parts 51 and 59.
H.-1.MI.
provided the owner or operator pro-
duces evidence that this equation was
actually relied on In establishing an
emission limitation:
For all other stacks.
H.-H + I M.
where
H.-(ood enslneerlnc practice lUck height,
meanired from the (round level eleva-
tion at the hue of the ilmrk.
J 51.100
H-helshl of nearby •tructureo) measured
from the (round level' elevation aC the
base of the atack. .
L-leaser dimension, helsht or projected
width, of nearby structured)
provided that the EPA. State or local
control agency may require the use or
a field study or fluid model to verify
OEP stack height for the source; or
(» The height demonstrated by a
fluid model or a field study approved
by the EPA State or local control
agency, which ensures that the emis-
sions from a stack do not result In ex-
cessive concentrations or any air pol-
lutant as a result or atmospheric
downwaah. wakes, or eddy effects cre-
ated by the source Itself, nearby struc-
tures or nearby terrain features.
(jj) ••Nearby" aa used In 161.100(11)
of this part Is defined for a specific
structure or terrain feature and
(1) For purposes of applying the for-
mulae provided In I SI.100(11X3) means
that distance up to rive times the
lesser or the height or the width di-
mension of a structure, but not greater
than 0.1 km (H mile), and
(1) for conducting demonstrations
under I BI.IOO means not greater
than 0.0 km (H mile), except that the
portion of a terrain feature may be
considered to be nearby which falls
within a distance of up to 10 time* the
maximum height
-------
} 51.100
the maximum concentration experi-
enced In the absence of such down-
wash, wakes, or eddy effects and
which contributes to a total concentra-
tion due to emissions from all sources
that Is greater than an ambient air
quality standard. For sources subject
to the prevention of significant dete-
rioration program (40 CFR 51.166 and
69.21). an excessive concentration al-
ternatively means a maximum ground-
level concentration due to emission*
from a stack due In whole or part to
downwash. wakes, or eddy effects pro-
duced by nearby structures or nearby
terrain features which Individually Is
at least 40 percent In excess of the
maximum concentration experienced
In the absence of such downwash.
wakes, or eddy effects and greater
than a prevention of significant dete-
rioration Increment. The allowable
emission rale to be used In making
demonstrations under this part shall
be prescribed by the new source per-
formance standard that Is applicable
to the source category unless the
ownei or operator demonstrates that
this emission rate Is Infeaslble. Where
such demonstrations are approved by
the authority administering the State
Implementation plan, an alternative
emission rate shall be established In
consultation with the source owner or
operator.
(» For sources seeking credit after
October 11. 1981. for Increases In exist*
big stack heights up to the height* es-
tablished under I 51.100(11 M 3). either
(I) a maximum ground-level concentra-
tion due In whole or part to down-
wash, wakes or eddy effects as provid-
ed In paragraph 4kkMI> of this section.
except that the emission rate specified
by any applicable State Implementa-
tion plan (or. In the absence of such a
limit, the actual emission rale) shall
be used, or (II) the actual presence of a
local nuisance caused by the existing
stack, as determined by the authority
administering the State Implementa-
tion plan; and
(I) For sources seeking credit after
January 12. 1979 for a stack height de-
termined under 151.10OUIX2) where
the authority administering the State
Implementation plan requires the use
of a field study or fluid model to verify
QKP stark lielnl\t. for sources seeking
40 CFR Ch. I (7-1-M fdlHen)
stack height credit after November 9.
1984 based on the aerodynamic Influ-
ence of cooling towers, and for sources
seeking slack height credit after De-
cember 31. 1970 based on the aerody-
namic Influence of structures not ade-
quately represented by the equations
In | 6I.1(MKIIX3>. a maximum ground-
level concentration due In whole or
part to downwash. wakes or eddy ef-
fects that Is at least 40 percent In
excess of the maximum concentration
experienced In the absence of such
downwash, wakes, or eddy effects.
(IIMmm) {Reserved!
(nn) Intermittent control system
(IC8) means a dispersion technique
which varies the rate at which pollut-
ants are emitted to the atmosphere ac-
cording to meteorological conditions
and/or ambient concentrations of the
pollutant. In order to prevent ground-
level concentrations In excess of appli-
cable ambient air quality standards.
Such a dispersion technique la an IC8
whether used alone, used with other
dispersion techniques, or used as a
supplement to continuous emission
controls (I.e., used as a supplemental
control system).
(oo) "Paniculate matter" means any
airborne finely divided solid or liquid
material with an aerodynamic diame-
ter smaller than 100 micrometers.
(pp) "Partlculate matter emissions"
means all finely divided solid or liquid
material, other than uncomblned
water, emitted to the ambient air as
measured by applicable reference
methods, or an equivalent or alterna-
tive method, specified In this chapter,
or by a test method specified In an ap-
proved State Implementation plan.
(qq) "PM»" means partlculate
matter with an aerodynamic diameter
less tluui or equal to a nominal 10 mi-
crometers as measured by a reference
method based on Appendix J of Part
60 of this chapter and designated In
accordance with Part 63 of this chap-
ter or by an equivalent method desig-
nated In accordance with Part 63 of
this chapter.
(rr) "PMM emissions" means finely
divided solid or liquid material, with
an aerodynamic diameter less than or
equal to a nominal 10 micrometers
emitted to the ambient air as meas-
ured by an applicable reference
tnvlrs*MiMfits)l Protection Af sitcy
method, or an equivalent or alterna-
tive method, specified In this chapter
or by a test method specified In an ap-
proved Stale Implementation plan.
(as) "Total suspended partlculate"
means partlculate matter as measured
by the method described In Appendix
B of Part 60 of this chapter.
(•1 PR 40MI. No*. 1. ISM. M amended at IS
PR 1471 J. Julr I. 1*87)
1(1.161 8UrslatloM.
Nothing In this part will be con-
strued In any manner:
(a) To encourage a State to prepare.
adopt, or submit a plan which does not
provide for the protection and en-
hancement of air quality so as to pro-
mote the public health and welfare
and productive capacity.
(b) To encourage a State to adopt
any particular control strategy with-
out taking Into consideration the cost-
effectiveness of such control strategy
In relation to that of alternative con-
trol strategies.
(c) To preclude a State from employ-
Ing techniques other than those speci-
fied In this part for purposes of esti-
mating air quality or demonstrating
the adequacy of a control strategy.
provided that such other techniques
are shown to be adequate and appro-
priate for such purposes.
(d) To encourage a State to prepare,
adopt, or submit a plan without taking
Into consideration the social and eco-
nomic Impact of the control strategy
set forth In such plan. Including, but
not limited to. Impact on availability
of fuels, energy, transportation, and
employment.
(e) To preclude a State from prepar-
Ing, adopting, or submitting a plan
which provides for attainment fend
maintenance of a national stsMMard
through the application of « UMttrol
strategy not specifically Identified or
described In this part.
(f) To preclude a State or political
subdivision thereof from adopting or
enforcing any emission limitations or
other measures or combinations there1
of to attain and maintain air quality
better than that required by a nation-
al standard.
(g) To encourage a State to adopt a
control strategy uniformly applicable
throughout a region unless there Is no
ft 51.102
satisfactory alternative way of provid-
ing for attainment and maintenance of
a national standard throughout such
region.
lil.Uf Public fearing*.
(a) Except as otherwise provided In
paragraph (c) of this section. States
must conduct one or more public hear-
ings on the following prior to adoption
and submission to EPA of:
(1) Any plan or revision of It re-
quired by 151. !04(a>.
(2) Any Individual compliance sched-
ule under (161.200).
(» Any revision under I 6l.l04(d).
(b) Separate hearings may be held
for plans to Implement primary and
secondary standards.
(c) No hearing will be required for
any change to an Increment of
progress In an approved Individual
compliance schedule unless such
change Is likely to cause the source to
be unable to comply with the final
compliance date In the schedule. The
requirements of 1161.104 and 61.106
will be applicable to such schedules.
however.
(d) Any hearing required by para-
graph (a) of this section will be held
only after reasonable notice, which
will be considered to Include, at feast
M days prior to the date of such
hearlngd):
(1) Notice given to the public by
prominent advertisement In the area
affected announcing the datots).
tlme(s>. and place
-------
REFERENCES FOR SECTION 5.4
-------
Attachment A
r
*i
8 UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
jg WASHINGTON, D.C 20460
^/ C*"
APR 2 2 SB8
ADLANDIADUTK
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Interim Policy on Stack Height Regulatory Actions
FROM: t~ J' C.ra19 Poster
" Assistant Adminis
for Air and Radlati
TO: Director, Air Management Division
Regions I, III, IX
Director, Air and Waste Management Division
Region II
Director, Air, Pesticides, and Toxics Management Division
Regions IV, VI
Director, Air and Radiation Division
Region V
Director, Air and Toxics Division
Regions VII, VIII, X
On January 22, 1988, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of
Columbia issued its.decision in NRDC v. Thomas. 838 F. 2d 1224 (D.C. Cir.
1988), regarding the Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's) stack height
regulations published on July 8, 1985 (50 FR 27892). Subsequent petitions
for rehearing were denied. Although the court upheld most provisions of the
rules, three portions were remanded to EPA for review:
1. Grandfather!ng pre-October 11, 1983 within-formula stack height
increases from demonstration requirements [40 CFR Sl.lOO(kk)(2)3;
2. Dispersion credit for sources originally designed and constructed
with merged or multiflue stacks [40 CFR 5l.lOO(hh)(2)(1i)(A)3; and
3. Grandfather!no of pre-1979 use of the refined H + 1.5L formula
[40 CFR 51.100(H)(2)3.
A number of pending State implementation plan (SIP) and other rulemaking
actions may be affected by this decision in advance of EPA's promulgation of
further revisions of the stack height regulations. This includes not only
rulemaking packages developed to respond to the 1985 stack height regulations,
but also such actions as issuance of new source review (NSR) and prevention
of significant deterioration (PSD) permits, permit modifications, SIP revisions
-------
dealing with specific source emission limitations, and redes1gnat1ons under
section 107 of the Clean Air Act. Consequently, until resolution of litigation
and completion of any rulemaking activity to respond to the court decision,
the following policy will be applied.
In general, actions to approve States' rules may proceed provided appropriate
caveat language is inserted which notes that the action Is potentially subject
to review and modification as a result of the recent court decision. Actions
addressing State permitting authority should require States to provide notice
that permits are subject to review and modification If sources are later
found to be affected by revisions to stack height regulations. Where States
currently have the authority to Issue penults under fully-approved or delegated
NSR and PSD programs, any permits Issued prior to EPA's promulgation of
revised stack height regulations should provide notice as described above
that they may be subject to review and modification. Regional Office staff
are requested to contact their State officials and notify the* accordingly.
Where EPA has retained authority to issue permits, it should also Insert
appropriate cautionary language in the permit.
The EPA will try to avoid taking source-specific actions that may need
to be retracted later. Such actions may include certain emission limitations
and good engineering practice demonstrations which reflect dispersion credit
affected by the remand. The EPA may approve these State submittals on a
case-by-case basis, with the explicit caution that they and the sources
affected by them may need to be evaluated for compliance with any later
revisions to the stack height regulations, as a result of the litigation.
The EPA will continue to process, under normal procedures, any source-specific
actions which do not involve the remanded .provisions.
Requests for redesignation of areas from nonattainment to attainment
which are affected by any of the remanded provisions of the stack height
regulations will be put on hold until EPA has completed any rulemaking
necessary to comply with the court's remand. This 1s due to the Issue of
whether EPA has authority to unilaterally change attainment designations.
During this interim period, the Regional Office staff should review with
their States all regulatory actions involving dispersion credits and identify
those actions or sources affected by the remanded provisions. The Region
should consult with their States on appropriate action for all such packages,
consistent with this policy.
If you have any questions regarding the application of this policy,
please contact Doug Grano at FT3 629-0870 or Janet Metsa at FTS 629-5313.
cc: D. Clay
A. Eckert
J. Emison
0. Grano
J. Metsa
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
MAY 1 V iScS
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Applipatlc^f^the Interim Policy for Stack Height
FROM: JjprfnvCaTcagjMV 01 rector
(ir Quality'Management Division (MD-15)
Chief, Air Branch
Regions I-X
On April 22, 1988, J. Craig Potter, Assistant-Administrator for Air
and Radiation, issued a memorandum entitled, 'Interim Policy on Stack
Height Regulatory Actions" (Attachment A). The memorandum requests that
the Regional Offices review with their States all regulatory actions
involving dispersion credits and determine the appropriate action consistent
with the policy. The purpose of today's memorandum is to provide guidance
in carrying out the interim policy.
In general, actions taken at this time to approve or disapprove
statewide stack height rules which are affected by the remand must include
the qualification that they are subject to review and modification on
completion of EPA's response to the court decision. Permits issued under
the prevention of significant deterioration or new source review programs
should also contain caveat language for sources which may be affected by
the remand. Attachment B contains example boilerplate language to be
inserted into permits and regulatory packages. Note that States must
commit to including the caveat before EPA will take final action on packages
affecting permitting authority. Those actions not involving the remanded
provisions may proceed as usual.
In contrast to our policy regarding the processing of stack height
rules, our policy for source-specific State implementation plan (SIP)
revisions is to avoid proceeding with actions which may need to be
retracted later. You are advised to consult with my staff and the Office
of General Counsel staff prior^to submitting such rulemaklng packages.
Affected sources must be deleted from negative declaration packages prepared
under the 1985 stack height regulations before EPA can proceed with action
on them.
-------
My staff has applied the policy when reviewing packages currently in
Headquarters (Attachment C). While proposals to approve (or disapprove)
State rules will remain on the Headquarters clock, the Regional Offices are
requested to review these packages and provide appropriate boilerplate as
soon as possible. Negative declaration packages and final actions on State
rules are being returned to the Regional Office clock as more substantial
revisions and commitments may be required. The redesignation packages
currently in Headquarters which contain sources affected by the remand are
being placed on formal hold.
If you have any questions regarding the April 22 policy, today's
guidance, or disposition of the SIP's, please contact Janet Metsa
(FTS 629-5313) or Doug Grano (FTS 629-0870).
Attachments
cc: R. Bauman
R. Campbell
C. Carter
G. McCutchen
J. Pearson
J. Sableski
bcc: B. Armstrong
P. Embrey
G. Foote
E. Ginsburg
D. Grano
N. Mayer
J-^etsa
i^SC Reinders
R. Roos-Collins
502 SIP Contacts
Stack Height Contacts, Regions I-X
-------
Attachment A
I'NITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON, D.C 20460
APR 2 2 B88
omcxor
AB.AMDIADU.TK>
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT:
FROM:
TO:
Interim Policy on Stack Height Regulatory Actions
J. Craig Potter
Assistant Admi nisi, ami (\ i\
for Air and Radiation (CTR-443)
Director, Air Management Division
Regions I, III, IX
Director, Air and Waste Management Division
Region II
Director, Air, Pesticides, and Toxics Management Division
Regions IV, VI
Director, A1r and Radiation Division
Region V
Director, Air and Toxics Division
Regions VII, VIII, X
On January 22, 1988, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of
Columbia issued its-decision in NRDC v. Thomas, 838 F. 2d 1224 (D.C. Cir.
1988), regarding the Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's) stack height
regulations published on July 8, 1985 (50 FR 27892). Subsequent petitions
for rehearing were denied. Although the court upheld most provisions of the
rules, three portions were remanded to EPA for review:
1. Grandfathering pre-October 11, 1983 w1thin-formula stack height
increases from demonstration requirements [40 CFR 51.100(kk)(2)3;
2. Dispersion credit for sources originally designed and constructed
with merged or multiflue stacks [40 CFR 51.100(hh)(2)(1i)(A)]; and
3. Grandfathering of pre-1979 use of the refined H + 1.5L formula
[40 CFR 51.100(11) (2) J.
A number of pending State implementation plan (SIP) and other rulemaking
actions may be affected by this decision in advance of EPA's promulgation of
further revisions of the stack height regulations. This Includes not only
rulemaking packages developed to respond to the 1985 stack height regulations,
but also such actions as issuance of new source review (NSR) and prevention
of significant deterioration (PSD) permits, permit modifications, SIP revisions
-------
dealing with specific source emission limitations, and redes1gnat1ons under
section 107 of the Clean Air Act. Consequently, until resolution of litigation
and completion of any rulemaking activity to respond to the court decision,
the following policy will be applied.
In general, actions to approve States' rules may proceed provided appropriate
caveat language is inserted which notes that the action 1s potentially subject
to review and modification as a result of the recent court decision. Actions
addressing State permitting authority should require States to provide notice
that permits are subject to review and modification 1f sources are later
found to be affected by revisions to stack height regulations. Where States
currently have the authority to issue permits under fully-approved or delegated
NSR and PSD programs, any permits issued prior to EPA's promulgation of
revised stack height regulations should provide notice as described above
that they may be subject to review and modification. Regional Office staff
are requested to contact their State officials and notify them accordingly.
Where EPA has retained authority to issue permits, it should also Insert
appropriate cautionary language 'i the permit.
The EPA will try to avoid taking source-specific actions that may need
to be retracted later. Such actions may include certain emission limitations
and good engineering practice demonstrations which reflect dispersion credit
affected by the remand. The EPA may approve these State submittals on a
case-by-case basis, with the explicit caution that they and the sources
affected by them may need to be evaluated for compliance with any later
revisions to the stack height regulations, as a result of the litigation.
The EPA will continue to process, under normal procedures, any source-specific
actions which do not involve the remanded provisions.
Requests for redesignation of areas from nonattainment to attainment
which are affected by any of the remanded provisions of the stack height
regulations will be put on hold until EPA has completed any rulemaking
necessary to comply with the court's remand. This 1s due to the issue of
whether EPA has authority to unilaterally change attainment designations.
During this interim period, the Regional Office staff should review with
their States all regulatory actions involving dispersion credits and identify
those actions or sources affected by the remanded provisions. The Region
should consult with their States on appropriate action for all such packages,
consistent with this policy.
If you have any questions regarding the application of this policy,
please contact Doug Grano at FTS 629-0870 or Janet Metsa at FTS 629-5313.
cc: 0. Clay
A. Eckert
0. Emison
D. Grano
J. Metsa
-------
Attachment B
The following boilerplate, or variations tailored to suit particular
situations, should be used in rulemaking actions affected by the stack
height remand.
General Addition
"The EPA's stack height regulations were challenged in NRDC v.
Thomas. 838 F.2d 1224 (D.C. Cir. 1988). On January 22, 1988, the U.S.
Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit issued Us decision affirming the
regulations in large part, but remanding three provisions to the EPA for
reconsideration. These are:
1. Grandfathering pre-October 11, 1983 w1thin-formula stack height
increases from demonstration requirements [40 CFR 51.10Q(kk)(2)];
2. Dispersion credit for sources originally designed and constructed
with merged or multiflue stacks [40 CFR 51.100(hh)(2)(11)(A)]; and
3. Grandfathering pre-1979 use of the refined H + 1.5L formula
[40 CFR 51.100(ii)(2)]."
Addition for Stack Heights Rules Packages
"Although the EPA generally approves [State's] stack height rules on
the grounds that they satisfy 40 CFR Part 51, the EPA also provides notice
that this action may be subject to modification when EPA completes
rulemaking to respond to the decision in NRDC v. Thomas, 838 F.2d 1224
(D.C. C1r. 1988). If the EPA's response to the NRD(Tremand modifies the
July 8, 1985 regulations, the EPA will notify the~3t"ate of [ ] that its
rules must be changed to comport with the EPA's modified requirements.
This may result in revised emission limitations or may affect other
actions taken by [State] and source owners or operators."
Additions for Stack Negative Declaration Packages
"The EPA 1s not acting on sources (identified 1n table form or by
asterisk) because they currently receive credit under one of the provisions
remanded to the EPA 1n NRDC v. Thomas. 838 F.2d 1224 (D.C. Ci r 1988).
The [State] and EPA will review these sources for compliance with any
revised requirements when the EPA completes rulemaking to respond to the
NRDC remand."
-------
Additions for Stack Height Emission Limitation Changes or
Good Engineering Practice Demonstration
The OAQPS and OGC will provide language on a case-by-case basis when
the EPA is acting on a source-specific package which Is affected by the
remand.
Language for Proposed NSR and PSO SIP Approvals
"Under this program, [State] will be Issuing permits and establishing
emission limitations that may be affected by the court-ordered reconsideration
of the stack height regulations promulgated on July 8, 1985 (50 PR 27892).
For this reason, EPA requires that the State Include the following caveat
in all potentially affected permit approvals until the EPA completes Us
reconsideration of remanded portions of the regulations and promulgates any
necessary revisions:
'In approving this permit, [name of agency] has determined that the
application complies with the applicable provisions of the stack
height regulations as revised by EPA on July 8, 1985 (50 FR 27892).
Portions of the regulations have been remanded by a panel of the U.S.
Court of Appeals for the O.C. Circuit 1n NRDC '<. Thomas. 838 F.2d
1224 (D.C. Cir. 1988). Consequently, this permit may be subject to
modification if and when EPA revises the regulation in response to
the court decision. This may result 1n revised emission limitations
or may affect other actions taken by the source owners or operators.'
[State] must make an enforceable commitment to Include this caveat in
all affected permits before the EPA can take final action approving the
[NSR or PSO] progcam."
Language for Final NSR and PSO SIP Approvals
"Under this program, [State] will be Issuing permits and establishing
emission limitations that may be affected by the court-ordered reconsideration
of the stack height regulations promulgated on July 8, 1985 (50 FR 27892).
For this reason, the EPA has required that the State Include the following
caveat in all potentially affected permit approvals until the EPA completes
its reconsideration of remanded portions of the regulations and promulgates
any necessary revisions:
'In approving this permit, [name of agency] has determined that the
application complies with the applicable provisions of the stack
height regulations as revised by the EPA on July 8, 1985 (50 FR
27892). Portions of the regulations have been remanded by a panel of
the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit in NRDC v. Thomas, 838
F.2d 1224 (D.C. Cir. 1988), Consequently, this permit may be subject
to modification if and when the EPA revises the regulations 1n
-------
3
response to the court decision. This may result in revised emission
limitations or may affect other actions taken by the source owners
or operators.'
[State] has made an enforceable commitment to include this caveat in
all affected permits by letter dated [ ]. This commitment is being
incorporated into the Code of Federal Regulations for the State of [ ] as
part of EPA's approval action."
See Attachment 0 for sample CFR amendment.
The Regional Offices are requested to contact those States that
currently have permitting authority and request that they include similar
language in any permits issued until EPA has completed its reconsideration
of the stack height regulations and has promulgated any necessary revisions.
-------
Attachment C
State
AZ/CA/NV
AZ/CA/NV
SC
MS
NJ/NY/VI
WA
MO
AR
OH
TX
<-A
DE
OH
SO
CO
AQMD I
3059
3210
3243
3330
3418
3480
3543
3548
3570
3572
3592
3600
3334
*
3618
3623
Description
Promulgation of Stack Height Regs.
App. and Disapp. of Stack Height Req.
Negative Declaration
Mississippi's Negative Declaration
Stack Height Revisions
Stack Height Rules
Negative Declaration
Stack Height Rules
Stack Height Regulations
Stack Height Regulations
Revisions to Stack Height Rules
Stack Height Regulations •
Redes1gnat1on of Gall a County to
Attainment
Administrative Rules
Negative Declaration
Disposition
HQ
RO
RO
RO
RO
HQ
RO
HQ
HQ
HQ
HQ
HQ
Hold
RO
RO
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
3 Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
12 NCV \g\
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Incorporation by Reference
FROM: S. T. Helms, Chief^—
Cont-ol Programs Operations Branch
TO: Chief, A1r Branch
Regions I-X
The Office of the Federal Register (OFR) has recently advised us
that commitment letters are not acceptable for Incorporation by reference
because they are not regulatory in nature.
Instead, the OFR has informed us that the Code of Federal Regulations
(CFR) can be amended by adding a new section or amending an existing section
to add the commitment; the "Identification of Plan" paragraph should not
be amended.
Attached is an example of a CFR page that the OFR has reviewed and
approved and the commitment letter from the State of Minnesota that was
the basis for this sample regulatory text. Please note that the core
paragraph from the letter should be quoted in the new section that is
being added to the CFR.
If you have any questions on incorporation by reference procedures,
call Denise Gerth at 629-5550. Thank you for your cooperation.
Attachments
-------
cc: Betty Abramson
Walter Bishop
Ted Creelcmore
Tom Dlggs
Pat Embrey
Greg Foote
Denlse Sjfrth
Oean Sill am
Laurie Krai
Carol LeValley
Sandy McLean
Bob Miller
Rich Osslas
Carolyn Payne
Sharon Relnders
Julie Rose
John S11vas1
Marcia Spink
Rebecca Taggart
Paul Truchan
-------
40 CFR Part 52, Subpart Y, is amended as follows:
1. The authority citation for Part 52 continues to read as follows
AUTHORITY: 42 U.S.C. 7401-7642
2. A new Section 52.1237 is added as follows:
§52.1237 Stack Height Regulations
The State of Minnesota has committed to conform to the Stack
Height Regulations as set forth in 40 CFR Part 51. In a letter to
Mr. David Kee, EPA, dated January 14, 1987, Mr. Thomas J. Kalitowskl
of the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency stated:
Minnesota does not currently have a stack height rule,
nor do we intend to adopt such a rule. Instead, we will
conform with the Stack Height Regulation as set forth
in the July 8, 1985 Federal Register in issuing permits
for new or modified sources. In cases where that rule
is not clear, we will contact U.S. EPA Region V and
conform to the current federal interpretation of the
item in question.
-------
REFERENCES FOR SECTION 5.5
-------
5864 Federal Register / Vol. 47. No. 26 / Monday. February 8.1982 /Jlules and Regulations
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
AGENCY
40CFRPart51
[AO-fRL 2010-1; Docket No. A-79-01]
Stack Height Regulation*
AOEMCY: Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Final rulemaking.
SUMMARY: Section 123 of the Clean Air
Act requires EPA to promulgate
regulations to assure that the degree of
emission limitation required for the
control of any air pollutant under an
applicable State Implementation Plan
(SIP) is not affected by that portion of
any stack height which exceeds good
engineering practice (GEP) or by any
other dispersion technique. Regulations
to implement Section 123 were proposed
on January 12.1979 at 44 PR 2608 and
reproposed October 7,1961 at 46 FR
49814. Today's action incorporates
changes to the reproposal and finalizes
these regulations.
DATE These rules are effective March
10.1962.
is: Docket A-79-01. containing
material relevant to this action, is
located in the Central Docket Section
(A-130), U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, 401M Street SW.. Washington.
D.C. 20480.
FOftPU
Mr. Bruce Pslkowsky, MD-15. Office of
Air Quality Planning and Standards.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Research Triangle Park. North Carolina
27711. Telephone: (919) 541-5540.
SUPPLEMENTARY MKMWATKMr
Docket Statement
All pertinent information concerning
the development of these regulations is
included in Docket No. A-79-01. The
Docket is open for inspection by the
public between the hours of 8:00 aon.
and 4:00 p.m.. Monday through Friday.
at the EPA Central Docket Section. West
Tower Lobby, Gallery One, 401 M
Street SW.. Washington. D.C.
Background documents normally
available to the public, such as Federal
Register notices and Congressional
reports, are not included in the docket
A reasonable fee may be charged for
copying documents.
I. Background
A. Statute
Section 123 was added to the Clean
Air Act by the 1977 Clean Air Act
Amendments. It prohibits stacks taller
than good engineering practice (GEP)
height and other dispersion techniques
from affecting Ibe emission limitations
requiracUo meet the national ambient
air quality standards (NAAQS) or
prevention of significant deterioration
air quality increments (PSD increments).
Section 123 requires EPA to promulgate
regulations which define GEP stack
height and which restrict the use of
other dispersion techniques, including
intermittent or supplemental control
techniques. This rulemaking fulfills *h<«
requirement In the near future. EPA
also intends to propose rules on the use
of intermittent control techniques.
B. Rulemaking
On January 12,1979 (44 FR 2608). EPA
published a notice proposing limitations
-on stack height credit and other
dispersion techniques. The jnotiee
proposed specific rules to be used in
determining GEP stack height for any
source and specific requirements for
State Implementation Plan (SIP)
revisions. EPA provided an extended
period Tor the submission of public
comments on these proposed
regulations. EPA held a public hearing
on May 31.1979 followed by a 39-day
period for the submission of additional
comments (44 FR 24328. April 2fc. 1979).
EPA provided foe comments on
additional technical informatiom (44 1R
40359, July 11.1979 and 48 FR 24596.
May 1.1981). Finally. EPA recently
reproposed the regulations with changes
mad* fcrtapeoMto the commeata
received (44 PR 4W14, October 7.1981).
Forty individuals and groups
OB the October 1981
proposal EPA hae considered aQ
comments and has made a number of
changes in the regulations in response to
these comments. Most of these changes
simply clarify the proposed rules. The
revisions are outlined in Section IV:
"Changes in the Regulations from the
October 1981 Proposal" In addition,
EPA has prepared a document entitled
"Summary of Comments and Responses
on the October 7,1981 Proposal of the
Stack Height Regulations." This
document has been placed in Docket A-
79-01. and, depending upon available
supplies, copies may also be obtained'
from: EPA Library (MD-35). U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency.
Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711. A
copy of this document will be sent to all
persons who submitted comments on the
October 1981 proposal
C. Documents
In conjunction with the regulations.
EPA developed several technical and
guidance documents. These served as
background information for th'e
regulations and all are included in
Docket No. A-79-01. The following
documents have been placed in the
National Technical Information Service
(NTIS) system and may be obtained by
contacting NTIS at 5285 Port Royal Rd..
Springfield. Virginia 22161.
(1) "Guideline for Determination of Good
Engineering Practice Stack Height (Technical
Support Document (or Stack Height
Regulation*}." July 1981. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency. Office of Air Quality
planolag and Standards, EPA-450/4-8Q-023
(NTIS PB82145301)
(2) '•Guideline for Use of Fluid Modeling to
Determine Good Engineering Practice Stack
Height" July 1981. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality
Pluming and Staadards.£PA-450/4-«l-003
(NITS KB 145327] .
P) "Guideline for Fluid Modeling of
Aknospberic Diffusion." April 1961. U.S.
Bavironmraul Protection Agency.
EttvironmenUl'Science* Research
Laboratory. EPA-eoo/fr-81-009. (NTIS PBfil
201410)
IL Program Overview
A. The Problem
There are two general methods for
preventing violations of the NAAQS and
PSD increments. Emission controls
reduce, on a continuous basis, the
quantity, rate, or concentrations of
pollutants released into the atmosphere
from a source. In contrast dispersion
techniques rely on the dispersive effects
of the atmosphere to carry pollutant
emissions away from a source and to
prevent high concentrations of
pollutants near the source. The Clean
Air Act requires pollution sources to
meet the NAAQS and PSD increments
by complying with emission limitations
instead of relying on dispersion
techniques.1 Section 123 defines stack
height exceeding GEP as a dispersion
technique.
Tall stacks and intermittent or
supplemental control systems (ICS or
SCS) are the two basic types of
dispersion techniques. Tail stacks
enhance dispersion by releasing
pollutants into the air at elevations high
above ground level increasing the
volume of air through which pollutants
must travel to reach the ground.
Releasing pollutants from a tall stack
allows a source to reduce the ambient
levels of its pollution as measured at
ground level without reducing the
amount of pollution it releases.
Intermittent and supplemental control
systems vary a source's rate of
emissions to take advantage of
•SM Softool MOdtUKB). 123. »2(k). and SOU ml
of tfal Act 42 U.S.C 7410)«H2)(B). 7423. 76021k). and
78021.81). Th* Notice of PnpoMd Rulemaking
contain* a mort d«uU*d ducuMion of the Act i
prohibition of to* UM of dupcrtion techniques Set
44 FR 280S-JB10.
-------
Fadasml tteyater / V»I. 47. No. 26 / Monday. February 8. 1982 / Rules and Regulations 58S5
meteorological conditione. When
atmospheric condition* do not favor
-dispersion and an NAAQS may be
violated the source temporarily reduces
its pollutant emissions. When conditions
favor rapid dispersion, the source emits
pollutants at higher rates:
Use of dispersion techniques instead
of constant emission controls can result
in additional atmospheric i"-^'"gt
which may contribute to undesirable
environmental effects. The us* of tall
stacks increases the possibility that
pollution will travel long rfi •«•!»-•«
before it settles to the ground.
Although dispersion techniques may
produce advene effects, some stack
height is needed to prevent excessive
concentrations of pollutant emissions
created by airflow disruptions caused
by structures, terrain features, and
ground-level meteorological phenomena.
These excessive concentrations result
from interference with the plume.
Section 123 responds to this problem by
allowing EPA to give a source credit for
that portion of its stack height needed to
prevent excessive concentrations near
the source. This height is called GEP
stack height
The regulations promulgated today
define "excessive concentrations."
"nearby." and other important concepts.
They also establish methods for
determining the GEP stack height for all
stationary sources to which these
regulations apply.. " ""
B. Tf^ Program -
Thfee regulations do not Bmit the
physifal stack height of any source, nor
require any specific stack height for any
source. Instead, they set limits on the
maximum stack height credit to be used
in ambient air quality modeling for the
purpose of setting an emission limitation
and calculating the air quality Impact of
a source. Sources are modeled at the
physical stack height unless that height
exceeds their GEP stack height The
regulations apply to all stacks
constructed and all dispersion
techniques implemented since December
31.1870.
1. Methods of Determining GEP Stack
Height. The regulations establish three
basic methods of calculating a source's
GEP stack height.
(a) De minimi* height—EPA is
adopting 85 meters as the-minimum GEP
stack height for all sources regardless of
the size or location of any structures or
terrain features. Sixty-five meters
represents a reasonable estimate of the
height needed, to insure that emission*
will not be affected by common ground-
level meteorological phenomena which
may produce excessive pollutant
concentration*. Typical i
phenomena include surface roughness
and the temperature changes caused by
the solar heating and terrestrial cooling
cycle (see page 26 of the Technical
Support Document).
Virtually all significant sources of SOt
can justify stack height credits greater
than 65 meter*. Accordingly, this de
minimis height will have little effect on
atmospheric loadings of sulfur dioxide.
(b) Mathematical Formulas—
Excessive concentrations may be
produced by downwash. wakes, and
eddies caused by structures located near
the stack. EPA is adopting two formula*
with which to calculate the GEP stack
height: One for stacks in yjt****ce on
January U. 1879 (die date of publication
of EPA original proposed rules), and one
for stacks constructed after that date.
For stacks in existence on January 12,
1078. EPA has adopted the traditional
engineering formula of two and one-half
times the height of the nearby structure
(Hf-iSH) as the formula for
determining the GEP stack height For
stacks constructed after January 12.
1078, EPA has established a refined
formula of the height of the nearby
structure plus one and one-half times the
height or width of the structure,
whichever is leu (H.«H-mL) as the
. formula for determining the GEP stack
height
(c) Physical Demonstration—In some
case*, a source may need a suck taller
than the height predicted by the
formulas to prevent excessive
concentrations of a pollutant due to
downwash. wakes, or eddies created by
structures or terrain obstacles. In such
cases. Section 123 provides that a source
may obtain credit for all of the stack
height necessary to avoid excessive
concentrations provided it demonstrates
to the satisfaction of the reviewing
authority that the additional height is
necessary.
EPA is requiring such a source to
concentrations caused by the source's
emissions from its proposed stack
height without consideration of nearby
structures or terrain obstacles,-will
increase by at least 40 percent when die
effects of the structures or terrain
obstacles are considered. This
difference in concentrations must be
shown either by a fluid model study
conducted in accordance with guidelines
published by EPA or by a field study
which has been approved by the
reviewing authority.
Before a source can obtain credit for a
GEP stack height determined by a fluid
model or field study demonstration.
Section 123(c) requires that the
reviewing authority »uet notify *°*^^.
demonstration study and must provide
an opportunity for a public bearing.
2. Method of Adjusting GEP Stack
Height for Elevated Terrain Anas. As
traditionally defined, plume impaction
occurs when a plume emitted from a
stack interacts with terrain that is taller
than the stack. The contact between the
plume and the terrain can produce high
pollutant concentrations. EPA is
establishing a procedure which will
allow sources to adjust their GEP stack
height to avoid modeled plume
impaction on elevated terrain causing
one to predict violation* of the NAAQS
or appHcaUaJSeVmcremTOti which will
not mini plila>aiiii i iliin is explained
m Section IV.Q) The predicted
violations wiH not occur because the
physical stack-height is sufficient to
ensure that the plume passes over the
elevated terrain.
Before a source can obtain credit for a
GEP stack height based on allowances
for terrain impaction. the reviewing
authority must notify the public of the
availability of the source's
demonstration study and must provide
an opportunity for a public hearing.
3. Grondfathend Stack Height The
1070 Clean Air Act became effective on
Deeember'31.1070. Prior to that date
some sources had constructed stack*
taller than their GEP height In Section
123. Congress recognized this and
exempted those sources' stack heights.
Section 123 allows credit ior stack
height in existence on December 31.
1070. A source's stack is considered to
be "in existence" if that stack was pan
of the design of a facility on which
construction commenced prior to
December 31.1070.
4. Other Dispersion Techniques. The
regulations prohibit the use of other
dispersion techniques to attain or
maintain any NAAQS or protect a PSD
increment Those techniques include
major alteration of plume characteristics
such as the manipulation of exhaust
flow rates or temperatures for the
purpose of enhancing plume rise. The
regulation defines three types of
dispersion techniques: (1) tall stacks. (2)
use of ICS or SCS. and (3) addition of a
fan or reheater to obtain a res* itringent
emission limitation. However, the
regulations exempt (1) reheating of a gas
stream following the use of a pollutant
control system. (2) smoke management
in agricultural or silvicultural programs.
and (3) combining exhau*t gase* from
several stacks into one stack.
m. State ImaJeaeeBtstioo Plan .
EPA. i*
-------
Fedeol atagtater / Vol. 47. No. 2g / Monday. February a 1982 / Rales and Regulations
reguiaiJona. All States aiMt ievie» aaal
revise, n necessary, tier SIPs to
include provisions that toot stack height
credits end dispersion techniques in
accordance with these regnlatiaa*.
Secoon 408(d)(2) of the Oean Air Act
Amendment! of 1877 requires that these
SEP revisions be tubmitted within niae
months of promulgation oi these
regulations.
After EPA approves a State's stack
height rotes, tie State oust review
existing lianrtatioan to detarmne
whether these limitations have been
affected by stack height credit above
GEP levels or aoy other dispersion
tecnniqae. If so, the State must revise
the emission iimrtations to he consists a*
with its «vieed SH».
IV. Changes in (he Regulations From the
October 7,1981 Proposal
EPA has made several changes in the
proposed regulations as a mantl «f the
public comments on the raaroposed
regulations. These changes are noted
below.
A. Prospective Application of the New
CEP Formula
On February IB, 107ft fil HI 7450).
EPA published the •Stack Hoigai
Increase guideline" which provided
guidance on its potter for the use «f tall
stacks. The guideline permitted credit
for stacks ap to two aad net atilf I
the height of the facility it served. On
Novemheal. 1977. after passage of the
Clean Aizytot Ameadaieats of 1077,
EPA promsJgsted a final rule oaveoaM
changes t*mtnri argued that
thenewiatmala should be aapfced
prospecnveiy.
la reapome to these comments, EPA
has developed two formulas for
determining GEP stack height (1) For
stacks in existence on January 12.1979.
the formala is H,-2.5rt (2) for all other
stacks, me formula is H.-H+1.5L.
B. Definition of "in ex/stance **
Section 123 does not affect stack
heights "In existence" on December 31,
1970. to October 1981. BPA proposed to
define "in existence' to mean that the
owner or operator of a stack had
obtaned an necessary precons (ruction
perflnta or aajjiuvals required by
Federal State or focal air pviMon
eonlful agencies, and eMier fl) ecnaBy
commenced constnction. or fZ/ entered
into a bfaufing commitment for'
Comments on the renroposed
definition stated that mis new definition
would discriminate unfairly against
sources located m the few Stales or
local Jurisdictions which required
construction permits for air poBuflon
sources m 1970. (There were so Federal
permit programs In 1970.) EPA agrees
that the repropoaad I**^"fn°n might
operate uuXairry. EPA nas deleted the
requirement for snch approvals or'
permits in determining, whether, a
source's stack is "la existence" as of
December 31. M70.
However, the regulations now apply
the two and ana-half times, formula for
HoKrmininp C1LJP only JQ *iaf]rm M|g
existence" on January 12.1879. federal
requirements for praconstructkm
permits for air pollution sources were
effective well before 1979, Accordingly.
EPA is retaining the permit requirement
for sources which want to claim credit
for stacks "in "rif **•!••?" aa of Jaauary
12.1979. EPA has changed } Sl.lf.ii).
which defines GEP, to require sources
wishing to use the two and one'half
times formula to show that they had
obtained, prior to January 12.1979, all
precoasroction permits required by 40
CFR Parts SI and S2.
The remaining portions of the
definition of "in existence" an identical
to the October 18*1 proposal.
C Impaction CrwSt
Many comments on the January 1979
proposal asked EPA to provide stack
height credit for a source which
experiences plume impaction. Plume
impaction occurs when a plume emitted
from a stack interacts with a terrain
feature that is taller than the stack. The
contact between the plume and the
terrain feature can predace high
pollutant concentraboas. espeaafiy
under stable atmospheric conditions tn
which the phuae disperses slowly.
EPA decided that sources should
receive stack height credit when
impaction produces concentrations high
enough to violate an NAAQS or
applicable PSD increment EPA included
in its October 1981 reproposal a
procedure for determining the amount of
credit needed to prevent plume
impaction.
EPA has received three types of
comments on the proposed impaction
credit Environmental groups claimed
that Section 123 doe* not authorize
impaction credits, Several industrial
commenters askecHBPA to clarify the
proposed procedures for impaction
credits. Finally, some industrial
commenters asked EPA to modify a
portion of Its proposed procedures. To
respond to these comments. EPA is
presenting below a brief description of
its rationale and procedures for
impaction credits. EPA i» also providing
a brief explanation of its reason for
declining to make procedural
modifications.
(1) Rationale
Prame impaction resembles
downwash. wakes, and eddies. In all of
these events, structures or terrain
features interfere with plume dispersion.
If me Interference occurs relatively close
to the stack, before the plume has had
adequate opportunity to disperse, high
concentrations of pollutants can occur.
In enacting Section 123, Congress
decided that sources should be allowed
•nffiriant ftack height credit to prevent
HioK pollutant concentrations caused by
downwash. wakes, and eddies.
Congress called this height "good
engineering practice." Any additional
stack height was to be regarded as a
dispersion technique that might allow a
source to relax its emissions limitations
Section 123 does not mention impactioc.
However, neither the language of the
statute nor the legislative history show
that this omission was deliberate. EPA
considers impaction to be enough like
downwash that the same rationale
should apply. GEP stack height should
include credit needed to evoid high
concentrations caused by impaction.
Accordingly. EPA has decided to
exercise general rulemaking authority to
establish stack height credit needed to
prevent high concentrations caused by
plume impaction.
EPA recognizes Congress did not
want the stack height rules to grant too
much credit to sources locating in
complex terrain, for "the result could be
an open invitation to raise stack heights
to unreasonably high elevations." HR.
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 47. No. 28 / Monday. February A 19B2 / Rulei and Regulation 58£
Rep. No. 95-294. 95th Cong, lit Sett, at
93 (1977). Therefore, EPA hat carefully
tailored impaction credit procedures to
provide only the minimum stack height
credit needed to avoid high
concentrations ' produced by impaction.
These procedures are described in more
detail below.
EPA is convinced that its narrowly
drawn rules represent a reasonable
solution for a plume effect that closely
resembles the phenomena of downwash.
wakes, and eddies. Credits for plume
impaction. when carefully limited
should aot be regarded as ajiispenion
technique. Although the promulgated
procedure allows for the use of some
stack height to avoid high pollutant
concentrations on elevated terrain, it
does not permit excessive dispersion
credits.
(2) Explanation of Procedure*
EPA has developed a three-step
procedure for determining the amount of
stack height credit appropriate for a
source with a predicted impaction
concentration violating an NAAQS or
applicable PSD increment
First a source must determine its
dowowash GEP height—tbe amount of
stack height that can be Justified based
on dowowash, wake*, or eddies ntlng
any of the three methods described in
Section &B. above. Using this GBP
height the source most show that its
plume would come into contact with
elevated terrain (defined as terrain taller
than this GEMeighr) and together with
background concentrations cause a
violation of aa NAAQS or applicable
PSD increment If the source cannot
show that a violation would occur, it
cannot claim any impaction credit Its
stack height credit would be limited to
the GEP height already calculated.
If a violation is modeled, the second
step is to determine the source's
maximum allowable emission limitation.
In this step the source would model its
air quality impact using the previously
determined GEP height and assuming
that the terrain featured) causing
impaction is no taller than its
downwash GEP height Using the
appropriate maximum concentration
from this modeling scenario, the source
'EPA coiuiden "high concentntiont" to be «
violation of «o NAAQS or applicable PSD
increment Unlike '•xetMh* concentrationi"
cau*ed by downwcth. tugb eenomtnboni cauted
by plume Mnpection occur to different
meteorological condition* thu downwuh and are
longer IB duration. High conccotnoou due to
plum* impuctioo can be compared miry to an
NAAQS or applicable PSD mcrwnut. Therefor*.
EPA h*i required that the coecentnoon cauaed by
piume impaction muti be IB exec** of an NAAQS or
Applicable PSD increoMnt before a aource oaa
ediuii it» CEP itack beujnt
would calculate an emission limitation
which would become its maximum
allowable emission limitation.
The third step allows the source to
adjust its GEP stack height to account
for the plume impaction on actual
terrain features above the downwash
GEP stack height The source cannot
adjust its IT"""""" allowable emission
limitation. The source would model its
air quality impact •j»
Tbe electric utilities requested that
EPA assume, during the Step two
modeling, that all terrain features are no
taller than ground elevation at the base
of the stack or, hi other words, that the
source is located in absolutely flat
terrain. Tbe utilities believe that this
assumption is necessary to ensure
equity between sources located in
elevated terrain and sources in flat
terrain.
EPA has decided not to make this
change to its procedure, EPA's objective
is to provide the minimum itack height
credit needed to allow a source to avoid
high concentrations caused by plume
impaction. A source in assumed flat
terrain would obtain a less restrictive
emission limitation than a source in
terrain assumed to be as tall as its
downwash GEP height The flat terrain
assumption would thus allow a source
to obtain more stack height credit than
needed to prevent impaction. It would
also have a greater negative impact on
air quality by allowing taller stacks and
more relaxed emission limits.
D. Dispersion Technique
EPA received numerous comments or
the definition of the term "dispersion
technique." Most of these comments
stated that wording concerning the
enhancement of plume rise was vague.
Comments specifically mentioned that
many changes in operation or equipmer
made for engineering purposes, to
improve reliability or efficiency, couid
be construed as a disperison technique.
This is not the intent of the definition.
EPA has changed the definition of
dispersion technique to prevent the
addition of a fan or rehealer to obtain a
less stringent emission limitation. The
purpose of this change to to prevent only
the installation of equipment deariy
intended to enchance piume rise. The
new definition should not prevent
equipment changes intended to improve
reliability and efficiency.
E> Definition of "Stack"
Comments on the January 1979
proposal urged EPA to exempt "flares"
from the definition of "stack." EPA
agreed that flares, which are designed to
dispense heat and vent emissions
intermittently for safety purposes, do
not serve the same purpose as stack*,
which are typically a source's major &
moat constant emissions point EPA
announced that it would exempt flare*
from die stack height regulations in the
preamble to the October 1981
reproposal New comments urged EPA
to include this exemption in the
regulations themselves to eliminate any
potential for confusion or
misunderstanding. In response to these
comments, EPA is incorporating a
specific exemption for flares into the
definition of "stack."
F. Section 123 and Physical Stack
Height
EPA received several comments on
the October 1961 reproposal which
indicated that the commenten "believed
that the proposed regulations would give
EPA authority to limit a source's actual
stack height EPA did not intend to
create this impression. In fact EPA
stated in the preamble to the reproposal
that Section 123 expressly prohibits the
Agency from limiting physical stack
height Section 123 limits only the
theoretical stack height used in
determining a source's emission
limitation. However, to eliminate this
confusion. EPA is adding a statement to
{ § 51.12U) and 51.18(1) of the regulation
stating that these regulations do net
restrict in any manner the actual height
of any stack at any source.
-------
•l*edend Reyftef / Vol 4ft Tfc.*» f "Monday. February 6. 1982 / -Rides and Reguhrtkms
C. Measurement of Slack Height
In the proposed definition of a
"stack." EPA stated that the "stack
height is the distance from the groond-
level elevation of the plant to the
elevation of the stack outlet." Several
commenters requested clarification in
the establishing the ground-level
elevation of the plant For instance, the
commenters noted that where a plant
was built oh a slope the regulation could
have varying interpretations. Also, some
commenters asked whether (he entire
plant site should be included or )ust the
portion of the plant site considered
"nearby" the stack.
EPA is <*anging the regulations to
clarify rt"« point. EPA ^»Mf^ from the
definition of a "tlaok." rt»«> statexacBl
stack hgjght Hflwevet,EPA
clarified the methods for determining
GEP stack height by stating that aU
stack and structure heights an
measured from the ground-level
elevation at the bas*H»f tee stack,
If a stack is on top of a taiiiriina. the
ground-level elevates* of the hmtrlsag is
used as the base elevation. sa«rdar to
neaxby structuxee OB thie stack hetjM..
the. height of struonues to alee
determined relative !
elevation of the i
cksrirytB*
H. Minor Wording Change*
typographical i
minor wntdhig nhnngee <
regulation*. These and <
changes have been mad* to (
to clarify the regulations. Tone changes
did not have any significant effect «n
the regulations.
V. Impact Analysis
EPA has prepared a series of impact
analyses on these regvJatieae. These
analyses are in Docket A-TO tl. The
analyses show that the expected "mint-
case" national annual cost* to fsnfi-nie!
fired~power plants should be ten nan
$45 miBioa per year. These costs resell
LTtim conservative estimates of fte^tRred
purchases of lower sulfur coal and
estimates of required retrofit of
electrostatic precipitators at some plants
which purchase the lower snlfor coal.
The worst-case analyses show that me
expected reduction in SO* emissions is
less than 200400 tons per year.
Nationally, these costs could increase
ejectnc utility rate charges
apprcrjmatery 0.1 to 0.2 percent.
Increases for individual power company
rates could range from 0.5 to 90 peiueut
VL Rafufannry FfoxfbiBty Analysis
Pursuant to the provisions of 5 U.S.C.
aosfb), I hereby certify that the attached
rule win not have significant economic
impact on a substantial number of small
entities. This rule applies only to large
sources. The impact assessment
predicted that these regulations would
not hart significant impact on any small
entities. Based upon our impact
analysis, only electric otffity plants and
povsfoiy one smeiter wiD be
significantly effected by these
regulations.
V1L PasuiUve Ocder 12281
Under Executive Order 122*1. EPA
must JeaLje wuesbsa a regulation is
"ȣ''ǥ* theretoe sabjeot to the
resjBB^eansKt of~a Kegus'tory isspact
^ns«>sis This regaletioB is not -BKJOT"
beosnee st does not leeult m an asraial
effect oa eke eoonemy of $100 minion.
nor dees it seevit in e major incteese in
costs or BBoee Car oooeiunecs. Federal
State, at local governments or individual
"^"^"^ the electric power
•EPA oeXevH that this rale is based ea
effect Ifeihlag In Section 123 Hmlts Its
a. particular locality,
State, or ragfon. On the contrary. Section
123 appOes to sources wherever located
' Because of '9* rule's national
applicability. Section 307(b) (42 U.S.C.
TB07(b)) reaaanM thai ay petiboei ior
review of the promulgated ruj* be filed
only in the United States Court of *
Appeals for the District of Columbia and
within 60 daya of the date of
{/uuH^Auvo.
(Sees. 100, 123. 301. dean Air Act ti
•mead** (s2 TJ.&C 7Oa 7423. and 7BOI)
Dated Jannwy 31. 1882.
|nhn W Ilamsniles IT
Acting Adninittmtnr.
PART 51-HEQUIREMENTS FOR
PREPARATION, ADOPTION, AND
SUBMTTTAL OF IMPLEIJBfTATION
PLANS
Part 51 of Chapter I Title 40 of the
Code of Federal Regulations is amended
as follows;
1. Sortifni ?i-l is amended by revising
paragraph (z) and by adding paragraphs
(ff). (gg). (hh). (u). (Ji). (kk), (11), and (mm)
as follows:
§51.1
(z) "Emission limitation" and
"emission standard" mean a
requirement established by a State, local
government, or the Administrator which
limits the quantity, rate, or
concentration of emissions of air
pollutants on a continuous basis,
including any requirements which limit
the level of opacity, prescribe
equipment set fuel specifications, or
prescribe operation or maintenance
procedures for a source to assure
continuous emission reduction.
• .**••
(ff) "Stack" m»?n« any point in a
source ^•«»g««H to emit solids, liquids.
or gases into the ait. including a pipe or
duct but not ^"fy^rm flares.
(gg) "A stack in-asaslence" means that
the owner or njiassjior had (1) begun, or
caused to beguv*4VDtinuous program
of physical on-eite.flonjtruction of the
stack or (2) eoteced into binding
agreements or contractual obligations,
which could not be cancelled or
modified without substantial less to the
owner or epezator. to undertake a
progcam of cansttuctian of the stack to
be completed io e reaaenable time.
(hh) "DispeBwoa technique" means
any tec&nfcpia which attempts to affect
the concentration of a peUutant in the
ambient air by assng that portion of a
(task wtaoB, exoeeae good engmaenag
practice aterlr hsijht. varying the rate of
eioieaiM4*! a fwiliitaatf aAcaedtaa te
concentmMeae ef then BoUuMM. or by
addition erf aiea or raaeeier to obtaiat a
less strtagent Bisiseinn amiterUa The
Dt indade: (1)
The Bihaeitseg of a gee stnem, rbllewiBg
use of a pollsuiea eaotroi systam. for the
purpose of raenrnissj the gas to the
temperature at which it was eaginaiiy
discharged frees, tec ieaUty geneeatiBg
the gas etreanc (2) the aae of smoke
manaaement in eanctiltnrel or
silviculhiral programs; or (S) combining
the exaauet sases from several stacks
into one •*a*^
(Ml "Good engineering practice (GEP)
stack hshgBt" meens me greater of:
U) 65 laaiais.
(2)(i) For stacks m existence on
January 12, M79 and for which the
owner or operator had obtained ati
applicable preooastmcnon pemats or
approvals required oader tins Parts 51
and K of this Title 4O. H,-i5H
(ii) for ell other stacks.
H.—H+1.SL when
H.»good engineering practice tudc height.
niaasur6
-------
/ Vol ».:Ha at £M°pd*y- February 8. 1962 / Rule* «nd Regulations 5869
reviewing agency, which ensure* that
the'emissions from a stack do not result
in excessive concentrations of uy air
pollutant ti a result of atmospheric
downwash, wakes-or eddy effect!
created by the source itself, structures.
or terrain obstacles.
UJ) "Nearby" as used in I Sl.l(ii)(2) is
that distance up to five time* the lesser
of the height or the width dimension of a
structure but not greater than 0.8 km
(one-half mile). The height of the
structure is measured from the ground-
level elevation at the base of the stack,
(kk) "Excessive concentrations'' for
the purpose of determining good
engineering practice stack height in a
fluid model or field study means a
mmrimiim concentration due to
downwash wakes, or eddy effects
produced by structures or terrain
features which is at least 40 percent in
excess of the maximum concentration
experienced in the absence of such
downwash. wakes, or eddy effects.
(11) "Plume inspection" means
concentrations measured or predicted to
occur when the plume interacts with
elevated terrain.
(mm) "Elevated terrain" means terrain
which exceeds the elevation of the good
engineering practice stack as aaiotdated
under paragraph (ii) of this section.
2. Section 01.12 is amended by adding
paragraphs (J). (k)< «nd (1) as foOow*:
Mttt Control strategy: tenant
(j) The pla» must provide that the
degree of emiasion limitation required of
any source for control of any air
pollutant must not be affected by so -
much of any source's stack height that
exceeds good engineering practice or by
any other dispersion technique, except
as provided in I 51.1200 ud (1). The
plan must provide that before a State
submits to EPA a new or revised
emission limitation that is based on a
good engineering practice stack height
that exceeds the height allowed by
I Sl.l(ii) (1) or (2). the State must notify
the public of the availability of the.
demonstration study and must provide
opportunity for public hearing on it This
Section does not require the plan to
restrict in any manner, the actual stack
height of any source.
(k) The provisions of II 51.120) and
51.180) shaH net apply to (1) stack
techniques implemented prior to
December 91,1970, or (2) coal-fired
steam electric generating units, subject
to the provisions of Section lid of the
Clean Air Act which commenced
operation Y -fore July 1.1857, and whose
stacks wen, constructed under a
construction contract awarded before
February* 1074.
(1) The good •mr'n««-infl pnotice
(CEP) stack height for any source
seeking credit because of plane
•inspection which results to
concentrations in violation of national
ambient air quality-standards or
applicable prevention of «<|pifi*»tit
deterioration increments can be
adjusted by determining the stack height
necessary to predict the same maximum
air pollutant concentration on any
elevated terrain feature as
concentration associated with the
emission limit which results from
modeling the source using the CEP stack
height as determined in I Sl.l(ii) and
assuming the elevated terrain features to
be equal in elevation to the GEP stack
height If this adjusted CEP stack height
is greater than the stack height the
source proposes to use, the source's
emission limitation and air quality
impact shall be determined using the
proposed stack height and the actual
terrain heights.
3. Section 51.18 is amended by adding
paragraph (1) as follows;
|S1.1s Review of new atfcureee and
(1) Such procedures must provide that
the degree of emission limitation
required of any source for control of any
air pollutant must not be affected by so
much of any source's stack height that
exceeds good engineering practice or by
any other dispersion technique, except
as provided in I S1.12(k) and (1). Such
procedures must provide that before a
State issues a permit to a source based
on a good engineering practice stack
height that exceeds the height allowed
by i 51.1(U) (1) or (2). the State must
notify the public of the availability of
the demonstration study and must
provide opportunity for public hearing
on it This section does not require suck
procedures to restrict in any manner,
the actual stack height of any source.
(FR Dec H-JOU W«l J
-------
PN 123-85-10-28-010
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
«oi*cV
OCT 2 8 1985
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Determining Stack Heights "^Existence" Before December 31, 1970
// /
FROM: Darryl D. Tyler, Director//^,;'.-ST
Control Programs Development Di*4sTon (MD-15)
TO: Director, Air Management Division
Regions I-X
The following guidance is provided to'describe how the definition of
"in existence" should be implemented and to assist States and emission
source owners and operators in providing appropriate evidence of commitments
to undertake stack construction on or before December 31, 1970. Please
note that this is guidance; States may submit alternative demonstrations
in support of grandfathering claims, if they feel the circumstances
warrant.
We intend to rely on the general provisions of this guidance to
determine eligibility for grandfathering exemptions from certain other
provisions of the revised stack height regulations: restrictions on the
use of GEP formulae for cooling towers, use of the refined GEP formula,
fluid modeling to justify GEP formula stack height, credit for merged
stacks, credit for new sources tied into grandfathered stacks, and credit
for stacks raised to GEP formula height.
Background
Section 123 of the Clean Air Act, as amended, contains a grandfather
clause intended to exempt stack heights and techniques for pollutant
dispersion that were in existence on or before December 31, 1970, from
general provisions of Section 123 restricting the degree to *hich emission
limitations may be affected by dispersion. When EPA promulgated stack
height regulations pursuant to Section 123 in 1932, it adopted a definition
of "stack heights in existence before December 31, 1970." This definition
allowed the grandfathering of stacks on which construction had not yet
commenced, but for which binding contracts had been signed that could not
be modified or cancelled without substantial loss to the owner or operator.
The EPA's definition was upheld by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C.
Circuit in Sierra Club v. EPA. 719 F.2d 436, and has not been modified in
any way by the rule revisions promulgated on Ju.ly S, 1935, except to
restrict its applicability to facilities that have not undertaken major
modifications or reconstruction, and have not ducted the effluent gas
s fron pcst-1970 units into pre-1971 stacks.
-------
Subsequent to the recent revisions, questions have been raisea about
how the definition should be implemented, i.e., what EPA should consider
to be a binding contract, and what should constitute a "substantial loss"
for determining whether a stack should be grandfathered.
General Provisions
The burden of proof for showing that a stack 1s eligible for
grandfathering exemption lies with either the State or the source owner or
operator, as appropriate, and documentation in support of exemptions must
be made available for public review during the rulemaking process. In the
event that no case for exemption under this provision is made, or that
satisfactory support for such a request is not provided, the stack is
presumed not to be grandfatnered, and therefore subject to the requirements
of Section 123 and the stack height regulations promulgated by EPA.
Grandfathering exemptions may be supported in one of three ways: by
showing that the stack was completed or was physically in existence prior
to December 31, 1970; by showing that actual on-site continuous stack
construction activities began on or before December 31, 1970; or by showing
that a binding contract'for stack construction was executed on or before
tnat date.
Documenting Stack Construction
In cases where a stack was completed prior to December 31, 1970, the ,
State may make a summary determination that the stack 1s grandfathered,
but must provide an explanation of the reasons for its determination.
One way in which it can be documented that the'stack was physically in
place before December 31, 1970, 1s to provide a copy of the 1970 Federal
Power Commission report Form 67, which includes stack height, among other
information. Evidence that may be submitted to support the date of
commencement of stack construction can include virtually any contemporaneous
documentation that clearly indicates that construction activities were under
way as of December 31, 1970. This could consist of building inspection
records, construction materials delivery receipts, correspondence,
inter-office memoranda, photographic records, or news clippings. In the
event that documentation is lacking or weak, EPA will consider affidavit
wnich include detailed descriptions of efforts that ware undertaken to
ODtain contemporaneous supporting documentation.
Documenting Contractual Obligations
The date of signature on a contract for stack construction will be
acceptable for applying grandfathering exemptions 1f the contract itself
meets certain minimum qualifications. A "binding contract," under the
previously-discussed provisions is considered to be one that commits the
source owner or operator financially to undertake stack construction and
that did not have in effect on December 31, 1970, an "escape" provision
that allows cancellation by the owner or operator without penalty.
»
-------
In the event that a contract contains provisions for assessing
penalties for modification or cancellation by the owner or operator, and
those provisions were*in effect on December 31, 1970, then the provisions
must be reviewed to determine whether the penalties and other costs of
cancellation would have imposed a "substantial loss" on the owner or
operator. For new facilities, EPA will presume that a substantial loss
would have resulted where the penalties exceed ten percent of the project
cost. Where the project involves only stack construction or replacement,
EPA will review claims on a case-by-case basis.
If a contract does not contain provisions which impose financial
obligations on the owner or operator for contract modification or
cancellation, then any determinations of whether liability to the owner
or operator resulting from such modification would constitute substantial
losses must be made on a case-by-case basis. In general, EPA's rule of
thumb relying on ten percent of the project cost will be used.
If you have any questions regarding application of this guidance in
specific instances, please contact Eric Ginsburg at (FTS) 629-5540 or
Sharon Reinders and (FTS) 629-5526.
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
1 Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
; Research Triangle Pane. North Carolina 27711
OCT 1 0 I9S5
KE.HORANDUM
SUBJECT: Questions and Answers on Implementing the
Revised Stack Height Regulation
FROH: S. T. Helms, Chiefr' L *•*•**-*•
Control Programs Operations Branch (MD-15)
TO: Chief, A1r Branch, Regions I-X
A number of questions have arisen in several areas of the revised
stack height regulation since its promulgation on July 8. The following
answers have been developed in response. The questions and answers are
arranged under the general topic headings of interpretation of the regula-
tion, State Implementation plan (SIP) requirements, ami modeling analyses.
Please continue to call Sharon Reinders at 629-5526 if you have further
ccnnnents or additional questions.
Interpretation of the Regulation
1. Q: What criteria should be used to determine when a stack was "in
existence" with respect to the various grandfathering dates in the
regul ation?
A: The recent promulgation of revisions to the stack height regul atio
did not change the definition of "in existence." The definition 1s provid
in 40 CFR 51.1(gg) and includes either the commencement of continuous
construction on the stack or entering Into a binding contract for stack
construction, the cancellation of which would result in "substantial
loss" to the source owner or operator. The definition of what constitutes
a "substantial loss" will be the subject of future guidance.
2. Q: What "source" definition should be used 1n determining whether tie-
ins to grandfathered stacks should be permitted or prohibited?
A: The term "source" in this instance means a single emitting unit.
Thus, credit for tying a single post-1970 unit(s) Into a grandfathered
stack serving a number of old units is prohibited under the regulation.
-------
-2-
3. Q: What is meant in the regulation by "facility?
A: For purposes of this regulation, the definition contai-ned in
40 CFR 51.301(d) should be used. That definition essentially defines the
term as the entire complex of emitting activities on one property or
contiguous properties controlled by a single owner or designee.
4. Q: Must good engineering practice (SEP) stack height be established
separately for each pollutant? If not, how should it be determined?
A: It is not necessary to calculate a separate 6EP stack height for
each pollutant. Since "SEP* is defined by Section 123 of the Clean A1r
Act as the height necessary to ensure against excessive concentrations of
any air pollutant, it follows that GEP should be established for each
source based on the pollutant requiring the greatest height to avoid
excessive concentrations
5. Q: How should "reliance" on the 2.5H formula be determined?
•
A: First, "reliance" on the 2.5H formula applies only to stacks in
existence before January 12, 1979. Credit for "reliance" on the 2.5H
formula, can be granted under the following cases: (a) Where the stack
was actually built to a height less than or equal to 2.5H; (b) Where the
stack was built taller than 2.5H and the emission limitation reflects t
use of 2.5H in the SIP modeling analysis; or (c) Where evidence 1s provioe
to show "reliance* as discussed in the following paragraph. If no model 1nc
was used to set the emission limitation for the source, then it cannot be
argu-ed that there was "reliance" on the formula, since EPA's guidance was
specifically aimed at using stack height credit 1n establishing emission
limitations. Once it is determined that the emission limitation was in
fact based on estimates of dispersion from the stack, then the source can
be said to have properly "relied" on .the 2.5H formula. In the event that
it cannot be determined that the emission limit is based on "reliance" on
the 2.5H formula, then the refined H * 1.5L formula must be used.
Where a clear relationship between a 2.5H stack height and the
emission limitation cannot be shown, where the emission limitation was
not calculated based precisely on the 2.5H height, or where the stack
height used in modeling cannot be verified, then additional evidence will
be needed. Preferred would be written documentation, such as copies of
the original engineering calculations or correspondence between the State
or the emission source owner and EPA Indicating that the 2.5H formula
should be used to derive the emission limitation. However, recognizing
that such evidence is often not retained for more than a few years,
"reconstructed" documentation may be considered, but should only be used
as a last resort. This evidence should include explanations by those
individuals who were involved in designing the facility, calculating
emission rates, and who represented the facility in dealings with the
-------
-3-
State and EPA on how the emission limit was derived, including a discussion
of how the formula was originally used in deriving the source emission
limitation, a discussion of the analytical method applied, and a listing
of any contacts or discussions with EPA during that period. This listing
will aid EPA in searching its own files to find any records of communication
or correspondence that may bear on the issue.
In no case should a source be allowed after January 12, 1979, to
obtain a relaxation in the emission limitation by arguing that it "relied"
on past EPA guidance endorsing the 2.5H formula. In cases where a relaxation
based on GEP formula height is sought in the future, the refined H * 1.51
formula must be used.
6. Q: The preamble specifically discusses cooling towers as structures to
which the formula should not be applied. Will the Office of Air Quality
Planning and Standards be specifying other structures that are not well
represented by the formul a?
A: The discussion in the preamble and SEP guideline is not Intended to
be all-inclusive; judgment should be used in determining when fluid
modeling should be used to estimate the effects of structures with rounded,
domed, or tapered shapes. Water towers and storage tanks are additional
examples of such structures. As additional Information becomes available
on the aerodynamic effects of specific building shapes and configurations,
we will evaluate the need to revise the GEP guidance. However, at present,
there are no plans to Issue a "laundry list" of structures to which the
formulas do not apply.
SIP Requirements
7. Q: Should a compliance averaging-time be explicitly stated in a
SIP revision for sulfur dioxide (S02) emission limits that are revised to
meet the stack height regulation?
A: A compliance averaging time need not be specified as an enforceable
SIP provision as long as a stack test compliance method 1s in place in the
underlying federally approved SIP. EPA's current national policy requires
that SIP's and penults contain enforceable "short-tern" emission limits
set to limit maximum emissions to a level which ensures protection of the
short-term national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS) and prevention
of significant deterioration (PSO) Increments. EPA relies upon a short-term
stack test provision in the SIP as the method of determining compliance
with the emission limits. In lieu of a stack test, EPA has accepted fuel
sampling and analysis and continuous emission in-stack monitors (OEM's).
When compliance is to be determined from Information obtained by fuel
sampling and analysis and CEM's, short-term averaging times should be
specified.
-------
•4-
8. Q: Are all States required to have "stack height regulations"?
A: Limitations on creditable stack height and dispersion techniques
impact the SIP program in two areas—SIP mission limits for existing
sources and SIP provisions covering new source review (NSR)/PSD permitting
procedures. For existing sources, State regulations limiting credit for
stack height and other dispersion techniques (stack height regulations)
are not necessary as long as the SIP emission Units are not affected in
any manner by so much of the stack height as exceeds SEP. or any other
dispersion technique. Where a State has stack height regulations, those
regulations must be consistent with EPA's regulation. Where a SIP contains
regulations that are inconsistent with EPA's regulation, the State must
either adopt a stack height regulation that is consistent with EPA's or
Incorporate the EPA regulation b.< reference.
For the NSR/PSO programs, 1t 1s essential that the plan contain
limitations on the amount of creditable stack height and other dispersion
techniques. The following cases have been developed to Illustrate what
action(s) may be required of the State since promulgation of the stack
height regulation.
CASE All): A fully or partially delegated PSO progran that references but
does not define SEP where the delegation agreement does not contain
a date to define which version of the PSO rule is being "deTegated.
ACTION: Notify the State that all permits Issued henceforth must be
consistent with EPA's stack height regulation. All permits
previously issued must be reviewed and revised as necessary
within 9 months.
CASE A(2): A fully or partially delegated PSO program that references
but does not define SEP where the delegation agreement
does contain a date to define which version of the PSO rule
is being delegated.
ACTION: Update the delegation agreement .to reflect agreement with EPA's
stack height regulation as of July 8. 1985. Notify the State
that all permits issued henceforth must be consistent with
EPA's stack height regulation. All permits previously issued
must be reviewed and revised as necessary within 9 aonths.
CASE B: The current federally approved SIP for NSR/PSO does not
contain a reference to SEP or dispersion techniques, i.e.,
provisions assuring that emission limitations will not be
affected by stack height in excess of SEP or any prohibited
dispersion techniques do not exist in the current SIP.
-------
-5-
ACTION: Notify the State that such provisions must be adopted and
submitted as a SIP revision within 9 months. This' can be
accomplished by adopting stack height regulations at the.
State level or by adopting the appropriate reference and
comraittnent to comply with EPA's stack height regulation as
promulgated on July 8, 1985. Interim permitting should be
consistent with EPA's stack height regulation.**
CASE C: The current federally approved SIP for NSR/PSO contains
references to, but does not define, GEP or dispersion techniques.
ACTION: Notify the State that a comnltaent to comply with EPA's stack
height regulation as promulgated on July 8, 1985, 1s required.
If a State 1s unable to make such a commitment, State regulations
must be revised to be consistent and submitted to EPA as a SIP
revision within 9 months and Interim permitting should be
consistent with EPA's stack height regulation. No "grace
period" will be allowed for sources receiving permits between
July 1985 and April 1986.**
CASE D; The current federally approved SIP for NSR/PSO contains stack
height regulations that are Inconsistent with EPA's regulation.
ACTION: Notify the State that such regulations must be revised to be
consistent and submitted as a SIP revision within 9 months
and that interim permitting should be consistent with EPA's
stack height regulation.**
CASE E(l): A SIP for NSR/PSD has been submitted to EPA, or will be
submitted to EPA before the due date for stack height revisions.
The sucrfttal contains provisions that conflict with EPA's
stack height regulation.
ACTION: Notify the State that EPA cannot approve the submittal until
it is revised pursuant to EPA's July 8, 1985, regulation.
**In the event that a State does not have legal authority to comply with
EPA's regulation in the Interim (e.g., because It must enforce State
rules that are inconsistent with EPA's regulation) and is compelled to
issue a permit that does not meet the requirements of the EPA revised
stack height regulation, then EPA should notify the State that such
permits do not constitute authority under the Clean A1r Act to commence
construction.
-------
-6-
CASt £(2): As in Case E(l), a SIP for NSR/PSO has been submitted to EPA
or will be submitted to EPA before the due date for stack
height revisions. The submittal is not Inconsistent with
EPA's stack height regulation, but portions of the existing
approved SIP that relate to the submittal are inconsistent.
ACTION: Approve the SIP submittal based on a commitment by the State
to correct the inconsistencies in Its existing SIP to comport
with EPA's July 8 regulation and submit the corrections as a
SIP revision within 9 months. Interim permitting should be
consistent with EPA's stack height regulation.** If the exist-
ing SIP is ambiguous, 1.e.v the SIP references but does not
define terms relating to fi£P or dispersion techniques, the
action steps outlined in Case C above should be followed.
CASE F: In nonattalnment areas, emission limits or permits do not always
Include modeling, but rather are based on lowest achievable
emission rate (LAER) and offsets.
ACTION: If no modeling is used 1n the issuance of a permit, the emissiori
requirements for the source are not "affected" by stack heights
or dispersion techniques, and no action is needed. However, 1f
modeling was used 1n the process of preparing and issuing a
permit, such as cases where offsets were obtained offslte, that
modeling must be reviewed for consistency with the stack height
regul ation.
9. 0: What must all States do now that EPA's stack height regulation is
promulgated?
A: States must review and revise.their SIP's as necessary to Include or
revise provisions to limit stack height credits and dispersion techniques
to comport with the revised regulations, and, in addition, review and
revise all emission limitations that are affected by stack height credit
above SEP or any other dispersion techniques. In accordance with Section
4Q6(d)(2) of the Clean A1r Act, States have 9 months from promulgation to
submit the revised SIP's and revised SIP emission limitations to EPA.
In an August 7, 1985, memo titled "Implementation of the Revised
Stack Height Regulation—Request for Inventory and Action Plan to Revise
SIP's," Regional Offices were requested to begin working with each of
their States to develop States' Action Plans. Each Action Plan should
include the following: (l) An inventory of (a) all stacks greater than
65 meters (m), (b) stacks at sources which exceed 5,000 tons per year
total allowable S02 emissions; and (2) A reasonable schedule of dates for
significant State actions to conform both State stack height rules and
emission limitations to EPA's stack height regulation. Schedules should
include increments of progress. Regional Offices should be satisfied
that each of their States provide scnedules fcr completion of the tasks
-------
-7-
as outlined in the August memo and report the status of schedule commitments
to them on a monthly basis. Regional Offices have been asked to forward
monthly status reports to the Control Programs Development Division on
the States' progress to meet scheduled commitments and also report the
results of followup with the States on schedules that are not met. In
order to facilitate tracking the States monthly progress, guidance on a
standardized format will be issued shortly.
Modeling Analyses
10. Q: Is there any restriction or prohibition against, or demonstration
required for, raising an existing (or replacing) stack up to 65 m?
A: No, as long as prohibited dispersion techniques are not employed.
11. Q: Are flares considered to be stacks?
A: No, flares are excluded from the regulation.
12. Q: What load should be used for a fluid modeling demonstration?
A:- One hundred percent load should generally be used unless there
is a compelling argument otherwise..
13. Q: Can new or modified sources who have agreed to a case-by-case
best available control technology (BACT) emission rate be required to use
this rate for fluid modeling rather than a less stringent new source
performance standard (NSPS) emission rate?
A: As set forth in 40 CFR 51.1 (klc), the allowable emission rate to
be used in making demonstrations under this part shall be prescribed by
the NSPS that is applicable to the source category unless the owner or
operator demonstrates that this emission rate is infeasible.
14. Q: Must the exceed
-------
-8-
Q: wnat stack parameters are to be used in modeling when the actual
stack neignt is greater than G£P height?
A: Where it is necessary to reduce stack height credit below what is in
existence, for modeling purposes, use existing stack gas exit parameters--
temperature and flow rate—and existing stack top diameter and model at
GEP height.
17. Q: How should a stack that 1s less than GEP height be modeled when
dispersion techniques are employed?
A: In order to establish an appropriate emission limitation where a
source desires to construct less than a GEP stack but use dispersion
techniques to make up the difference 1n plume rise, two cases should be
tested. First, conduct a modeling analysis Inputting the GEP stack
height without enhanced dispersion parameters, then conduct a second
analysis inputting the less tJu GEP stack height with the increased
plume rise. The more stringent emission limitation resulting from each
of the two runs should be the one specified as the enforceable limitation.
18. Q: How are the effects of prohibited dispersion techniques to be excludes
for modeling purposes?
A: Where prohibited dispersion techniques have been used, modeling to
exclude their effects on the emission limitation will be accomplished by
using the temperature and flow rates as the gas stream enters the stack, and
recalculating stack parameters to exclude the prohibited techniques
(e.g., calculate stack diameter without restrictions in place, determine
exit gas temperatures before the use of prohibited reheaters, etc.).
19. Q: How are single flued merged stacks and multiflued stacks to be
treated in a modeling analysis?
A: This is a multistep process. First, sources with allowable S02
emissions below 5,000 tons/year may be modeled accounting for any plume
merging that has been employed. For larger sources, multiflued stacks
are considered as prohibited dispersion techniques in the same way as
single flued merged gas streams unless one of the three allowable conditions
has been met; i.e., (1) the source owner or operator demonstrates that
the facility was originally designed and constructed with such merged gas
streams; (2) after date of promulgation, demonstrate that such merging is
associated with a change in operation at the facility that includes the
installation of pollution controls and results 1n a net reduction in the
allowable emissions of the pollutant for which credit is sought; or (3)
before date of promulgation, demonstrate that such merging did not result
in any increase in the allowable emissions (or, in the event that no
emission limit existed, actual emission level) and was associated with a
change in operation at the facility that Included the installation of
-------
-9-
missions control equipment OP was carried out for sound economic OP
engineering reasons, as demonstrated to EPA. Guidelines on what constitutes
sound economic OP engineering justification will be issued shortly.
If plume merging fpom nultiflued stacks is not allowable, then each
flue/liner must be modeled as a separate source and the combined impact
determined. For single flued merged stacks where credit is not allowed,
each unit should be modeled as a separate stack located at the same
point. The exit parameters, I.e. velocity and temperature, would be the
same as for the existing merged stack conditions and the volume flow rate
based on an apportionment of the flow from the Individual units.
20. Q: What stack height for point sources should be Input to air quality
dispersion modeling for the purpose of demonstrating protection of the
NAAQS and PSD increments?
A: A discussion of the maximum stack height credit to be used in modeling
analyses is provided in the "Guideline for Determination of Good Engineering
Practice Stack Height" and provides that the 6EP stack height should be
used as input to the model assessment. If a source 1s operating with a
less than SEP stack height, then the actual stack height should be input
to the "model.
21. Q: What stack height should be used for background sources in
modeling analyses?
A: The SEP-stack height for each background source should
be input to the model assessment. If a background source is operating
with a less than GEP stack height, then the actual stack height should be
input to the model.
22. Q: Can credit for plume merging due to installation of control
equipment for total suspended partlculate (TSP) matter be allowed when
setting the SOj 1irait?
A: To state the question another way, the concern is what impact
the merging and installation of control equipment have on the emission
limit for another pollutant, and whether the merging occurred before or
after July 8, 1985. After July 8, 1985, any exclusion from the definition
of "dispersion techniques" applies only to the emission limitation for
the pollutant affected by such change in operation and 1s accompanied by
a net reduction in allowable emissions of the pollutant. For example, a
source tears down two old stacks and builds one new GEP stack with an
electrostatic ppecipitatop (ESP). This results in a net reduction 1n TSP
emissions. This source could model using stack gas characteristics
resulting from merging the two gas streams in setting the TSP emission
limit, but may not so mode! and receive the credit for stack merging when
evaluating the S02 emission limit.
-------
-10-
Be'ore July 8, 1985, Installation of TSP pollution control equipment
generally justifies the merging of the stacks for TSP. However, if a
source's"emission limitation for SOj increased after the merging, then
crecit would generally not be allowed since it is presLined that the
merging was to increase dispersion.
A source with no previous S02 emission limit that merges stacks and
installs an ESP for TSP control may consider the effects of merging on
compliance with the TSP NAAQS but may not use merging to justify setting
an S02 emission limit less stringent than its actual emission rate before
the merging.
23. Q: If, after determining GEP stack height by fluid modeling,
dispersion modeling under other than "downwash" meteorological conditions
shows that a lower emission limit than that from the fluid model 6EP
analysis is necessary to meet ambient air quality constraints, should a
new stack height be defined for the source?
A: No. GEP stack height is set. Ambient air quality problems
predicted by dispersion modeling at the fluid modeled height means that a
more stringent mission limit is necessary.
24. Q: Does EPA intend to Issue additional guidance on fluid modeling
demonstrations?
A: See the attached memo from Joseph A. Tikvart, Chief, Source
Receptor Analysis Branch, to David Stonefleld, Chief, Policy Development
Section, on guidance for a discussion of existing and additional guidance
on fluid model demonstrations.
Attachment
cc: Stack Height Contacts
Gerald Enrison
Ron Campbel 1
B. J. Steigerwald
-------
REFERENCES FOR SECTION 5.6
-------
82$
I
S
p
-------
1*1.41
40 CM CM. I (7-l-W MM**)
• 4I.U AQUA
and fUms Date 1(1.100 Danalus**.
(a) The BUte shall retain all de-
tailed data and calculation* used In
the preparation of AQUA analyses
and plans, make them available for
public Inspection, and submit them to
the Administrator at his request.
(b> The detailed data and calcula-
tions used In the preparation of the
AQUA analyses and plans shall not be
considered a part of the AQUA plan.
1 11.41 AQUA aaalyib mm4 plan: AUema-
(al At the request of a State, or
under his own Initiative, the Adminis-
trator, where he determines It appro-
priate, may approve alternative
AQUA analysis and plan development
procedures as allowed under II61.4 J.
a 44. I1.4B. (1.4*. S1.4«b>. and
.M A public heating on an AQUA
•Jso does not fulfill the public hearing
requirements of this part If. subse-
to the hearing, any alternative
an approved under
II*. 111. I14UI. Mils*. Clean Air Act.
<41 VAC. 7410. 1411. !*•«. and
141 VM ISM*. May *. IMS. u mended at 44
HI Mil*. June It. 1*1*1
I— (t*Mrv*d)
— froeoaW*! Raajwlraaiaith)
Bomcr tl FK 406SI. Nov. 1. IMS. unleu
othcrtvUc noted.
As used In this part, all terms not de-
fined herein will have the meaning
given them In the Act:
(a) "Act" means the Clean Air Act
(42 UJB.C. 7401 et teg., as amended by
Pub. U OI-004. M Slat. 1071 Pub. U
M-M. 01 Stat.. M6 and Pub. L. OB-IOO.
•1 Stat.. 1300.)
(b> "Administrator" means the Ad-
ministrator of the Environmental Pro-
tection Agency (EPA) or an authorised
representative.
"Primary standard" means a na-
tional primary ambient air quality
standard promulgated pursuant to sec-
tion 10> of the Act.
(d) '•Saoondary standard" means a
national secondary ambient ah- quality
standard promulgated pursuant to sec-
tion IM of the Act.
(e> "National standard" means
either a primary or secondary stand-
ant
(ft "Owner or operator" means any
peraon who owns, leases, operates, con-
trols, or supervises a facility, building.
structure, or Installation which direct-
ly or Indirectly result or may result In
emissions of any air pollutant for
which a national standard Is In effect.
(g> "Local agency" means any local
government agency other than the
State agency, which Is charged with
responsibility for carrying out a por-
tion of the plan.
(h) "Regional Office" means one of
the ten (10) EPA Regional Offices.
(I) "State agency" means the air pol-
lution control agency primarily re-
sponsible for development and Imple-
mentation of a plan under the Act.
(J) "Plan- means an Implementation
plan approved or promulgated under
section II* of 173 of the Act.
(k) "Point source" means the follow-
ing:
(I) for partlculate matter, sulfur
oxides, carbon monoxide, volatile or-
ganic compounds (VOC) and nitrogen
dloxMe-
(I) Any stationary source the actual
emissions of which are In excess of
•0.7 metric tons (100 tons) per year of
the pollutant In a region containing an
area whose 10*0 "urban place" popula-
tion, as defined by the U.S. Bureau of
718
•VotecMos) Agoncy
the Census, was equal to or greater
than 1 million.
(II) Any stationary source the actual
emissions of which are In excess of
13.1 metric Ions (31 Ions) per year of
the pollutant In a region containing an
area whose 1NO "urban place" popula-
tion, as defined by the UJB. Bureau of
the Census, was less than 1 million; or
(3) For lead or lead compounds
measured as elemental lead, any sta-
tionary source that actually emits a
total of 4.1 metric tons (ft tons) per
year or more. . L
(I) "Area source" means any small
residential, governmental. Institution-
al, commercial, or Industrial fuel com-
bustion operations; onaite aolld waste
disposal facility; motor vehicles, air-
craft vessels, or other transportation
faculties or other miscellaneous
sources Identified through Inventory
techniques similar to those described
In toe "AEROS Uanual aeries. VoL U
AERO8 User's Manual." EPA-4a*/3-
70-01* December 107*.
(m) "Radon" means an are* desig-
nated M an air quality control region
(AQCR) under section 107(c) of the
(•) "Control strategy"
Mnatlon of measures
achieve tho aggregate
arda *~««"i»'"g. but not
(I) Emission Ik
(3)*NMralor1
(•> dosing or relocation of
* Industrial
44) Changes In schedules or
of operation of commercial or mdavtri-
al facilities or tranaportatloa *y*k
including, but not limited to.
tern changes made In accordance with
standby plans.
(•) Periodic Inspection and testing of
motor vehicle emission control sys-
tems, at such time as the Administra-
tor determines that such programs are
feasible and practicable.
(0) Emission control measures appli-
cable to In-use motor vehicles. Includ-
ing, but not limited to. measures such
as mandatory maintenance, Installs-
151.100
twn of emission control devices, and
conversion to gaseous fuels.
(7) Any transportation control meas-
ure Including those transportation
measures listed In section IM(f) of the
Clean Air Act as amended.
(•) Any variation of. or alternative
to any measure delineated herein.
(•) Control or prohibition of a fuel
or fuel additive used In motor vehicle*.
If such control or prohibition la neces-
sary to achieve a national primary or
seoonary air quality standard and la
approved by the Administrator under
aectlon 31l(cK4MC)of the Act.
(o) "Reasonably available control
technology" (RACT) means devices.
systems process modifications, or
other apparatus or technique* that are
reasonably available taking Into ac-
count (I) the necessity of
such controls In order to attain and
Maintain a national ambient air qual-
ity standard. (3) the social, environ-
mental and economic Impact of such
controls, and (3) alternative means of
providing for attainment and mainte-
nance of such standard. (This provi-
sion defines RACT for the purpose* of
II •I.HO(cN3> and B1.341(b> only.)
(p> "Compliance schedule" means
the date or dates by which a source or
category of source* la required to
comply with specific emission limita-
tions contained In an Implementation
plan and with any Increment* of
progreas toward such compliance.
(q) "Increments of progress)" means
steps toward compliance which will b*
taken by a specific source. Including:
(1) Date of submlttal of the souree's
final control plan to the appropriate
•Ir pollution control agency.
13) Date by which contract* for
emission control systems or preceas
modifications will be awarded; or date
by which orders will be Issued for the
purchase of component parts to ae
(I) Date of Initiation of on site eon
structton or Installation of emission
control equipment or proceas change-
(4) Date by which on-slte construc-
tion or Installation of emission control
equipment or proceas modification Is
to be completed: and
(•) Date by which final compliance
Is to be achieved.
710
-------
151.100
"Variance" mean* the temporary
deferral of a final compliance date for
an Individual aource subject to an ap-
proved regulation, or a temporary
chance to MI approved regulation H It
applies to an Individual aource.
<•) "Emission limitation" and "emis-
sion standard" mean a requirement es-
tabllahed by a State, local government.
or the Administrator which UmlU the
quantity, rate, or concentration of
anils»li>ns of air polluUnU on a eontln-
woua basis. Including any requirement*
which limit the level of opacity, pre-
scribe equipment, set fuel specifics-
tlona, or prescribe operation or main-
tenance procedures for a source la
assure continuous emission reduction.
(aa) "Capacity factor" means the
ratio of the average load on a machine
or equipment for the period of time
considered to the capacity rating of
the machine or equipment.
(bb) "Excess emissions" mean* emto-
atons of an air pollutant In excess of
an emission standard.
"Stack" means any point In a
source designed to emit solids, liquids.
or gases Into the air. Including a pipe
or duct but not Including flares.
"A stack In existence" means
that the owner or operator had (I)
begun, or caused to begin, a continu-
ous program of physical on-alte con-
struction of the stack or (J) entered
Into binding agreements or contrac-
tual obligations, which could not be
cancelled or modified without substan-
tial loss to ths owner or operator, to
undertake a program of construction
of the stack to be completed within a
reasonable time.
"Dispersion technique-
means any technique which attempts
to affect the concentration of a pollut-
ant In the ambient air by:
(U Using that portion of a stack
which exceeds good engineering prac-
tice stack height:
(M) Varying the rate of emission of a
pollutant according to atmospheric
conditions or ambient concentrations
of that pollutant; or
(III) Increasing final exhaust gas
plume rise by manipulating source
process parameters, exhaust gas pa-
rameters, stack parameters, or combin-
ing exhaust gases from several exist-
ing stacks Into one stack; or other se-
lective handling of exhaust gas
streams so as to Increase the extiaust
gas plume rise.
in The pfT^ntirg sentence does not
(!) The reheating of a gas stream.
following use of a pollution control
system, for the purpose of returning
the gas to the temperature at which It
waa originally discharged from the fa-
cility generating the gas stream;
The merging of exhaust gas
streams where:
(A) The source owner or operator
demonstrates that the facility was
originally designed and constructed
with such merged gas streams;
IB) After July 0. IOU such merging
to part of a change In operation at the
facility that Includes the Installation
of pollution controls and Is accompa-
nied by a net reduction In the allow-
able emissions of a pollutant. This ex-
clusion from the definition of "disper-
sion techniques" shall apply only to
the emission limitation for the pollut-
•NvweNmeiifeJ PretecMen Agency
ant affected by such change In oper-
ation; or
(C) Before July 0. 1000. such merg-
ing was part of a change In operation
at the facility that Included the Instal-
lation of emissions control equipment
or was carried out for sound economic
or engineering reasons. Where there
waa an Increase In the emission umlla-
tlon or. In the event that no c mission
limitation was In existence prior to the
merging, an Increase m the quantity of
pollutanU actually emitted prior to
the merging, the reviewing agency
shall presume that merging was sig-
nificantly motivated by an kttent to
Oaks amtoslonB credit for greater dfs>
psrstosi. Absent a demonstration by
the source owner or operator that
msrglng was not significantly saotlvat-
•d by such Intent, the isvtswlug
agency shall deny credit for the ef-
fects of such merging In calculating
the allowable emissions for the source;
(III) Smoke management n agricul-
tural or sUvte.il --JU
Ing programs;
(tv) Dttoodte restrictions on i
Ual woodbumlng and open burning; or
(v) Techniques under
Hl.lOOdthXlxlll) which Increase
final exhaust gas plume rise when the
resulting allowable emissions of sulfur
dioxide from the facility do not exceed
0.000 tons per year.
(II) "Good engineering practice"
(OEP) stack height means UM greater
of:
(I) 00 •Mtera. measured from UM
fftHsVMI-ICVH CICVMilOll «M UM IMsW Off
UM alack:
(XNI) For stacks hi existence on Jan-
uary la. 1070. and for which UM owner
or operator had obtained all appHoabto
pennlU or approvals required under 40
CPR Parts II and S3.
B.-I.SB.
provided the owner or operator pro-
duces evidence that Into equation was
actually relied on In establishing an
emission limitation:
411) Por all other stacks,
H.-H » I.»L
fSt.tOs)
H..fOod enslneerlrw practice Mack hetsht.
ncMtired from the •round level «!*»•
Uon »l the l»w ol the «Uck.
H« height of nearby rtnietureUt
from the ground level elevation ft
MM of the MM*
I*™ ICAVCI* ONIMIMlOffl, nCIf it* Of
width, of nearby Mructuredl
provided that the CPA. SUte or local
control agency may require the use of
a field study or fluid model to verify
GBP stack height for the aource; or
(» The height demonstrated by a
HuM model or a field study approved
by the EPA Stale or local control
agency, which ensures that the emis-
sions from a stack do not result In ex-
cessive concentrations of any air pol-
lutant as a result of atmospheric
downwash. wakes, or eddy effects' cre-
ated by the source Itself, nearby struc-
tures or nearby terrain features.
(JJ> -Nearby- aa used hi tOI.IOOflO
of tltto part to defined for a specific
structure or terrain feature and
(I) for purposes of applying UM for-
provided In | sl.tOOdlxa) •Beans
dtaUnee up to five tunes the
of the height or the width dl-
of a structure, but not greater
than 0.0 km
-------
151.100
the maximum concentration experi-
enced In the absence of such down-
wash, wakea. or eddy effect* and
which contribute* to a total concentra-
tion due to emissions from all source*
that Is greater than an ambient air
quality standard. For sources subject
to the prevention of significant dete-
rioration program (40 CFR 51.IM and
02.21 >. an excessive concentration al-
ternatively means a maximum around-
level concentration due to emissions
from a stack due In whole or part to
downwash. wake*, or eddy effect* pro-
duced by nearby structures or nearby
terrain feature* which Individually I*
at least 40 percent In excess of the
maximum concentration experienced
In the absence of such downwash.
wake*, or eddy effects and greater
than a prevention of significant dete-
rioration Increment. The allowable
emission rate to be used In making
demonstrations under this part shall
be prescribed by the new source per-
formance standard that I* applicable
to the source category unless the
owiiei or operator demonstrate* that
this emission rale I* Infeaalble. Where
such demonstration* are approved by
the authority administering the State
Implementation plan, an alternative
embwlon rate shall be established In
consultation with the source owner or
operator.
(I) for sources seeking credit after
October U. 1»«3. for Increase* In eitot-
tng stack height* up to the height* es-
tahllshed under I SI. 100(11X3). either
(I) a maximum ground-level concentra-
tion due In whole or part to down-
wa»h. wake* or eddy effect* a* provid-
ed In paragraph (kkMI > of this section,
except that the emission rate specified
hy any applicable State Implementa-
tion plan (or. In the absence of such a
limit, the actual emission rate) shall
be used, or (II) the actual presence of a
local nuisance caused by the existing
•tack, as determined by the authority
administering the State Implementa-
tion plan: and
(I) for sources seeking credit after
January 13. 1*79 for a stack height de-
termined under I 51KXMIIMJ) where
the authority administering the Slate
Implementation plan requires the use
of a field study or fluid model to verify
QEP slmrk helglil. lor sou ices seeking
40 CM Oi. I (7-l-M MM**)
stack height credit after November 0.
1984 based on the aerodynamic Influ-
ence of cooling towers, and for source*
seeking stack height credit after De-
cember 31. 1970 based on the aerody-
namic Influence of structure* not ade-
quately represented by the equations
In 161.IOOOIM2). a maximum ground-
level concentration due In whole or
part to downwash. wake* or eddy ef-
fect* that I* at least 40 percent In
exce** of the maximum concentration
experienced In the absence of such
downwash. wakes, or eddy effect*.
(UMmm) IRawrvedl
ie rate at which pollut-
ant* are emitted to the atmosphere ac-
cording to meteorological conditions
and/or ambient concentration* of the
pollutant. In order to prevent ground-
level concentration* In exceas of appli-
cable ambient air quality standards.
Such a dispersion technique to an ICB
whether used alone, used with other
dispersion techniques, or used a* a
supplement to continuous emission
control* (I.e.. used a* a supplemental
control system).
(oo) "Partlculate matter" mean* any
airborne finely divided solid or liquid
material with an aerodynamic diame-
ter smaller than 100 micrometer*.
(pp> "Partlculate matter emissions"
mean* all finely divided solid or liquid
material, other than uncomblned
water, emitted to the ambient air a*
measured by applicable reference
methods, or an equivalent or alterna-
tive method, specified In this chapter.
or by a teat method specified In an ap-
proved State Implementation plan.
(qq> "PM,." mean* partlculate
matter with an aerodynamic diameter
teas than or equal to a nominal 10 mi-
crometers a* measured by a reference
method baaed on Appendix J of Part
•0 of thto chapter and designated In
accordance with Part 63 of thto chap-
ter or by an equivalent method desig-
nated In accordance with Part S3 of
thto chapter.
(rr) "PM,. emissions" means finely
divided solid or liquid material, with
an aerodynamic diameter less than or
equal to a nominal 10 micrometer*
emitted to the ambient air as meas-
ured by an applicable reference
few*******!** Protect!** Af)»iKy
method, or an equivalent or alterna-
tive method, specified In thto chapter
or by a teat method specified In an ap-
proved State Implementation plan.
(as) "Total suspended partlculate"
mean* partlculate matter as measured
by the method described In Appendix
B of Part M of thto chapter.
1*1 FR 40*81. No*. 1. IM*. at smmdsd at M
PR Milt, July I. IMl)
• 6l.lt!
Nothing to thto part will be con-
strued to any manner.
(a) To encourage a State to prepare.
adopt, or submit a plan which does not
provide for the protection and en-
hancement of air quality so ss to pro-
mote the public health and welfare
and productive capacity.
(b) To encourage a State to adopt
any particular control strategy with-
out taking Into consideration the eost-
effectlveness of such control strategy
to relation to that of alternative con-
trol strategies.
(c) To preclude a Stale from employ-
tag techniques other than those speci-
fied to thto part for purposes of esti-
mating air quality or demonstrating
the adequacy of a control strategy.
provided that such other technique*
an shown to be adequate and appro-
priate for such purposes.
(d) To encourage a State to prepare.
adopt, or submit * pun without taking
toto consideration the social and eco-
nomic Impact of the control strategy
set forth to such plan. Including, but -
not limited to. Impact on availability
of fuels, energy, transportation, and
employment.
(e) To preclude a State from prepar-
ing, adopting, or submitting a {Man
which provides for attainment Mod
maintenance of a national stsJMfcrd
through the application of a ventral
strategy not specifically Identified or
described to thto part.
(f) To preclude a State or political
subdivision thereof from adopting or
enforcing any emission limitation* or
other measure* or combinations there1
of to attain and maintain ah- quality
better than that required by a nation-
al standard.
(g) To encourage a State to adopt a
control strategy uniformly applicable
throughout a region unless there to no
722
isi.ioa
satisfactory alternative way of provid-
ing for attainment and maintenance of
a national standard throughout such
region.
• 61.1*1 PiiMIc bearings.
(a) Except as otherwise provided to
paragraph (c> of thto section. Bute*
must conduct one or more public hear-
ing* on the following prior to adoption
and submission to EPA of:
(1) Any plan or revision of It re-
quired by | BM04(a).
(3) Any Individual compliance sched-
ule under (| 61.3*0).
(3) Any revision under 161.1O4(d>.
(b) Separate hearings may be held
for plans to Implement primary end
secondary standard*.
(c) No hearing will be required for
any change to an Increment of
piogiea* to an approved Individual
compliance schedule' unless such
change to likely to cause the source to
be unable to comply with the final
compliance date to the schedule. Tbe
requirements of 1161.104 and 81.106
will be applicable to such schedules,
however.
(d> Any hearing required by para-
graph (a) of thto section will be held
only after reasonable notice, which
will be considered to Include, at least
M days prior to the date of such
hearing**):
(I) Notice given to the pubuc by
prominent advertisement to the area
affected announcing the dateta).
time**), and placets) of such
hearing**);
(3) Availability of each proposed
plan or revision for public Inspection
to si least one location to each region
to which It will spply. and the avail-
ability of each compliance schedule
for public Inspection to si least one lo-
cation to the region to which the af-
fected source to located;
(3) Notification to the Administrator
(through the appropriate Regional
Office):
(4) Notification to each local ah- pol-
lution control agency which will be
significantly Impacted by such plan.
schedule or revision:
(B) In the case of an Interstate
region, notification to any other
States Included, In whole or In part. In
723
-------
Monday
July 8, 1985
Part II
Environmental
Protection Agency
40 CFR Part 51
Stack Height Regulation; Final Rute
-------
27892 Federal Regiatar / Vol. SO. No. 130 / Monday. July 8. 1985 / Rulei and Regulations
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
AGENCY
40CFRPtft51
technique.* K defines CEP. with respect
to stack hiBgaa as:
Stack Might Regulation
AOKMCY: Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA).
ACTXMC Final rulemaking. _
SUMMAMV: Section 123 of the Clean Air
Act. aa amended requires EPA to
promulgate regulation! to enaure that
the degree of emission limitation
required for the control of any air
pollutant under an applicable State
implementation plan (SIP) it not
affected by that portion of any stack
height which exceeds good engineering
practice (CEP) or by any other
dispersion technique. A regulation
implementing section 123 was
promulgated on February 8. 1982. at 47
FR SM4. Revisions to the regulation
were proposed on November 9. 1984. at
49 FR 44878. Today's action incorporates
changes to the proposal and adopta this
regulation in final form.
WMCMVI OATC This regulation
becomes effective on August 7, 198S.
fo* WSTTHSJI HSVOMMATIOM CONTACT-
Eric O. Cinaburg, MD-15, Office of Air
Quality Planning and Standards, EPA.
Research Triangle Pack. North Carolina
27711. Telephone (919) SO-*MaX
TAUT OtPOMMATIOSC
Docket StetsiMBl
Pertinent information concerning this
regulation is included in Docket Number
A-43-49. The docket is open for public
inspection botmei die BOW* of lets
a.m. and 4:00 p.m~ Monday through
Friday, at the EPA Central Docket
Section. Weat Tower Lobby. Gallery
One. 401 M Street SW.. Washington.
D.C. Background documents normally
available to the public, such aa Federal
Register notices and Congressional
reports, are not included in the docket
A reasonable fee may be charged for
copying documents.
Background
Statuta
Section 123. which was added to the
Clean Air Act by the 1977 Amendments.
regulates the manner in which
techniques for dispcrson of pollutants
from a source may be considered in
setting emission limitations. Specifically,
section 123 requires that the degree of
emission limitation shall not be affected
by that portion of a stack which exceeds
CEP or by "sny ether dispersion
the height necessary to insure that essJssions
from iht itsck do not result in excesetoe
concentrations of any air pollutant ia> KM
immediate vicinity of the source as a nsull ef
•tmotphenc downwash. eddies or weaas
which may be created by the source itaeat
nesrby structures or nesrby terrain aoatodos
. . . (Sectioa 123(c)|.
Section 123 further provides thai CEP
stack height shall not exceed two sava*
one-half times the height of the save*
(2.5H) unless a demonstration ia
performed showing that a higher stack •
needed to avoid "excessive
concentrations." Aa the legislative
history of section 123 makes clear, taaa)
reference to a two and one-half law*
teat reflects the established anonce of
using a formula for detennottaf tja> GaV
stack height needed to avoid exooooiue
downwash. Finally, tactic* 123 [
that the Administrator shal tcgaifaat
only stack height credits fto* rs. oat
portion of the stack height used la
calculating an emission limitation—
rather than actual stack heights*
With respect to "other disparate
techniques" for which emission
limitation credit la reatricted. the statute
is lesa specific It states only that *Jt*
term shall ioebsd* intermittent aval
supplemental control systems (ICS,
SCS), but otherwise leaves the definition
of that term to the discretion of the
Adnuntatra toe.
The* (fee statute deiegatea to aW
Administrator the responsibility tot
eWkMOf key phraves. including
'exxeoaiv* coaicentrations" and
"nearby," with reepect to both
atructuree and tsjcrain obstacles, and
"other dispersion techniques." The
ArirBJaietTalig nuat also define the
requirements of an adequate
demonstration justifying stack haagfct
credita in excess of the 2.5H forsnia,
RuItmoJung and Litigation
On February 8.1982 (47 FR MB*). EPA
promulgated final regulations lisaiting
stack height credits and other diapansoB
techniques. Information concerning tbe
development of the regulation wo»
included in Docket Number A-Tt-Ol and
is available for inspection at the EPA
Central Docket Section. This regulation
was challenged in the U.S. Court of
Appeals for the D.C. Circuit by the
Sierra Club Legal Defense Fund. lac; the
Natural Resources Defense Council, Inc4
and the Commonwealth of Peruwylvana
in Siena Club v. EPA. 719 F. 2d 438, Om
October 11.1983. the court issued Ha
decision ordering EPA to reconasrfer
portions of the stack height regulation.
reversing certain portions and uiifmsrling
other portions. Further discussicai of the
covt decision is provided later in this
BDtJCC.
Administrative Proceedings Subsequent
a» the Court Decision
On December 19.1983. EPA held a
public meeting to take comments to
ist the Agency in implementing the
ndate of the court. This meeting was
1 in the Federal Regiatar on
• 8.1963. at 48 FR 54999.
Comments received by EPA are
bduded in Docket Number A-43-49. On
February 28.1984. the electric power
aaduatry filed a petition for a writ of
esrtiorari with the U.S. Supreme Court.
Wkila the petition was pending before
the cassn the mandate from the U.S.
Court of Appeals was stayed. On July 2,
MM. the Supreme Court denied the
petition (104 S.Ct. 3571). and on July 18.
19M. the Court of Appeals' mandate
VSJB formally issued, implementing the
court's decision and requiring EPA to
promulgate revisions to the stack height
sofjilationa within 4 months. The
promulgation deadline was ultimately
extended to June 27.1985. in order to
provide additional opportunities for
potlic comment to allow EPA to hold s
pofalic hearing on January 8.1985. and to
provide additional time for EPA to
complete its analysis of nilemaking
alternatives,
Documents
SB conjunction with the 1982
leojotatson and this revision. EPA
developed several technical and
gaudance documents. These served as
background information for the
rapilation. and are included in Dockets
A-79-01 and A-83-49. The following
documents have been or will be placed
• the National Technical Information
Service (NTIS) system and may be
obtained by contacting NTIS at 5285
Part Royal Road. Springfield. Virginia
22161.
(1) "Guideline for Use of Fluid
Modeling to Determine Good
BBjineering Stack Height" July 1981.
EPA. Office of Air Quality Planning and
EPA-4SO/4-81-003 (NTIS
145327).
(2) "Guideline for Fluid Modeling of
Atmospheric Diffusion." Apnl 1981.
EPA. Environmental Sciences Research
Laboratory. EPA-oOO/8-41-009 (NTIS
PB81 201410).
(3) "Guidance for Determination of
Good Engineering Practice Stack Height
(Technical Support Document for the
Suck Height Regulation)." June 1985.
EPA. Office of Air Quality Planning and
"Isaileuts EPA-450/4-80-023R.
(4) "Determination of Good
Engineering Practice Stack Height—A
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 50. No. 130 / Monday. July 8. 1985 / Rules and Regulations 27893
Fluid Model Demonstration Study for a
Power Plant." April 1983. EPA.
Environmental Sciences Research
Laboratory. EPA-600/3-43-024 (NTIS
PB83 207407).
(5) "Fluid Modeling Demonstration of
Good-Engineenng-Practice Slack Height
m Complex Terrain.'' April 1965. EPA
Atmospheric Sciences Research
Laboratory. EPA/600/3-35/022 (NTIS
PB85 203107).
In addition, the following documents
are available in Docket A-43-49.
"Economic Impact Assessment for
Revisions to the EPA Stack Height
Regulation." fune 1985.
"Effect of Terrain-Induced Downwash
on Determination of Good-Enginering-
Prtctice Stack Height" fuly 1984.
Pretnm Overview
General
The problem of air pollution can be
approached in either of two ways:
through reliance on a technology-based
program that mandates specific control
requirements (either control equipment
or control efficiencies) irrespective of
ambient pollutant concentration*, or
through an air quality baaed system that
relies on ambient air quality levels to
determine the allowable rates of
emissions. The .Clean Air Act
incorporates both approaches, but the
SIP program under section 110 uses an
air quality-based approach to establish
emission limitations for sources.
implicitly, this approach acknowledges
and is based on the normal dispersion of
pollutants from their points of origin into
the atmosphere prior to measurements
of ambient concentrations at ground
level.
There are two general methods for
preventing violations of the national
ambient air quality standards (NAAQS)
and prevention of significant
deterioration (PSD) increments.
Continuous emission controls reduce on
a continuous basis the quantity, rate, or
concentrations of pollutants released
into the atmosphere from e source. In
contrast, dispersion techniques rely on
the dispersive effects of the atmosphere
to carry pollutant emissions awey from
the source m order to prevent high .
concentrations of pollutants near the
source. Section 123 of the Clean Air Act
limits the use of dispersion techniques
by pollution sources to meet the NAAQS
or PSD increments.
Tall stacks, manipulation of exhaust
gas parameters, and varying the rate of
emissions based on atmospheric
conditions (ICS and SCS) are the basic
types of dispersion techniques. Tall
stacks enhance dispersion by releasing
pollutants into the air at elevations high
above ground level, thereby providing
greater mixing of pollutants into the
atmosphere. The result is to dilute the
pollutant levels and reduce the
concentrations of the pollutant at ground
level, without reducing the total amount
of pollution released. Manipulation of
exhaust gas parameters increases the
plume rise from the source to achieve
similar result*. ICS and SCS vary a
source's rate of emissions to take
advantage of meteorologic conditions.
When conditions favor rapid dispersion.
the source emits pollutants at higher
rates, and when conditions are adverse.
emission rates are reduced. Use of
dispersion techniques in lieu of constant
emission controls results in additional
atmospheric loadings of pollutants and
can increase the possibility that
pollution will travel long distances
before reaching the ground.
Although overrtiiance on dispersion
techniques may produce advene affects.
some use of the dispersive properties of
the atmosphere has long been an
important factor in air pollution control.
For example, some stack height ia
needed to prevent excessive pollutant
concentrations near a source. When
wind meets an obstacle such aa a hill or
a building, a turbulent region of
downwash. wakes, and eddies ia
created downwind of the obstacle aa the
wind passes over and around it This
can force a plume rapidly to the ground
resulting in excessive concentrations of
pollutants near the source. Aa discussed.
previously, section 123 recognizes these
phenomena and responds by allowing
calculation of emission limitations with
explicit consideration of that portion of
a source's stack that ia needed to ensure
that excessive concentrations due to
downwash will not be created near the
source. This height ia called CEP stack
height
Summary of tht Court Decision
Petitions for review of EPA'a 1982
regulation were filed in the D.C Circuit
within the statutory tine period
following promulgation of the regulation.
On October It. 1983. the court issued its
decision ordering EPA to reconsider
portions of the stack height regulation.
reversing certain portions and upholding
others. The following is a summary of
the court decision.
The EPA 11982 rule provided three
waya to carerraine CEP stack height
One way was to calculate the height by
using a formula based on the
dimensions o^nearby structures. The
other two were a de mimmis height of AS
meters, and the height determined by a
fluid modeling demonstration or field
study. The court endorsed the formula
as a starting point to determine CEP
height However, it held that EPA has
not demonstrated that the formula was
an accurate predictor of the stack heigm
needed to avoid "excessive
concentrations of pollutants due to
downwash. Accordingly, the court
directed EPA to re-examine in three
ways the conditions under which
exceptions to the general rule of formula
reliance could be justified.
First the 1982 rule allowed a source to
justify raising its stack above formula
height by ahowing a 40-percent increase
in concentrations due to downwash.
wakes, or eddies, on the ground that this
was the percentage increase that the
formula avoided. The court found this
justification insufficient and remanded
the definition to EPA with instructions
to make it directly responsive to health
and welfare considerations.
Similarly, the 1982 rule allowed a
source that built a stack to less than
formula height to raise it to formula
height automatically. Once again, the
court required more justification that
such a step was needed to avoid
advene health or welfare effects.
Finally, the court directed EPA either
to allow the authorities administering
the stack height regulations to require
modeling by sources in other cases as a
check on possible error in the formula.
or explain why the accuracy of the
formula made such a step unnecessary
The 1982 rule provided two formulae
to calculate CEP stack height For
sources constructed on or before
January 12.1079. the date of initial
propoeaJ of the stack height regulations.
tile applicable formula was 2.3 times the
height of the source or other nearby
structure. For sources constructed after
that date, the rule specified a newer.
refined formula, the height of the source
or other nearby structure plus 1.5 times
the height or width of that structure.
whichever is leaa (H-M.SL). The EPA
baaed ita decision- to include two
formulae on the unfairness of applying
the new formula retroactively. In its
examination of this issue, the court
specified four factors that influence
whether an agency has a duty to apply s
rule retroactively. They are:
1. Whether the naw rule represents «n
abrupt departure from wail established
practice or manly attempts to fill a void man
unsettfed area of law.
2. The extent to which the party against
whom the new rule ia applied relied on tne
former rule.
J. Tha detTM of burden which a retroactive
order impoaas on a party, and
4. The statutory interest In apply'"* • new
rule dwpite the reliance of a perry on rfte nd
standard.
-------
27J94 Federal Regis*** / Vol 50. No. 13O / Monday. July B. 1965 / R«fe» and Regulations
719 fid at 48? (citation* omitted).
Applying this aoalyus. to the two
formulae. the court upheld EPA's bane
decision.
However, the court also held that
sources constructed on or before
January IZ 1973. should not be
automatically entitled to fuil credit
calculated under the Z.5H formula unless
they could demonstrate reliance on that
formula. The court remanded this
provision for revision to take actual
reliance on the 2.5H formal* otto
account.
The starate limits site* height eredtt
to that needed to avoid excemiv*
concentration* doe to downwaeik caused
by "nearby" strectune or terrain
festare*. Tee 19*2 reguiatfea defined
"nearby" far CEP formate sppKeatioM
as five tima* the lesser al erther fee
height or projected wtdta of the
structun caueina, dowowesk oat to
exceed HIM half nit*. Na such ejrtuc*
limitation waa placed aa structures or
terrain features waose effects wen
being considered in Ouid •~Wi«tt
demonstration* or field studios. Tb*
court held that section 123 explicitly
applies the "nearby" limitation to
demonstrations and studies aa weE aa
formula applications, and remanded the
rule to EPA to apply the limitation in
both contexts.
The 198T rule defined "dispersion
techniques" ae those techniques which
attempt to affect poflutant
concvfHrotioRS by using (act portfon of a
stack exceeding GEP. by varying
emission mtee accordia* tv atauepheik.
conditions or-pollutant eonceittretiens.
or by the oddltio* of e fan or refceeter tv
obtain e lees suingtiil eaueeiea
• limitation. The court found *is
definition too narrow because any
technique -si§r»*caittty motivated by a*
intent to gain enisaiona credit for
greater dispersion" should be bami
719 F.2d 462. As a result the comrt
directed EPA to develop ruts*
diMllowiaf credit for all saca diapersioa
technique* unless die Agency
adequately justified excapMaav oa the
basis of administrative nacsssrty or sot
rr:nimis result
Tbe CEP formulae estabtiafaed in the.
1962 rule do not consider pcsssa rue. «•
the ground that plume rise is not
significant under downwash conditions.
In its review of this, provision, the court
affirmed this judgment by EPA.
The 1982 rule addressed r^""'*T"
concentrations estimated to occur whan,
a plume impacts elevated temin by
auowmg. credit for stack height
necessary to avoid air qualify violations
.n such cases. However, the court ruled
that section 123 did not allow EPA to
grant credit for plume inspection in.
setting elusion uarfc. and reversed this
part of the regulation.
TaepraaaBbiete the 18U refukoon
provided a 22 south process for State
iBplsoentatioa of the regulation. The>
court found tfai» period to be> coatiwy to
secnan 406(d)(2} of the OMB Air Ad
and reversed it
The regulation. foUowinf the statute.
excluded stack* "i» exatance" oa or
before Oecanber 31. iva froet the- CEP
requirements. However, the reguiabaai
did not prohibit source* constructed
after December 31. 1970. freaai receiving
credit for tying into pre-1971 f*fuT
Although, the court upheld EPA's
defiaitioo of "is existence." it ao4e« tbe4
EP A had faaVad to addieaa tket tte-ia
issae. Acconisagly. the court resBead*4
this issue M EPA for juatifiaatieB.
One other proviatoa of the rafuieanai
waa challenged is the. Siena Ouo iuifc
The evduainsi of uarea froaa the
defiainon of "aUck."u»Ua review afthie
prmviaiao, the court held thM HP A h*si
acted properly.
Other pro vuMau of the stack heigiu
regulatiaa aucha« the, oeavmaMe stack
height eattbiisAed under I SLUiiHlK
were not challenged in Ik* suit aid th«*
remain in effect.
Summary oftti* ftovmint 9
fa Ae November 9k UBe. node*
responding to the court daoaioa, EPA
proposed to redefine a. amber of
gptcific tasma. 'T^'HP*^ "exceaai«a
techniquBe," "Bearby." aaatolha*
important, concept*, aad propoaari ta
modify SABA of tbe haaee, tot
itmtmrtnirtiwt^ Crf3* StaCkbei^L
foOowiig ia a auoaary of the i
that were proposed
The Court of Appeals held that EPA
erred Is defifiiflaj ^DSDeaat^^
concenoation*" erne taeawmwe«kvfai
purpoaee of justifying * stack gteetea
than formul* aeigak aa nothiic OMT*
thaa a «H>efcaat increaae, ia pnllnlaaX
coocaotratoca over waal weald occur
in the shsenre of dowvweaa, It
remaodedi uua. ieaua to EPA M ratal* tbs>
dafiaiao* to soau ebaokt* level of ear
pollutioa that couid be lateraeetad to
endanger health and welfare, aad thaa
to be "exraesiiia."
The EPA irapoeed twe- aisataalive
appnacaa* to deruunf "eacaaeive
concentranona," FitakEPA reojeeated
conimeni oo whether the 4A-Mroee*
appraeca adopted aa port oitk* MM
njjiiliitisi IB fsnpiiiisiia aawael Thai
danger* k> *-—"^ and welaare
enviaiosttd by Coocreee wkeat it'
sectioa 123. !• ta*ev«H thai s«di •
shovrmg caa£d not be made. EPA
proposed a two-part defiaftioo of
excessive coacemtranooe. reoamnf ths i
the dowmwatft, wakaa. or eddies
induced by nearby structuree or terrem
featune reaaft ia inaseses in grvud-
level polhttant concetilrarioae thai:
(*) Ceuee or cotrtribofe to an
exceedanee- of e rVAAQS or apptieathe
PSO mereffient end
(b) Are at least 40 percent in excess of
concentration* projected to occur in the
absence of such structures or terrain
features.
Definition of CEP Stack Hfigfit
EPA pnaoood to find tiuM the
traditional (ZSH} and refined (H-f.l.5L)
formulae remained proper methods for
calculating CEP stack height except EPA
proposed to revise its regulation to
allow EPA the State or local air
pollution control agency discretion to
require a farther demonstration using a
field study or fluid model to
demonstrate CEP stack height for a
source to a case when it waa believed
that the rbrnrda may not refiafiiy predict
CEP height Ia the case of structures that
are porous or sarodynamicaHy smoother
thaa block-shaped structures, it would
require a source to demonstrate the
downwash effects of suca structures
using a field study or fluid model before
receiving credit for stack height baaed
oa the structures. EPA also proposed
generally to aflow sources to raise
existing, stacks up to fbnaula CEP height
without ftirtnar damooatratioaa with the
excepttoo noted abort fat diacratianary
R» lionet on tht iSH Formula
Ia it» latZ nine. EPA aaowwi wore**
built eefere {aauary 12. MW, the date OB
which it proposed tbe reneed H-t-l^L
formulae, to calcalate their araMBioa
limit! hasaii oa tke> trarialanal X5H
forssula tkat aviated pMnouely. Toe
court approved taia distinctiaa, bw)
ruled that it sboald be Ueutoe to sowrcee
that "reaed" oa tae mdittaaas forauia.
nifljarriag, for axaa^iie. that sources
that bad ciaiaied creok for stacks far
taller thaa th*.iorawi« providosi cc«U
not be said, to haw* "relied" oa rt.
to response to tka coot deaawo. EPA
propoeed te reviaa rte ngeJeOoa «•
January It 1879. sources eaeaonetrete
that tberaetaalrf relied ca tbe 13H
foramss ia the daaiss> of taesr stacirs
before recernog cradM far taatleiaM »
proposei, EPA reeawssee) caaeaaeat en
whatitaaaaldi
i el anea reaaoee.
-------
F*d*r*J Ragbtar / Vol. 50. No. 130 / Monday. July 8. 1965 / Rules and Regulations
2789£
DtfinitiofofNfartry"
In iti 1982 rules. EPA allowed sourcaa
that modeled the effects of terrain
obstacles on downwash to include any
terrain features in their model without
limiting their distance from the stack.
The court though persuaded that this
was a sensible approach, since it
allowed the model to best approximate
reality, ruled that Congress had
intended a different result, namely that
terrain features beyond tt mile from the
stack should not be included in tha
model.
In response, EPA proposed to rtviae
i 5U(U)(3) o/itt regulation to limit the
consideration of dowawasa. wakes, aod
eddy effects of structure* aad tarraia
features to those feature* "'"-'"^ aa
being "nearby" as defiaed ia | Stlfjj).
Under this proposal structure* aad
terrain feature* would be considered to
be "n*arby"1f they occur within a
distance of not more than O4 km (V4
mile]; terrain feature* that extend
beyond U km could be considered it at
a distance of 041 km. they achieved a '
height greater than or equal to 40-
percent of the CEP stack height
calculated by applying the CEP formula
to actual nearby structures. la other
words, a terrain feature would be said to
"begin- within V4 mile if It reached at
leest the height of nearby buildings
within that *timtmtu^ ftvi^» features
be considered only out to
equal to 10 times the •••»•»«•» h*«jtit of
the feature, not to exceed 2 mile*.
The EPA proposed two options for
diitinguiabing between source*
constructed before aad aftar the date of
promuigattoa of the** revision*. The
first opted wodd treat both categoric*
of source* the same. The second option
would limit the cooaideradoo of tarraia
for new source* to only those portiooa of
terrain feature* that fall entuv/r within
0.8 km. thereby removing th* p inability
of indudiag features exteadiag beyoad
Finally. EPA proposed
alternatives for conductiaf fhrid
modeling to evaluate the <
effects or oaarby tetraia fe
altemativee d**cnb*d varioo*,w»ye of
limiting terrain in th* modal beyond the
proposed d'«*"f*« limitations.
To establish a baseline for
comparison, two alternative* would
initially model the stack on a flat plane
with no structure or terrain influences.
To analyze downwash effects, the first
approach would then ineert nearby
terrain, with ell terrain beyond th*
distance limit "cut off" horizontally The
second approach would gradually
•moot*) and slope the terrain beyond the
distance limit down to the elevation of
the base of the stack.
Th* third approach would proceed in
a somewhat different manner. A
baseline would be established by
modeling all terrain beyond the distance
limit smoothing and sloping nearby
terrain to minimise its influence. To
analyse downwash effects, the nearby
terrain would then be inserted into th*
model and the difference ia effect
measured to determine appropriate
downwash credit for stack height
Definition of "Ditptnioa Technique*"
Ia th* 19B2 rale*. EPA Identified two
practices, ia addition to stack* above
CEP aad ICS/SCS. a* having no pvrpoa*
otber than to obtaia • IMS stringaut
emtssioB iimitatto*, to so doing, it
allowad credit for any other practice
that had the remit o/increasing
dispersion. The court concluded that
Congress had intended, at a "»•"'"""•
to forbid any dispersion enhancement
practice that was significantly
motivated by aa intent to obtain
additional credit for greater dispersion.
and remanded the question to EPA for
reexamination.
The EPA proposed to revise It*
definition of "dispersion tsehaiqoes"
generally to Indod*. to sddMoa to ICS.
SCS. aad stack height* ia sneaee of CEP.
any terhniip** that hav* IB* effect of
Combining
alt
stacks it
can hav* each aa effect
ejeooftea
How*ver.
haws I
I b.«4IJk^*4«^ AJ^^^M|^»A|M
jimnmoon. Aoconangnr.
» *-m ' ** —
on neiiiniBj me
dii'istnlein*s andar wUcata*
combining of gas stream* sfcovU not b*
gy^^^fag^fl m jMafl^MH^M fM^MiM^A Mw4
proDOMo to allow source* as taw credit
in ensiessoei ozBttatioas ror soch ^fgtff
wherre facility we* origmafly designed
aad cowtrocted with 0j*rg*d gas
*)*M*BMBBS*1 A*l ~ •- --- •*-- ' -
*f leTWaBel Or WlffJIw Ukw UlVIgUa^ vfJdW
witkttw hwtallatiOB of additional
coatrois yi*idiag a B*t redaction ia total
emissions of tav affected poflntant The
EPA retained excrasioas from it*
definition of prohibited dispersion
technique* for smoke management ia
agneultnrar and stiviculturai prescribed
burcmg programs and also proposed to
exciude episodic restrictions oa
residential woodburning aad debris
New Sounm Tied into Prt-tan StocJu
Section 123 exempts stacks "la
existence" at the end of 1970 from its
requirements. EPA't general approach to
implementing this language was upheld
by the court However, in its 1982 nils
EPA had also allowed thir credit to
sources built after that date that had
tied into stacks built before that date.
EPA failed to respond to comments
objecting to this allowance, end 10 the
court remanded the question to EPA /or
the agency to addresa.
Upon reexamination. EPA saw no
convincing justificetion for granting
credit to these sources. Consequently.
for sources constructed after December
31.1970. with emissions ducted into
grandfathered stacks of greater than
CEP height and for sources constructed
before that date but for which major
modifications or reconstruction have
been carried out subsequently. EPA
proposed to limit stack height credit to
only so much of the actual suck height
as conforms to CEP. Sources
constructed prior to December 31.1970.
for which modifications are carried out
that are not classified es "major" under
40 CFR Sl.laXJ}(i). 5U4(8)(2J(i). snd
51-a(«H2Mi) would be allowed to retain
roll credit for their existing stack
heights.
Plutnt latpectiott
IB its 1982 rules. EPA allowed stack
height credit for "plume impart on." a
phenomenon met is distinct from
downwash. wakes aad eddies. The
court though sympathetic to EPA's
policy position, reversed this judgment
as beyond the scope of the statute.
Accordingly. EPA proposed to delete the
allowance of H"**"1 impacttoa credit
from.its regulation ia compliance with
the court d*rj»lnp However, EPA also
recogaicsd that aouca*tn complex
terram fee* additional analytical
.jifK'-iM— whan altemfCBBf to conduct
modciiat to d*t*emia* appscrist*
cauMioB liautationa. Coneaeoendy. EPA
request**! eoanMcrt on whether eny
allowance saoold b* mad* for
imoi*B*at*oon problem* that may
result from the application of reviaed
CEP stack height assumptions end. if so.
how such allowance should b* msde.
Statt UnpitoHtation flan Rt^utnatena
EPA's 1982 ndes geve states a total of
22 months to revise their rules and to
establish source emission limitation
based on new steck height credits. The
court found this. too. to go beyond the
language of the statute. In response.
EPA stated ia the propose! that States
would be required, pursuant to section
406(d)(2)(b) of the Clean Air Act. to
review their rde* end existing emission
limitations, reviaing them aa needed to
comply with the new regBiabM within 9
month* of tha date of its
-------
27896 Federal Register / Vol. 50. No. 130 / Monday. July 8. 1985 / Rules and Regulations
Response to Public Comments on the
Novembers. 1984. Proposal
The EPA received over 400 comment!
during the public comment period and at
the public hearing, addressing a number
of aspects of the proposed
regulation.These comments have been
consolidated according to the issues
raised and are discussed, along with
EPA's responses, in a 'Response to
Comments" document included in the
rulemaking docket Certain comments
can be characterized as "major" in that
they address issues that are
fundamental to the development of the
final regulation. These comments are
summarized below, along with EPA's
responses. Additional discussion of the
issues raised and further responses by
EPA can be found in the "Response to
Comments" document
I. Maximum Control of Emissions in Lieu
of Dispersion
A central legal and policy question
addressed in this rulemaking was raised
in the comments of the Natural
Resources Defense Council (NRDC) and
the Sierra Club. They contend that
section 123 requires all sources to install
the maximum feasible control
technology before receiving any credit
for the dispersive effects of a stack of
any height or for other practices that
may enhance pollutant dispersion.
The NRDC argument is summarized
fully in the Response to Comments
document together with EPA's response.
Very briefly, NRDC contends that
litigation prior to the 1977 Clean Air Act
Amendments had established that
dispersion can never be used as an
alternative to emission control and that
this understanding waa carried forward
and strengthened in the 1977 Clean Air
Act Amendments. Accordingly, no rule
that does not require full control of
emissions as a prerequisite to any stack
height credit would be consistent with.
Congressional intent
EPA disagrees. During the I yean
between 1977 and NRDCa comments, a
period covering two Administrations
and three Administrator*. NRDCs
position has never been either adopted
by EPA or seriously advocated before it
The pre-1977 cases cited by NRDC-do
not bar all stack credit but only credit
for stacks beyond the historical norm.
Finally, the text and legislative history
of section 123 contain essentially no
support for NRDCs "control first"
position.
II. Discussion of Other Major Issues
The EPA • position oa the "control
first" comments provides the necessary
background against which the remaimng
major issues in this rulemaking are
discussed. These issues are: the
definition of "excessive concentrations"
due to downwash. wakes, and eddies:
the definition of "nearby:" and the
definition of "dispersion technique." A
question that affects several of these
decisions, and that is addressed where
it arises, concerns the extent to which
any changes made in the stack heights
regulations should be applied
prospectively rather than retroactively.
This discussion of "excessive
concentrations" is in turn divided into a
discussion of the physical characteristics
of downwash. followed by a discussion
of the significance of those
characteristics as they pertain to the
CEP formulae, to stacks above formula
height to stacks being raised to formula
height and to stacks at formula height
being modeled at the choice of the
administering authorities.
Definition of "Excessive
Concentrations"
The Physical Nature of Downwash. A
number of commenten. including the
Utility Air Regulatory Croup (UARC).
have argued that the court decision doee
not obligate EPA to revise the definition
sdopted in the 1982 regulation, but only
directs EPA to ensure that the 40-
percent criterion protects again*
concentrations due to downwash that
could be related to health and welfare
concerns. They point oat that when
emissions from a source become trapped
in the wake region produced by the
source itself or upwind structures aad
terrain features, those MP^f'Tft are
brought rapidly to earth, with little
dilution. This, the comoentars argue.
can produce short-term peak
concentrations at groundlevoi that are
many times greater that the
concentration levels of the NAAQS.
Because their duration is relatively
short averaging these concentrations
over the times specified by the NAAQS
does not result in NAAQS violations.
Nonetheless, the- commenten argue that
these concentrations should be regarded
as nuisances that section 123 was
specifically enacted to avoid.
Accordingly, the commenten held that
EPA would be justified in retaining the
40-percent criterion without requiring
that such increases result in
exceedancas of the NAAQS
These same commenten argued that
seven hardships would result if EPA's
second proposed definition of
"excessive concentrations" is adopted.
and that by limiting stack height credit
to that just necessary to avoid
exceedance of NAAQS or PSD
increments, the definition would act to
limit sctual stack design and
construction in a way that would
increase the likelihood of NAAQS or
PSD exceedances. This would occur.
they argue, because, by building only so
tall a stack as they can receive credit
for. sources would be eliminating a
"margin of safety" that would normally
be provided otherwise. Furthermore, it
was argued that due to the changing
nature of background air quality.
inclusion of absolute concentrations
such as the NAAQS or PSD increments
in the definition would render
determinations of CEP stack height
constantly subject to change.
NRDC argued on the other hand that
only a violation of air quality standards
can be considered the type of
"excessive concentration" for which
downwash credit can be justified, the
EPA had failed to specify the health or
welfare significance of the short-term
peaks- that it might consider as meeting
this description, and mat in any event
UARG's attempt to show that short
stacks could cause a large number of
short-term peaks was technically flawed
in several different ways.
Response. Extensive discussion of the
downwash phenomenon, as well as the
aerodynamic effects of buildings and
terrain features on windfiow patterns
and turbulence, is contained in the
technical and guidance documents
previously listed in this notice. To
summarize briefly, numerous studies
have shown that the region of
turbulence created by obstacles to
windflow extends to a height of
approximately 2J times the height of the
obstacle. Pollutants emitted into this
region can be rapidly brought to the
ground, with limited dilution. Though
this tendency decreases the higher
vertically within the downwash region
that die plume la released, because of
the highly unpredictable nature of
downwaah and the lack of extensive
quantitative data, it is extremely
difficult to reliably predict plume
behavior within the downwash region.
As noted in the comments submitted.
the distinguishing features of downwash
do not show up well over an averaging
time aa long aa 1 hour or more. Pollutant
concentrations resulting from
downwash can arise and subside very
quickly aa meteorological conditions.
including wind speed and atmospheric
stability vary. This can result in »hon-
tenn peaks, lasting up to 2 minutes or so.
recurring intermittently for up to several
hours, that significantly exceed the
concentrations of the 3- and 24-hour
NAAQS. Little quantitative information
is available on the actual leveis of these
peaks, or on the frequency of taeu*
occurrence since mast itacks have been
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 50. No. 130 / Monday. July 8. 1985 / Rules and Regulations
designed to. a void downwash and
because downwash monitoring is not
typically conducted.
A number of modeling and monitoring
studies in the record assess the
significance of downwash when plumes
are released into the downwash region.
The most important of these are a
number of studies c:ted in the .Vovember
9 proposal showing that for sources with
sulfur dioxide (SOt) emission rate* of 4
to 3 rounds per million British Thermal
Units (Ib./mmBTU). stacks releasing the
plume into the downwash region can
significantly exceed the 0-hour NAAQS.
The utility industry submitted
monitoring results from four sites
showing that facilities with short stacka
(ranging from 23 to tt percent of formula
height) generated many short-term
peaks in the vicinity of the plant at
concentrations at least 2 times the
highest concentration of the 3-hour SOt
standard. i.a~ l ppm for up to 10
minutes. Those concentrations are the-
maximun that could be recorded by the
monitors used There is no way to
determine from these data the true peak
ground-level concentrations.
The NRDG la commenting on this
subject has argued that downwash- • •
related concentrations are largely
theoretical, since stacka have generally
been built to avoid downwash. and that
actual concentrations occur under other
meteorological conditions such as
"inversion breakup fumigations" and
"looping plums." that can equal these
"theoretical" concentrations predicted
under downwash.' The NRDC also
criticized the utility data on numerous
technical grounds.
EPA's studies indicate that, when
stacks are significantly leas than CEP
formula height high short-term
concentrations can indeed occur dm to
downwash that are in the range of the
values reported by the utility industry.
Concentrations produced by me other
conditions cited by NRDC though high.
may be lower by an order of magnitude.
and occur less frequently by as much as
two orders of magnitude, than those
produced by downwash.' As stack.'
' In mvtnion braaAup fumiaauon.' *• UIVOTM
liytr diiaipatti due 10 hMunc of tftf ground. lamas
the aoiiuiaruj that wtra trappad in it dncaod
luddtflly to ireund Itvtl. In "looping plumaa.* •
p.'umt ii brought down to tna> trouod cloo to th»
lourci in lha form of iniafnmtaw p*Jh under wry
unitablt atmoapnarie eondtMM.
1 Commtnti on Ptak Cround-Lcvtl
Concentration* Out to Buildinf Downwaab ftalauva
10 Pejk Conotnmnoni Undar Atmoaphane
D icenion Proctia**." Alan K Hubcr and Prancii
»oo!«r. fr JUM 10.1M.
height approaches the height determined
by the CEP formula, the expected
frequency and severity of short-term
peaks due to downwash becomes iasa
certain. This is to be expected, since it is
the purpose of a formula height stack to
avoid excessive downwaah. While it
might theoretically be possible for EPA
to revise the CEP formula downward
(e.g.. from H+UL to H+14EL or some
other value), such a revision would have
little purpose. By moving the release
point further into the downwash region.
such a change would increase the
probability of high downwash-caused
peaks. On the other hand such
relatively small changes in stack height
are not likely to appreciably affect the
emission limitation for the sourest Tola
is because emission limitations are
calculated based on physical stack
height and associsted plume rise under
atmospheric conditions )udg*d moat
contrr sg for the source. Increasing or
decre*i ..-if stack height by a email
fraction will not greatly change the rate
or extant of dispersion and thus will net
affect the ground-level concentration.
Moreover, ae EPA noted in its
November 9 proposal no data presently
exist on which to base a revision to the
formula.
The NRDC submitted data to EPA
which it believed to support the
conclusions that it urged EPA to adopt
concerning short-term peak
concentrations under other
meterological conditions.'However.
these data were not presented In e font
that could be nadir/ interpreted and
EPA has thus fa/ been anabJa to draw
any conclusions from then.'
In reviewing NRDC* comments on
building downwaaa, EPA agrees that
there is grant uncertainty about our
present understanding of this
phenomenon, and this is supported by
the rang* and variation of downwash
effects observed in recent stadias.
However, no information has beta
presented which would convince EPA to
abandon the present CEP formulae m
favor of any alternative.
The health and welfare significance of
downwaah concentrations that result in
violations of the ambient standards are
documented and acknowledged in the
standards themselves. The significance
of short-term peaks at the levels that
EPA's analyses predict is more
judgmental. However, a number of
studies cited in EPA's "Review of the
National Ambient Air Quality Standards
for Suiftir Oxides: Assessment of
Scientific and Technical Information
(EPA-WO/3-42-007. November 1967).
indicate that concentrations of one ppm
sustained for durations of 5 minutes or
more can produce bronchoconstriction
in asthmatics accompanied by
symptoms such as wheering snd
coughing. Such concentrations are well
within the range of concentrations that
can result from downwash. When
sources matt the ambient standards, the
frequency of occurrence for these
concentrations under the other
conditions cited by NRDC Is
substantially lower than for downwash
whan stacks are kss than CEP.
CEP Formula Stack Hmight, Some
commaotan, '"•'v^i-'g NRDC stated
that EPA cannot justify retention of the
traditional (Z5H) and refined (H+1.5L)
CEP formulae based simply on their
relaoonahip-to the 40-percent criterion.
and argued that the formulae provide
too much credit in many or moat cases.
This, they argue, results in allowing
sources to obtain unjustifiably lament
tfniteifjB limitations.
Other coauneoters argued that
rnngraas explicitly reaffirmed the
traditional CEP formula, and that EPA
should allow maximum reliance on it
(and by implication, on the refined
foranda that was subsequently denvted
from it).
Asseons*. The use of EPA's refined
formula as a starting point for
determining CEP was not called Into
question by any litigant m the Sittra
jCJub case. The court1 s opinion likewise
does not question toe use of the formula
as a starting point A detailed discussion
of the court's treatment of the formula.
showing how it endorsed the formula's
presumptive validity, is contained in the
Response to Comments document.
Despite this limited endorsement EPA
might need to revisit the formula on its
own if its nmamtnarton of the
"excessive concentration" and modeling
issues indicated that me formula cieariy
and typically misstated the degree of
stack height needed to avoid downwash
concentrations that causa sjMtiia or
welfare i
'Mtmofandum from Oavtd G. Hawkma. NRDC to
William F Ptdanan. jr. Offlca of Gtntnl Counaot
L'SEPA, Mar »• 1MB.
•Vtemonn4um from Aim H Hubar. ASM. M
David Slontfieifl. OAQP1 !
However, no such result baa emerged
froaa oar reexaminatioa. Stacka below
formula height are associated with
downwaah-relatad violations of the air
quality standards themselves where
emission rates significantly exceed the
levels specified by NSPS. Even where
emissions are low. downwash
conditions at stacks below formula
height can be expected unlike other
conditions, to ewerste numerous short-
term peeks of air pollution et high leve/»
-------
27896
Federal Register / Vol. 50. No. 130 / Monday. July a. 1985 / Rules and Reaulations
that raiM a real prospect of local health
or welfare impacts.
As EPA stated in the proposal, it is
impossible to rely primarily on fluid
modeling to implement the stack height
regulations, particularly under the
timetable established by the court. 49 FR
44883 (November 9.1964). No
conunenter other than NRDC even
suggested a different formula that in
their eyes would be better, and NRDCs
suggestions were premised on their
"control first" position, which EPA has
found inconsistent with the statute and
has rejected. EPA considers the refined
formula to be toe state-of-the-art for
determining necessary stack height
Given the degree of presumptive
validity the formula already poaaesaea
under the statute aad the court opinion.
we believe that this record amply
supports its reaffirmation.
Stadu Abovm CEP Formula Height.
The EPA's 1978 stack height guidelines
[cite] impoeed special conditions on
stacks above formula height—the
installation of control technology—that
were ne>t imposed on lower stacks.
Similarly. EPA's 1973 proposal had
made credit above formula height
•object to a vaguely defined "detailed
investigation" (38 FR 25700). The
legislative history of the 1077 dean Air
Act Amendments cautioned that credit
for stacks above formula height should
be granted only in rare cases, and the
Court of Appeals adopted this as one of
the keystones of its opinion. The court
also condaded that Congress
deliberately adopted very strict
requirements for sources locating in
hilly terrain.
For these reasons, EPA la requiring
sources seeking credit for stacks above
formula height and credit for any stack
height justified by terrain effects to
show by field studies or fluid modeling
that this height is needed to avoid a 40-
percent increase in concentrations due
to downwash and that such an increase
would result in exceedanee of air
quality standards or applicable PSD
increments. This will restrict stack
height credit in this context to cases
where the downwash avoided is at
levels specified by regulation or by ect
of Congress as possessing health or
welfare significance.
To conduct a demonstration to show
that an absolute air quality ___
concentration such as NAAQS or PSD
increment will be exceeded, it Is
necessary to specify an emission rate for
the source in question.' The EPA
believes that in cases where greater
than formula height may be needed to
prevent excessive concentrations.
sources should first attempt to eliminate
such concentrations by reducing their
emissions. For this reason EPA is
requiring that the emission rate to be
met by a source seeking to conduct a
demonstration to justify stack height
credit above the formula be equivalent
to the emission rate prescribed by NSPS
applicable to the industrial source
category. In doing this. EPA is making
the presumption that this limit can be
met by all sources seeking to justify
stack heights above formula height
Sources may rebut this presumption.
establishing an alternative emission
limitation, on a case-by-case basis, by
demonstrating to the reviewing
authority that the NSPS emission
limitation may sot feasibly be met given
the characteristics of the particular
source.'For example, it may be possible
for s source presently emitting SO» at a
rate of 1.8 Ib./mmBTU to show that
meeting the NSPS rate of 1.2 Jb./mmBTU
would be prohibitive in that it would
require scrapping existing scrubber
equipment for the purpose of '"«»fi['"g
higher efficiency scrubbers. Similarly, a
source may be able to show that due to
space constraints and plant
configuration, it is not possible? to install
the necessary equipment to meet the
NSPS •mission rate. In the event that a
source believes that downwasar will
continue to result in excessive
concentrations when the i
emission rate ia consistent with NSPS
requirements, additional stack height
credit may be justified through fluid
modeling at that emission rat*.
A source, of course, always remains
free to accept the •""frfrH* rate that ia
associated with a formula height stack
rather than relying on a demonstration
under the conditions described ban.
The third alternative mentioned in the
proposal" using the actual emission
limit for the source has been rejected
because, to the extent that limit relied
on greater than formula height it would
amount to using a tall stack to justify
itself.
The EPA's reliance on exceedancas.
rather than violations of the NAAQS
and PSD increments, is deliberate. Fluid
modeling demonstrations are extremely
complicated to design and cany out
even when the most simple
demonstration criteria—that is, a
percentage increase in concentrations.
• la CMWMC if tk* IMI at -
concfmnoaM" la»oK»a « «••!•
ina-MM. ib«r« «auk) b« ma •*•* to
fffllMIPB r*tl. tOlOt tlM IICTMM IB OOBCnntM*
OHM* by dovnwuk i» indcpadMt of mtaiM*
mm.
•Th* EPA will raly on It. Bni Avcibbto ftmoflt
TKfcaoMfjr GiudcHM IB rvruwiaf 4ay rabMUl*
tnd •Ittnuovt (OUMIOO UaiwnoiM.
with no consideration of absolute
values—are assumed. Adding
consideration of an absolute
concentration such ss a NAAQS or PSD
increment substantially complicates this
effort further and introduces the
scientific uncertainties associsted with
predicting an exceedanee of a 3-hour or
24-hour standard based on 1 hour or less
of modeling data. Using an hour or less
of modeling values, based on one set of
meteorological data, to draw the
distinction between only one
exceedanee of the standard during the
8760 hours in a year, and the two or
more that constitute s violation pushes
that uncertainty beyond reasonable
limits. EPA therefore does not find the
additional difficulties that would be
created by requiring violations instead
of exceedances to be warranted. That is
particularly so here, given that the
regulations require sources seeking
credit above the formula to be well-
controlled as a condition of obtaining
such credit
Use of an absolute concentration in
the test of "excessive concentrations"
can lead to problems of administering
the program, in that it can have a
"zoning" effect Since a source can only
get stack height credit to the extent that
it is needed to avoid a PSD Increment or
NAAQS exceedanee. an emissions
increase in the area of that source may
increase concentrations beyond the
controlling limit thereby making it
difficult for new sources to locate in the
area, or for sequential construction of
additional emitting units at the source in
question.
This effect cannot be avoided under
any test for "excessive concentrations"
that ia tied to absolute concentrations.
However; that effect will be mitigated
by the fact that the use of this approach
is voluntary and limited to sources
wishing to rely on fluid modeling to
justify stack height credit Moreover, the
effects of downwash tend to occur very
near the source, usually on fenced .
company property. Since concentrations
measured at such locations are not used
to evaluate NAAQS attainment or PSD
increment consumption, new sources
wishing to locate in the area are less
likely to be affected
Sources planning sequential
construction of new emitting units at
one location or contemplating future
expansion can reduce the uncertainties
noted above by initially obtaining
permits for the total number of units
anticipated and by planning for
expansion in the calculation of
necessary physical stack height. In the
latter instance, only the aflowable stack
height credit would be revised as
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 50. No. 130 / Monday. July g. 1985 / Rules and Regulations
27899
expansion is carried out—not actual
stack height
An additional theoretical
complication is presented when an
absolute concentration is wed where
meteorological conditions other than
downwash result in the highest
predicted ground-level concentrations in
the ambient air. In such cases, a source
that has established CEP at a particular
height, assuming a given emission rate.
may predict a NAAQS violation at that
stack height and emission rate under
some other condition, e.g.. atmospheric
stability Class 'A.' Reducing the
emission rate to eliminate the predicted
violation would result in stack height
credit greater than absolutely necessary
to avoid an excessive concentration
under downwash. However, reducing
stack height places the source back in
jeopardy of a NAAQS violation under
the other meteorological condition, and
so on. "ratcheting" stack height credit
and emission rates lower and lower. The
EPA has eliminated this "ratcheting"
potential in the CEP guideline by
providing that once CEP is established
for a source, adjusting the emission rate
to avoid a violation under other
conditions does not require
recalculation of a new CEP stack height
EPA is making this part of the
regulations retroactive to December 31.
1970. In the terms of the court's
retroactivity analysis, stack* greater
than formula height represent a situation
that Congress did affirmatively "intend
to alter" in section 123. Moreover. EPA
regulatory pronouncements since 1970
have placed a stricter burden on sources
raising stacks above formula height than
on others.
N.o source is precluded from building
a stack height greater than formula
height if such height is believed to be
needed to avoid excessive downwash.
However, the design and purpose of
section 123 prohibit SIP credit for that
effort unless a relatively rigorous
showing can be made.
Given the ability of sources to avoid
modeling and rely on validity of the CEP
formulae and requirement for further
control of emissions in conjunction with
stack heights in excess of formulae
height, the result predicted by UARG—
exceedances of the NAAQS or PSD
increments due to inadequate stack
height—is highly unlikely.
Tht potential effect of changes in
background air quality on stack height
credit is not substantially different from
the effect that such changes in
background can have on source
emission limitations in nonattainment
areas. In the first case, however, sources
may be able to address these effects
through greater stack height if such
changes affect the concentrations under
downwash. Moreover, the possibility
that shifting background air quality can
yield different calculation* of CEP is
significantly limited by the fact that
consideration of background in CEP '
calculation* is restricted to those cases
where credit for greater than formula
height is being sought or source* are
seening to raise stacks to avoid
excessive concentration*.
Raising Stada Btlow Formula Height
to Formula Htight. In response to EPA'*
proposal to allow automatic credit for
CEP formula height several commenters
have argued that EPA has failed to
adequately respond to the court's
directive to "reconsider whether, in light
of ita new understanding of 'exeeeaive
concentrations,' demonstration* are
necessary before stack height* may be
raised even if the final height will not
exceed formula height"
Attporut. F using a stack below
formula heigi to formula height is not
in EPA's judgment subject to the same
statutory reservations as building stack*
greater than formula height However.
as the court has cautioned it may still
be necessary for these sources to show
that raising stacks i* necessary to avoid
"excessive concentration*" that raiee
health or. welfare concern*.
For these reasons, source* wishing to
raise stack* subsequent to October 11.
1963. the date of the D.C Circuit
opinion. mu*t provide evidence that
additional height ie necessary to avoid
downwa*h-reiated concentration*
railing health and welfare concern*.
Theee rule* allow sources to do thi* in
twoweys.
The first wey I* to rebut the
presumption that the short stack was
built high enough to avoid dswnwaah
problem*: La. to show, by eite-epedflc
information such a* monitoring data or
dozen complaint*, that the short stack
had in fact caused a local nuisance and
muet be rai*ed for thi* reason. The EPA
believe* that both the historical
experience of the industry and the data
on short-term peak* discussed earlier
show that short stacks can cause local
nuisances due to downwash. However,
where e source has built a short stack
rather than one at formula height it ha*
created a presumption that thi* i* not
the cave. General data on saorMera
peak* may not be strong enough to
support by themselves and in the
abstract a conclusion that the stack
must be raised to-a void local adverse
effect*. Instead that proposition must be
demonstrated for each particular source
involved .
In the event that a source cannot
make such a showing, the second way to
justify raising a stack is to demonstrate
by fluid modeling or field study an
increase in concentrations due to
downwash that i* at least 40-percent in
excess of concentration* in the absence
of such downwesh and in exec** of the
applicable NAAQS or PSD increments.
In making thi* demonstration, the
emission rate in existence before the
•tack i* raited muet be used
Since raising stacks to formula height
i* not cubject to the same extraordinary
reservations expnceed by Congress and
the court with respect to stacks being
rai*ed above formula height EPA does
not believe that the use of presumptive
"well-controlled" emission rate is
appropriate here. A* discussed in EPA's
response to NRDC* "control first"
argument the basic purpose of section
123 we* to take sources a* it found them
and based on those circumstances, to
aaaure that they did not avoid control
requirements through additional
dispersion. Use of a source's actual
emission rate in thi* butane* i*
con*i*tent with that basic purpose and
absent special indications of a different
intent should be used in stack height
The EPA believe* that it is meet
unlikely that any source with a current
emission limitation ha* failed to claim
full formula credit for a stack of formula
height Accordingly, the question
whether a source can receive suck
height credit up to formula height will
involve only source* that want to
actually raise their physical stack not
sources that simply want to claim more
credit for a stack already in existence. A
source will presumably not go to the
trouble of railing an existing stack
without some reason. If a source cannot
•how that the reason was in fact the
desire to evoid a problem caused by
downwash. then the inference that it
we* inateed a desire for more dispersion
credit i* hard to evoid A nui*ance
caused by downwashed emissions could
include dtixen or employee complaints
or property damage. A source would be
expected to show that complaints of this
nature wen reasonably widespread
before getting credit under this section.
The EPA doe* not intend to make this
rule retroactive to stacks that
"commenced con*tructioei on
modification* that would raise them to
formula height prior to October It 1983.
Applying the court's retroactivity
analysis, it appears:
1. The new rule does depart from prior
practice. The EPA1* 1973 proposed rule
affirmatively encouraged sources with
shorter stack* to raise them to formula
-------
27900 Federal Regiatar / Vol. 50. No. 130 / Monday. )uly 8. 1965 / Rules and Regulations
height. 'Though EPA'i 1976 guideline
can be read aa imposing a "control Erst"
requirement oa some stack height
increase!, its general thrust gave
automatic credit for all stacks that met
the "2.5" times formula.' Automatic
permission was similarly set forth in the
1979 proposal, in the 1961 reproposal.
and in the 1982 final rule. Only a notice
published in 1980. but later withdrawn.
departs from this trend, requiring the use
of Raid studiea or fluid modeling
deaonamnooa to justify stack height
increases up to CEP formula height*
Even then, the notice would have made
thia policy prospective in its application.
2. Sources that raiacd stack* in
reliance on thia paat EPA guidance
assuming the availability of dispersion
credit cannot be rtisfinsiiishfl from the
source*, in the example approved by the
court that built atacka to the traditional
formula in aa identical expectation of
dispersion credit
3. It cannot be said that the raising of
stacks to formula height ia a practice
that Congreca "affirmatively sought to
end" It ia not mentioned in the text of
the statute or ita legislative history.
Further, aa the court has already noted,
the statute attributes a degree of
presumptive validity to the formula on
which sources that raise their atacka
will have relied.
Ditentiaii to flecum FhMMbdffinj.
Several commenten argued that EPA'a
proposal to allow ageaciee to require the
use of fluid •»~*»H»»J waa unnecessary.
since EPA had1 alnsurjr documented tha
validity of the GEP foramina.
Furthermore, these coaaaenten argot
that thia allowance would nuke find
modeling tha rale, rather than tha
exception. Thia would raeuiV tha
commanters state, because it waa their
expectation that agendas or
environmental groups would nearly
always call for fluid >*~<«ll"f
demonstrations during tha permit
application and review procaaa.
Other commentera stated that
providing the discretion to require fluid
modeling was appropriate. since EPA
had failed to demonstrate that the GEP
formulae represented tha
height necessary to avoid excessive
concentrations.
Rotpontf. The Court of Appeals -
directed EPA to reexamiae whether ita
rules should allow States, aa a matter of
discretion, to require even sources that
' "Th» UM of MM* hMftn «p • *• (•*•! of food
enginwnni pnctte* n cncaumpfd by OA • i
to *vo>dlocalBUMOCM.' (Mf*isnat
'41 m 7481 (Ftbnury IS, ISTSk "mrlrHr-
Scetton B.I. Clftt CJIZJ.
• U r* 42P9 nu* M. ISSOfc tftetKe tUmmo* W
nick taa*t o«* t* Miraonia *i *a«-».
planned to rely on tha formula to show
instead by fluid modeling that a stack
this high was required to avoid dangers
to health and welfare caused by
downwash. Tha court suggested that
EPA should include such a provision
unless it could find that the formula was
so accurate, or tended so much to err on
the low side, as to make discretionary
authority to adjust formula height
downward unnecessary.
The EPA believes that the court was
mistaken in its conclusion that a stack
at formula height ia likely to generate
downwash concentrations as greet as 40
percent only ia uncommon situations. In
fact EPA'a observations indicate that
whan stacks are built to CEP formula
height aa increase in concentrations
due to downwash can still be expected
to occur that ia between 20 and 80
percent greater than the concentration
that would occur in tha absence of
building influences. '•
Nevertheless, ia response to the
court's remand EPA is including in this
final rule a provision for the authority
•dminiatariag these rules to require field
studies or fluid modeling
demonstrations, even for stacks built to
formula height ia cases where it
believes that the formula may
significantly overstate the appropriate
stack height credit.11
While SPA believes the formula to a
reasonable rule of thumb indicating the
•tack height aeeded to avead soame
probability of a standarda violation and
a signincandy greater probability of a
given ease-may vary eaaanhnl based .
on specific circumstances. The EPA has
attempted to aunianxe this possibility
within the hmita of eveslabae data by
identifying two particular atraaooa* ia
which it believes mat the fonaaiae aaay
notberahabia mdtaetora of Ga» Poraea
rmaa'oo
which me roraaJae are besed"
tote
'"Qwti
SUMS an* MtSMit* M
whwioBiMrt to rauadtrt mount aliowWitoM*
for ecrwla upmd luvaunt «od cooUaa t
"GuuMfc» tar DMMMflM of Go* f
fimaOtf Stock rMsfet.- Wr 1SSS •» JS-a* SOT ft*
. B?A •Ul snmlbaMr «r mm far •*
itruenim IMI «r«r« aruud prior M NovcBftar-e,
1M4. Siaot EPA fiudiuwe h«* MMT IUNM4 oradll
for poroui tnenm. di* rn«eam In thl* rate tar
»udi uraatnm «o»*
31.1STEL
However. EPA acknowledges thai other
situations, of which the Agency is not
presently aware, may arise wherein the
formulae may not be adequate.
The EPA intends to "grandfather" any
source that relied on the formula in
building its stack before tha date of
EPA's 1079 proposal from the effect of
this discretionary ^examination
requirement
Only in that proposal did EPA first
suggest that such a discretionary
reexamination provision might be
included in the final rule. The
retroactivity analysis set out earlier
therefore supports exempting stacks
built in reliance on EPA guidance before
that data, from discretionary
reexamination. Indeed a failuca to
"grandfather" these sources would lead
to tha paradoxical result that a source
that had built a GEP stack under the
traditional EPA formula would have its
direct reliance intmets protected by the
"grandfather" provision previously
upheld by tha court but could then lose
that "graadfathered" credit through a
caaa specific daaaonstration requirement
showing that tha traditional formaia waa
somewhat inaccurate— the very mason
baattad tha change ia the formula
pioperiy faend nonretroactive by EPA
earner.
. Given this background EPA believes
that tae effect oa emissions of including
or oe eHBrBPfnsj a provision for
diacraniDoary determinations from tnis
rale ia likarjr to be vary small Building
stacks ebore formula height and raising
stacks below formaia height to formula
height, are covered by regulatory
provisions already discussed. The only
caaa left for flii^pTfT'^r^
determmations to address la the building
of stacks at formula height In the post-
197* period However, ail major sources
built since that time are already
controled to SOa emission rates no
greater than L2 IbVamBTU— and act
varioue
EPA regulations. Afl new power plants
on which construction "commenced"
since 1971 must meat EPA's NSPS
mandating an miisiHrn rate no greater
than thia level That standard was
tightened for afl power plants on which
construction "conaDanced" after 1979. la-
addition. all "ma^or" sources built smce
1977 ia,araaa subject to the Act's PSO
reqainanaata have had to install best
available control technology. That
technology atuet require the greatest
degree of emission control that ia
achievable coaatdeang technology.
econonucs, end energy impacts."
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 50. No. 130 / Monday. July a 1983 / Rules and Regulations 27901
If such sources had to show that use
of a formula height stack was needed to
avoid exceedances of the NAAQS or
PSD increments, that might prove
difficult for many of them. The
likelihood of such exceedances tends to
decrease as the emission rate for the
source decreases. By the same token.
the incremental emission reductions
available from the sources that are at
issue here tend to be small and among
the most expensive available. In terms
of emission reductions, little is at stake
where these sources are concerned.
Accordingly, the rules will require
such sources, if a reviewing authority
calls for a demonstration, to the rules
show that the use of a formula stack
height ia needed to avoid a 40-percent
increase in concentration* due to
downwash. This will provide a rough
check on whether the formula, a*
applied in the particular case at isiue.
produces the result it was designed to
produce.
The EPA ia not providing here for
sources to justify their formula height
stacks by arguing that the height in
excess of that needed to avoid NAAQS
violations ia needed to avoid a local
nuisance. The discretionary modeling
requirement ia designed for application
to stacks before they were built Beyond
that, there is no way to determine baaed
on the absence of a local nuisance that a
formula height stack ia not too tail in
the way that the pretence of a nuisance
shows that a stack under formula height
in fact ia too short Accordingly, there
will be no way. aa than waa with short
stacks being raised, to determine from
actual experience whether a local
nuisance would occur at a shorter stack
height Though avoiding local nuisance
is a legitimate purpose for which stacks
are built it would be very difficult to
show by modeling what stack height
was needed to avoid it
Some commenters have
misunderstood EPA s allowance of
discretion to require fluid modeling aa
requiring such modeling whenever any
individual or entity called foreuch e
demonstration. This discretion reels
explicitly with the reviewing agencies
who have always had the prerogative to
require more stringent analyses in thr
SIP process.-and no obligation is implied
for these agencies to require fluid
nadeiing simply because it has been
cabled for by some individual during the
permit review process. It is EPA's
expectation that technical decisions to
require such additional demonstrations
would be based on sound rationale and
vaiid data to show why the formulae
may not be adequate in a given
situation. In any case, given the burden
of reviewing a fluid modeling
demonstration, an agency ia not likely to
exercise this option abstnt sufficient
justification. Consequently. EPA
disagrees with the commenters'
contention that fluid modeling will
supplant the use of the CEP formulae.
except in what EPA believes will be
unusual instance*.
Reliance on the 2.5H Formula. In
limiting the applicability of the 2.SH
formula to those cases where the
formula was actually relied upon, the
November 9 proposal defined such
reliance in terms of stack design. A
number of comments indicated that
actual stack design and construction
may ultimately be control, not by the
Z-5H engineering rule, but by
construction materials specifications.
Consequently, while 2JH rule may have
provided an initial starting point in
stack design, the rule may not have
dictated final stack height In other
cases, it was argued that a number of
source owners may have constructed
their stacks in exceaa of what waa
determined to be minimum CEP for
precautionary reasons, for process
requirement*, or in anticipation of
additional growth in the art*
surrounding the facility, even though
emission limitations for these aourca*
would have been limited then, aa now.
to formula height Consequently. It waa
argued that EPA should allow source* to
demonstrate reliance on the formula in
the calculation of aaiaaion limita aa well
aa in tha daaiga of the stack.
In reeponae to EPA'a requeet far
comment* on what evidence should be
conaidered acceptable in determining
reliance on the 2JH formula, some
commenters urged EPA to conaider
reconstructed evidence, e.g.. affldavita
from decign engineers or copiee of
cormpondeace indicating past reliance
on EPA guidance. Other conunraten
stated that "reliance" should be very
strictly construed, that EPA should be
circumspect in its review of reliance
demonstrations, and that only
contemporaneous documentary
evidence, such as blueprints and facility
design plan*, be accepted aa evidence.
Rnponie. The EPA is in general
agreement with the view that reliance
should be conaidered in relation to the
emission limitation for the source, not
the design. Since section 123 specifically
prohibits EPA from regulating actual
stack heights and rather regulate* stack
height credit* used in setting emission
limitation*, it would be illogical to
require that sources demonstrate
reliance on the 2.5H formula for actual
stack design. Moreover, such an
approach would contradict principles of
•ound planning, in that it would penah:
thoae sources that have built taller
stacks in anticipation of facility
expansion or other growth in the area
that could influence CEP
determination*.
If a stack ha* been built taller than
2.5H formula provide*, while the
emiaaion limitation ha* been calculated
assuming 2.5H credit a convincing
demonstration ha* been made that the
source properly relied on the formula.
Conversely, if the eniaaion limitation for
the source is baaed on some other stack
height credit such as 2JH. 3.5H or some
other number, it would be difficult to
show that the CEP formula had in fact
been relied on.
In some caaea the emiaeion limit
information may be unavailable or
inconclusive. In such caaea. EPA will
allow reliance on reconatructed
evidence of conatruction intent
In comment* submitted during the
public comment period and in response
to quMtion* raised by EPA at the public
hearing held on January 8. 1985, industry
representative* repeatedly stated that
contemporaneou* evidence of reliance
on the 2JH formula, such a* facility
dealfn plan*, dated engineering
calculation*, or dediion record* are
rarely, if ever, retained for more than a
few year* after conatruction of the
facility la completed. Coaaequently. they
argued that meet caaea of legitimate
reliance would be denied If
coBtemporaneou* evidence were
required in order to retain for tha 2.5H
formula.
The EPA agree*. Additionally, credit
afforded by the 2JH formula in excess
of that resulting from the uae of the
H+1.5L derivative i* likely to be small
except when the building on which
•tack height credit ia baaed i*
substantially >•!!•> ^f it ia wide.
Finally. It ia EPA'a view that the court
did not intend that sources be subject to
a rigorous or overly •tringent of reliance.
but only mat they be accorded a
reasonable opportunity to show reliance
on the iSH formula. For these reasons.
EPA will allow the submission of
reconstructed. La, noncontemporaneous
documentary evidence to demonstrate
reliance on the 2JH formula.
Definition of "Nearby". Comments
were submitted by UAP.G and others.
arguing that effectively, no limitation
should be placed on the consideration of
terrain-induced downwaah.
Alternatively, some of the**
commenters argued that the court
decision require* that a limitation be
adopted that doe* not apply any
distance restriction of H mile in
modeling terrain effects such a* is
-------
27908 Federal Register / Vol. SO. No. 130 / Monday. July a. IMS / Rules and Regulations
applied to itcuctum in tht UM of CEP
formulae, but rather allows
consideration of aH terrain that'results
in the Mm* downwath affact u tboac
structures within tt mila of the stack.
Other commenters have argued that
the court decision and legislative history
preclude EPA from allowing
consideration of any terrain beyond a
distance of V* mile, regardless of where
it begins.
Response. For the reasons
summarized below. EPA does not accept
either the interpretation that the court
decision authorizes EPA to adopt a
definition beeed solely on effect or that
it limits consideration exclusively to
terrain features falling entirety within H
mile.
When Congreee dieeasaed the
allowance of credit for stack height to
addnsa dowawaah. it staled that the
term "nearby waa to be -strictly
construed.'' noting that If the tern
to bo amrpretad "to apply to ma.
strucrurea or ttrraitt ftetunt % to H
miia away front the sourcas or mote, the
result could be an opaa invitation to
raise stack heigfata to unreasonably high
elevation* and to defeat the basic
underlying committee infant" **
In iU opnuc*. thejxwrt held that EPA
could not ghre aniimitad credit whan
modeling terrain faatnrae because that
would confliet with the Congraaaaoaai
intention to impose artificial limits OB
that credit Tho cowl waa not presented
with, and did not adriraaa. the oueeooa
of what to do aboat tamia featuree thai
••bsejea" witbsa * auie aad extended
outside it The approach adopted by
EPA carried out tbia rim grass keul
purpose to impose aa artificial limit bat
at the eame time reflects tha real facts
more doaeiy than aa abaoluta % arik*
limitation.
Unlike man-made structures, turaia
feature* do not hava readily definable
Aimmnmiemp QthtT than height. FOT **^
reason. EPA has defined "nearby" aa
generally allowing •••"•fr'ftn of
consideration of terrain faaturea that faO
within a distance of Vs mila of the stack.
EPA's definition wiO psxaft
consideration of such tacrain that
extends beyond the H mile Omit if the
terrain begins within H mila. allowing
that portion within 10 time* the ,
maximum height of the feature, Hot to
exceed Z miles, as described In tha
proposal
To define when a terrain feature
"begins" within H mile, EPA has related
terrain height et the H mile distance to
the maximum stack height that could be
justified under the other two methods
for determining GEP. Accordingly. EPA
will require that terrain features reach a
height at tha Vfc mile 'ti«t or the
combining of exhaust gases from i everai
existing, stacks into one stack, with
several classes of exclusions. These
exclusions recognize the existence of
independent justifications based on
ring and/or economic factors.
include?
(1) Demonstration of original facility
design aad construction with merged
gas stream;
(2] Demonstration that merging after
July S, IMS ia part of a change in
operation that includes the installation
of pollution controia and results in i net
reduction m allowable emissions of the
pollutant for which credit is sought cr
-------
Fedejral Reggae- I Vol. 50. No. 130 / Monday. July a, 1988 / Rules end Relations
27902
(3) Demonstration that merging be/ore
July & 18*5 was part of • change ia
operation that included the installation
of control equipment or wat earned out
for sound economic or engineering
reasons. An allowable emissions
increase creates the .presumption that
the merging was not carried out for
sound economic or engineering
reasons."
Of these exclusions, the first is identical
to the proposal, and the second and
third are modifications of the second
exclusion included in the proposal with
a refinement based on prospective/
retroactive application.
The first exclusion was retained for
the reasons stated in the proposal After
reviewing the comments submitted. EPA
determined thai its previous
conclusion—that standard practice in
designing and constructing facilities
routinely includes venting emissions
from several units into a common or
multiflued stack—4s correct Sound
engineering and economic reasons,
based on costs of constructing and
maintaining separate stacks, availability
of land, and cost savings for pollution
control equipment support facility
design and construction considerations.
Even if air pollution requirements did
not exist at all sources would have
incentives to use as few stacks aa
possible.
Since iaenoting plume rise, rather
than plume rise itsait is a "dispersion
technique" and original design and
construction define the initial base, such
original design fn4 construction of
merged gas streams is not considered a
dispersion technique. Moreover, in
designing the facility, a source can
usually choose to build one larger unit
rather than several smaller units.
Therefore, prohibiting credit for original
design generally only effect the design
of units and not the phase rise.
Objections have been raised to
applying this logic to sources which are
constructed over a period of tana, but
use a single stack. However, the same
factual arguments just listed would
apply is the same, if the original design
included provision for the additional
units in the plans for the facility, and in
the design and construction of die stack.
In such a case, the later units merged .
into the stack would be included wtthta
the exclusion.
In addition, it would be logically very
di,*Sculf to apply a rale denying emttf to
o.-Hnal design stacks. EPA or the State
ld have to assume how many stacks
UaH txtmd for <
would have been built absent a desire
for dispersion credit where they would
have beta located and how high they
would have been. Since these
alternative stacks would be purely
hypothetical then would be no clear
way of answering these questions: the
answer would simply have to be
selected arbitrarily from the wide rang*
of possible answers. This problem is
absent when existing stacks have baa
combined.
In contrast EPA finds rhsnsss from
the original deaJga of a facility ia order
to include merged stacks to require a
narrower judgment The EPA concluded
that where prospective application is
concerned, the exclusion should be
available only to aoareas that combtae
stacks reduces allowable emissions of
the pollutant for which the credit is
grantee* Tnere are obvious ecoaoauc
advantage* ia «"»^'"^g stacks to
reduce the number of emiaaina control
units that nun be purchased. Ia
addition. * ***•*•*** n^g gf pfllhitiCTi
control for U» pollutant ia question
provides substantial assuraaos that thai
purpose of the combination ia not to
receive a more lenient emission ttatit
However, given past EPA f^-ft oa
merging of stacks. EPA has i
that retroactive application of this tear
would not be proper. The EPA guidance
documents uniformly took the view that
merging of separate stacks into a single
stack "Is generally not considered a
dispersion technique" absent other
factors such aa excessive use of fans or
other devices. '* Each
provided guidance to a source of a
Regional Office regarding the proper
treatment of merged stacks ia
i*mimi»tfnm emission limitations. •
Considering these statements. EPA must
consider the standards expressed by (he
coot as previously discussed ia this
notice, m Judging the propriety of a
differing standard for retroactive .
application. Given the nature and
applications of the guidance which It
issued in the past EPA judges the first
two criterie—that is. whether the new
rule represents an abrupt departure from
well-established practice, and whether
the parties against whom the new rule ia
applied relied on the former rale— to be
satisfied to addition, applying the
prospective criteria to past practice
would require significant changes ia niel
and/or control equipment for parties
whose emission limits were baaed oa
previous guidance. Finally, and
particularly where sources have not
been allowed to increase their previoa
emissions as a result of the combining
stacks. EPA don not judge the itstutor,
interest to be overriding in this instance.
since the role even in its retrospective
version only exempts sources that can
show a reasonable non-dispersion
enhancement ground for combining
stacks, and thereby implements the
"latent" test suggested by the court. On
the other hand EPA has never suggested
that combined stacks that cannot meet
such a te*t are proper. Sources whose
actual emissions are increased, or
whose emission limitations are relaxed
ia connection with the combining of
stacks create a strong presumption that
the combination waa carried out in
order to avoid toe installation of
controls. Such combinations would
Indeed run counter to the statutory
purpoee. and raB'uspsctivs application
of s test that rbrbid* them is therefore
proper.
Sxfmptfotu ftwn th» Definition of
Ditptnion Ttchmquu. The EPA
received numerous comments in
response to its request for input on what
consideration. If any. should be given to
excluding sources from the definition of
"Dispenses) Techniques" whose
*"*f***"f are below a specified level or
whew stacks an Jess than the dt
etadtnn height These commenters
anjaad mat cuinbining gar stresms in
particular ofhm had aa economic
justification independent of its effects
oa dUpetsean. and Ibererbn should not
be gaejanfly rororaden. Other comments
staled filet m ooastderiag any such
exduston. EPA should consider the
effect oa Mai atmospheric loadings,
(timitatios oa the
number of sources affected by the
definition at "dispersion techniques''
necessary tar EPA to carry out the stack
height program. There are currently
estimated la be over 2X000 sources of
SO* m toe United States win actual
emissions exceeding 100 tons per year. It
would aot be possible for EPA or States
to review the emission limits of even a
• igniflcant fraction of this number
within a reasonable time period
Twenty-fwo thousand of these sources
have emis*tons leu than 5.000 tons per
year and contribute a total of less than
13 percent of ta* total annual SO*
emissioa. "For (Bis reason, sad for
reasons of ednrinistrstive necessity
discussed earter. EPA is adopting sii
exemption from prohibitions on
manipulating plume rise for facilities
with allowable SO* emissions below
Stm Pirrri Tj-lw TT
RoihMfft A««K m It
fartar Inm Itumttt Ote Omtar e. ISB
D««d StmwMd »*•••* H*M. ftatff.
i fro* Me CiMbvt, OAQW '•>
. •SBMfleiMi of SO, Po«t
-------
27904 Fadarai Refistar / Vol. 50. No. 130 / Monday. July a. 1965 / Rules and Regulation
5.000 toai par year. The EPA believe*
the affect of this exemption on total SO»
emiuioBi to be da minions in nature.
Even if these sourcej were able to
increase their emission rates as the
result of an exemption from the
definition of dispersion techniques, their
combined effect would not be
significant Indeed, because these
sources are exempt on the basis of their
annual emissions, there exists an upper
limit to the extent to which they may
obtain relaxed emission limitations. i.e«
to maintain an,exemption. the annual
emissions of a source may never exceed
5.000 tone per year. For these reasons.
the 5.000 ton limit passes a r'f auiuaia
teat even more clearly than _* M-meter
limit included without challenge in the
prior version of this rule. Monovar. EPA
believes that a large majority of these
sources would not be inclined to seek
lesa stringent emission limitations. In
part because a substantial portion of
them an baited by State and local fuel
usemiea.
The- EPA believes at this time that a
drmmimii size exemption is justified
only for source* of SO» and that the
number of ssneJl sources for which
ealseimi limitations for other pollutants
an a f^gntflnrrt concern would not
support a similar exemption. The EPA
will mnrtmie to review the need for such
exssBpttona and. If deetaed appropriate.
will propose then for review and
consent at a tatar^data.
Phuu ZmpoctroA The EPA received »
number of comments requesting that
credit for plume iapactioa ba retained
on ^i^ grounds that eUnifnathv each
credit would have seven impacts oat
existing source*. Several approachee
wen offend for overcoming plume;
impactton effects in modeling to
determine emission limitations based on
CEP stack height Generally, theee ,
approaches focused on modifying the)
stack-terrain relationship represented to
the models. Several crnnmanters argued.
along theee Unas that the court
recognized and approweaYaf DtA's
attempt to avoid the eflptoaf phone
inspection, but only iflaajpyiiiisj of
EPA's regulatory nislhaa In sllnwliig
sources to avoid imr*"*4Tt Thee*
commenters argued that the court did
not preclude EPA from allowing credit
to avoid plume impactioa, bat esuf from
allowing credit for stack height la
excaae of CEP: this, it waa argued, could
be remedied in a way that waa
consistent with the court decision by
incorporating impaction avoidance)
within the definition of CEP. It wat*bo
snggeeted that EPA give its "Intent
approval" to the use of certain nfTienl'
complex terrain models, in particular the
Rough Terrain Display Model (RTDM).
to calculate emission limitations for
sources affected by changes to the stack
height regulation,
Response The.EPA agrees that the
court wu cognizant of the problem of
plume impaction and noted that then
waa much to recommend EPA's
allowance of credit for impaction
avoidance. However, the allowance of
credit for plume impaction waa not
remanded to EPA for revision or
reconsideration, but was reversed by
the court as exceeding EPA's authority.
The EPA does not agree that it would
be possible to redefine CEP in a manner
that allowed credit for evoiding
impaction. since CEP Is explicitly
denned in terms of preventing excessive
coflftrntr^^iy^ff doe to* uuwnwaen.
wakes, and eddies. Prom* impaction is a
phenomenon completely unrelated to
downwaah and, nther, la a consequence
of effluent gaaea being emitted at an
insufficient height to avoid their striking
downwind hillside* cliffs, or
mountainsides prior to dilution.
Manipulation or "adjustment" of
modeling parameters to avoid predicting
theontical plume impaction when
actual stadia have been constructed
above ^rKH would be tantamount to
granting the same impaction credit that
waa Invatidatad by the court
Furthermore. EPA believes that the
manipulation of modeling pareme tan
for no other naaon than to avoid ss
undertnblt result la tadnacafly
The EPA is in the
iti "Guideline oa Air
A number of
the guideline have eaojMsted that EPA
approve the uae of ma ODM model aa a
Jifir
of nvistas}
.. kaw^l.l. «
of this laeuecaabe found IB documents
associated with EPA's action oo tfaa
modeling guideline (Dockat Kb. A-ao-
<•). With nspact to the revised stack
height ngnlatiocu EPA has not rejected
the use of RTDM, To the extent that
appropriate and complete data bases
and utfbaaation on modal accuracy an
available. EPA may approve the uae of
RTDM oa a. caae-by-caas baaia when
executed m accordance with the
guideline nquinaaaats. Sponsors of
RTDM and presently developing Don
extensive support for broader
appUcatioaa of the modal When such
support la received and reviewed by
EPA. conaidantioo will be given to
allowing mere general use of RTDM in
regulatory activities such aa compliance
with the suck height rale.
Tlaiftobh for Stoat tapbatatatioa.
A number of comaentan stated that it
was not possible to conduct the
necessary analysea. prepare and submit
revised State rules and source-ipecif c
emission limitations within the 9-month
timaframa referred to in the November 9
proposal A variety of alternative
schedule* wan proposed by these
commenters for consideration by EPA
Re$poM*. As with EPA's previous
allowance of credit for plume impaction.
the timetable for preparation and
lubmittal of revised SIFs was not an
issue remanded by the court The EPA is
in agreement that these revisions to the
stack height regulation will require
significant efforts by State and local
agencies, individual emission source
owners and EPA Regional and
Headquarters offices in order to comply
within the 9-monm timafraae required
by section «6(d)(2J of the 1977 Clean
Air Act Amendments. It waa based on
ft^jf concern that EPA originally
pro video* e two-step process for States
to follow aa revising their plans and
submitting them to EPA for approval
However, the court found that this effort
waa explicitly contrary to section
«M(dX2f and ordered EPA to follow the
9-month schedule provided in the Clean
Air Act
Afar Stares* Tifd into Pn-lfTK
Stack*. As indicated earlier, in response
to die court opinion. EPA proposed to
deny "grandfathered" status to post'
1970 sources tying into pre-1971 stacks.
Some cnmreenters stated that EPA was
in no way prohibited from allowing
end*! far new sources ducted into pre-
1971 stacks exceeding CEP height
Rather, they indicated that EPA simply
had to provide justification for such
i Indicated general
support for EPA'a proposal with respect
to new sourcee tying into grandfathered
stacks, bat suggested that several
provided, meet notably that in addition
to new and ma for i
T"^>ir^i?Mt*T'f sourcee not be allowed
greater than CEP stack height oadit
when tying into greater than CEP stacks.
Aasponea. la further review of this
issue. EPA can Bad no convincing
rationale to allow saurces constructed
after December a, taTQ, to avoid CEP
"grand*
ply by dactiag their
stack
into a stack that I*
thend" under section US. On
the contrary, ta intent of section 123 to
limit credit for stack height in excess of.
CEP suggests that EPA should not allow
credit for such stack height except to
honor financial commitments made prior
to the end of 1970. Sources in existence
after that dale should be treated equally
under the regulation and not allowed to
avoid legitimate control requiremeeta
-------
Federal Repsur / VoL 50. No. 130 / Monday, fuly a. 1965 / Ruiet and Regulation*
27905
through tht UM of "grandftthered" alack
heights.
Sources undertaking major
modification, or reconstruction become
subject to additional control
requirements under the Clean Air Act
and are treated ai "new sources" for the
purpose of new source review aad PSD
requirements. EPA finds it appropriate
that CEP requirements should be
invoked at the tine that other
requirements for new. modified, or
reconstructed sources become
applicable.
Summary of Modifications to EPA 'i
Proposal Resulting from Public
Comment!
Based on comments received during
the public comment period, EPA ha*
made a number of revisions to ita
proposed regulation in addition to thoae
discussed above. These revtstons an
summarized below.
Stction SUfMXWBXii} of the
regulation has been clarified to require
sources merging gas streama after July a,
1983 to achieve a net reduction la
allowable emissions. This change was
made to make it dear that tat effects of
merging should not be need aa a way of
achieving compliance witft present
emission limits and to avoid penalizing,
sources who are presently emitting at
leu than allowable levels.
Sect/off SUCMMXBXiii) allow*
credit for a source that merged gas
streams in a change of operation at the
facility prior to Jury 8.1988 that induced
the installation of control equipment or
hed other sound engineering or
economic reason* Any increase in the
emission limitation, or in the previous
actual emissions where no emission
limitation existed created a presumption
that those sound reason* were not
present
Section 31.l(hh)(2)(E) has been added
to exclude from the definition of
prohibited "dispersion techniquea" the
use of techniques affecting final exhaust
gas plume rise where the resulting total
allowable emissions of SO* front the
facility do not exceed 5.000 ton* per
year.
Section 31.1(ii)(ll has been revised to
specify that the OS meter deminimis-'
height i« to be measured, as in other
determinations of CEP stack height
from '£e ground-level elevation at the
base s' the stack. This does not
represent a substantive change in the
rule " in its application relative to past
practices, but rather a simple
clarification.
Section St.l(ii)(2) has been revised to
require that source owners demonstrate
that the 2.5H formula we* relied on in
establishing the emission limitation.
Section 51.1(ii)(31 ha* been rtviaed aa
discussed elsewhere in this notice to
specify that aa emission rat* equivalent
to NSPS must be met before a source
may conduct fluid modeling to justify
stack height credit in excess of that
permitted by the CEP formulae.
Section 51.1(jj) now define* "nearby"
for purposes of conducting field studie*
or fluid modeling demonstrations a* (U
km (V* mile), but allows limited
consideration of terrain feature*
extending beyond that distance if neb
features "begin" within 04 km, aa
defined in the regulation.
Section Sl.l(ki) ha* been revised to
provide} separate diacaaaiona of
"excessive concentrations" for the
separate situations discussed earlier in
this preamble. As that discussion make*
dear. EPA believes that the differing
categories of eoarea* subject to this rale
are beet addressed by requirements that
vary somewhet with those
circumstances. This definition embodies
that approach.
Section Sl.lSflt) ha* beta coittcled to
provide that the provisions of 151.12(0
shall not apply to ttadc hoighti in
existence before December 311970. The
proposal had Incorrectly stated that
ISL12 shall not apply to ttodo
This regulation doee not limit the
physical stack height of any source, or
the actudw of dispersion tachniqnee
at a source, nor doee it require any
specific stack height for any i
Instead it sat* limit* on the i
credit for stack height and other
dispersion technique* to be used la
ambient air i^rWtg for the purpoee of
setting an emission limitation and
calculating the air quality impact of a
source. Source* are modeled at their
actual physical stack height unices that
height exceed* their CEP stack height
The regulation applies to all stack* in
existence and ail dispersion techniques
implemented since December 31. 1070.
State tmpleeaeotatioa Plan
Pursuant to section 406(dK2) of the
dean Air Act Amendments of 1977,
EPA i* requiring that all State* (1)
review and revise, a* necessary, their
SIP'S to include provisions that Unit
stack height credits and dispersion
techniques in accordance with this
regulation and (2) review all existing
emission limitations to determine
whether any of these limitations have
been affected by stack height credits
above CEP or by any other dispersion
technique*. For any limitation* that
have been so affected State* must
prepare revised limitations consistent
with their revised SIP'S. All SIP
revision* and revised emission
limitation* must be submitted to EPA
within 9 month* of promulgation of this
regulation.
Interim Guidance
In it* proposal EPA stated that it
would uae the proposed regulation to
govern stack height credits during the
period before promulgation of the final
regulation. The EPA further stated that
any stack height credits that are granted
based oa this interim guidance would be
subject to review against the final rules
and may need to be revised
Consequently, with theee final rules.
EPA is requiring that any actions that
were taken oa stack heights and stack
height credits during this interm period
be reviewed aad revised ae needed to
be nonaWem with this regulation.
Regulatory FIsadMBty Aaarrei*
Pursuant to the provision* of 5 U.S.C.
608(b), I hereby certify that the attacked
rule will aot have •fr"'*"*"* economic
JHiTMfti on a subetantial number of
•aull entities. Tata rule is structured to
apply only, to large) sources; La- those
with stack* above U meters (223 feet).
or wita aaaual SOi e&isaione in excess
of &000 teas, a* further noted in the rule.
Baaed on aa analysis of impacts, electric
utility plant* and several smelters and
pulp y**f paper *«*n« will be
significantly affected by this regulation.
Executive Order U2S1
Under Executive Order 12291. EPA
must fudge whether a regulation is
"major" and therefore subject to the
requirement of a regulatory impact
analysis. EPA'* analysis of economic
impacts predicts a potential coat to
emission source owner* aad operators
exceeding ROD million: therefore, this is
a major rule under Executive Order
12291. However, due to the promulgation
deadline Imposed by the court EPA did
not have sufficient time to develop s full
analyst* of coat* and ber.efits as
required by the Executive Order.
Consequently, it is not possible to judge
the annual effect of this rule on the
economy. A preliminary economic
impact analysis and *••!. sequent revision
were prepared and a.-' i .ie docket
For any fadliry, the * : ruliry and
economic impact of the suck height
regulation generally cVper. Js on the
extent to which the sc'Md.' stack st that
facility conforms to CEr < .*ck
-------
2790S Fedorai Register / VoL SO. No. 130 / Monday. July 8. 1963 / Rules and Regulation*
Thus, when the regulation ii applied to
large sources. ie~ thoae with stack
height greater than CEP and emissions
greater than 3.000 ton* per year, it will
have the potential for producing
emiuion reduction and increased
control cost*.
A preliminary evaluation of the
potential air quality impacts and a cost
analysis of the regulation was
performed at the time of proposal The
impacts identified were established in
isolation of other regulatory
requirements. The report predicted a
range of impacts, from a "low impact"
scenario that presumed that many
potentially affected sources would be
able to justify their existing stack
heights, configurations, aad emission
limitations to a "Ugh impact" scenario
which assumed that all of the potentially
affected sources would be required to
reduce their emissions to some degree.
In the development of its final
rulemaking action. EPA refined Its
evaluation of potential impacts,
producing revised estimates of the
probable costs of the changes to the
regulation and expected reductions in
SOi emissions. As a result of this
refinement EPA estimates that the rde
will yield reductions in SOi emissions of
approximately 1.7 million tons per year.
The aanualized cost of achieving these
reductions will be aproximately 1730
million, and the capital coat is expected
to be approximately STOP million.
This regulation waa reviewed by the
Office of Management and Budget, and
their written comments and any
responses are contained in Docket A-
KM8.
Judicial Review
The EPA believes that this rdi 1.
based on determinations of nationwide
scope and effect Nothing in section 123
limits its applicability to a particular
locality. State, or region. Rather, section
123 applies to sources wherever located.
Under section 307(b)(l) of die Clean Air
Act [42 U.S.C. r607(b)(l); judicial
review of the actiona taken by this
notice is available only by the filing of a
petition for review in the United States
Court of Appeals for the District of
Columbia and within 80 days of the date
of publication.
List of Subjects in 4t CFR Part 31
Air pollution control. Ozone. Sulfur
dioxide. Nitrogen dioxide. Lead.
Paniculate matter. Hydrocarbons.
Carbon monoxide.
Dated- June 27. »
Adminutmtor.
PA*T SI-ftEOUWEMCMTS FOP)
PREPARATION, ADOPTION. AND
SUBMITTAL OF IMPl£MCffTATION
PUNS
Part 31 of Chapter L Title 40 of the
Code of Federal Regulations is amended
as follows:
1. The authority citation for Part 51
continues to read as follows: j
Authority: Sec 110. Wife), and 129. OMB
Air Act as amended (42 U.S.C 7410. reoi(s)
and 7423).
2. Section S1.1 is amended by revising
paragraphs (ha), (ii). (Jfl. and (kk) as
follows:
111.1
(hh)(l) "Dispersion technique" i
any technique which attempts to affect
the concentration of a pollutant in the
ambient air by:
(i) Using that portion of a stack which
exceeds good engineering practice stack
height
(ii) Varying the rate of emission of a
pollutant according to atmospheric
that pollutant or
(ill) Increasing final exhaust gaa
plume rise by manipulating source
proceee parameters, exhaust gaa
parameters, stack parameters, or
combiniag exhaust gases froaa several •
existing stacks into MM stack: or other
selective handling of axhauat gaa
streams so aa to increase the exhaust .
gaa pliUM rise.
(2) The preceding sentence does not
include:
(i) The reheating of a gas stream.
following use of a pollution control
system, for the purpose of returning the
gaa to the temperature at which it waa
originally diacharged from the facility
generating die gaa stream:
(ii) The merging of exhaust jas
streams where:
(A) The source owner or operator.
demonstrates that the facility waa
originally designed and constructed with
such merged gas streams:
(B) After July 8.1963. such merging is
part of a change in operation at the
facility that includes die installation of
pollution controls and is accompanied
by a net reduction in the allowable
emissions of a poUutaaa, This exclusion
from the definition of "dispersion
.techniques" shall apply only to the
emission limitation for the pollutant
affected by such cbsnge m operation: or
(C) Be/ore July & i960, such merging
was part of a change in operation at the
facility that included the instsilation of
emissions control equipment or wss
carried out for sound economic or
engineering reasons. Where there w«i
an increase in the emission limitation 01
in the event diet no emission limitation
was in existence prior to the merging. «r
increase in the quantity of pollutants
actually emitted prior to the merging, the
reviewing agency shall presume that
merging was significantly motivated by
an intent to gain emissions credit for
greater dispersion. Absent s
demonstration by the source owner or
operator that merging was not
significantly motivated by such intent.
the reviewing agency shall deny credit
for the effects of such merging in
calculating the allowable emissions for
the source;
(ill) Smoke management in
agricultural or silviculture! prescribed
burning programs:
(iv) Episodic restrictions on
residential woodbuming and open
burning? e#
(v) Techniques under f 3l.lfhh)(l)(iii)
which increase final exhaust gas plume
rise where the resulting allowable
^fffffr^j of sulfur dioxide from the
facility do not exceed &000 tons per
year.
(ii) "Good engineering practice" (CEP)
stack height means the greater of:
(1) 68 meten, measured from the
ground-level elevation at the base of the
stack:
(2) (i) For stacks in existence on
JaooarytZ isn, and for which the
owner or operator had obtained all
applicable permits or approvals required
under 40 GFR Parts 51 and 32.
H.-JJH.
provided the owner or operator
producea evidence that this equation
waa actually relied on in establishing an
emiaeiao limitations
(ii) For all other stacks.
H.-M+1JL. •
H,«food eagmeerlni practice tuck height.
measured from the irouad-levei
elevation at the base et the *uck.
H-hmjht of aearby structured) measured
from the ground-level eievstion it the
boss of fap stack*
l«loeoor ^ <•>••»«<«'•> belgftt or projected
width, of oearby •tracmred)
provided that the EPA. State or local
control agency may require the use of s
field study or fluid modal to verify CEP
stack height for the source: or
(3) The height demonstrated by a fluid
model or a field study approved by the
EPA State or local control ag«ney. wnich
ensures that the emissions from s itsck
do not result in excessive
-------
Federal Register / Vol. 50. No. 130 / Monday. July 8. 1985 / Rules and Regulations
2790-
concentrations of any air polluttnt as a
rtsull of atmospheric downwwh. wakes,
or eddy affects created by the source
itself, nearby structures or nearby
terrain features.
(JJ) "Nearby" as used in f 5M(ii) of
this part is defined for a specific
structure or terrain feature and
(1J for purposes of applying the
formulae provided in f 51.1(ii)(2) meana
that distance up to five times the leaser
of the height or the width dimension of a
structure, but not greater than 0.8 km (H
mile), and
(2) for conducting demonstrations
under | 31.1(ii)(3) meana not greater '
than 04 km (Vt mile), except that the
portion of a terrain feature may be
considered to be nearby which falls
within a distance of up to 10 times the
maximum height (HJ of the feature* not
to exceed 2 mile* if such feature
achieves a height (HJ 04 km from the
stack that is at leeat 40 percent of the
CEP stack height determined by the
formulae provided in I 31.1(il)(2)(ii) of
this part or 28 meters, whichever is
greater, as measured Cram the ground-
level elevation at the baae of the stack.
The height of the structure or terrain
feature is measured from the ground-
level elevation at the baae of the stack.
(kk) "Excessive concentration" ia' *
defined for the purpose of determining
good engineering practice stack height
under f Sl.l(ii)O) and meana:
(1) for sources seeking credit for stack
height exceeding that established under
151.1(ii)(2). a maximum ground-level
concentration due to •miMiqnf from a
stack due in whole or part to downwaah.
wakes, and eddy effects produced by
nearby structures or nearby terrain
features which individually is at least 40
percent in excess of the maximum
concentration experienced in the
absence of such downwash. wake*, or
eddy effects and which contributes to a
total concentration due to emissions
from all sources that is greater than an
ambient air quality standard For
source* subject to the prevention of
significant deterioration program (40
CFR 51.24 and SZ21). an excessive
concentration alternatively meana a
maximum ground-level concentration
due to emission! from a stack due ia
whole or pert to downwash, wakes, or
eddy effects produced by nearby
structures or nearby terrain features
which individually is at least 40 percent
in excess of the maximum concentration
experienced in the absence of the
maximum concentration experienced In
the absence of such downwaah, wake*.
or eddy effects and greater than a
prevention of significant deterioration
increment The allowable emission rate
to be used in making demonatrationa
under thia part ahall be prescribed by
the new source performance standard
that ia applicable to the source category
unless the owner or operator
demonstrates that this emission rate ia
in/easible. When such demonstration*
era approved by the authority
administering the State implementation
plan, an alternative emiaaion rate ahall
be established in consultation with the
source owner or operator;
(2) for sources seeking credit a/tar
October 11983. for tncreeaee in existing
stack heights up to the height*
established under f 51.1(0X2). cither (1)
a •»•""""• ground'!*
atratic
due ia whole or pan to downwaah,
wakes or eddy effects aa provided hi
paragraph (kkMD of this section, except
that the emission rate specified by any
applicable State implementation plea
(or. ia the absence of such a limit the
•cruel emiaaioH rate) shall be used or
(ii) the actual presence of e local
nuisance caused by the exiating stack.
a* determined by the authority
admiaiateriag the State implementation.
plan: and
(3) for source* seeking credit after
January 12.1979 for a stack height
determiaeduader 15U(ii)(2) when the
enthority adminiateriag the State
implementation plan requires the use of
a field study or fluid model to verify
CEP suck height, for source* seeking
stack height credit after November 9.
1884 baaed on the aerodynamic
influence of cooling towers, and for
sources seeking stack height credit after
December 31.1970 based on the
aerodynamic influence of structures not
adequately represented by the equations
in | Sl.l(iJ)(2). a maximum ground-level
concentration due in whole or part to
downwaah. wake* or eddy effects that
ia at leeat 40 percent in excess of the
maximum concentration experienced in
the absence of such downwaah. wakes.
or eddy effects.
3. Section Sl.l ie further amended by
removing peragrapha (II) and (mm).
Mitt
4. Section 31.12 is amended by
removing paragraph (1).
5. Section 51.12(j) is amended by
removing "and (1)" from the first
ft. Section 91.12(k) is revised as
follow*:
(k) Toe provisions of f 51.12(j) shall
not apply to (1) stack heights in
existence, or dispersion technique*-
implemented on or before December 31.
1970, except when pollutants are being
emitted from such stacka or using such
dispersion technique* by sources, as
defined to section 111(*X3) of the Clean
Air Act which wen constructed, or
reconstructed, or for which major
modification*, as defined ia
II SL18fJXlX»X«). 3U4(bH2Xi) and
SX21(bK2XO. were carried out after
December 31.197ft or (2) coal-fired
steam electric generating unit* subject
to the prevision* of Section 118 of the
dean Air Act which commenced
operation before Jury 1.1987. and whoee
stack* wen eonaovcted under e
construction contract awarded before
February* 1974.
|lt18 It
7. Section 31.18(1) ia amended by
removing "and (I)" from the first
(Fit Dec aa-teOM filed 7-e-Sfc S.-43 «mj
-------
EPA-450/4-80-023R
Guideline for Determination of Good
Engineering Practice Stack Height
(Technical Support Document for the
Stack Height Regulations)
(Revised)
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air and Radiation
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standaros
Researcn Triangle Par*. NC 27711
June 19S5
-------
PN 123-85-10-28-009
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
j Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
OCT 2 8 198S
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Implementation of Stack Height .Regulations - Presumptive NSPS
Emission Limit for Fluid Mod€Tl/»g StacK "Above Formula GEP Height
FROM: Darryl D. Tyler, Director
Control Programs Development Division (MD-15)
TO: Director, Air Management Division
Regions I-X
The following guidance is provided to explain the general emission
control requirements for sources conducting fluid modeling to justify stack
height in excess of that provided by the GEP formulae. While some of the
discussion and examples contained herein focus on utility sources, the
procedures outlined in this memorandum are generally applicable to all
stationary source categories. Please note that this 1s guidance. States
may present any other demonstrations that they may feel are warranted in
individual circumstances.
Background
.The revised stack height regulations published on July 8, 1985, define
three methods for determining good engineering practice (GEP) stack
height. These methods include:
1- a 65 meter de minimis GEP height;
2- the height determined by using an applicable formula based on the
dimensions of nearby buildings; and
3- the height necessary to avoid excessive concentrations due to
downwash as shown using a field study or fluid modeling
demonstration.
As the preamble to the regulations points out, the revised definition
of "excessive concentrations," a 40-percent Increase in concentrations
due to downwash resulting in a NAAQS or PSD increment exceedance,
necessitates that an emission rate be specified for purposes of evaluating
fluid modeling. The regulations require that a presumptive emission rate
equivalent to the new source performance standards (NSPS) be established
for the source in question before modeling may be conducted to determine
-------
stack height needed to avoid excessive concentrations due to downwash.*
This emission nte is described as "presumptive" because it is EPA's
presumption that all sources seeking to justify stack heights exceeding
those provided by the GEP formulae are capable of controlling their
emissions to NSPS levels. However,, the regulations also allow source
owners or operators to rebut this presumption, establishing an alternative
emission rate that represents the most stringent level of control that
can feasibly be met by that source in excess of the NSPS level. In the
preamble to the regulations, EPA Indicated that it will rely on the
"Guidelines for Determination of Best Available Retrofit Technology for
Coal-Fired Power Plants and other Existing Stationary Facilities,
EPA-450/3-80-009b" (SART Guidelines) whan reviewing these rebuttals.
If it is infeasible for a source to control Its emissions to NSPS
levels, then an alternative limit representing the lowest feasible emission
limit must be met before obtaining credit for stack height in excess of
GEP formula height. Sources may consider such factors as remaining plant
life and the cost of modifying existing equipment when determining NSPS
feasibility.
Procedures
The general procedure that is described in the BART Guidelines for
analyzing control alternatives should be followed to identify and evaluate
alternatives for sources seeking credit for stack heights In excess of
those produced by the applicable GEP formulae. Because the guidelines
were originally written to address visibility impairment, however, not all
of the analytical steps or applicability criteria—such as analysis of
visibility impairment or exemptions for power plants below 750 megawatts--
will be appropriate, and need not be addressed.
General steps in the analysis described 1n Section 2.0 of the
guidelines can be summarized as follows.
1. Identify a range of control alternatives, including both pre- and
post-combustion controls. In this regard, several fuel substitution and
alternative fuel blends should be considered, as well as technological
alternatives, such as coal cleaning and flue gas desulfurization.
2. Calculate t-.e cos", emissions, and other environmental and energy
impacts of the alternatives ^including those meeting NSPS objectives).
3. Select the alternative that represents the most stringent level
of emissions control feasible.
*Where the HS?S nas been subject to revision, and the source in
question is not subject to the revised NSPS, the earliest standard will be
applied; e.g., for po*er plants a rate of 1.2 Ib/mm3tu would be used.
-------
In perform.}ng these analyses, it Is Important to keep in mind that
EPA's presumption is that the NSPS emission limit is feasible unless
demonstrated otherwise. When carrying out evaluations, source owners or
operators may consider such factors as remaining useful plant life, the
remaining life of any equipment affected by revised emission rates
(including any control equipment), the cost of modifying boilers, control
equipment, and fuel handling facilities, and the cost of modifying or
cancelling existing fuel supply contracts (remaining useful plant life,
if a significant factor in determining NSPS feasibility, may necessitate
restrictions on the period of applicability of less stringent emission
limits). Finally, it is important to analyze, not only a range of alter-
native controls, but several combinations of alternatives, since such
combinations may yield a greater and more cost-effective degree of
emissions control.
Since determinations of the adequacy of any rebuttals of the NSPS
emission limit and the reasonableness of control alternatives considered
must be made on a case-by-case basis, and will be subject to public review
and comment during the rulemaking process, all technical and economic
analyses, as well as any claims of infeasibility, must be fully documented
and supported by any information that may be available.
If you have any questions regarding the application of this guidance
in a particular set of circumstances, please contact Eric Ginsburg at
(FTS) 629-5540 or Sharon Reinders at (FTS) 629-5526.
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
APR 2
Mr. John P. Proctor
Bishop, Cook, Purcell and Reynolds
Law Offices
1400 L Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20005-3502
Dear Mr. Proctor:
Your letter of February 23, 1989 to Administrator Reilly was
referred to me for response. The issues you describe were
previously raised to the attention of the Environmental
Protection Agency's (EPA's) Region III Office. You now question
Region Ill's rejection of your position that the best available
retrofit technology (BART) emission rate used in determining the
creditable stack height can be ignored for purposes of setting
the facility's operating rate as long as the operating rate is
consistent with the national ambient air quality standards
(NAAQS). The response provided to you by Region III on October
6, 1988 was extensively discussed with this office and with the
Office of General Counsel, and we fully endorse Region Ill's
conclusions and supporting rationale.
In your letter you stated that the sole basis for conducting
a fluid modeling study is to justify credit for stack height
above formula height, and that nothing requires States to rely on
the BART emission rate to determine the appropriate operating
rate. Actually, as noted by Region III, before such credit may
be considered, the preamble to the stack height regulation is
clear that the operating rate must be limited to the BART or new
source performance standards (NSPS) rate. The preamble to the
stack height regulation also notes that an emission limit more
stringent than BART/NSPS may be needed because the sources must
also meet the NAAQS and prevention of significant deterioration
requirements.
We agree with Region Ill's conclusion that NRDC v. Thomas.
838 F.2nd 1224 (D.C. Cir 1988), does not support your position.
In your February 23, 1989 letter to Administrator Reilly, you
raise a new argument not presented to Region III. You argue that
the court recognized that operating emission limitations are to
be determined after stack height credit has been calculated,
based on the court's acknowledgement that Congress imposed
technology-based limits in some situations, and EPA has authority
to mandate such limits for modeling demonstrations to determine
stack height credit. From this you conclude that a technology-
based emission rate used for fluid modeling is relevant only to
that modeiina.
-------
In response, we point out first that the court's discussion
of technology-based emission limitations (838 F.2d at 1241) was
in reference to NRDC's control-first position and not related to
fluid modeling as you suggest. We believe that the opinion
indicates clearly that the court regarded the presumptive NSPS
emission limit as a limit that must be complied with once the
fluid modeling was completed ("We find the attempt of industry to
bar control-first no stronger than NRDC's effort to require it in
the within-formula context." 838 F.2d at 1241; "... industry
petitioners assert that in order to use the NSPS presumption, EPA
must be able to point to substantial evidence that it is attain-
able by most of the affected sources. But as EPA allows any
source to use a higher emissions rate when NSPS is infeasible,
there is no need for any sort of generic demonstration that it is
normally so." id at 1242).
Second, in quoting EPA's statement about the significance of
fluid modeling demonstration the court was merely citing with
approval EPA's rationale for refusing to grandfather demonstra-
tions undertaken and approved prior to adoption of the 1985
regulations. This in no way implies a finding by the court that
the presumptive NSPS requirement (or higher BART limit) is not
the constraining limit. Neither of these references provides
support to your position.
In conclusion, we are in full agreement with the position
taken by Region III that sources seeking credit above formula
height must meet an emission rate consistent with BART/NSPS.
While final action as to any particular source would necessarily
await a State implementation plan revision, I hope the above
responds to your inquiry. Staff in our Region III Office are
available to assist you and your client, and I suggest that you
contact them directly if you have further questions.
Sincerely,
Gerald A. Emison
Director
Office of Air Quality Planning
and Standards
cc: Charles Carter. OGC
Thomas Maslany, Region III
Marcia Mulkey, Region III
bcc: Robert Bauman, AQMD Pat Embrey, OGC
Jesse Baskerville, Region III Eric Ginsburg, AQMD
John Calcagni, AQMD Doug Grano, AQMD
SDPMPB:DGrano:DataTech/PROCTOR2:PFinch:RTP(MD-15):629-5255:4-4-89
Control Number OAQPS-46- Due Date: 4-3-89
-------
BISHOP. COOK, PURCELL 6. REYNOLDS
WOO L STREET; N.W
WASHINGTON. D.C. 2OOO5-35O2
(202) 37I-570O
WOlTCR S OIBCCT DI»U 23, 1989 TELEX 44OS74 INTLAW Ul
TELECOPIER: Boa) 37I-59SO
William K. Reilly
Administrator
United States Environmental
Protection Agency
401 M Street, S.W.
Washington, D.C. 20460
Dear Mr. Reilly:
The purpose of this letter is to request EPA's
concurrence with a conclusion reached by this firm
pertaining to the setting of emission limitations for
existing sources that receive credit for stack height above
Good Engineering Practice ("GEP") stack height.
Specifically, I am seeking your concurrence with the
following conclusion: that a facility which uses a Best
Available Retrofit Technology ("BART") emission rate in a
fluid model to determine GEP stack height may ultimately
receive a different operating emission rate as long as that
rate is demonstrated by a dispersion model as being
consistent with the National Ambient Air Quality Standards
("NAAQS") .. EPA's consideration of this issue and response
is extremely important since the Agency's position will have
an immediate and long-term economic impact on one of our
client's operations. As pertinent here, our client must
make a major business decision regarding equipment
purchases, a possible shutdown of operations and technical
operating requirements. That decision is inextricably
linked to the stack height issues; it will be primarily
determined and affected by your response to this query.
For purposes of this discussion and request, I am
setting forth our analysis and position below as to what
legally appropriate procedures must be followed in
establishing operating emission rates pursuant to
Section 110 of the Clean Air Act for facilities receiving
credit for stack height above GEP formula height. In brief,
I believe this analysis supports our position that a
facility is not required to conduct a dispersion modeling
study that uses the same emission rate for a particular
pollutant that was used by the facility in justifying stack
-------
William X. Re illy
February 23, 1989
Page 2
height above GEP formula height; i.e., fluid and dispersion
modeling emission rates are to be developed and applied
independently. Thus, a state may authorize an emission rate
for a particular pollutant at a facility as long as the
emission rate is demonstrated by a dispersion model as being
consistent with the attainment and maintenance of the NAAQS.
Our analysis follows:
(a) In order to receive credit for stack height above
GEP formula height, a facility must conduct fluid modeling
studies to analyze the effects of terrain obstacles on
downwash, and to show that the additional height is needed
to avoid "excessive concentrations"; i.e., a 40 percent
increase in concentrations due to downwash that cause or
contribute to an increase or.an exceedance of air quality
standards or PSD increments.
(b) To complete the fluid modeling studies and to show
that there will be excessive concentrations, a facility must
obtain a BART emission rate from the applicable state agency
for each source. Although EPA's stack height regulations
initially require a source seeking to conduct a fluid
modeling study to use an emission rate equivalent to that
New Source Performance Standards ("NSPS") applicable to the
industrial source category ("presumptive NSPS emission
limit"), a source is permitted to rebut the applicability
of the presumptive NSPS emission limit.
(c) The sole basis for conducting a fluid modeling
study, and for obtaining an alternative emission rate to
complete the study, is to justify credit for stack height
above GEP formula height. The rate is but one aspect of
justifying stack height above GEP formula height, and GEP
stack height is but one aspect in determining an appropriate
operating emission rate. See Section 123(a)(1) of the Clean
Air Act, 42 U.s.C. § 7423(a)(1). In short, there is
nothing in either the Clean Air Act or the implementing
regulations that requires or advises the states to use or
rely upon the BART emission rate, used for a fluid modeling
!/ 40 C.F.R. § 51(kk).
2/ 50 Fed. Reg. 27892, 27898 (July 8, 1985).
3/ 50 Fed. Reg. 278P2, 27898 (July 8, 1985).
I/ In this section, Congress limits the degree to which tall
stacks may be considered in setting emission limitations. As
is apparent from the statutory language used in Section 123,
Congress intended to allow the states to consider other
factors, in addition to stack height, in setting emission
limitations.
-------
William K. Reilly
February 23, 1989
Page 3
study, in conducting a dispersion study to determine an
appropriate operating emission rate.
(d) States are required to ensure the attainment and
maintenance of the NAAQS by establishing emission
limitations for facilities within their boundaries.
Moreover, with respect to existing sources, states have the
discretionary authority to determine and enforce whatever
mix of emission limitations it deems best for these sources,
as long as the overall effect is compliance with the NAAQS.
Train v. N.R.D.C.. 421 U.S. 60,79 (1974).
We believe our analysis and conclusion are supported by
the District of Columbia Circuit Court of Appeals' recent
decision in N.R.D.C. Inc. v. Thomas. 838 F.2d 1224 (D.C.
Cir. 1988) in which the court reviewed EPA's stack height
regulations and the NRDC's argument that a source must apply
all available emission controls before it may justify a
stack height above GEP formula height. The Court of Appeals
rejected NRDC's "control-first" argument fid, at p. 1235)
because it recognized that BART (stack height) emission
rates and source-related emission limitations have
independent purposes: "Although the record does not allow
us to infer exactly the impact of the baseline emissions
rate on the emissions rate that would emerge (after the
stack height credit were calculated and then used to
determine the permissible emissions), all parties agree that
the impact is substantial. Indeed, that is what the issue
is all about. If Congress in Section 123 prescribed the use
of such a baseline emissions rate, with all its implications
for ultimate emission ceilings, it did so in a remarkably
cryptic way." Id. at p. 1236.
As is evident, the Court of Appeals recognized that
operating emission limitations are to be determined after
stack height credit has been calculated pursuant to
Section 123 of the Act. This conclusion is supported by the
Court's consideration of the following facts. First, the
Court observed that Congress imposed technology-based
emission limitations (including NSPS, BACT, LAER, RACT and
BART) in a variety of situations, and that EPA has the
authority to mandate a specific technology-based emission
limit (e.g., the presumptive NSPS limit) for GEP fluid
modeling demonstrations (id. at p. 1241) used for
calculating stack height credit. Second, the Court noted
that a "* * * * fluid modeling demonstration has no
significance apart from showing whether the source qualified
for credit under the stack height guidelines than in
effect.'" (emphasis in original). Id. at p. 1249. As
pertinent here, the Court's analysis supports the conclusion
that a specific technology-based emission rate used by a
facility in a fluid modeling demonstration is significant
only tc the extent that it demonstrates whether a source
-------
William K. Reilly
February 23, 1989
Page 4
should receive credit for stack height above GEP formula
height. A different conclusion; i.e., that the emission
rate used to calculate stack height (either a BART rate or
the presumptive NSPS rate) should be used by a facility,as
its operating emission rate, is contrary to the Court's
holding which rejected the "control-first" argument.
Please be advised that an EPA staff person, contacted by
our firm, appears to have reached a different conclusion.
Specifically, we have been advised by this staff member that
an existing source is required to operate at the lowest
emission rate resulting either from the stack height
demonstration or dispersion study — even though another
(i.e., higher) emission rate will assure compliance with the
NAAQS.
It is our opinion that this position is inconsistent
with Sections 110 and 123 of the Clean Air Act, the stack
height regulations, and existing case law. Therefore, we
are requesting EPA's analysis of this issue and official
agency position. We would appreciate your prompt review of
t.iis issue due to the impact that your response will have on
our client's operations and financial planning.
If you have any questions regarding this issue, please
feel free to contact me directly. Also, I have enclosed an
extra copy of this letter and a stamped, self-addressed
envelope. Would you please stamp this extra copy and return
it to me for our files.
Sincerely,
JPP:cas
John P. Proctor
-------
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park. North Carolina 27711
OCT 1 0 I9S5
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Questions and Answers on Implementing the
Revised Stack Height Regulation
FROM: G. T. Helms, Chieff- L \W—*-
Control Programs Operations Branch (MD-15)
TO: Chief, A1r Branch, Regions I-X
A number of questions have arisen in several areas of the revised
stack height regulation since Its promulgation on July 8. The following
answers have been developed 1n response. The questions and answers are
arranged under the general topic headings of interpretation of the regula-
tion, State implementation plan (SIP) requirements, and modeling analyses.
Please continue to call Sharon Reinders at 629-5526 if you have further
comments or additional questions.
Interpretation of the Regulation
1. Q: What criteria should be used to determine when a stack was 'in
existence" with respect to the various grandfatherlng dates in the
regul at ion?
A: The recent promulgation of revisions to the stack height regulatio
did not change the definition of "in existence." The definition is provid
in 40 CFR 51.1(gg) and includes either the commencement of continuous
construction on the stack or entering Into a binding contract for stack
construction, the cancellation of which would result in "substantial
loss" to the source owner or operator. The definition of what constitutes
a "substantial loss" will be the subject of future guidance.
2. Q: What "source" definition should be used in determining whether tie
ins to grandfathered stacks should be permitted or prohibited?
A: The term "source" 1n this instance means a single emitting unit.
Thus, credit for tying a single post-1970 unit(s) Into a grandfathered
stack serving a number of old units is prohibited under the regulation.
-------
-2-
3. Q: What is meant in the regulation by "facility?
A: For purposes of this regulation, the definition contai-ned in
40 CFR 51.301(d) should be used. That definition essentially defines the
term as the entire complex of emitting activities on one property or
contiguous properties controlled by a single owner or designee.
4. Q: Must good engineering practice (GEP) stack height be established
separately for each pollutant? If not, how should it be determined?
A: It is not necessary to calculate a separate SEP stack height for
each pollutant. Since "SEP" is defined by Section 123 of the Clean Air
Act as the height necessary to ensure against excessive concentrations of
any air pollutant, it follows that SEP should be established for each
source based on the pollutant requiring the greatest height to avoid
excessive concentrations.
5. Q: How should "reliance" on the 2.5H formula be determined?
A: First, "reliance" on the 2.5H formula applies only to stacks 1n
existence before January 12, 1979. Credit for "reliance" on the 2.5H
formula, can be granted under the following cases: (a) Where the stack
was actually built to a height less than or equal to 2.5H; (b) Where the
stack was built taller than 2.5H and the emission limitation reflects th
use of 2.5H 1n the SIP modeling analysis; or (c) Where evidence 1s proviv. .
to show "reliance" as discussed in the following paragraph. If no modellnc
was used to set the emission limitation for the source, then it cannot be
argued that there was "reliance" on the formula, since EPA's guidance was
specifically aimed at using stack height credit in establishing emission
limitations. Once it is determined that the emission limitation was in
fact based on estimates of dispersion from the stack, then the source can
be said to have properly "relied" on the 2.5H formula. In the event that
it cannot be determined that the emission limit is based on "reliance" on
the 2.5H formula, then the refined H + 1.5L formula must be used.
Where a clear relationship between a 2.5H stack height and the
emission limitation cannot be shown, where the emission limitation was
not calculated based precisely on the 2.5H height, or where the stack
height used in modeling cannot be verified, then additional evidence will
be needed. Preferred would be written documentation, such as copies of
the original engineering calculations or correspondence between the State
or the emission source owner and EPA indicating that the 2.5H formula
should be used to derive the emission limitation. However, recognizing
that such evidence is often not retained for more than a few years,
"reconstructed" documentation may be considered, but should only be used
as a last resort. This evidence should include explanations by those
individuals who were involved in designing the facility, calculating
emission rates, and who represented the facility in dealings with the
-------
-3-
State and EPA on how the emission limit was derived, including a discussion
of how the formula was originally used in deriving the source emission
limitation, a discussion of the analytical method applied, and a listing
of any contacts or discussions with EPA during that period. This listing
will aid EPA in searching its own files to find any records of communication
or correspondence that may bear on the Issue.
In no case should a source be allowed after January 12, 1979, to
obtain a relaxation in the emission limitation by arguing that 1t "relied"
on past EPA guidance endorsing the 2.5H formula. In cases where a relaxation
based on GEP formula height is sought in the future, the refined H + 1.51
formula must be used.
6. Q: The preamble specifically discusses cooling towers as structures to
which the formula should not be applied. Will the Office of Air Quality
Planning and Standards be specifying other structures that are not well
represented by the formul a?
A: The discussion in the preamble and GEP guideline Is not intended to
be all-inclusive; judgment should be used 1n determining when fluid
modeling should be used to estimate the effects of structures with rounded,
domed, or tapered shapes. Water towers and storage tanks are additional
examples of such structures. As additional Information becomes available
on the aerodynamic effects of specific building shapes and configurations,
we will evaluate the need to revise the GEP guidance. 'However, at present,
there are no plans to Issue a "laundry list" of structures to which the
formulas do not apply.
SIP Requirements
7. Q: Should a compliance averaging-time be explicitly stated in a
SIP revision for sulfur dioxide (S02) emission limits that are revised to
meet the stack: height regulation?
A: A compliance averaging time need not be specified as an enforceable
SIP provision as long as a stack test compliance method is in place in the
underlying federally approved SIP. EPA's current national policy requires
that SIP's and permits contain enforceable "short-tern" emission limits
set to limit maximum emissions to a level which ensures protection of the
short-term national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS) and prevention
of significant deterioration (PSD) Increments. EPA relies upon a short-term
stack test provision in the SIP as the method of determining compliance
with the emission limits. In lieu of a stack test, EPA has accepted fuel
sampling and analysis and continuous emission in-stack monitors (CEM's).
When compliance is to be determined from information obtained by fuel
sampling and analysis and CEM's, short-tern averaging times should be
specified.
-------
-4-
8. Q: Are all States required to have "stack height regulations"?
A: Limitations on creditable stack height and dispersion techniques
impact the SIP program 1n two areas—SIP mission limits for existing
sources and SIP provisions covering new source review (NSR)/PSD permitting
procedures. For existing sources, State regulations limiting credit "for
stack height and other dispersion techniques (stack height regulations)
are not necessary as long as the SIP emission limits are not affected in
any manner by so much of the stack height as exceeds G£P, or any other
dispersion technique. Where a State has stack height regulations, those
regulations must be consistent with EPA's regulation. Where a SIP contains
regulations that are inconsistent with EPA's regulation, the State must
either adopt a stack height regulation that 1s consistent with EPA's or
Incorporate the EPA regulation by reference.
For the NSR/PSD programs, 1t is essential that the plan contain
limitations on the amount of creditable stack height and other dispersion
techniques. The following cases have been developed to illustrate what
action(s) may be required of the State since promulgation of the stack
height regul ation.
CASE All): A fully or partially delegated PSD program that references but
does not define GEP where the delegation agreement does not conta.,
a date to define which version of the PSD rule is being oeTegated,
ACTION: Notify the State that all permits issued henceforth must be
consistent with EPA's stack height regulation. AIT permits
previously issued must be reviewed and revised as necessary
within 9 months.
CASE A(2): A fully or partially delegated PSD program that references
but does not define GEP where the delegation agreement
does contain a date to define which version of the PSD rule
is being delegated.
ACTION: Update the delegation agreement to reflect agreement with EPA's
stack height regulation as of July 8, 1985. Notify the State
that all permits issued henceforth must be consistent with
EPA's stack height regulation. All permits previously Issued
must be reviewed and revised as necessary within 9 months.
CASE B: The current federally approved SIP for NSR/PSD does not
contain a reference to GEP or cispersion techniques, i.e.,
provisions assuring that emission limitations will not be
affected by stack height in excess of GEP or any prohibited
dispersion techniques do not exist in the current SIP.
-------
-5-
ACTION: Notify the State that such provisions must be adopted and
submitted as a SIP revision within 9 months. This can be
accomplished by adopting stack height regulations at the
State level or by adopting the appropriate reference and
commitment to comply with EPA's stack height regulation as
promulgated on July 8, 1985. Interim permitting should be
consistent with EPA's stack height regulation.**
CASE C: The current federally approved SIP for NSR/PSD contains
references to, but does not define, 6EP or dispersion techniques.
ACTION: Notify the State that a commitment to comply with EPA's stack
height regulation as promulgated on July 8, 1985, is required.
If a State 1s unable to make such a commitment, State regulations
must be revised to be consistent and submitted to EPA as a SIP
revision within 9 months and Interim permitting should be
consistent with EPA's stack height regulation. No "grace
period" will be allowed for sources receiving permits between
July 1985 and April 1986.**
CASE D; The current federally approved SIP for NSR/PSD contains stack
height regulations that are Inconsistent with EPA's regulation.
ACTION: Notify the State that such regulations must be revised to be
consistent and submitted as a SIP revision within 9 months
and that interim permitting should be consistent with EPA's
stack height regulation.**
CASE E(l): A SIP for NSR/PSD has been submitted to EPA, or will be
submitted to EPA before the due date for stack height revisions.
The submittal contains provisions that conflict with EPA's
stack heigot regulation.
ACTION: Notify the State that EPA cannot approve the submittal until
it is revised pursuant to EPA's July 8, 1985, regulation.
**
In the event that a State does not have legal authority to comply with
EPA's regulation in the interim (e.g., because 1t must enforce State
rules that are inconsistent with EPA's regulation) and is compelled to
issue a permit that does not meet the requirements of the EPA revised
stack height regulation, then EPA should notify the State that such
pern-its do iot constitute authority under the Clean A1r Act to commence
construction.
-------
-6-
CASE £(2): As in Case 1(1) t a SIP for NSR/PSD has been submitted to EPA
or will be submitted to EPA before the due date for stack
height revisions. The submittal is not Inconsistent with
EPA's stack height regulation, but portions of the existing
approved SIP that relate to the submittal are inconsistent.
ACTION: Approve the SIP submittal based on a commitnent by the State
to correct the inconsistencies in its existing SIP to comport
with EPA's July 8 regulation and submit the corrections as a
SIP revision within 9 months. Interim permitting should be
consistent with EPA's stack height regulation.** If the exist-
ing SIP is ambiguous, i.e., the SIP references but does not
define terms relating to SEP or dispersion techniques, the
action steps outlined in Case C above should be followed.
CASE F: In nonattainment areas, emission limits or permits do not always
Include modeling, but rather are based on lowest achievable
emission rate (LAER) and offsets.
ACTION: If no modeling is used 1n the Issuance of a permit, the emission
requirements for the source are not "affected" by stack heights
or dispersion techniques, and no action 1s needed. However, 1f
modeling was used 1n the process of preparing and issuing a
permit, such as cases where offsets were obtained offsite, that
modeling must be reviewed for consistency with the stack height
regul ation.
9. 0: What must all States do now that EPA's stack height regulation is
promulgated?
A: States must review and revise.their SIP's as necessary to include or
revise provisions to limit stack height credits and dispersion techniques
to comport with the revised regulations, and, in addition, review and
revise all mission limitations that are affected by stack height credit
above G£? or any other dispersion techniques. In accordance with Section
4Q6(d)(2) of the Clean A1r Act, States have 9 months from promulgation to
submit the revised SIP's and revised SIP emission limitations to EPA.
In an August 7, 1985, memo titled "Implementation of the Revised
Stack Height Regul ation-.Request for Inventory and Action Plan to Revise
SIP's," Regional Offices were requested to begin working with each of
their States to develop States' Action Plans. Each Action Plan should
include the following: (l) An inventory of (a) all stacks greater than
65 meters (m), (b) stacks at sources which exceed 5,000 tons per year
total allowable 563 emissions; and (2} A reasonable schedule of dates for
significant State actions to conform both State stack height rules and
emission limitations to EPA's stack height regulation. Schedules should
include increments of progress. Regional Offices should be satisfied
that each of tneir States provide schedules for completion of the tasks
-------
-7-
as outlined in the August memo and report the status of schedule commitments
to them on a monthly basis. Regional Offices have been asked to forward
monthly status reports to the Control Programs Development Division on
the States' progress to meet scheduled commitments and also report the
results of followup with the States on schedules that are not met. In
order to facilitate tracking the States monthly progress, guidance on a
standardized format will be issued shortly.
Modeling Analyses
10. Q: Is there any restriction or prohibition against, or demonstration
required for, raising an existing (or replacing) stack up to 65 m?
A: No, as Long as prohibited dispersion techniques are not employed.
11. Q: Are flares considered to be stacks?
A: No, flares are excluded from the regulation.
12. Q: What load should be used for a fluid modeling demonstration?
A:- One hundred percent load should generally be used unless there
is a compelling argument otherwise..
13. Q: Can new or modified sources who have agreed to a case-by-case
best available control technology (BACT) emission rate be required to use
this rate for fluid modeling rather than a less stringent new source
performance standard (NSPS) emission rate?
A: As set forth in 40 CFR 51.1 (kk), the allowable emission rate to
be used in making demonstrations under this part shall be prescribed by
the NSPS that is applicable to the source category unless the owner or
operator demonstrates that this emission rate is infeasible.
14. Q: Must the exceeddnce of NAAQS or PSD increment due to downwash, wakes,
or eddies occur at a location meeting the definition of ambient air?
A: No, the exceedance may occur at any location, including that to
which the general public does not have access.
15. Q: Is a source that meets NSPS or BACT emission Units subject to
restrictions on plume merging?
A: Yes. However, in a majority of such cases, there will be no practical
effect since BACT or NSPS limits will be sufficient to assure attainment
without credit for alume rise enhancement.
-------
-8-
Q: What stack parameters are to be used in modeling when the actual
stack neicnt is greater than G£P height?
A: Where it is necessary to reduce stack height credit below what is in
existence, for modeling purposes, use existing stack gas exit parameters—
temperature and flow rate—and existing stack top diameter and model at
GEP height.
17. Q: How should a stack that 1s less than GEP height be modeled when
dispersion techniques are employed?
A: In order to establish an appropriate emission limitation where a
source desires to construct less than a GEP stack but use dispersion
techniques to make up the difference in plume rise, two cases should be
tested. First, conduct a modeling analysis inputting the GEP stack
height without enhanced dispers* ?n parameters, then conduct a second
analysis inputting the less than GEP stack height with the increased
plume rise. The more stringent emission limitation resulting from each
of the two runs should be the one specified as the enforceable limitation.
18. Q: How are the effects of prohibited dispersion techniques to be excluded
for modeling purposes?
A: Where prohibited dispersion techniques have been used, modeling to
exclude their effects on the emission limitation will be accomplished by
using the temperature and flow rates as the gas stream enters the stack, and
recalculating stack parameters to exclude the prohibited techniques
(e.g., calculate stack diameter without restrictions in place, determine
exit gas temperatures before the use of prohibited reheaters, etc.).
19. Q: How are single flued merged stacks and multiflued stacks to be •
treated in a modeling analysis?
A: This is a multistep process. First, sources with allowable $03
emissions be'tow b,000 tons/year may be modeled accounting for any plume
merging that has been employed. For larger sources, multiflued stacks
are considered as prohibited dispersion techniques in the same way as
single flued merged gas streams unless one of the three allowable conditions
has been met; i.e., (1) the source owner or operator demonstrates that
the facility was originally designed and constructed with such merged gas
streams; (2) after date of promulgation, demonstrate that such merging is
associated with a change in operation at the facility that includes the
installation of pollution controls and results in a net reduction in the
allowable emissions of the pollutant for which credit 1s sought; or (3}
before date of promulgation, demonstrate that such merging did not result
in any increase in the allowable emissions (or, in the event that no
emission limit existed, actual emission level) and was associated with a
change in operation at the facility that Included the installation of
-------
-9-
enissi'ons control equipment or was carried out for sound economic or
engineering reasons, as demonstrated to EPA. Guidelines on what constitutes
sound economic or engineering justification will be issued shortly.
If plume merging from multiflued stacks is not allowable, then each
flue/liner must be modeled as a separate source and the combined impact
determined. For single flued merged stacks where credit is not allowed,
each unit should be modeled as a separate stack located at the same
point. The exit parameters, i.e. velocity and temperature, would be the
same as for the existing merged stack conditions and the volume flow rate
based on an apportionment of the flow from the Individual units.
20. Q: What stack height for point sources should be Input to air quality
dispersion modeling for the purpose of demonstrating protection of the
NAAQS and PSD increments?
A: A discussion of the maximum stack height credit to be used in modeling
analyses is provided in the "Guideline for Determination of Good Engineering
Practice Stack Height" and provides that the GEP stack height should be
used as input to the model assessment. If a source is operating with a
less than GEP stack height, then the actual stack height should be input
to the "model.
21. Q: What stack height should be used for background sources in
modeling analyses?
A: The GEP-stack height for each background source should
be input to the model assessment. If a background source is operating
with a less than GEP stack height, then the actual stack height should be
input to the model.
22. Q: Can credit for plume merging due to installation of control
equipment for total suspended paniculate (TSP) matter be allowed when
setting the SOj 1irait?
A: To state the question another way, the concern is what impact
the merging and installation of control equipment have on the emission
limit for another pollutant, and whether the merging occurred before or
after July 8, 1985. After July 8, 1985, any exclusion from the definition
of "dispersion techniques" applies only to the emission limitation for
the pollutant affected by such change in operation and 1s accompanied by
a net reduction in allowable emissions of the pollutant. For example, a
source tears down two old stacks and builds one new GEP stack with an
electrostatic precipitator (ESP). This results in a net reduction in TSP
emissions. This source could model using stack gas characteristics
resulting from merging tne two gas streams in setting the TS? emission
limit, but may not so nodel and receive the credit for stack merging when
evaluating the SC>2 emission limit.
-------
-10-
Before July 8, 1985, installation of TSP pollution control equipment
generally justifies the merging of the stacks for TSP. However, if a
source's emission limitation for SOj increased after the merging, then
credit would generally not be allowed since it is presumed that the
merging was to increase dispersion*
A source with no previous SOj emission limit that merges stacks and
installs an ESP for TSP control may consider the effects of merging on
compliance with the TSP NAAQS but may not use merging to justify setting
an S02 emission limit less stringent than its actual emission rate before
the merging.
23. Q: If, after determining GEP stack height by fluid modeling,
dispersion modeling under other than "downwash" meteorological conditions
shows that a lower emission limit than that from the fluid model GEP
analysis is necessary to meet ambient air quality constraints, should a
new stack height be defined for the source?
A: No. GEP stack height is set. Ambient air quality problems
predicted by dispersion modeling at the fluid modeled height means that a
more stringent emission limit is necessary.
24. Q: Does EPA intend to issue additional guidance on fluid modeling
demonstrations?
A: See the attached memo from Joseph A. Tikvart, Chief, Source
Receptor Analysis Branch, to David Stonefleld, Chief, Policy Development
Section, on guidance for a discussion of existing and additional guidance
on fluid model demonstrations.
Attachment
cc: Stack Height Contacts
Gerald Emison
Ron Campbell
B. J. Steigerwald
-------
PN 123-85-09-19-006
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park. North Carolina 2771 1
September 19, 1985
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Guidance ci Fluid Model Demonstrations for Detemining GEP
Stack Height in Complex Terrain
FROM: „ Joseph A. Tikvart, Chief
Source Receptor Analysis Branch, MDAD
TO: David Stonefield, Chief
Policy Developaent Section, CPDD
The recently promulgated stack, height regulation requires that a source
that wishes to receive credit for the effects of wakes, eddies and downwash
produced by nearby terrain for the purpose of calculating GEP stack height
must conduct a fluid model demonstration or a field study. Recent guidance
for fluid modeling these terrain effects is contained in Section 3.6 of the
"Guideline for Determination of GEP Stack Height (Revised)," EPA 450/4-80-023R,
June 1985, available from NTIS as PB 85-225-241. In addition, the report
"Fluid Modeling Determination of Good Engineering Practice Stack Height in
Complex Terrain," EPA 600/3-85-022, available from NTIS PB 85-203-107,
provides an actual case of how EPA conducted a GEP determination, abort of
performing the "excessive concentration" criteria teat. Requests to conduct
field studies in lieu of fluid modeling demonstrations" will be evaluated on
a case-by-case basis; refer to pp. 46-47 of' the GEP Guideline.
Previously, EPA published three documents which form the basis for
conducting fluid model demonstrations, particularly in flat terrain
situations: (1) "Guideline for Fluid Modeling of Atmospheric Diffusion,"
EPA 600/8-81-009, April 1981, available from NTIS aa PB 81-201-410; (2)
"Guideline for Use of Fluid Modeling to Determine Good Engineering Practice
Stack Height," EPA 450/4-81-003, July 1981, available from NTIS aa PB 82-145-
327; and (3) "Determination of Good-Engineering-Practiee Stack Height: A
Fluid Model Demonstration Study for a Power Plant," EPA 600/3-63-024, April
1983, available from NTIS aa PB 83-207407.
Lastly, EPA conducted a 4-day workshop on fluid modeling and GEP
determination at the Fluid Modeling Facility at RTF in February 1981,
attended by ataff from each Regional Office. Although some attendees are
no longer with the Agency, we believe at least one person in each Region
who attended is still "on board," except for Regions II and VIII, and could
serve as a resource person. At the Regional Workshop on the Stack Height
Regulation next month, we will poll the attendees concerning the need for
-------
another fluid modeling workshop for Regional Office and State technical
•taff. If a need is expressed and specific attendees can be identified, we
will request the Meteorology and Assessment Division, ASRL, to present such
a workshop at RIP within the next few months.
The above documents together with staff that have some knowledge of
fluid modeling should enable most Regions to provide initial technical
assistance to the States and enable the States to increase their own level
of expertise. Note that document (2) contains a report checklist in Section
5, outlining what a fluid model report should contain. Additional items
explicitly related to complex terrain studies may be required on a case-by-
case basis, especially after reviewing EPA's example study carefully. More
detailed procedures for implementing the excessive concentration criteria
calculations, using data from a fluid model demonstration, are being developed
and will be provided at the upcoming Regional Workshop.
Should technical questions arise regarding GEP determinations or fluid
model demonstrations, please contact Jim Dicke or Dean Wilson of my staff,
FTS 629-5681. We assume the Regional Office staffs will attempt a first-cut
resolution of technical issues before requesting our assistance.
cc: S. Reinders
R. R&oads
F. Scaleneier
D. Wilson
-------
United State*
{Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of Air Quality
Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park NC 27711
EPA-450/4-B1-003
July 1981
Air
Guideline for Use of
Fluid Modeling to Determine
Good Engineering Practice
Stack Height
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
AGENCY
OCT 30 1981
UBftARY SERVICES OFFICE
-------
UMrtotf Statav Environmental SeiancM Raaaarcfi
•refaction Laboratory
Haaaarcn Triangle Park NC 27711
EPA-eoO/3-83-024
April 1983
Rtsaarch and Oavtlopmant
Determination of
Good-Engineering-
Practice Stack
Height
•
A Fluid Model
Demonstration
Study for a Power
Plant
-------
United States EPA-600/8-81-009
Environmental Protection April 1981
Agency
&ERA Research and
Development
OCT 3u 1981
Prepared for
Office of Air Quality
Planning and Standards
Prepared by
Environmental Sciences Research
Laboratory
Research Triangle Park NC 27711
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
AGENCY
Guideline for ^y^ sa^os OFFICE
Fluid Modeling of
Atmospheric Diffusion
-------
Protection
*»»«»reh Trwnvto Par* HC 2771 1
Fluid Modeling
Demonstration of
Good-Engineering-
Practice Stack
Height in Complex
Terrain
NATIONAL
INFORMATION
TIONAL TECHNICAL \ \
DRMATION SERVICE / S
•i ttufmn v cMmncf / ^
9*m**^ ^T ^
-------
REFERENCES FOR SECTION 5.7
-------
PN 123-85-10-28-008
,i if
° *
. UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
3 Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
* Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 2771 1
~*
CCT 2 * J98S
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Implementation of Stack Helgjtf^Regulatljyis - Exceptions From
Restrictions on Credit for
FROM: Darryl D. iyler, Director
Control Programs Developm
TO: Director, A1r Management Division
Regions I-X
This guidance has been prepared to address two Issues pertaining to
credit for merged stacks prior to July 8, 1985. It establishes a procedure
that should be used to prepare and to review justifications for merging gas
streams for economic or engineering reasons, and to address the presumption
that merging was significantly motivated by an Intent to gain credit for
Increased dispersion. Please note that this 1s guidance; States may submit
alternative demonstrations 1n support of merged stack exemptions 1f they
feel the Individual circumstances warrant.
Background
Recent revisions to EPA's stack height regulations place certain
restrictions on the degree to which stationary sources may rely on the
effects of dispersion techniques when calculating allowable emissions.
One such restriction 1s provided for the merging of gas streams, or
combining of stacks. Several exemptions have been provided 1n the regula-
tion, however. More specifically, 40 CFR Part 5l.l(hh)(2)(11) allows
credit under circumstances where:
A. The source owner or operator demonstrates that the facility was
originally designed and constructed with such merged gas streams;
B. After July 8, 1985, such merging 1s part of a change 1n operation
at the facility that Includes the Installation of pollution controls and 1s
accompanied by a net reduction 1n the allowable emissions of a pollutant.
This exclusion from the definition of "dispersion techniques" shall apply
only to the emission limitation for the pollutant affected by such change
1n operation; or
C. Before July 8, 1985, such merging was part of a change 1n operation
at the facility that Included the Installation of emissions control equip-
ment or was carried out for sound economic or engineering reasons. Where
there was an Increase 1n the federally-approved emission limitation for any
-------
pollutant or, 1n the event that no emission limitation was 1n existence
prior to the merging, an Increase 1n the quantity of any pollutants actually
emitted from existing units prior to the merging, the reviewing agency
shall presume that merging was significantly motivated by an Intent to gain
emissions credit for greater dispersion. Absent a demonstration by the
source owner or operator that merging was not significantly motivated by
such an Intent, the reviewing agency shall deny credit for the effects of
such merging 1n calculating the allowable emissions for the source.
General Requirements
Figure 1 Illustrates a framework for evaluating claims for merged
stack credit. Because merged gas streams are generally regarded as prohibited
dispersion techniques under the regulations, 1t 1s Incumbent on the State
or the source owner or operator to demonstrate that such merging was conducted
for sound economic or engineering reasons, and was not significantly motivated
by an Intent to avoid emission controls. Consequently, the first step
should entail a review of State and EPA files to determine the existence of
any evidence of Intent on the part of the source owner or operator.
Information showing that merging was conducted specifically to Increase
final exhaust gas plume rise serves as a demonstration of dispersion Intent
that justifies a denial of credit for merged gas streams. Demonstrations that
merging was carried out for sound economic or engineering reasons are
expected to show that either the benefits of merging due to reduced
construction and maintenance costs outweigh the benefits relating to lower
emission control costs or that relevant engineering considerations showed
the merging to be clearly superior to other*conf1gurat1ons.
Demonstration Requirements
Several exemptions from prohibitions on gas stream merging are provided
for existing sources 1n the stack height regulations:
1- where sources constructed their stacks before December 31, 1970,
2- where the total facility-wide emissions from the source do not
exceed 5,000 tons per year,
3- where the facility was originally designed and constructed
with merged gas streams, and
4- where the merging was part of a change 1n facility operation that
Included the Installation of pollution control equipment and resulted 1n
no Increase 1n the allowable emissions of any pollutant.* Where there
was an Increase in emissions 1n conjunction with the merging and Installation
of control equipment, the regulations require that source owners also make
an affirmative demonstration that the merging was not motivated by dispersive
Intent.
*Where there was no federally-approved emission limit prior to merging
gas streams, there must be no Increase 1n the actual emissions of any
pollutant. Moreover, 1t 1s Incumbent on the State to demonstrate that there
was a logical relationship between the merging of existing gas streams and
the Installation of controls.
-------
Sources that are not covered under these criteria may still qualify for
exemption if they can show that merging was conducted for sound economic
or engineering reasons. Such demonstrations should Include justifications
for having replaced existing stacks. This may be done, for Instance, by
documenting through maintenance records, correspondence, or other
contemporaneous evidence, that the existing stacks had reached the end of
their useful life, were prematurely corroded, had sustained other damage
making them unservlcable, were of a height less than that regarded as
good engineering practice, thereby causing downwash problems, or that the
addition of new units at the facility necessitated additional stacks and
Insufficient land was available. The absence of any evidence supporting
the need for stack replacement creates a strong presumption that merging
was carried out specifically to avoid the Installation of pollution
controls, I.e., was "significantly motivated by an Intent to gain emissions
credit for Increased dispersion."
No Increase 1n Allowable Emissions
Once this Initial criterion 1s satisfied, demonstrations may show
that merging was based either on sound economic or sound engineering
reasons. Claims based on strict engineering justifications may be more
difficult to show, since the existence of more than one reasonable
engineering solution generally leads to a decision based on economics.
However, 1f 1t can be documented that the merged stack configuration was
clearly superior to other stack configurations for purely engineering
reasons, without consideration of cost, then credit for merging may be
granted.
In order to most reliably Implement the provisions of the regulations
regarding the merging of gas streams for sound economic reasons, 1t would
be necessary to ascertain the actual Intent of the source owner or operator
at the time the decision was made to merge gas streams. Recognizing that
the difficulty of doing so was the basis for EPA's rejection of an "Intent
test" 1n the rule, the following approach provides a surrogate demonstration
of Intent. This approach 1s summarized 1n Figure 2.
Because the potential savings attributable to the avoidance of
pollution controls can significantly Influence decisions to merge stacks,
one way to show the absence of dispersion Intent 1s to conduct an analysis
of the annual1zed capital and maintenance costs for merged stacks and for
Individual stacks, and compare the results to the compliance costs (fuel
and operation and maintenance of any control equipment) calculated based on
the emission limitations derived with and without merged stack credit. If,
when the difference 1n capital and maintenance costs 1s compared with the
difference 1n compliance costs over the period of capital amortization, the
capital and maintenance cost saving 1s greater than the compliance cost
saving, then merging can be accepted as having a sound economic basis.
In establishing this rule of thumb, we are aware that a benefit of as
little as 10-20 percent could be considered "significant" 1n the context of
the court's holding on this matter—I.e., such a benefit could have been
considered to be a relevant factor 1n decisions to construct merged stacks.
-------
However, recognizing that documentation of cost analyses after an extended
period of time— up to 15 years—Is likely to be limited, we believe that
the 50 percent test articulated above would constitute a more reasonable
basis for Initial determinations (that 1s, a level at which we believe that
there was likely a significant Incentive to merge stacks to avoid control
requirements).
Affirmative Demonstrations of Nond1spers1on Intent
In some Instances, a State or emission source owner may not be able to
make a demonstration as described above, or believe that sound economic
reasons existed for merging stacks, regardless of the relationship between
financial savings attributable to reduced emission control requirements
versus lower stack construction cost. In such cases, an opportunity should
be provided to affirmatively demonstrate that merged stacks were not
"significantly motivated by an Intent to obtain emissions credit for
Increased dispersion." The burden of proof rests solely with source owners
or operators attempting to make *i1s showing.
Demonstrations may rely on any relevant evidence, Including but not
limited to the following:
• construction permits, or permits to operate from pollution control
agencies
• correspondence between the source owner or operator and government
agencies
- engineering reports relating to the facility
- facility records
- affidavits
• any other relevant materials
For Instance, such a demonstration could be made by submitting
documentary or other evidence (e.g., Internal company memoranda presenting
the alternative construction opportunities available to the company) that
indicates the Intent of the source owner or operator and shows that
consideration of dispersion advantages was conspicuously absent.
Alternatively, 1t night be shown that either action by the State 1n
approving a revised emission limit followed actual merging sufficiently
later 1n time to suggest that dispersion credit was not considered by the
source at the time of merging or the State approved limit was unrelated to
the merging.
In attempting to make demonstrations, source owners or operators
should present as much evidence as can be located, with the understanding
that demonstrations based on any single category of evidence (such as
affidavits) presented 1n Isolation are less likely to constitute acceptable
showings than demonstrations based on cumulative bodies of evidence.
discussed below, affirmative showings will be required of sources
whose merged stacks were associated with an Increase 1n allowable emissions
as well as some sources whose mergers were not associated with such
-------
Increases. However, EPA expects sources whose emission limits Increased
subsequent to the merging to present stronger showings than those with no
Increase, since the regulatory definition of "dispersion technique" views
such increases as an explicit Indication that the merged stacks were
significantly motivated by an Intent to gain credit for Increased disper-
sion. Sources who do not Increase their emissions, but who have difficulty
making other demonstrations, such as the Installation of pollution controls,
or merging for sound economic or engineering reasons convey a more Implicit
Indication of dispersion Intent that must be rebutted; for such sources,
however, the presumption of Intent 1s not as compelling.
Increases 1n Allowable Emissions
As stated above, 1n cases where the allowable emissions of any
pollutant Increased 1n conjunction with the merging of gas streams, such
an Increase provides even stronger circumstantial evidence that merging
was not carried out for sound economic or engineering reasons, but was
"significantly motivated by an Intent to gain emissions credit for greater
dispersion." This presumption may be rebutted by making one of the
following demonstrations.
1- by showing that the cost savings associated with reduced compliance
costs for merged stacks are less than 50 percent of the total savings due to
merged stacks (I.e., annual compliance savings plus annual 1 zed capital
and maintenance savings), and by making an affirmative showing, as described
above, that there was no significant motivation to gain credit for the
Increased dispersion provided by merged stacks; or
2- by showing that alternatives to stack merging were reasonably
precluded strictly for engineering reasons, and by affirmatively demon-
strating the absence of significant dispersion Intent, as noted above.
In the absence of such a showing, 1t should be presumed that avoidance
of emissions control was a significant factor 1n the decision to merge gas
streams, and credit should be denied.
If you or your staff have any questions regarding the application of
this guidance 1n specific Instances, please contact Eric Glnsburg at
(FTS) 629-5540 or Sharon Relnders at (FTS) 629-5526.
Attachments
-------
FIGURE 1
GUI
Credit
Granted
fTeTl
Credit
Grantad
Pre- 7/8/85
Retrofit Merged Stacks
Record of Intent
for Dispersion
Pur oses
l"TeT
No
Credit
El
Installed
Pollution Controls
Increased
Emissions
Qes
Affirmative
Showlng
No
Reason to
Replace Stacks
run
Credit
E
R
nrn
Cng^
Rea«
No 1 Merg-
neerlng
sons make
Ing Clearly
Credit I No I Superior
ngl neerlng
easons for
Mergl ng
Increased
Emissions
rr<
t^^V
I
Economic
Reasons for
Merglng
See
Figure 2
No
Credit
Engineering Reasons
to Preclude Alternatives
Credit
Granted
Granted
Yes
LNOJ
ftffirmative
Showlng
No
Credit
No
No
Credit
-------
Figure 2
Economic Justification
for Merged Stacks
Savings due to Avoidance
of More Stringent
Emission Limit
Less than 50* of Total
Savings due to Merged
Stack Construction
Exceed 50% of Total
Savings due to Merged
Stack Construction
No Increase
In Emissions
Credit
Granted
Affirmative
Showing
Increase
In Emissions
Affirmative
Showing
No
Credit
-------
4* CM Ck. I (7-l-M MM**)
rAII SI—UQMUMINfS KM Plir-
AiAnoM, AoornoM, AND tuft-
MOTAl O» IMftlMfNTAflON
MANS
A-C-|*Uaer»*|-
II.M
AQUA Aauu.f si*
1141 AQUA analyala: Submit Ul dale.
11.41 AQHA analysis: Analysis period.
•I 41 AQMA analysis: Ouldallnas.
II 44 AQUA analysts: Projection at
II 4* AQMA analysis. Allocation of
IIM AQItA analysis: Projection a( ato-
ll 41 AQUA analysis: Description of data
II U AQItA analysis: Data bases.
II 4* AQMA analysts: Technique* •aterlp-
II H AQMA analysts: Accuracy factors.
Mil AQMA snsljraVj: Bubmtllslolcatoila-
AQMA FLU
III! AQMA plan: General.
•141 AQMA nkMt: Demrmetnllnn ol ads-
II M AQMA plan: MratesM*.
II M AQMA plan: UcaJ authority.
II M AQMA plan: PuUirsstreUde*.
II n AQMA paw Putun M«al sutborHy
IIM AQMA plan: UI*r«o**m*MaUI ca-
ll
II M AQMA plan: Resources
III! AQMA plan: aubasUlal formal.
IIII AQMA snslrsi* and «>*•«; OMa •*•!!-
•UIMy.
II •* AQMA UMly^i tod pteit AlUnuUi*
I *»!!»• U«I»>V«4I
II ion Ocllnltlom.
II 101 8tl|iuUUecUoni
•l.ll* DataavallabUlty
•1111 AddlUonal provWon* for toad.
II III Mtaek helcbt provUlon*.
•1.11* laiaraUtUot control ty.l IBM.
i«IAh
•I.IM
on of ractom for ipamd«
•1.111 •kmlitcant harm !•«•»*
•I IM CttnUrxenry plan*.
•I.IM lUnaluaUon of epUod* plan
HIM Admkttetr
HIM
•I. IN Puramli raqulrcmenta.
•I.IM PnvmUon of
niton of air ««iaUty.
proeeduna.
II 111 Transportation control i
•l.lll OnrtHnuTHSi emission ato
HIM RcqulremenU (or
II Ul UatilUkaUoa of le«*J *uUu>rlty.
•I HI ••ljTi»«Hi-ii HccuuTiOHa roa
PIKVKIITIUH or Aia PULLUTIUH Enaaoan
cv Cri«M»*
ArrcNBin M IKi&»viul
ArriHBix N KHIUIUM* RnoctioiM
AcHiivxif TMIUUBH ln»rumoii. M*m
TBH4MCC «HD RCTBOriT or UOHT DVT*
VKMICLU
ArruiMi O IHuu»u>l
ArravDii P MINIMUM CatiMioM Momroe
lav RK4uiau»nr*
ArwmicuQ- R-IRuBavavl
ArrsMii 8 EMIKIOM Omn Itrraran*-
TIV« RULIHO
ArrauMi T IRuuvavl
Armmi U -CLUH Aia ACT Bmmom 114
OUIMXIHU
AvnK»iTV Thl» rulemaklnc la promul
gated Hmier authority ol aecttona KKbKU.
III. IM-IM. Ill 111. and JOKal of Ihe
Clean Air Act 41 U8C. 14«libNl). 1411.
14W-141*. 1MI 1MM. and IMIlal.
SouacK M PH HIM. Nov. U. 1*11. unleai
other* Ue noted.
EaiToaiu. Nora: Nomenclature chance*
affectlni Part II appear at 44 PR IU1. Pck.
«. in* and H PR 4OMI. Nov. 1. IM«.
A C— (•
II 340 Rel fur 1 year edeiulon.
Booarc 41 PR HIM. May 1. ini. unleaa
oUterwUe noted.
• II.M Scope.
<•> Applicability The requlremenU
of Ihla lubpart apply to air quality
maintenance area* (AQUAa) Mentl-
lled under | M.IIMIl and to any areM
IdcnllCled under I ft 1.110(11.
-
Utlnc aource* and emlaalona aooclated
wllh protected irowlh and develop-
ment In area* Identified under para
•rapru and «l) of I SI 110 ThU
analysis U referred to In this subpart
as an AQMA analysis.
(c) AQHA Han Under this subpart.
the Administrator will require a rev!
slon to the State Implementation plan
for areas Identified under I M IKXDor
I SI 110(1) when ntrceBsary to prevent a
national ambient air quality ttanclard
-------
1*1.41
40 CM CM. I (7-l-M IdMeo)
III41 AQMA eaalrsls sad plsa: Data MI.IM PsflsHlsas.
fa) TIM BUte ahall retain all de-
tailed data and calculation* uaed In
the preparation ol AQUA analyse*
and plan*, make them available for
public Inspection, and »ubinU then to
UM Administrator at hU requeat.
(b> The d«UUed daU and calcula-
Uoos need In UM preparation of the
4 QIC A analyses and plan* shall not be
oMuMtred a part of the AQMA plan.
HIM AQUA aMb-sts a*4 »*»•:
At the requeat of a Bute, or
unte hi* own Initiative, the Admtnls-
UaAor. where he determine* It appro-
priate, may approve alternative
/£&!A analysis and plan development
praeadures aa allowed under II •!.«>.
•1.44. §1.4*. g|.40. il.4*4b>. and
II JMa). Be may consider all relevant
factor* Including but not limited to air
quality problem*, financial and man-
inistrative lea-
*y. and eilatlng commlUnenU by
the State.
(h> The Administrator shall set upon
A request for modification within 41
ottyi after receipt of a properly pre-
pared Mid fUed requeat. Unlem a BUto
to notified of a denial, or the Admuthv
trator requests additional Information.
•web a requeat to automaUcally ap-
proved on the forty-oJith day.
(cl The Administrator ahall publlah
m the PBBOUU. Roawm a deacripikm
of each modi Hti< ton »«"*•
<«) A public hearing oti an AQUA
•Ian <»oea not fulfill the public hearing
requlremenU of thl* part If. aubee-
to the hearing, any alternative
approved under
II*. 111. I14«B>. Ml««). Ctewi Air Act.
141 VM.C. 141*. 1411. 1»44. sad
141 m laiM. Ma* I. IM*. M anunded at 44
nt Mil*. June I*. IM»I
i— "Administrator" mean* the Ad-
mlnlatrator of the Environmental Pro-
tection Agency (EPA) or an authorteed
representative.
(c> -Primary *Undard" mean* a na-
tional primary ambient air quality
•Undard promulgated pursuant to aec-
Uoo 1*0 of the Act.
(d) "Secondary alandard" meant a
national *eeondary ambient air quality
•Undard promulgated pursuant to •ac-
tion 1M of UM Act.
"National aUndard" mean*
either a primary or Meondary •Und-
ard.
(f) "Owner or operator" mean* any
peraon who own*, lessee, operate*, con-
trols, or •upervtoe* a facility, bulhflng.
alructure. or Inrt alia! Ion whteh direct-
ly or IndlrecUy remilt or may reauM In
tmlttfffiit of any air pollutant for
which • national atandard I* In effect.
(g) "Local agency" mean* any local
government agency other than the
, which to charged with
ty for carrying out a por-
tion of UM plan.
4h> -Regional Office" mean* one of
UM ten (It) BPA Regional Offlcea.
(II "BUto agency" mean* the air pol-
lution control agency primarily re-
aponalhle lor development and Imple-
mentation of a plan under the Act.
"Plan* mean* an ImplemenUUon
plan approved or promulgated under
•action II* of 111 of the Act.
"Point aource" mean* the follow-
ing:
(I) For partkuUle matter, nilfur
oildea, carbon monoilde. volatile or-
ganic compound* and nitrogen
dktilde-
(I) Any aUUonary aource the actual
emlaalon* of which are In eicea* of
•01 metric ton* < 100 torn) per year of
the pollutant In a region containing an
area whoee IMO "urban place" popula-
tion, a* defined by the US Bureau of
718
the Cenau*. wai equal to or greater
than I million.
4U> Any (Utlonary aource the actual
innlmlon* of which are In eicem of
ta.t metric ton* (M tonal per year of
the pollutant In a region containing an
area whoa* IMO "urban puce" popula-
tion, aa defined by the OA Bureau of
UM OHMIM. waa lew than 1 million; or
(» for load or load ~M-|Mnindi
measured a* elemental Irad. f*r rta
Uonary aouro* that actually emIU a
total of 4.» metric ton* (• ton*) per
(I) "
nttal. governmental. Institutlon-
, or IndiMtrlal fuel com-
OfMfoVUotMC OflMflte BOwatf Wwsatte
I factlltr. motor vehicles, air-
craft viMsla. or other transportation
•oureea Identified through Inventory
• the "AKROB Manual •eric*. Vol. Q
AKROB Oaw/g Manual." KPA-if*/*-
1*~*»a n-~rr-Ktr 1*1(1.
"Region" moan* an area
noted a* an air quality control
(AQCB) under MoUM l*T(c) of
<•) "Control atrategy" i
achieve UM aggregate
for
of
<•> CVMlng or relocation
(4) Changes M schedules or :
of operation of commercial or I
al faeUltlea or transportation
fcirhidlng. but not limited to.
ton* change* made In accordance with
•tandby plan*.
(•) Periodic Inspection and testing of
motor vehicle emission control *y»-
tema. at ouch time as the Administra-
tor determine* that such program* arc
feasible and practicable.
(*) Emission control measure* appli-
cable to In-use motor vehicles. Includ-
ing, but not limited to. measures such
as mandatory maintenance. Installa-
| SI.I0t
lion of emission control device*, and
conversion to gaseous fuels.
(1) Any transportation control rneaa-
ure Including those transportation
measures listed In section I0»tf) of the
Clean Air Act as amended.
(•) Any variation ol. or alternative
to any measure delineated herein.
(•) Control or prohibition of a fuel
or fuel additive uaed In motor vehicle*.
If such control or prohibition U neceo-
•ary to achieve a national primary or
•econary air quality standard and la
approved by the Administrator under
•action 3IUCX4MC) of the Act.
(o) "Reasonably available control
technology" (RACT) mean* device*.
•ystems process modification*, or
other apparatus or technique* that ar*
reasonably available taking Into ac-
count (I) the necessity of Imposing
such controls in order to attain and
maintain a national ambient air qual-
ity atandard. (1) the social, environ-
mental and economic Impact of wen
control*, and (*) alternative mean* of
providing for attainment and mainte-
nance off ouch atandard. (Thl* provi-
sion define* RACT for the purpooe* of
II il.l IMexa) and »I.S41(b) only.)
"Compliance achedule" mean*
UM date or date* by which a aource or
category of aouroc* le required to
comply with specific -inleshm Hmlta
tlon* nontalnod In an l*nplmMinUtl*u
plan and with any Increanente of
toward au
(q) "Incremente of progreoe" mran*
•ten* toward onmpHaa»* which wtUbo
taken by a specific aoureo. btdudlng:
41) Date of •ubmlttal of the oouro*-*
final oonlrol plan to the approprMto
ah- pollution control ageneyT^^^
(I) Dato by which contract* for
emission control lyotewM or^McaZ
•»»*|leatlon* will be awarded; or date
--— S*^*111 "• *~« lo*™
of component part* to *c-
«. *lte con
or InstallaUon of emission
eo/l'*?Le'|U!Plnent or procea* change:
•»» which
or process modification Is
to be completed; and
<•> Date by which final compluuice
Is to be achieved.
719
-------
ISI.IM
"Transportation control meas-
ure" means any measure thai la direct-
ed toward reducing emissions of air
pollutants from transportation
sources. Such measures Include, but
are not limited to, lhaee listed In see-
Uoa 10*n of the Clean Air Act.
(»Mw) I Reserved)
(i) "Time period" mean* any period
of time designated by hour, month,
season, calendar year, averaging time.
or other aultable characteristic*, tor
which ambient air quality to estimated.
tyl "Variance" mean* the temporary
deferral of a final compliance date for
an Individual aouroe subject to an ap-
proved regulation, or a temporary
chance to an approved refutation a* It
applies to an Individual source.
(•I "Emission limitation" and "emis-
sion standard" mean a requirement •*-
UbUahed by a Slate, local government.
or UM Administrator which UmlU the
quantity, rate, or concentration of
•missions of air pollutanU on a contin-
uous basis, Including any requirement*
which limit the level of opacity, pre-
scribe equipment, act fuel spedflea-
Uons. or prescribe operation or maln-
Unancc procedure* for a aource to
arxu« conUniKNM emUalon reduction.
(mat "Capacity factoi" means the
ratio of UM average load on a machine
or equipment for the period of Urn*
considered to the capacity rating of
Ut* machine or equipment.
"Excess emissions" mean* emto-
•toe* of an air pollutant In excess of
SB. avilaalon stxmdard.
foe) "Nitric acid plant" meant any
radUtr producing nitric add M to 71
percent In strength by either the pres-
sure or atmospheric pressure process.
"Sulfuric acid plant" means any
facility producing •ullurlc add by UM
contact process by burning elemental
sulfur, alkylatton acid, hydrogen aul-
Mde. or add sludge, but does not In-
clude facilities where conversion to
sulf uric add Is utilised primarily as a
means of preventing emissions to the
atmosphere of sulfur dioxide or other
sulfur compounds.
"Ftoesll fuel fired sleam genera-
tor" means a furnance or bloler used
In the process of burning fossil fuel for
the primary purpose of producing
•Iran by heat transfer
40 CM CM. I (7-1-
"Stack" means any point In a
source designed to emit solids, liquids.
or gases Into the air. Including a pipe
or duct but not Including flares.
(ggl "A stack In exUtenoe" means
that the owner or operator had (I)
begun, or caused to begin, a continu-
ous program of physical on-slte con-
struction of the stack or (II entered
Into binding agreements or contrac-
tual obligations, which could not be
cancelled or modified without substan-
tial loss to the owner or operator, to
undertake a program of construction
of UM stack to be completed within a
reasonable time.
"Dispersion technique-
means any technique which attempts
to affect the concentration of a pollut-
ant m the ambient air by:
(I) Using that portion of a stack
which exceeds good engineering prat-
tles stack height
Varying the rate of smtoslnii of a
pollutant according to atmospheric
conditions or ambient concentrations
of that pollutant; or
(Hit Increasing final exhaust gas
plume rise by manlf—««»*
ant affected by such change In oper-
ation: or
(0 Before July I. IM*. such merg-
ing was part of a change In operation
at the faculty that Included the Instal-
lation of emissions control equipment
or was carried out for sound fmonornlc
or engineering reasons. Where there
was an Increase m th*<
lion or. to the event that no i
UmltaUon was In existence prior to the
merging, an Increase In the quanUty of
pollutant* actually emitted prior to
the merging, the reviewing agency
shall presume that merging was sJg-
nUlcantly motivated by an mteat to
gam emissions credit for greater dto-
Absent * desaonstraUon by
owner or operator that
t was not signlfteantly mottvatr
ed by such Intent. UM reviewing
•goaty shall deny credit for the ef-
fects of ouch merging to calculating
UM allowable missions for UM souros;
(111) Smok* rfmnagcmcnt m •grtcul-
lural or sllvlcultural
| Sl.ltt
H-hetsht •! nearby Mnictureisl i
from Ihe (round level elevation at UM
taseof IhecUck
L-fewer Mmeiulon. hetsht or protect**
•loth, ol ncmrby •ttvcturds)
provided that the EPA. State or tonal
control agency may require the use of
a field study or fluid model to verify
OEP stack height for the source: or
(II The height demonstrated by a
fluid model or a field study approved
by UM EPA State or local control
agency, which ensure* that UM emto-
i from a stack do not result m ex-
Ive concentrations of any air pol-
• result of atmospheric
wakes, or eddy effects cre-
ated by the source Iteelf. nearby struc-
tures or nearby terrain feature*.
(U) "Nearby" as used to |H.|gOtMI
of thto part to defined for a specific
structure or terrain feature and
(I) fvjr purposes of applying UM for-
provided ta III.ll04UMa> means
distance up to five times UM
of UM height or the width ex-
pa re meters, exhaust gas pa-
rameters, stack parameters, or eombln-
log exhaust gssas from several extot-
Isctlre handling sf exhaust
streams so as to Increase UM *
gas plume rise.
()> The prsnsrtlng sentence
(!) The reheating of a gs
following use of a pollution control
sjatsm. for UM purpose of returning
UM gas to UM temperature at which It
was originally discharged from UM fa-
dlHy generating the gas stream:
(Ml The merging of exhaust gas
streams where:
(A> The source owner or operator
demons!rate* that the fadltty was
originally designed and constructed
with such merged gas streams;
(B) After July •. IMS such merging
to part of a change In operation at the
facility that Includes the Installation
of pollution controls and to accompa-
nied by a net reduction HI the allow-
able emissions of a pollutant. This ex-
duslon from the definition of '•disper-
sion techniques" shall apply only to
the emlMlon limitation for the pollut
Ual woodbumlng and open burning; or
(v) Techniques undsr
tll.lMthhMlMHI) which Increase
final exhaust gas plume rise where tht
resulting allowable emissions of sulfur
dioxide from the faculty do not exceed
•.go* tons per year.
(HI "Oood engineering practtos"
stock height mnens UM greater
oT.
(II W meters, measured from UM
ground-lev*! elevation at UM bats of
UM stock:
(INI) For stacks fen sxtotenee *• Jan-
uary IS, Iflf. and for which UM i
or operator had obtained all a|
permits or approvato required i
CFH Parts!I andII.
sl.-a.Mi.
provided the owner or operator pro-
duces evidence that this equation was
actually relied on In establishing an
emission limitation:
1II> for all other stacks.
H.-H » ML
H,-rood enslncerlns pnctln lUek hri«M,
mtimmd from (he (round level eleva-
tion *1 (he bwe or the *Uck.
i of a structure, but not greelsr
than 0.1 km (H mile), and
(II For conducting demonstrations
under I ll.loatuxSt means not greater
than l.l km (* mile), except that UM
portion of a terrain feature may be
considered to be nearby which falto
within a distance of up to II times the
height (H.) of the feature.
to exceed a mile* If such feature
achieve* a height (H,) l.l km from UM
that to at least «• percent of the
i height determined by UM
formulae provided te lll.HMUxaxil)
of thto part or M meters, whichever to
greater, as measured from the ground-
levet elevation at the base of UM stack.
The height of the structure or terrain
feature to measured from the ground-
level elevation at the base of UM stack.
(kk> "Excessive concentration- to de-
fined for the purpose of determining
good engineering practice stack height
under III.IMMIIM» and means.
(II for sources seeking credit for
•tack height exceeding that estab-
lished under | II.IOMIIM1) a maximum
ground-level concentration due to
emissions from a stack due In whole or
part to downwash. wskes. and eddy ef-
fects produced .by nearby structures or
nearby terrain features which Individ-
ually to at least 40 percent In excess of
720
121
-------
191.100
the maximum concentration experi-
enced |n the absence of such down-
wa*h. wake*, or eddy eflecU and
which contribute* to a total concentra-
tion due to emlMloiu from all sources
that Is greater than an ambient air
Quality standard. For sources subject
to the prevention of significant dete-
rioration program (40 CFR SI.IM and
I).3D. an excessive concentration al-
ternatively means a maximum ground-
level eoncentratlon due to emissions
flora a stack due In whole or part to
downwash. wakes, or eddy effects pro-
duced by nearby structures or nearby
terrain features which Individually la
at least 40 percent In excess of UM
•wubuura concentration experienced
In the absence of such downwash.
wakes, or eddy effects and greater
Utan a prevention of significant dete-
rioration Increment. The allowable
emission rate to be used In making
demonstrations under this part shall
be pieeeribed by the new source per-
formance standard that Is applicable
to the source category unless the
ownei or operator demonstrates that
Into emission rate Is Infeaslble. Where
such demonstrations are approved by
the authority administering the State
Implementation plan, an alternative
emission rate shall be established In
consultation with the source owner or
operator.
(» For sources seeking credit after
October II. I9U. for Increases In exist-
ing stack heights up to the heights es-
tablished under 1 SI.IOOUIM3). either
(l> a maximum around-level concentra-
tion due In whole or part to down-
wash, wakes or eddy effects as provid-
ed In paragraph of this section,
except that the emission rate specified
by any applicable State Implementa-
tion plan (or. In the absence of such a
limit, the actual emission rate! shall
be used, or (ll> the actual presence of a
local nuisance caused by the existing
stack, as determined by the authority
administering the Stale Implementa-
tion plan; and
(I) For sources seeking credit after
January II. 1MB for a slack height de-
termined under I 6I.IOOOIM3I where
the authority administering the State
urplrmenUllon plan requires the use
ot a field study or fluid model to verify
QEP slack height, for sources seeking
40 Cn CK. I (7-1-00 IdMeii)
stack height credit after November 9.
IM4 based on the aerodynamic Influ-
ence of cooling towers, and for sources
seeking stack height credit after De-
cember SI. 1970 based on the aerody-
namic Influence of structures not ade-
quately represented by the equations
In | II.10O(IIM3). a maximum ground-
level concentration due In whole or
part to downwash. wakes or eddy ef-
fects that Is at least 40 percent In
excess of the maximum concentration
experienced In the absence of such
downwash. wakes, or eddy effects.
(IIMmm) {Reserved!
Inn) Intermittent control system
(ICB) means a dtapendon technique
which varies the rate at which pollut-
ants are emitted to the atmosphere ac-
cording to meteorological conditions
and/or amMdnt concentrations of the
pollutant. In order to prevent ground-
level concentrations In excess of appli-
cable ambient air quality standards.
Such a dispersion technique Is an ICB
whether used alone, used with other
dispersion techniques, or used as •
supplement to continuous emission
controls (I.e.. used as a supplemental
control system).
(ool "Partlculate matter" means any
airborne finely divided solid or liquid
material with an aerodynamic diame-
ter smaller than 100 micrometers.
(ppt "Partlculate matter emlsaloM"
means all finely divided solid or liquid
material, other than unoombtned
water, emitted to the ambient air a*
by applicable reference
or an equivalent or alterna-
tive method, specified In this chapter.
or by a test method specified In an ap-
proved BUte Implementation plan.
"PM»" means parOculate
matter with an aerodynamic diameter
less than or equal to a nominal 10 mi-
crometers as measured by a reference
method based on Appendix J of Put
•0 of this chapter and designated m
accordance with Part IS of this chap-
ter or by an equivalent method desig-
nated In accordance with Part M of
this chapter.
(rr) "Paf» emissions" means finely
divided solid or liquid material, with
an aerodynamic diameter leas than or
equal to a nominal 10 micrometers
emitted to the ambient air as meas-
ured by an applicable reference
•*vw*4MM«tal fretectWn Agency
method, or an equivalent or alterna-
tive method, specified In this chapter
or by a test method specified In an ap-
proved State Implementation plan.
'Total suspended partlculate"
means partlculate matter as measured
by the method described In Appendix
B of Part M of this chapter.
HI tit 4MWI. NO«. i. IMS. as amended at M
m Mill. July I.
• 11.191
Nothing In this part will be con
•trued In any manner
(a> To encourage a Stale to prepare.
adopt, or submit a plan which does not
provide for the protection and en-
hancement of air quality so M to pro-
mote the public health and welfare
and productive capacity.
(b) To encourage a State to adopt
any particular control strategy with-
out taking Into consideration the eoat-
effecUveness of such control strategy
In relation to that of alternative con-
trol strategies.
To preclude a State from employ-
Ing techniques other than those speci-
fied In this part for purposes of esti-
mating air quality or demonstrating
the adequacy of a control strategy.
provided that such other techniques
are shown to be adequate and appro-
priate for such purposes.
(d) To encourage a State to prepare.
adopt, or submit a plan without taking
Into consideration the social and eco-
nomic Impact of the control strategy
set forth la such plan. Including, bat -
not limited to. Impact on availability
of fuels, energy, transportation, and
employment.
(e) To preclude a BUte from p
tog, adopting, or submitting a ,».
which provides for attainment tad
maintenance of a national stawflard
through the application of « vttUrol
strategy not specifically Identified or
described to this part,
(f) To preclude a State or political
subdivision thereof from adopting or
enforcing any emission limitations or
other measures or combinations there:
of to atteln and maintain air quality
better than that required by a nation-
al standard.
(g> To encourage a Slate to adopt a
control strategy uniformly applicable
throughout a region unless there Is no
| SI.IM
satisfactory alternative way of provid-
ing for attainment and maintenance of
a national standard throughout such
region.
MUM Public atari.!*.
(al Bxcepi as otherwise provided In
paragraph (c) of this section. States
must conduct one or more public hear-
ings on the following prior to adoption
and submission to EPA of:
(l> Any plan or revision of It re-
quired by |Bl.l04(ai.
(» Any Individual compliance ached-'
ule under (| 01.300).
<>» Any revision under I 01.104(d>.
Separate hearings may be held
for plans to Implement primary and
gecondary standards.
(c) No hearing will be required for
any change to an Increment of
progress In an approved Individual
compliance schedule unless ^trh
change la likely to cause the source to
be unable to comply with the final
compliance date In the schedule. The
re«iilremente of 1111.104 and si |M
will be applicable to such schedules.
(d) Any hearing required by pan-
graph (a) of this section will be held
"J" *• considered to Include. 'at'lei*
M days prior to the date of such
hearuigtsk
(1) Notice given to the public by
prominent advertisement hi the are*
•«*eted announcing the del*.).
umetsi, and placets) of BIM^II
boarlngts); ^^
(3> Availability of each proposed
%5»w-H5i5S
oahedule
the region In which the af-
fected source Is located; "«•«•»
th* Aa-nlntotralor
appropriate Regional
<[J»Notlflcallon to each local air pol-
"V^? control agency which will be
•tenlflcanlly Impacted by such plan.
schedule or revision:
(») In the case of an Interstate
region, notification to any other
Steles Included. In whole or In part. In
722
723
-------
REFERENCES FOR SECTION 5.8
-------
WORKSHOP ON IMPLEMENTING THE STACK
HEIGHT REGULATIONS
(REVISED)
OCTOBER 29 TO 30, 1985
by
PEI Associates, Inc.
505 South Duke Street, Suite 503
Durham, North Carolina 27701-3196
CONTROL PROGRAMS DEVELOPMENT DIVISION
OFFICE OF AIR QUALITY PLANNING AND STANDARDS
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECT!6M AGENCY
RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, NORTH CAROLINA 27711
October 1985
-------
PN 123-87-10-09-Cl-i
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
9 OCT 7987
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Processing of Stack Height Negative Declarations
FROM: G. T. Helms, Chief
Control Programs Operations Branch
TO: Chief, Air Branch
Regions I-X
The purpose of this memorandum is to clarify and revise some points
in my September 3, 1987, memorandum entitled "Technical Support for Stack
Height Negative Declarations." That memorandum included a list of minimum
requirements for determining adequate documentation with three additional
guidance documents attached. One of the attachments was the August 23,
1987, memorandum from Charles Carter of the Office of General Counsel (OGC)
and me to Bruce Miller of Region IV, entitled "Documentary Support for
Deficiencies in Stack Height Review Packages." Because several actions
are being delayed by inadequate documentation, we sent copies of the
August 28 memorandum to all ten Regions as examples to alert them to
these problems.
The Tennessee State implementation plan (SIP) was used as an example
because we believed it had deficiencies that were common to other negative
declaration packages. The use of the Tennessee evaluation as an example
was not intended to single out Region IV as having more problems with
documentation than other Regions, although the tone of the memorandum
might have given- this impression. I am sorry for this misrepresentation.
In a recent conference call with OGC and Region IV, Region IV
suggested three clarifications and revisions to the guidance that we
included in the August 28, 1987, and September 3, 1987, memorandums. We
believe these should be incorporated. They are as follows:
1. The requirement for a list of sources evaluated for
negative declarations applies only to sources greater
than 65 meters.
2. For grandfatheri ng documentation, the date the
source was built is not essential, but the type and
date of the documentation that the source was built
prior to December 31, 1970, must be listed. However,
whenever the actual construction date is submitted
by the State, it should be included.
NOTE: Attachments 1 and 2 are not
included in the Policy and
Guidance Notebook.
-------
3. It is not necessary that a Region give assurances that
they are confident the documentation is adequate; however,
regional management should be satisfied that the State
submission meets the requirements of the stack height
regulation.
We also agreed during the conference call that the Delaware negative
declaration (#3356) (See Attachment 1) includes a good tabular form to
present the good engineering practice (GEP) review in a Federal Register
notice or the accompanying technical support document (TSD).Attachments
2 and 3 present expanded tables for stacks over 65 meters and for sources
over 5000 tons per year. The notice does not have to include tables in
these formats, but the information required in them should be discernable
from the notice and/or TSD. -or example, the Delaware table in Attachment
is a shortened version of Attachment 2, since no stacks exceeded GEP.
I hope this memorandum clarifies my past correspondence and gives
you a better understanding of the documentation necessary for processing
stack height negative declarations. If you have any questions, please
call Ted Creekmore (629-5699) or me (629-5526). Thank you for your
patience during the processing of these complex SIP revisions.
Attachments
cc: Charles Carter
Pat Embrey
Sharon Reinders
Richard Rocs-Collins
Ted Creekmore
Dave Stonefield
- Eric Ginsberg
John Silvasi
-------
/?'
Table 1
A suisaary of 4ppl«able sources 4nd the Ststes review.
S». of eo^nv . Cr.nd;Ith.r.dl m, Sgsa!s&iSiien
'•ii-T.ir.stcn Finishing Company x
2ei.T.arva Power t Light
X
X
Unit *3
unit M
Unit iS
Delaware City
Indian River
Unit *1
Unit *2
Unit f3
Unit *4
Tupcr.t Seaford
Texaco
Sulfur Recovery Hnit
"luid Ccker
Crude Unit
Catalytic Cracker
Sun Olin Chemical Co.
Bciler Stack
Allied Corporation
Boiler Stack'East
Delaware "rust Building
Aaerican International' Building
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
3F£RC report ^
FERC report 1S€£
State Air Permit
FERC report 1956
report 1957
FERC report 1959
ISRC reP°rt 1970
State Air Perait
Craving dated
1939
State Air Perr.it
Craving dated
12/2/55
Craving dated
9/28/55
Craving dated
5/10/60
Purchase order
4/6/61
Craving dated
9/28/59
Craving dated
1/12/59
Drawing da.ted
10/8/65
•
Stack was in place or binding contract before 12/31/70.
-------
2
L
Actual
i!°i2!!t GBP
Grand-
jathered
Description of
G'fatherlng Post-70
Documentation Modi floation
Mo. t
Modeled
Stack raised to
ate whlch formula waa used
^e whether modeling waa done at GEP
on
'donee of reliance on 2.5,1 provided
xlelcd at GEP
A .-7